Theory of Indeterminate Structure by Syed Ali Rizwan PDF

· ....... -' _.........._.. __ ..__ . .
~-
A Publication of Pakistan
Engineering Congress, Lahore
TI1[ORY or
INDrTI:I!~IN4TI:
8TRUCTURI:S
Second Edition
Syed Ali Rizwan

. Professor of Civil Engineering .
University of Engineering & Technology (UET), Lahore, Pakistan.
A-ONE PUBLISHERS
AI-Fazal Markct, Urdu Bazar, Lahorc.
Ph: +92-42-7232276, 7224655, 7357177
I
CtlPY Right © or the S~twftd
eclititm Is with Prtkistaft1:tftgift~tltiftg Lfiht)t~.
CtJrtgt@6S, 1
All Rights afe fesefved. No paft (Jrthis a(Jbk may b@ I'~pfbdueijd 1ft afty tOl'm by aft}! \
tlitHH1S without pfiof perftlissitltl (Jl Pakistan Efigift~~flfig etlftgf~sS! Ltlhof~. . \
S~c(jrtd
1!,dititm !S@phlmb@l', ~{;)OJ
I1
QutmHty 500 *., .e,.~' - - . '1
I
Prlt:~ lh, ~:50/= (R.UptH~s fW(J HUl1tlf@d tlhd Fifty Olily)

lS13N ~(j~"54(j::OgO"J
. Eflgf. ttl, {;ihulatft Hu§§aift

§tlt:flHtlfY
Ptlki§ttll1 BHgiH~~flH~ eimgftHls j LllhtJftl I
.\
\.
'j
i
i
!
A"Ohf! (}ubliElh~fS , \
Ltlhof~ £it Ali Ijfiz Pfitttefl!

. tttlttigutt itmld LElhtlfe,
Ptlldstdtt BftgiHEl@fiflg e(}flgf~§§

PEe 13ulttHttg j ~HglH€i~fift~ (;tmtr~
~7;A/1J11 ~ Ub@fty Mitfk~t;
. dulb@fg;;Itt, t,fih(Jf~
1"'11. NtJ, 57547~~:;575~7~8
FELlU 575~758
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
This book is a compilation of lectures delivered by the author to tp.e Civil Engineering
students wherein internationally recognized books on the topic were followed with an
entirely changed approach thus making it easy to understand the procedure for the solution
of indeterminate structures. The book is useful for the undergraduate students taking a
course on classic.al indeterminate structural analysis. No lengthy derivations are given and
emphasis is on application. Method of Rotation. Contribution, which is an extension of
, moment distribution method, has been added. All forces in parallel chord trusses have been.
determined by the "Method of moments and Shears" which has been developed as an
extension of method of sections in the first chapter. The emphasis is on explaining the basic
concepts and their comprehension by the students and therefore only very few typically
. select~d problems have been solved in steps in most of the cases to establish that structura1
anslysis follows a routine set of steps. No extra unsolved problems have been given in this
edition of book, which may be added in subsequent editions if demanded by the readers. It is
hoped that the effort shall be appreciated and more people would like to write books .on
structural analysis. Readers are especially requested to forward their suggestions for future
improvements to the publisher.
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION .i
I
The first edition of this book has been a huge success. After its carefuI.:.study, the
top Civil Engineering students as \vell as professional engineers gave some valuable
Gomments. These included upgrading the entire text on MS-Equation editor, possible
inclusion of three more chapters on the topics of statically determinate arches,
influence lines and the three momerit equation. They also suggested to include
unsolved problems alongwith answers at the end of the book. All these suggestions
have been fully incorporated in this revised, updated and eniarged Second Edition of
the book. It was a monumental and a huge task which has been accomplished by the
. grace of God almighty. The author is really indebted to the Pakistan Engineering
Congress for bearing all the expenses incurred on the publication of this book.
Without this financial support, it would not have been possible for the author to bring
out this edition. It is hoped that the book would be liked by the students of
Engineering Universities and Technical Colleges of the country and would be the text
book for undergraduate Civil Engineering and architec.tural engineering students 111
the subject of structural analysis.
Readers are requested to forward corrections and suggestions at the following

E-mail address for further improvements.
'",,: ..
syedalirizwan@hotmail.com
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Pakistan Engineering Congress is the oldest and the most prestigious and multi-
disciplinary organization of qualified engineers. It was established in 1912 and has
been contributing. for the spread of engineering knowledge and know-how in the
shape of Seminars, Symposia, congresses and Annual Conventions. The proceeding
J.. '.~'
of Engineering Congress are kept for record and reference for engineering
community.
Now the Pakistan Engineering Congress lJas taken a very bold step to publish the
/
books of some prominent

.
authors on engineering
. issues. where the authors due to
financial constraints are not in a position to publish the same from their own
expenses. Accordingly Pakistan Engineering Congress paid partially for the
publication of 15t Edition of this Book and now 2nd Edition is being published for
which all the expenses have been borne by PEe. The Pakistan Engineering Congress
is . thankful to the author, Syed Ali Rizwan, Professor of Civil Engineering
Department, UET Lahore who has worked very hard to produce this excellent book
which will be particularly very useful for the students in addition to practicing
engmeers.
Engr. Ch. Ghulam Hussain

Secretary PEe
I
..
. ~y BfTOV[O fATH[1!
Syed Karamat Ali Shah (Late)
May God Almighty bless his soul with eternal peace
and May Holy Prophet Mohammad
(Salallaho Alahay Waaalehi-Wassallam)
grant him His kind Shifaat
(with the permission of God Almightyy
on the Day of Judgement. Ameen.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.. DES.CRIPTION Page #
Chapter 'One - Stability,.Determinacy o(Structures and Consistent

Deformation Method ............... ,...................................... ,................................... 1
-} Stability of Structures, Stable Structures, Articulated Structures, Continuous Frame,
Determinacy .............. :.......................................................................... ;... :................................ 2
-} ;External Indeterminacy ...... ~ .....................................................................................: .................. 2
-} Internal Indeterminacy ............ :............... ;............... :...................... ;.;· ............................................ 3
-} Total Indeterminacy ................................................................................................................... 5
-} Examples ........................................................................................................ :................... 6 -- 15
-} Methods for finding deflections and rotations, Moment area Theorem No. (1) ............ ;............ 15
-} Moment area Theorem No. (2) .................................................'. ............. :........... ·...................... 16
-} Sign Convention for deflections, bending moment diagram by parts ......................................... 17.·
.. ,:.:"-'
-} Sign Convention for Shear force and bending moment ............................................................. 18

-} First and Second theorem of Conjugate heam method .............................................................. 22
-} . Types of Elastic Strain Energy .............................................................................................. :~. 24
.-} Castigliano's theorems.·........................................... , ...; ............................................................. 25
-} Consistent Deformation Method ............................ :..................................................... 25
-} Propped cantilever Analysis ..... ·................................................................................................... 28·
~. Alternate solution of propped cantilever .............................................. , ................................... 32
-} Analysis of Fixed ended beam ..................................................... :............................................ 33
-} Inversion of a Matrix ................................................................................................................ 40
-} Second degree externally indeterminate beam ............................ ;............................................. 41
-} ~hird degree externally indeterminate frame ............................................................................ 47
-} Analysis of Externally Indeterminate Trusses ........................................................................... 56
-} Method of moments and shears ................................................................................... 56
-} Solution Of Truss by moment an·d Shear Method ........ , ............................................................. 58 .
--} First degree externally redundant Trusses ................................................................................ 59
--} Second degree externally redundant Trusses ....................................................................... :.... 63
--} Solution of 3rd degree externally indeterminate trusses ......................................................... :.. 68
--} Analysis of 3rd degree indeterminate frames ............................................................................ 74
--} Analysis of 3rd degree c;xternally indeterminate continuous healn .. :....................... :.................. 86
Chapter Two - Method of Least work ................................................................. 91
--} Solution of Propped cantilever by least work ........................................................................... 92
--} Analysis of Second degree externally redundant beams .......................................................... 100
--} Internal Indeterminacy of Structures ........................................ : ............................................. 102
--} Analysis of First degree internally redundant truss by least work ....... :.................................... 105
--} Steps for solution of internally indeterminate Truss by least work .......................................... 114
--} Analysis of Second degree indeterminate Trusses ...................................................... :........... 120
--} Analysis of Second degree internally indeterminate Trusses carrying gravity and
lateral loads ........................................................................................................................... 126
--} Analysis of Second degree internally indeterminate Truss by Unii load Method ..................... 138
--} More Examples of First and Second degree internally indeterminate Trusses .................. 143-154
Chapter Three - Introduction to two-hinged Arches ......................................... 155
--} Types of Arches, Linear Arch ................................................................................................ 158
--} Analysis of two-hinged segmental arches ............................................................................... 159
--} Analysis of two-hinged segmental arches earring gravity and lateral loads ............................. 161
--} Analysis of two hinged circular Arches .................................................................... :............. 169
--} Arches with secant Variation of inertia .................................................................................. 174
--} Analysis of two hinged Parabolic Arches ............................................................................... 182
--} Eddy's theorem ....................................................................... ,.............................................. 185
Chapter Four - Slope-Deflection Method ............................................. ~ ............ 199
--} Analysis of externally redundant beam due to gravity loads ................................................... 203
--} Analysis of indeterminate beam due to support settlements ... ~ ........................... ~ ................... 216
--} Analysis of Frames - without sidesway ....................................... :........................................... 233
--} Analysis of Frames - with sidesway ....................................................................................... 240
--} An~lysis of two-bay frames with unequal column heights ........................................................ 246
--} Double-Storeyed frames with sidesway .................................................................................. 249
Chapter Five - The Moment Distribution Method ............................................ 258
{> Stiffness Factor, Carryover factor and Distribution Factor ..................................................... 260
{> Steps involved in moment - distribution Method - Application to beams ............................... 262
{> Application to frames - without sidesway .. :........................................................................... 274
{> Analysis of Double-Storey frame carrying gravity and lateral loads: ....................................... 281
Chapter Six - Kani's lVlethod or Rotation Contribution Method ..................... 288
{> Rules for Calculating Rotation Contributions - First and Onward Cycles .......................... :..... 290
{> A typical Solution 01 continuous beam by Kani's Method ...................................................... 292
{> A typical Solution of Frame without Sidesway ........................................................................ 294
{> A typical Solution of Frame with Sidesway ............................................................................ 295
{> Analysis of double-storeyed Frame carrying gravity and Lateral Loads .................................. 298
{> Storey shear, storey moment .................................................................................................. 299
Chapter Seven - Introduction to Column Analogy Method ............................. 306

{> Introduction, basic rules and sign conventions ....................................................................... 307
{> Fixed ended beam by column analogy ...................... .- ............................................................ 308

{> Fixed ended beam with variable cross-section ......................................................................... 319
{> Stiffness and carryover factor for straight members with constant section .............................. 328
{> Frames with one-axis of symmetry .......................................................................................... 332
{> Analysis of gable frame by column analogy ........................................................................... 340
. {> Portal Frame carrying gravity and lateral loads ...................................................................... 343 .
{> Analysis of non-Prismatic fixed ended beam .......................................................................... 346

Chapter Eight - Plastic Analysis of Steel Structures .................. :..................... 350
{> Shape Factor and its calculation for variolls sections ............. :................................................ 353
{> Collapse load of a structure, Assumptions made in plastic theory, Fundamental
Theorems of Plastic collapse ........................................................................................ , ........ 356
{> Analysis of continuous beam by Mechanism method .............................................................. 359
{>. Types of Collapse .................... :............................................................................ ~ ................. 362
Po~talF£am.€}. s:;.fl-Iryi!1g,9rilYi}y ami lateral load ................... ,.:............... , ...... : ......................... 363
·~?+~::~~H~~l*~~;~~~~~f~;>~~~'~.~.~:~·~·:: ":;:~: :<.;~~ ...~:. :: ~.' .,: . ..: " . . -'. . .'.
Partial or inccimp]et"e collapse' ................................................................................................ 365
Over-complete collapse ........................... :.................................................. :.......................... 366
\\
1\
\
I
Chapter Nine - The Three Moment Equation .... ~ .............................................. 369
~
~
Derivation ............................................................................................. ; ................................ 370
Solved Examples ................................................................................................................... 372
"!
I
.,•
{> Support settlement case ................................... ,..................... ,............................................... 376

-¢>: Unsolved examples with solution ........................................................................................... 379
~hapter Ten - Influence Lines ....:....................................................................... 383
{> Influence lines for beam reactions ........................................................................................... 384
{> Influence lines for shear force ................................................................................................ 388
{> Influence lines for bending mqment ....................................................................................... 390
~ Absolute max bending moment - Girders with Floor beams .......................... :........................ 393
~ Influence lines for axial forces in Truss Members .................................................................. 396
{> Influence lines for moment and horizontal thrust in a three hinged arch ........................... :..... 398
{> Standard loadings ..................................................................................................... ~ ............. 400
~ Solved examples - girders with floor beams .......................................................................... 402
{> Moving live load with length less than span of beam ............................................................ :. 404
~ E'valuation of Maximum SF at a section for a simple beam ..................................................... 407
~ Evaluation of Maximum BM at a section ................ :......................: .................. :.................... 409·
~ Evaluation of Max. Axial force in Truss Members ................................................................. 410
~ Influence line diagnimsfor indeterminate beams ................. ;.................................................. 413 ~
Chapter Eleven - Three hinged arches ........... ~ .............................................. ~ ... 424

~ Analysis of 3-hinged parabolic and circular arches ................................................................. 426
~ 3-hinged circular arch - from basic principles ........................................................................ 428
{> Solution of higher degree equations by Modified Newton -- Raphson iteration ....................... 430
~ 3-hinged parabolic arches with supports at different levels ..................................................... 432
~ Three hinged parabolic Arch with supports atdifferent levels .............. ;................................. 433
~ Three hinged circular arch with supports at different levels .................................................... 435
~ Three hinged circular arch with supports at different levels .................................................... 437
Appendix - Unsolved Exercis'es .......................................................................... 440
Seiected Bibliography ........................................ ~ ................................................. 455
Index ..................................................................................................................... 456
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD
CHAPTER ONE
.
STABILITY, DETERMINACY
-
OF STRUCTURES AND
CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD
1.1. STABILITY OF STRUCTURES:
Before deciding the determinacy or indetenninacy of a structure we should first of all have a structure
which is stable. The question of detenninacy or indetenninacy comes next. We shall now discuss 2-D or
single plane structures. (Defined and accommodated in a single plane).
1.1.1. ST ABLE STRUCTURE.:.

A stable structure is the one, which remains stable for any conceivable (imaginable) system of loads.
Therefore, we do not consider the types of loads, their number and their points of application for deciding
the stability or determinacy of the structure. Nonnally internal and external stability ofa structure should be
checked separately and if its overall stable then total degree of indetenninacy should be <.;hecked.
1.2. ARTICULATED STRUCTURES:

This may be defined as "A truss, or an articulated structure., composed of links or bars, assumed to be .
connected by frictionless pins at the joints, an~ arranged so that the area enclosed within the boundaries of
the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometrical figures which are usually triangles."
1.3. CONTINUOUS FRAME: . .,.,'-
" A continuous frame is a structure which is dependent, in part, for its stability arid load carrying capacity
upon the ability of one or more of its joints to resist moment." In other words, one or more joints are more
or less rigid. .
1.4. DETERMINACY:
A statically indeterminate structure is the one in which all the reactive components plus the internal forces
cannot be calculated only from the equations of equilibrium available for a given force system.These
equations, of course, are .
°
L H = 0, LV = and L M= 0
The degree ofindetenninacy for a given structure IS; in fact, the excess of total number of reactive
components or excess of members over the equations of equilibrium available.
It is c~n)~enient to consider stability and detenninacy..,as follows.

a) With respect to reactions, i.e. external stability and determinacy.
b) With respect to members, i.e. internal stability and determinacy.
c) A combination of external and internal conditions; i.e. total stability and detenninacy.
"
\\
2 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
1.4.1. EXTERNAL INDETERMINACY:

A stable structure should have at least three reactive components, (which may not always be sufficient) for
external stability of a 2-D structure, which are non-concun'ent and non-parallel.
/
~ ~~-----'-"'---
. Fig. 1.1. Stable & determinate .
/~
~
i
Fig. 1.2. Stable & determinate.
External indeterminacy is, in fact, the excess of total number of reactive components over the equations of
equilibrium available.
3 + 2 =5
Fig. 1.3.
No. of reactions possible = 5

No. of Equations of equilibrium available = 3
Degree of External indeterminacy = 5 - 3 = 2
1
+ =6
Fig. 104
Stable & Indeterminate to 2nd degree. (Fig. 1.3) .
Fig. 104. Stable & externally indeterminate to 3rd degree .
~A
.1
t
. 2 + =4
Fig. 1.5.
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMAnONS METHOD 3
Stable & Indeterminate to 1st degree. (Fig. 1.5)
~ t~
~.
I 1f:d7~
~ £;;7
3 +
t
'1 + 2
t + 2=8
t
Fig. 1.6.
Stable & externally indeterminate to 5th degree. (Fig. 1.6)
Remove any five suitable redundant reactions to make it statically determinate.
1.4.2. INTERNAL INDETF$MINACY:

This question can be decided only if the minimum number of reactive components necessary for
external stability and determinacy are known and are acting on the structure. This type of
indeterminacy is normally associated with articulated structures like trusses. We assume that the
structure whose internal indeterminacy is being checked is under the action of minimiun reactive
components required for external stability at the supports. .
The basic form of the truss is a triangle.
To make the truss, add two members and one joint and repeat.
Fig 1.7
Let us assume that
j = Total number ofjoihts.
b = Total number of bars.
r == Minimum number of reactive components
required for external stability/determinacy.
Ib+r I [ill
total number of total number of
unknowns. equations available (at joints).
i
I
Ii
1. If b+r = 2j Stabl~
& internally detenninate. Check the arrangement of
members also.
I
2. If b+r>2j Stable & internally indetenninate.
(degree of indetenninacy would be
decided by the difference of these
two quantities).
i
3. If b + r < 2j Unstable. :
~1
i
A structure is said to have detenninacy or indetenninacy only ifit is stable. Now we consider some
examples.
Lx
Fig. 1.8.
b = 11
r = 3 (Minimum external reactions required for external stability/determinacy)
j = 7
b + r = 2j
11+3 = 2x7
14 = 14
This truss of fig. 1.8 is stable and internally determinate.
4 8 12
Fig. 1.9.
b = 15
r = 3
j = 9
b + r = 2j
15 + 3 = 2 x 9
18 = 18
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD 5
The truss of fig. 1.9 is stable and internally detenrunate.
4 6 12 15
18
Fig. 1.10.
b 7" 18
r = 3
j = 10
b + r == 2j
18 + 3 = 2 x 10
21 > 20
This truss of fig. 1.10 isstable & internally indetenninate to 1st degree.
2· 6 10 13
Fig. l.!1.
b= 16
r = 3
j = 10
b + r = 2j
17+3=2x10
20 = 20
This truss is Unstable by inspection although the criterion equation is satisfied. The members in
indicated square may get displaced and rotated due to gravity loads.
Always inspect member positions. Insert one member in the encircled box or manage prevention of
sliding by external supports to make it stable.
NOTE:- The difference between the internal and the external indetenninacy is only in the definition of 'r'
1.4.3. TOT At: lI:NDETERMINACY
The question of total indeterminacy is of little interest and \\'e have got diffcient equations for
different types Qf structures. For example, the previous equation, i.e., b + r = 2 j can be used to
check the total degree of indetenninacy of an articulated structure like truss by slightly modifying
the definition of "r~' which should now' be considered as the "total 'number of reactive
components available".
b + r = 2j
where b = Total number of bars.
r = Total number of reactive components available.
j = Total number of joints
Example No.1: Determine the external and internal conditions of stability and determinateness for the
following structures:-
·1
,
I
.~
Fig. 1.12
. (i) External Stability And Determinacy:- .

Number of reactive components available = 2
Number of equations of equilibrium available = 3
Unstable. (Visible also)
(ii) Internal Stability And Determinacy
b =9
r = 3
j = 6
b + r = 2j
9+3=2x6
12 = 12
Degree ofIndeterminacy = D = 12 - 12 = 0
Stable aIld Internally Determinate, if arrangement is impr<)\/ed to have ~ = 3.
Example No.2:
/ Link
1
~-------1~
Fig. 1.13 ..
STABiLITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUC.TURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METIIOD7
*In this case the presence of a pin at each end of the link makes one additional type of movement
possible ~f reaction components are removed. Two condition equations are therefo~e provided by
the link in terms of algebraic sum of moments equal to zero at the joints of link.
External Stability and Determinacy.

Number of reactive components = 5
Number of equations of equilibrium available = 3 + 2* = 5
Degree of indeterminacy = 5 - 5 = 0
Stable.and Externally Determinate. (Structure of fig. 1.13.)
,
Example No.3:
Fig. 1.14.
(i) External Stability and Determinacy:-
Number of reactions = 3
Number of equations = 3
D=3-3= 0
. ., Externally Stable and Determinate
(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy:-
b = 22
r = 3
j = 11
b + r = 2j
D == (b+r)-2j
= (22 + 3 ) - ( 2 x 11 )
= 25 - 22
D = 3 where D = Degree of indeterminacy.
.. Stable and indeterminate to 3rd degree. .
Example No.4:
'\.
Continuous frame
Fig. 1.15.
External Stability and Determinacy:-
. Number of reactions := 9
D =9-3=6
.. Stable and Indeterminate to 6th degree. (fig. 1. ~ 5).
':\~
Example No.5: ,If'
3
2 4
1 5
Fig 1.16
(i) External Stability And Determinacy :-
Degree of indeterminacy = 6 - 3 .= 3
. . Stable and externally Indeterminate to 3rd degree.
(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy :-
b = 6
r = 3, where r is the minimum reactive components required for external
j = 6 stability and determinacy.
Degree of indeterminacy of rigid jointed structure. (Fig. 1.16)

D = (3b + r ) - 3 j
D = (3x6+3)-(3x6)
·D = 21 - 18
D = 3
Stable and indeterminate to 3rd degree.
Example No.6:
(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-
4
Fig. 1.17.
D=4-3= 1
Stable and indeterminate to 1st degree.

b = 21
r = 3
j = 11
D= (b+r)-2j
=(21+3)-2xll
D= 24 - 22 = 2
Stable and indeterminate to 2nd degree.
Note: In case of a pin jointed structure, there is one unknovm per member and in case of rigid jointed
structure there are three unknovms at a joint.
Example No. 7:

D = 3-3=0
Stable and Determinate.

b = 38
r = 3
j = 20
D= (b+r)-2j
= (38 + 3) - 2 x 20
= 41-4.0
D = 1
. . Stable and indeterminate to 1st degree. (Fig. 1.18)
Example No.8:
Fig. 1.19.

D=3-3=O
. . Stable and Determinate.
(ii) Internal Stability and Determina,cy :-

b = 54
r .= 3
j = 25
b + r = 2j
54 + 3 > 2 x 25
57 > 50
,D = 57 - 50 = 7
Stable and indeterminate to 9th degree. (Fig. 1.19)
Example No.9:
2
10 14 17
7
3 4
8 11 15 18
5 13 6
9 16 . 19
.12
Fig. 1.20.

D=12-3=9
. . Stable and indeterminate to· 9th degree.
b = 19
r = 3
j = 16
D = (3b+r) =3j
= (3xI9+3)=3x!6
= 60 > 48
D = 60 - 48 = 12
Stable and Internally Indeterminate to twelfth degree. (Fig. 1.20) .
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFbR.MATION~ METHOD _ 11
Example No. to:
9 11 .
4 2
7 8·
6 5 3
Fig. 1.21.
D = 6-3=3
" Stable and Indeterminate to 3rd degree.
(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy: -
b = 11
r =3
j = 9
D = (3b+r) -3j
= (3xl1 + 3) - 3x9
= 36 - 27 «0'-';'-
D = 9
Example No; 11:
3 5
7 8
2 4 6·
Fig. 1.22.

Number" of equations = 3
D=6-3=3
.. Stable and indeterminate to 3rd degree.
b = 10
r = 3 .. ··'1
j = 9
D= (3b+r)-3j
= (3 x 10 + 3 ) - 3 x 9
D = 33 - 27
D= 6
Example No. 12:
Fig. 1.23.
" (i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Number of equations =3
.. Unstable Externally. (Visible also)
b = 14
r = 3
j = 8
D = (b -I. r)-2j
= ( 14 + 3 ) - 2 x 8
0= 1
Stable and Internal Indeterminacy to 1st degree.
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD l3
Example No. 13:
19
20
Fig. 1.24.

Number of equations = 3 + 1 = 4
D= 4-4 =0
. . Stable and Determinate.
b = 20
r = 4 (Note this. A roller at either support will create instability)
j = 12
(b+r)= 2j
( 20 + 4) = 2 x 12
24 = 24
D = 24-24;' 0
. (Here minimum r is 4 for internal stability and determiriacy.)
:. Stable and determinate.
Example No. 14:
Fig. 1.25.

Nwnber of reactions = 6
Number of equations = 3 + 2 = 5
D=6-5=1
.. Stable and Indeterminate to 1st degree.
b = 43
r = 3 + 2 = 5 (take notice o.f it). Two pins where LM = 0
j = 24
b + r = 2j
43 + 5 = 2 x 24
48 = 48
D = 48-48 = 0
Stable and Determinate. (Fig. 1.25)
Example No. 15:
Fig. 1.26.

Number of equations = 8 = (3 + 5)
D=8-8=0
b = 42
r = 3 + 5 = 8. There are 5 joints where LM = 0
j = 25
b + r = 2j
42 + 8 = 2 x 25
50 50
D = 50 -50 = 0
-
.. ~ii~i*~~,;;;c~~~::r-':y;,,'
. ~ ..
l-
I STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD 15
Example No. 16:

D=4-3=1
. . Stable and Indetennimite to 1st degree.
(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy :- .
b = 16
r = 3
j = 9
D= (b+r)-2j
=(16+3)-2x9.
= 19 - 18
D=1
:. Stable and Indetimninate to 1st degree.
In the analysis of statically determinate structures, all external as well as internal forces are completely
known by the application of laws of 5tatics.Member sizes do not come into the picture as no compatibility
requirements are to be satisfied. However, in the analysis of indeterminate structures we should have
member sizes, sectional and material properties before doing the arialysis as member sizes would be
involved in the determination of deflections or rotations which .are to be put in compatibility equations
afterwards. Now we discuss methods for finding deflection and rotations.
1.5. METHODS FOR FINDING DEFLECTION AND ROTATION;-

Usually following meth()ds are used in this classical analysis of structures ..
Unit -load method. (Strain energy method).
Moment - area method.
Conjugate beam method (a special case of moment - area method).
1.5.1. MOMENT AREA THEOREM (1);-

The change of slope between tangents drawn at any two points on the elastic curve of an originally
straight beam is equal to the area of the B.M.D between these two points when multiplied by ·lIEI
(reciprocal of flexural stiffness),
e =~1 (Area of B.M.D.

AS
between A & B)
Tangent atA
~
e =_1-EI (AREA) ~
Tangent at B
AS AS
Signs of Change of Slope:-

Tangent atA
Tangent at B t
Fig 2.1 (b)
'r"' .... ,,'_"-0.. ............." •• ,
(a) _~os~;~ ~~~§~2L~.I.8,p,,~,8 AB iscolll1terc1ock\.",i~~J!:.o.,~l~"~ls!t.~I},e.at:; (F ig. 2. I a)

Negative change of slope, 8 AB is clockwise ff'~~the left tangent. (Fig. 2.1 b)
I
! (b)
I
1.5.2. MOMENT AREA THEOREM (2):-
"The deviation of any point on elastic curve from the tangent drawn at some other point on the
elastic curve is equal to iI multiplied by the moment of the area of the bending moment diagram
between these two points". The moment may generally be taken through ,a point where deviation is
being measured. . . '
S
Elastic curve.
I= . .
tSA
1 Deviation of point S w.r.t
tangent at A
. Fig2.2 ) tangent at A
tangent at B
1.5.3. SIGN CONVENTION FOR DEVIA TlONS:-
tSA=Deviation of point S on elastic curve w.r.t.

tangent at point A on elastic curve
Fig 2,2 (a) Positive deviation
tSA=Deviation of point.s on elastic curve w.r.t.

tangent at point A on elastic curve
A
I
Elastic curve B
Fig 2.2 (b) Negative deviation
(a) Positive Deviation:- B located above the reference tangent. (Tangent at A; Fig. 2.2a)
(b) NegativeDeviation:- B located below the reference tangent. (Tangent at A; Fig. 2.2b)
1.5.4. INEQUALITY OF tSA AND tAB

Depending upon loading, these' two geviations tab and tba may not be equal if loading is
unsymmetrical about mid span of the member.
Elastic curve
Reference tangent at B Reference tangent at A
Fig. 2.3
--.- 1.6. BENDING MOMENT DIAGRAM BY PARTS~

In order to compute deviations and change of slope by moment area method, bending moment
. diagram may be drawn in parts i.e. one diagram for a particular load starting from left to right.
Same sign convention would be followed for bending moment and shear force as have been
followed in subjects done earlier. Bending moment wOlild be positive ifelastic curve resembles
sagging i.e. compression at top fibers and tension at the bottom fibers while shear force would be
positive at a section of a portion being considered as a free body when left resultant force acts
upwards and right resultant force acts downwards. Negative bending moment and shear force
would be just opposite to this.
1.6.1. SIGN CONVENTIONS ~OR SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT

Compression L
+ Positive B.M. Positive Shear Force c=J R

'};
c:::J
~TenSion fI
L R
Tension
Negative Shear Force

- Negative B.M.
If L c:::J
L R c=J
Fig 2.4
Consider the following loaded beam. Start from faces on LHS and move towards RHS. Construct
BMS due to all forces encountered 'treating one force at a time only.
(1 C ~
A
~ C 0
Raj TRb
U4 U2
4/ U4 ~,. I.e: J,..
'1
"
B.M.D. due to Ra =Ra x L
B.M.D. due to ~
~ x-! L
B.M.D. due to ~
~x-~-
B.M.D. due to U.D.L.
Wx (U2) x (~2) = ~@
We observe that the moment effect of any single specified loading is always some variation of the general
equation. L i k e '
y = leX" (I)
This Relationship has been plotted below. While drawing bending moment diagrams by parts and starting
from left, for example, Ra is acting at A. Imagine that Ra is acting while support at A has been removed and
beam is fixed adequately at B( just like a cantilever support), the deflected shape whether sagging or
hogging will determine the sign ofB.M.D. Similar procedure is adopted for other loads.
x!
where k = constant
n = degree of
curve of
B.M.D A
•
h
i.e. y=PX =:> k=P, n'=1

1
y =:!!f!~ = wl2, n=2
J-~----------------~~~--~----~--~---------+X
b
Fig. 2.6
Generalized variation of B.M. w.r.t. x
In general X =JX!A
Area of the strip = ydX = kX n dX by putting value of y.
b
Total area = A = JkXn dX
o
A=. '\ --
kXn+11
+
n 1
b
0
Kb(n+l)
A = (n~ 1)
. We want to find the total area under the curve in terms of 'b' and 'h' and for'that the constant'k' has to be
evaluated from the given boundary conditions.
At X = b y= h
Put this in (1), y;" kX n
n
we get h = kb
h
or k = bn Put this in equation for A above.
ri
I
I
h bn+ 1
A = b n (n+l) Simplifying
h bn • b
-bn(n+l)
bh
So A=c;+ij (2)
Now its centroid would be determined with reference to fig. 2.6;.
x= f 1A X
Put y= kX n
= !
b k Xn+l dX
A
h bh
Now put k= bn and A= (n+l) we have
hlb n (Xr 1 dX
-!
_ b
bh/(n+I)
b h (Xn+l) dX(n+I)
= Jo hbn+1 simplifying step by step
b
= (~~+p J Xn+ldX
o
_W
- b n+ (n+2)
Ix l n 2
+
b
(n + 1) bn+2
= ~ (n+2)
(n + 1) bn+1 • b
= j;Tn+TJ. (n+2)
__ b(n+l)
X - (n+2) (3)
- .
X is the location of centroid from zero bending moment
'From above figure 2.6, we have
X+X/= b
= b _ b(n+I)
Simplify
(n + 2)
... 1
b Cn + 2) - b Cn + 1)
(n + 2)
bn + 2b - bn- b
(n + 2)
~ (4)
~
This gives us the location of centroid from the ordinate of B.M.D
~
~
(2)
Note:- While applying these two formulae to calculate the deflection and the rotation by moment area
method and with diagrams by parts, it must be kept in mind that these two relationship assume zero
slope of the B.M. Diagram at a suitable point. It may not be applied to calculate A & X within
various segments of the B.M.D where this condition is not satisfied. Apply the above equations for
area and centroid to the following example. .
AL......J-'--1L-.1f-7.n-.JL.-1LC-.lL~--:::!~::=!I-f?B
Cantilever under u.d.1
Elastic curve
L
L
)I
x=
.
--
4
a
. (-)
B.MD
2nd degree curve
Fig 2.7
Tangent at A on
P Elastic curve.
Eleastic
curve
A
B.MD
x= 2/3L I( )1
PL
/
X= U3
Fig. 2.8
(~ve) sign in the deflection of diagram below does not mean'that area is. (-ve) but ordinate of BMD is
(-ve). For loads the fig. 2.7.
~a=EI
1(AX4"
3L)
=l..[-we x 3LJ
EI. 6 4
1.7. FIRST THEOREM OF CONJUGATE BEAM METHOD ;-

In simple words the absolute slope at any point in the actual beam is equal to the shear force at the
corresponding point on the conjugate beam which is loaded by ~ diagram due to loads on actual
beam.
1.7.1. SECOND THEOREM OF CONJUGATE BEAM METHOD.1:

The absolute deflection at any point in the actual beam is equal to the B.M at the corresponding
point on the conjugate beam which is loaded by ~ diagram.
The reader is reminded to draw conjugate beams for actual beams under loads very carefully by
giving due consideration to support conditions of actual beam. In general for a fixed and free end
of actual beam, the corresponding supports would be free and fixed in conjugate beam
respectively. Deflection ~. at any point on actual beam is associated with the bending moment at
corresponding point on conjugate beam while rotation 8 at any point on actual beam is associated
with shear force at corresponding point on conjugate beam. At an actual hinge support ~ is equal
to zero and 8 is there indicating non development of moment at the support (Shear force present,
bending moment zero). The corresponding support conditions in conjugate beam would be such
where bending moment is zero and shear force may be there i.e., a hinge is indicated. See the
following example.
EXAMPLE :- Calculate the central deflection by the conjugate beam methcid:
~,:_o_ns_tt._......L!~_C__~. -
Actual beam
under load
r
PU4 2
A='!'x LxE~ B.MD/EI

2 4EI
= PI: PU8EI
BEl
,
Sa = Sb = PI: I
16EI I " I " , Conjugate beam

I I
t I I I /
under M/EI diagram
: " " ,',' " I I I I
as a load
: ..... ,' I " / ' I 1+' /
.. '
•• " ;: " : "
... : : , '
/
,
,
I
'
I
I
/
I
,/,
I I" CI
U6·
P~ p~ i
I
r
P~
P~ 16EI 16~1 16EI
16EI
Fig. 2.9
PL2 L PL2 L
~c = Me' = 16EI x 2" - 16EI x "6 (considering forces on LHS of
3 3 3
PL PL 3PL _ PL 2EPL3 3
= 32EI - 96EI = 96EI = 96EIPoint C of shaded area)
PL3
~c = 48EI
1.8. STRAIN ENERGY :-

"The energy stored in a body when it undergoes any type of deformation (twisting, elongation,
shorter.:ng & deflection etc.) under the action of any extemai force is calied the strain energy." If
this strain energy is stored in elastic rangejt is te[!lled as elastic strain energy. All rules relating to
strain energy apply. The units of'Strn'iti:tl1:e"tgy are the g'iiirJe as that of the work i.e., joule (N - .ffiffi,
N-m). .
1.8.1. TYPES OF STRAIN ENERGY :-

1.8.1.1 STRAIN ENERGY DUE TO DIRECT FORCE.1=
p IL\
AE = Axial Stiffness
---~) 6
Fig. 2.10
Work done by a gradually increased force 'P' is equal to area of load - deflection diagram = P/2 L\.
(From graph)
Stress oc Strain (Hooke's Law)
So f oc E
f Constt . E
f = E. E
P L\
A - Ex-
L
so L\ == ~~ Strain energy will be 1PL\ from above. So p~tting it we have.

PL
=> r.
U -- (AE)
2
, where U is the internal strain energy stored.
P2L
. U = 2AE
U = L
.'
:~i
(for single member)
.
(for several members subjected to axial forces)
.!
1.8.1.2. STRAIN ENERGY DUE TO BENDING, SHEAR FORCE AND TORSION :-

l M2dX
(1) U = ~ lEI This is elastic strain energy stored due to bending .
. L~
(2) Strain Energy Due to shear force:- U = J 2AG where Q is shear force and G is shear modulus
o
L T2 ds
(3) Strain Energy Due to Torsion:- U = Jo 2GJ (Consult a book on strength of Materials). Where
T is Torque and J is polar moment of inertia.
1.9. CASTIGLJANO'S THEOREM :-

In 1879, Castigliano published two theorems connecting the strain energy with the deformations
and the applied loads. .
1.9.1 CASTIGLJANO'S FIRST THEOREM :-

The partial derivative of the total strain energy stored with respect to. a particular deformation
gives the corresponding force acting at that point.
Mathematically.
au p Where U is.strain energy stored in bending

at!,.
and au
ae =M·
. Here t!,. is connected with loads and 9 with moment.
1.9.2. CASTIGLJANO'S SECOND THEOREM :-

The partial derivative of the total strain energy stored with respect to a particular force gives the
corresponding deformation at that point.
Mathematically,
au
_. =t!,.
ap
and au = e Here t!,. is connected wit~ loads and 9 with moment.

aM
1.10. CONSISTENT DEFORMATION METHOD:~
This method may be tetmed as redundant force m.ethod or simply a force method. In this method,
the statically indeterminate structure is idealized as a basic determinate structure .under the action
of applied loads plus the. same structure under the action of redundant forces considered one by
one. The deformations produced at the points of redundancy are calculated in the above-mentioned
basic determinate structures and then these Galculated deformations are put into compatibility
requirement for the structure. Normally these are satisfied at a joint.
- .
. Now for a given beam, various possible Basic determinate structures (BDS) would be given. A
clever choice ofBDS for a given structure can reduce the amount of time and labour.
(I
\,i A "
~ ==0
'" 2.11
A
rl¥h
B
Given structure
under load
No. of actual rea"ctions ::: 3

No. of equations ::: 2
degree of indeterminacy::: 3 - 2 ::: 1
~
~__~CJ~L~~~~~~CJCd~_·~CJ~~____________
1. First A B
alternative B.D.S (Basic detenninate
Fig.2.11a structt:Jre under loads
A ~:-------------- 8
Fig.2.11b B.D~S under redundant
IRb !reactions
A~
2. second
B.D.S under loads
alternative
Fig. 2.12
B.D.S under redundant

Ma
Fig. 2.12 a
<::~~------.-FI9-=.2=.1:::3=--~-~--.
B
__-:i :
Actual Beam
.6. is present
Elastic curve e e is present
M=O ~ Conjugate Beam

V=O
Fig. 2.14 ~ M
V
An indeterminate structure can be· made determinate in several ways and the corresponding
. quantities may be calculated very easily. However, we will notice. that a clever choice of making a basic
determinate structure will reduce the time of our computations tremendously. lp. Figs. 2.11 and 2.12 various
options regarding choice of BDS are given while Figs. 2.13 and 2.14 illustrate how to make conjugate beam
.for a given beam using the guidelines stated earlier. Consider another loaded beam in Fig. 2.15.
Fig. 2.15
p
p~
A
Rb has been chosen
as redundant.
Basic determinte structure

under applied loads only.
8'
Fig. 2.15 a
,
where M3 is the deflection at point B due to the applie!illoads.
A~-=======--------------------~
B.O.S. under unit

redundant force at B.
Fig. 2.15 b
So compatibility of deformation at Brequires that

~B + Rb x ebb = 0 (Deflection Produced by loads Plus that by redundant should
w~re M3 = Deflection at B due to applied loads in a BDS. be equal to zero at point B)
8bb = deflection at B due to redundant at B in a BDS.
~B
or Rb = - ebb (sign is self-adjusting)
B Ma has been
considered as
redundant force.
Fig. 2.16
9a = Slope at point. A due to applied loads only in a BDS.

The other pptign of a simple beam as BDS is shown in fig. 2.16 .
•~ ~. .,i"""'';;:''. ,:,~.
28 THEORY OF INDETERl\1INATE STRUCTURES
B.D.S. under unit redundant moment at A.

=
where aaa slope at A due to unit redundant moment at A.
Fig 2.16a
Compatibility equation S a + Ma. ex: aa = 0 . (Slope created by loads + slope created by redundant
moment should be zero) .
Sa
or
Ma= - -
ex:aa
"In consistent deformation method (force method ), there are always as many conditions of geometry as is
the number: of redundant forces."
.~ rl.·:· - ..
1.11. Example No. 1:- Analyze the following beam by the force method. Draw S.F. & B.~. diagrams.
SOLUTION .:.:
c::a~~ ____ U_2______- L I

P
U_2_______~~8
_______
i EI = Constt. i
Raj jRb
Fig2.1i
Degree ofIndeterminacy = 3 - 2 =
Indeterminate to 1st degree.
SOLUTION: (1) Chose cantilever as a basic determinate structure.
EI = Constant
Fig 2.170
B
~ ~Obb
Fig2.17b 8
obb=Deflection of point B due to unit load at B

B.D.S. under applied loads. B.D.S. under unit redundant
force at B.
Therefore, now compatibility requirement is

Lill + Rb x Sbb = 0 ( Deflection created by actual loads + deflection
created by redundant Rb should be equal to zero at support B)
or ~ (1)
Therefore, determine these deflections t..B and Sbb in equation (1). either by moment area method
or by unit load met?od.
1.11.1. DETERMINE t..B AND Sbb BY MOMENT - AREA METHOD :-

p
A
~
U2 U2 B
~B
P. EI =Constant I
P8~
B BOS under
Area ofSMD =+x+x Pi = applied loads
o . BMO due to.
~
applied loads.
PU2 .
rU6 1
I.
U3
L
1 U2 1
BOS under unit

redundant at B
BMO due
Unit redundant
L=Lx1
.8bb= EII [L2

-Tx 32LJ
-
,Putting ~B and 8bb in equation (1)
R b = - [ - SPL2
48EI / -3EI
3
J .
L By puttmg ~B an d us;,bb m . ·1 ityequatIOn
. compatJbl .
Spe 3EI SP
= - 48EI x r:: 16
The (- ve) sign with Rb indicates that the direction of application of redundant force is actually
upwards and the magnitude of redundant force Rb is equal to ~~ . Apply evaluated redundant at point B.
Fig. 2.19
Lfy = 0
Ra+Rb =P
SP lIP
Ra = P - Rb = P - 16 = 16 . Now moment at A can be calculated.
SP L SPL PL
Direction of applied moment at A = 16 x L - P . 2" = 16 - T
SPL- 8PL
16
3PL
16
The (-ve) sign with 31~L indicates that the net applied moment about 'A' is clockwise. Therefore, the
reactive moment at the support should be counterclockwise (giving tension at top). Apply loads and
evaluate redundant on the given structure.
STABILITY, DETERMINACY'OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD '31
J.
11P
16
+
S.F,D
5PL
·1 ' 'I 0
5P
16
o . o B.M,D
(-'ffllB.MV .
3PL IE X=~L
11 ---~)I
16
Fig. 2.20
LOCATION OF POINT OF CONTRAFLEXURE :-
MX
5 PX PL·
= -16- - PX +"'-
2
=0
= _ 11PX + PL = 0
16. 2,
_ PL _ 11PX
- 2 - 16
IX=8L!
. 11
Note:- In case of cantilever, moment - area method is always preferred because slope is absolute
everywhere. ,
.
A3
U2 JP ' 'U2 . ,. B
~constan~
· 7
Elastic curve
Fig. 2.21
Solution: (2) As a second ~!ternative, Chose Simply Supported Beam as a basic determinate structure.
p
BDS under tfA~ aaa ~ BDSunder

loads \...!nit ~ - - - - !nit unit redundant
Fig.2.21a j P/2 1
Fig.2.21b
B.M.Ddue ~
PL
-4- to unit redundant ~ a
momentatA
B.M.D.dueto .. ~
apPliedlead~ ~~
O~O
llEI
~.agrnm~
I 2
-l- .1L x.Eh=K
2 4EI
2
BEl
S'
trl
U3EI
rtx
f:i" U3
>I<~= 18
213 L
1-1-
6EI
U aa _ 3~' (by 1st moment

Fig.2.21c area theorem)
Fig 2.21d
L
oc aa = 3EI
. pe
Sa = 16EI (by 1SI moment area theorem)
For fixed end, there is no rotation. Therefore compatibility equation becomes

Sa + Ma ex: aa = 0 (slope at A created by loads + slope at A created
Sa
So Ma by redundant should be zero).
ex:aa
Sa & ex:all are the flexibility co-efficients. Putting these in compatibility equation
PL2 3EI
we have, Ma = -16EI x T
3PL
Ma = -16
The (-ve) sign with Ma indicates that the net redundant moment is in opposite direction to that
lssumed. Once Ma is known, R. and ~ can be calculated.
3PL P
(. :~ U2. J U2 B
'~cons~
iRa= 11P iRb=5P
16 16
Fig. 2.22
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTIJRES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD 33
To calculate Rt" 2:M. = 0
, L 3PL
Rt,xL- PX + 16 = 0
2
PL 3PL
Rt, x L = T 16
8 PL - 3 PL
16
D, X L = 5PL
>'{) 16
~
5P
~=-
16
2:fy = 0
R. + Rt, = P so R.=P-Rt,
5P
P
16
Note:- In case of simply supported beam, conjugate beam method is preferred for calculating slopes and
i
I'
deflections.
1.12. Example No. 2:- Analyze the following beam by the force method. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams.
SOLUTION :-
Ma( ...r- WKN/m Mb

~CX:)c:V:)c:Y:V:V:)c:Y:Y:J CX:~ B)
A EI = Constant
J No. of reactions = 4
No, of equations= 2
L
Degree of Indeteminacy = 4 • 2 = 2
t
Indeterminate to 2nd degree,
Fig, 2.23
Choosing cantilever with support at A as BDS. Vertical reaction at B and moment at B will be
redundants. To develop compatibility equations at B regarding translation and rotation at B, we imagine the
BDS under applied loads a'nd then under various redundants separately.
L
Fig. 2.23a B.D.S under loads tangent at B
+
A%r-=~~~------------------~
EI ::: Constant
L
Fig. 2.23b B.D.S. under redundant unit

vertical force at B
1
A~~~~---+----------~ B
Fig. 2.23c B.D.S. under unit redundant

moment at B
Compatibility Equations
LlB + Vb x Bbb + Mb x B'bb = 0 -) (1) For vertical displacement at B
BB + Vb x oc' bb + Mb x ocbb = 0 -) (2) For redundant moment at B
Notice that rotation produced by Unit load at B (a'bb) and deflection produced by unit moment of B (B'bb)
are denoted by dash as superscript to identifY them appropriately.
In matrix fonn
[~~J [:~:]
Bbb B'bb]
[ oc'bb ocbb =
t t t
Structure flexibility Column vector Column vector of
matrix. of redundants. flexibility coefficients.
Vb] [Bbb B'bb] [- LlBJ

[ Mb = oc'bb ocbb - BB
Now we evaluate L\B, 8b, ebb, u'bb, e'bb and ccbb with the help of moment area theorems
separately, where 11 .= Deflection at Bin BDS due to applied loads
8b = Rotation at B in BDS due to applied loads.
. . r WKN/m
2
we ~
~C)l::y-:)c:y=)C:y:v::Y-:JCC)CJC)C) B
( A§j
Wli
1< L >I
B.D.S. under loads
Fig.2.24a
B.M.S. due to A
applied loads. 4
>1
o
B.M.D
Calculate area ofBMD and fix its centroid
_ ~ _ Lx (_WL2) _
A - (n+l) - (2+1) - b = width ofBMD.
h = ordinate ofBMD.
b ; L L
. X'- -- - - - --
- n + 2 - (2 + 2) - 4 By applying second theorem of moment area, we have
L ~____________________________~l~
( A= -
~<----------------- L ------------~)I
Fig.2.24b B.MD. due to unit redundant force at B
..LxLxL= ~
2. 2
Or---------+---------------------~ o
2U3
B.D.S. under unit redundant force at B.
J
1 [L2 L
obb = EI -T x 3"2 L] == - 3EI ; obb = Deflection at B due to unit redundant at B
a'bb a'bb = Rotation at B due to unit redundant at B
r A~ ~
~l Obb
.
\
~a'bb
l~<------ L ~ . ~
Fig. 2.24c B.D.S under unit redundant
moment at B
Lx1=L
-~
~
U2
0 B.M.D
~I I 1
I [ LJ L2
o'bb = EI - L x"2 = - 2EI
I L
cx:bb = E1 [- L] = ~ E1
.STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMAnONS METHOD 37
Normally BMD's are plotted on the compression side of beam.
Putting values in first equation, we have

WL4 L3 L2 .
- 8EI - Vb x 3EI - 2EI Mb = 0 (1) multiply by 24 and simplify to get
equation (3)
Putting values in second equation, we have (2) . multiply by 6 and simplify to get
2
We VbxL _ LxMb = 0
6EI 2EI EI equation (4)
- 3 WL4 - 8 L3 X Vb - 12 L2 x Mb = 0 (3)
or 3 WL4 + 8 e Vb + 12 L2 Mb = 0 (3)
- WL 3 - 3 L2 Vb - 6 L Mb = 0 (4)
or WL 3 t 3 L2 Vb + 6 L Mb = 0 (4)
Multiply (4) by 2 L & subtract (4) from (3)
3 WL4 + 8 L3 Vb + 12 L2 Mb = 0 (3)
2 WL4 + 6 L3 Vb + 12 L2 Mb = 0 (4)
+2e Vb =0
- 2 L3 Vb
WL4
Vb - 2L3
The (-ve) sign with Vb shows that the unit redundant load at B is in upward direction.( Opposite
to that assumed and applied)
Putting the value of Vb in (3)
3WL4 + 8L3 (_ ~L) + 12t2 Mb = 0

4 4
or 3 WL - 4 WL + 12 L2 Mb = 0
WL4 = 12L2 Mb
We
Mb = l2L2
IMb=~1
The ( +ve) sign with Mb indicates that the assumed direction of the unit redundant moment at B
is correct. Now apply the computed redundants at B and evaluate and apply reactions at A.
2 . ' . .,J; WKN/m

Ma= ~ ~CV:y==)CY=){:Y':)c-v=JC"Y:)C7C)C)~ B ) ~
2
Mb=
1
. f· .. t .1
j
Va=\M.J21< .L >I Vb=\M.J2

Fig. 2.25
WJ3
24
a ~+ ~. 0
~... ~ B.M.D
12 12
0.789 l
a.578l
Points of Contraflexure : -
B as origin :- write moment expression
WL WL2 WX2
Mx = T X - 12 --2-=O
Multiply by ~ and re-arrange.
6L ± .y36 L2 - 24 L2
12
6L±{lill
12
6L± 2:/fi2
= 12
6 L ± 3.464 L
12
9.464 L 2.536 L
12 12
x = 0.789 L 0.211 L Locatiori of point of contraflexure

From both ends.
IX = 0.211 L I
Same can be done by taking A as origin and writing moment expression: -
WLX' WL2 WX,-l
Mx' = - 2 - - 12- -2- = 0
6 WLX' - WL 2 - 6 WX,2 o Simplify
L2 ,
LX' - -6 - X'- -- 0
, L2
X'- - LX' + "6 = 0
~ 2 -4xlX"6
L±L L2
X'
2x1
L -]L2 -If-
±
2
_L±:li
- 2
L ± j[L:
2
L±O.577 L
X' 2
X' 0.789 L, 0.211 L Location of points of contraflexure.
I X'=0.211 L I
We get the same answer as before.
".,..
This is a flexibility method and was written in !IJatrix form. earlier. The matrix inversion process is
given noW for reference and use.
1.13. MATRIX INVERSION: -

These co-efficients may also be evaluated by matrix Inversion so basic procedures are given.
Adjoint of matrix
Inverse of matrix = Determinant of matrix
Adjoint a matrix = Transpose (Interchanging rows & columns) of matrix of

co-factors.
Co-factors of an element = (- I )i+j X minor of element. where i = Row number in which
that element is located and j = Column number in which that element is located.
Minor of element = Value obtained by deleting the row & the column in which that
particular element is located and evaluating remaining determinant.
Let us assume a matrix :
A = [!
8
3
5
10
Determinant of matrix A 1 (5 x II - 10 x 9}- 3 (44 - 72) + 7 (4 x 10 - 8 x 5 ) .

= - 35 + 84 + 0
= 47
MINORS, OF MATRIX :-
Find out the minors for all the elements of the matrix. Then establish matrix of co-factors.
, , [-35 -28
Matrix of Minors= -37 -45
, -8 -19
Matrix of co-factors =
[-35
37
28
-45 1~]
-8 19 -7
Adjoint of matrix A =
[-35
28
37
-45 -8]
19
0 14 -7
"
= l.. [-35 -8]

37
Inverse of matrix 28 -45 19
49 0 14 -7
r- O.7l
= L~·571
0.755
-0.918
-0.163
0.387
]
0.286 -0.143
~ [~ ~]
0
AxA- 1 = I 1 Check for correct matrix inversion
0
Aij x Bjk = Cik
I 3 7] [-0.71 0.755 -0.163]

A A-I = [: to {I ~.571 -0.918
0.286
, 0.387
-0.143
- I xO.71 +3x0.571+7xO IxO.755-3xO.918+7xO.286 -lxO.163+3XO.3 87 -7XO.l43]

= . 0 1 0
[ ... 0 0 . 1
1.14.
AA-'
2ND DEGREE INDETERMINACY :-

~ [g ! ~] Proved.
Example No.3:
Solve the following continuous beam by consistent defonnation method.
40 kN
A
di)J7
3m
Ii);
B 1
4m
c
£,.. 5m
~
0
>
I" > I- ,r
EI =constant
Fig. 2.26
In this case, we treat reaction at Band C as redundants and the basic detenninate structure is a
simply supported beam AD.
•. 40 kN
mi1il--"""A'--_====l ~ B~ ~j:l!'-l'-'-=- =- =- =-~!- :-~;:c: ~: .~- -=D

Fig. 2.26 a
Bending under applied loads
A B 11 +c 0
mi1il--,...::----=--=-~_:U"=O;:bU./.b-_-_-....:-~__- _-_-.....;-:l~O:cb===-=-==:::m--~ .
Fig. 2.26 b
Behding under unit redundant force at B
+. 1
lmr--""":----.-B-...-:j O=-b-c .-------:r-~:,,-~-C--~_----=D

Fig. 2.26 c
Bending under unit redundant force at C
Compatibility equations are as follows:

Lill + 8bb x Rb + 8bc x Rc = 0 ~ (1) For compatibility at B
~C + 8cb x Rb + 8ec x Rc = 0 ~ (2) For compatibility at C
Evaluate the flexibility co-efficients given in equation (I) and (2). Using Conjugate beam method.
140 KN
A Sm ~ 7m 0
23.33 K:f23.33
c:::: +
7
-0
16 67
. KN
S.F.D.
LMD=O 116.67
RAx12 - 40x7=0 116.67 KN
RA=23 ..33 KN
LFY=O ~B.M.D.
RA+RD=40
RD=16.67 KN 116.67
70/EI-E'-
,
.,
In general for a simple beam loaded as below.

the centroid is a shown
a b
t~(_----~L------~~
M=Wab
~
IE (L; a) )j( (L; b) )1
Fig. 2.27
IMi)' = 0, Calculate RA'

2 x 7)
R· ,
A X
2 - 291.675 (
1 - EI
1)
7 + '3 5 +
408.345 (-3
EI
2527.85 1905.61
EI + EI
369.455
. EI
IFy = 0
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATrONS METHOD 43
369.455 R I _ 700.02
RA' + RD' = EI + D - EI .
. 700.02 369.455
RD'=~- EI
330.565 . M . . .
R D' = EI . Now ordmates of EI dIagram are determmed by companng
Similar triangles.
70
=> y = -
EI
Now by using conjugate beam method (theorem 2)
AB 1003.365 KN _ 3
L> EI .m
Determine
'. 116.67 Y
-7-=5"
Y = 83.34
LlC = iI [330.565 x 5 - (t x 5 x 83.34) x ~J
1305.575 3
LlC = EI KN -m·
Now apply unit redundant at B.
. 1
. '''',..: ~__B_'~tO~hl Jb__4_m_ _. :. 10~ <),I.b__~'

t. 2/3
Fig. 2.28 l'
1/31
2.2S/EI
1~
/ /: : / /
A . B1 ;C . 0
~~£
. t '
)'1
( "
S
.
13.5, ' .'
)JE .
. 7
7.875/EI Conjugate beam under M/EI 5.625/EI

Computing Co-effieients by Conjugate beam method. (Theorem 2)

1 .
Ms' - abb = EI [7.875 x 3 - 3.375 xl)
= 20.25 KN _ m3
abb
EI
2.25 Y
Detennineordinate -9-= "5
1.25
Y =lli
Me' = oeb = iI [5.625 x 5 - 3.125 x tJ
.: ~." .
oeb = 22.92 KN _ m3
EI
Now apply unit redundant at C.
~
A 3m B
Obe
4m
----~----------~1~x~7x5
1 Be~
Sm D
~ 2.92
EI
B.M.D.
Oee
9.24
8.28
EI r- 6.33m 5.67m EI
17.52
EI
Fig. 2.29 Conjugate beam under MfEI
Moment at B' ineonjugate beam gives
1 [ . 1 ]
Ms' obe = EI 8.28 x 3 - "2 x 1.25 x 3 x 1
Me' = obe = 22.965 KN _ m 3 (abc = oeb ) PROVED.

EI
ace .=iI [9.24 x 5 - kx 2.92 x 5 x tJ

34.03 KN _ m3 •
ace =EI
Inserting evaluated Co-efficients in equation (1) and (2)

1003.365 20.25 b 22.965
EI + ET" R + E I Rc=O (1)
1003.365 + 20.25 Rb + 22.965 Rc = 0 (3) Canceling lIEI throughout
13°ii575 + 2ii2 Rb + 3~~3 Rc =0 (4) Cancelling iI throughout

1305.575 + 22.92 Rb + 34.03 Rc = 0 (4)
Multiply (3) by 22.92 and (4) by 20.25 & subtract (4) from (3)
22997.1258 + 464.13 Rb + 526.357 Rc = 0 (3)

26437.8938 + 464.13 Rb + 689.1075 Rc = 0
(4)
- 3460.768 - 162.75 Rc = 0
IRc = - 21.264 KNI Putting this in equation (3)
1003.365 + 20.25 Rb - 22.963 x 21.264 = 0
IRb = - 25.434 KNI

r'
The ( -ve) signs with the values of the redundants are suggestive of the fact that the directions of
the actual redundants are in fact upwards. Now apply loads and evaluated redundants to original beam
calculate remaining reaction.
A D
.LS 3m 4m ~ 5m
~
RA 14.602KN T25.434KN T21.264 KN 1 RD = 2.096 KN
Fig. 2.30
\
'( LFy = 0 Considering all upwards at this stage as Ra and Rd are unknown. .
, RA + Ro + 25.434 + 21.264 - 40 = 0
RA + Ro = -6.698 ~ (1)
LMD= 0 Considering all upward reactions

RA x 12 + 25.454 x 9 - 40 x 7 + 21.264 x 5 = 0
IRA = - 4.602 KNI . It actually acts downwards.
=-RA - 6.698
= 4.602 - 6.698
IRo= - 2.096KNI All determined reactions are shown in figure 2.30
above sketch SFD and BMD.
~ticcurve .
J 40 KN
~t2~ C~~D
,& ~ ~
,j,4.602 KN t25.431 KN t21.264 KN ¢ 2.096 KN
Fig. 2.31
20.832
S.F.D. o + I__
~----------~----~_----~I-.'--~------~IO
...J 2.096+ 2.096
4.602 I
19.168
Ii
B.M.D. O~----------~~---~----------~ 0 I
13.806 I!
kX1 =3.663m >1'
>
LOCATION OF POINTS OF CONTRA FLEXURE :- These are in Span BC.
A as origin. Write moment expression and equate to zero.

I
MX I = .,.. 4.602 XI + 25.434 (XI - 3 )
- 4.602 XI + 25.434 XI - 76.302 = 0
XI = 3.663 m from A.
D as origin. Write moment expression and equate to zero.
MX2 = - 2.096 X2 + 21.264 (X2 - 5) = 0
. - 2.096 X 2 + 21.264 X 2 - 106.32 =0

19.168 X 2 - 106.32 =0
X2 5.547 m.
These locations are marked above in BMD.

1.15. 3 RD DEGREE INDETERMINACY:-

Exampie No.4:
Solve the frame shown below by consistent defonnation method.
10KN outer sides
B .----"-------, C
2m 2m
3m
/
4m
inner sides
20 KN outer sides outer sides
EI:::;Constant
D
/ '"
3m - -
A
B.M is +ve for
Fig. 2.32 Tension on inner sides
1.15.1. SOLU1:I0N:
Sign conventionJor S.F. and B.M. remains the same and are shown above as well. In this case, any
force or'moment which creates tension on the inner side of a frame would be considered as a (+ve)
B.M. Removing right hand support to get BDS. The loads create three defennations as shoWn.
10KN
B C B C
2m 2m
'3 4m
+ 6m
20KN
3m
eo
D .6.DH
2
.6. DV
1 A
8~dV l' 0 x--7<
8ddh
A 4-- J:. ddh
Fig. 2.33 (a) M - Diagram Fig. 2.33 (b) mH-Diagram
Note: ADH:::; Deflection of point D in horizontal direction due to applied loads on BDS.
LlDV = Deflection of point D in vertical direction due to applied loads on BDS.
e D = Rotation of point D due to applied loads on BDS;
B 'c 'B C
4m
4m
4m
4m·
6m
+
6m D
OCddvl ) 1
I mv_Diagram
t A
ex: dd
me-Diagram
X )(
ex:'ddh
1\
,I Fig. 2.33c B.O.S. under unit vertical Fig. 2.33d B.D.S. under unit rotational
1\ , redundant force at D redundant moment at D
I.\
Where (See mH diagram Fig. 2.33b)

8ddh = Deflection of point D due to unit load at D in horizontal direction acting on BDS.
8'ddv = Deflection of point D, in vertical direction due to unit load at D in horizontal direction.
a'ddh= Rotation of point D, due to unit load in horizontal direction at D acting on BDS.
(See mV diagram Fig: 2.33c)

8ddv = Deflection of point D due to unit load at D in vertical direction.
8'ddh = Deflection of point D (in horizontal direction) due to unit vertical load at D.
a'ddv = Rotation of point D due to unit vertical load at D.
,:
'.'
"
(See me diagram Fig: 2.33d»
\
a'ddh = Horizontal deflection of point D due to unit moment at D.
a'ddv = Vertical deflection of point D due to unit moment at D.
add = Rotation of point D due to unit moment at D.
Compatibility equations :-
L\DH + Ho x cSddh + Vox 8' ddv + Mo x oc'ddh = 0 (1) Compatibility in horizontal direction at D.
L\Dv + Ho x cS'ddh + Vo x cSdd v + Mo x oc'dd v = 0 (2) Compatibility in vertical direction at D.
eo + Ho x oc'ddh + Vo x oc'ddv + Mo x ocdd = 0 (3) Compatibility of rotation at D
Now evaluate flexibility co-efficients used in above three equations .. We know that
L\ or e = J ~I (Mmdx)
. There are 12 co-efficients to be evaluated in above three equations.
JMxmH (1)
So L\DH = EI dx
cSddh = J(mH)2 dx (2)

EI
cS'ddh = fmH EImv dx (3)
JM x (mv) dx
L\Dv = EI
(4)
J{mH x mv} dx (5)

cS'ddv = EI
rmv)2 dx
cS ddv = (6)
EI
oc'ddv = Jmvxme
EI
d
x (7)
=. EI1 f ( M )( me) dx (8)
cx:'.ddh = EI J
I (mH)( me) dx (9)
1
cx:'ddv = EI
f. (mv) (.mB) dx (10)
cx:dd = iI f (me l dx (11)

MUltiplying the corresponding moment expressions in above equations, we can evaluate above
deformations. Draw M-diagram.
D
3m
x
80 KN-m
~ A
~T..-
i 20KN
r 10KN
M- Diagram
M = 10 x 2 + 20 x 3 = + 80KN-m
Fig. 2.34 B.D.S under applied loads
M - Diagram by parts
2oKN-mG
! 10KN
20KN-m
c
xl 3m
10KN
4m
20KN
E
3m
I
I
80KN-~
~ A~
t 20KN
M=20 x 6-20 x 3 - BO = 20KN-m
I
t
10KN
·1
.'
4m
E 6m
D~1
D
MH- Diagram
Fig.2.34a '4-. Fig 2.34b
~
~
4 C
I 1'1.
0 F ,t,
1
j1 i
.
lj,
E E .\
I
~1
D
~1 D
A
~A
4~i1 my-diagram (by parts) 1 me-diagram (by parts) I\
Fig 2.34c Fig 2.34d l
Moments expressions in vCirious members can now be written in a tabular fOnTI.
Portion Origin Limits M mH mv Me'

AE A 0-:-3 20X - 80 X-2 -4 -1
BE B 0-3 -20 -X+4 -4 -1
BF B 0-2 lOX - 20 4 X-4 -1 i
CF 0 4 -1 j
C 0-4 -X
CD D 0-4 0 X 0 -1 1
I
Put these moment expressions, integrate and evaluate co-efficients
I
;: ~I I M(mH) dX
=
1
EI
[3f (20X - SO)(X - 2) dX + J3(-X+4)(-20) dX + J(lOX:
2 - 20) 4 dX + 0 + 0]
o 0 0 ,
= ~I [t (20X2 ~ ~OX - 40X + 160) + !(20X - SO ?dX+! ( 40X - 80) dXJ -
1 [120X
3
SOX2 4)(2
-------+160X
= ........
1
3
20X
2
--,
+---soxl 3 40X2
+ 1---SOX 14]
EI 3 2 2 0 2 0 2 0
1 [(20
= EI -3 X 3
3
"~
- - 40 x 3- - 20 x (3t + 160 x 3) + (10 x 9 - .
SO"
x 3) + (20 x 4 - SO x 2) 'J
110
= - EI
8 ddh =.l
, EI Ie _ dX
mH)2
8ddh = 109.33
EI
8'ddV = ~I I( mH)( mv) dX

=~I[Jo (X-2){ -4) dX + J(-X+4)(-4)
0
dX+J (4 )(X-4) dx+f 4 (-X) dX +oJ
0 0
1[3 3 ,2
= EI !(-4X+S)dX+!(4X-16)dX+!(4X-16)dX+ !-4'XdX
2 ]
= -
1
EI
[I 4X2 '
- -
2
3
02
'4X2 3
0
4x2
+ 8X I + I - -16X I + I -2
- 2
16X I +
0
I -4X212]
-
20
= iI [I - 2 x (3/ + 8 x 3 1 + (2 X 32 - 16 x 3) + ( 2 X 22 - 16 x 2) + (- 2 X 22)]
18'ddV = -~I
cx:'ddh = iI f (mH)( m8) dX

1 [3 3
=EI ! (-1 )(X-2)dX +! (-I)(-X+4)dX+! -4dX+! -4dX +! -XdX
2 2 4 ]
= EI
1 [I -T+ X/
X2
2
3
o
X2 3 2 2
+ 1T-4X/ + 1-4X/ + 1-4x/ +
0 0 0
I-T
X2l4]
0
= iI [ (-~ + 2 x 3) + (~- 4 x 3) + (- 4 x 2) + (- 4 x 2) + (_~2 - 0)]
I u'ddh = -~I
80 = iI f M ( m8 ) dX
= EI
1 [3J- (20X - 80) dX + J320 dX + J2(-lOX + 20) dX + 0 + 0]
0 0 0
=
1
EI
[I 20X
2
.. 3
--2-+80X~ + 120x~ +1--2-+20X~
3 10X
2
21 ]
'i
I
1
= iI [(-10 x 32 + 80 x 3) + (20 x 3) + (- 5 x 4 + 20 x 2)]
230
18o -_ EI 1
1
iT fM ( my ) dX
L1 Dy =
1[3 3 2 .
EI.! (20X - 80)(-4) dX +! (-20) (-4) dX +! (lOX -20)(X ~ 4) dX + 0 + 0
] I
= j
= EI
1[3!(- 80X + 320) dX +!380 dX + ~2(IOX 2
- 20X - 40X + 80) dX..J
1 I
= iI [(-40 x 9 + 320 x 3) + (80 x 3) + C30 x 8 - 30 x 4 + 80 x 2)J
l@v=~1
o'ddh = iI I( mH)( mv) dX
= iI[i o
(X-2) (-4) dX + J(-X + 4) (-4) dX
0
+J 4 (X-4) dX + f- 4XdX+ 0]
0 0
= iI [I o 0
J
(-4X + 8)dX + J(4X - 16) dX + (4X -16) dX +
0 .
J- 4XdX] ,
0
[I --+8X\ 4X 1J
2
= -EI1 4X2 4X2 4X2
3'
+ !--16X! + !--16X\ +-,
2 0,2
3
2,
2
020
0
= iI [(-2 x 9 + 8 x 3) + (2 x 9 - 16 x 3) + (2 x 4 - 16 x 2) + (-2 x 4)]
IO'ddh = -MI
Oddv 1
= EI 'J( mv2 ) dX
' .
=iI ~16dX+~ 16dX+~(X2:""8X+16)dX+~+X2dX

[
3 3 2 ' 2 ]
,
l[ "
=EI (16x3)+(16x3)+ 3-4x4+16x2 + +3" ,(8, ') (8)J
Oddv = Ii7.33
EI
'~,' "
o:'ddv = .EI
1 f mv x me dX
1
= EI
[3f +4dX+f3+4 dx+f2(-X + 4) dx+f2XdX]
o 0 0 0 .
= ~I [ /4X r+ 14X r+1 - ~2 + 4X r+ I ~21 :J

= ~I[(4X3)+(4X3)+(-2+4X2)+ (;~J
cx::dd = ~I f( me / dX
1 [3. 3 . 2 2 4 ]
= EI f (-1)2dX+f (-l/dX+f (-1) 2 dX+f (-l/dX+f (-1/ dX.
o 0 0 0 0
~
4
o:dd = -
EI
Putting all values of evaluated co-efficients, equations 1,2 and 3 become

. 110 10933 '56' .30
- EI + -m xHD - EI X V D - EI MD = 0 (1)
906.67 56 117.33 32
and ~'- EI x HD + --m-.x VD + EI MD =0 (2)"
230 30 32 14
and EI - EI X HD + EI x V D + EI MD = 0 (3) Simplifying
-110 + 10933 HD ..:. 56 VD - 30 MD = O· ~ (I)

906.61' -56 HD+ 117.33 YD + 32 MD = 0 ~ (2)
230 - 30 HD + 32 YD + 14 MD = 0 ~ (3)
From Eq (1)
-110 + 109.33 Ho - 56 Vo .
MD 30 . . = -3.67 + 3.64 Ho - 1.86 Vo ~ (4)
Putting in Eq (2)
906.67 - 56Ho + 117.33 Vo + 32 (-3.67 + 3.64 Ho - 1.86 V o) "" 0
906.67 - 56 Ho + 117..33 Vo - i 17.44 + 116.5 Ho -:- 59.52 V~ = 0
789.23 + 60.5 Ho+57.81 Vo = 0
Ho = -13.045 - 0.95 Vo ~ (5).
Putting the value ofHo in Eq (4)

Mo = -3.67 + 3.64 (...,13.045 - 0.95 Vo) - 1.86 Vo
Mo = -51.15 - 5.32 Vo ~ (6)
-flutting the values ofMb & Ho in Eq (3)'

230 - 30 (-13.045 - 0.95 Vo) + 32 Vo + 14 (":'51.15 - 5.32 V D) = 0
230 +391.35 + 28.5 Vo + 32 Vo - 716.1 - 74.5 Vo =0
-14 V o "" 94.75. = 0
Vo == :-6.78 KN
Putting in (5) & (6) ,

Ho = -6.61 KN, Mo = -15.08 KN-m
From any equation above.. We get
.1 Vo =-12.478 KN I
. . . - ..
Apply the evaluated strucfural·a~tions in correct sense on the frame. The correctness of solution
can be checked afterwards by equilibrium conditions. .
10KN
Br----:::-_'"""-_-=-----, C
.2m 2m
4m
20KN
--7 . 1S.08KN=m .
D)~ 6~61KN
. Ma=1.8 KN
3m
~a=13.39'KN
i 12.478 KN .
. va
. A
(
= 2.478 KN
Fig. 2.35 shows all reactions after Evaiuation
I
-'
56 'THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
l:Fx = 0
20 - Ha - 6.61 = 0
I Ha = 13.39 KN I
l:Fy = 0
Va + 12.478 - 10 = 0 ,(asuming Va upwards)
I Va = - 2.478 KN I
o
Ma+ 20 x 3 + 10 x 2 - 12.478 x 4 - 6.61 x 2 - 15.08 = 0 (assuming Ma
clockwise)
I Ma = ~ 1.8 KN-m I
LMa = 0 12.478 x 4 + 15.08 + 6.61 x 2 + 1.8 - 20 x 3 - 10 x 2 = 0 Proved.
1.16., ANAJ;,YSIS OF STATICALLY EXTERNALLY INDETERMINATE TRUSSES:-

A tt:uss. may be statically indeterminate if all external reactive components and internal member
, forces may not be evaluated simply by the help of equations of equilibrium available. The,
indeterminacy oftbe trusses can be categorized as follows :-
(1) Trusses containing excessive e~ternal reactive components than those actmilly required
for external stability requirements.
(2) Trusses containing excessive internal members th~n required for internal stability
requirements giving lesser the number of equations of equilibrium obtained from various
joints. .
(3) A combination of both of the above categories i.e. excessive external re~ctions plus
excessive internal members ..
INTERNAL INDETERMINACY:-
b+r.:;:: 12j I .
There are two equations of equilibrium per joint where
b = number of bars or members.
r = minimum number of external reactive components required for
external stability (usually 3).
j = number of joints. '" .
The above formula can also be used to check the total indeterminacy of a truss if we define 'r' as
the total number of reactive components which can be pr~vided by a typical support system. .
. 1,17. METHOD OF MOMENTS AND SHEARS: '
A simple method is presented to evaluate axial member forces in parallel chord trusses. For other
types of trusses method of joints, method of sections or MaxwelI's diagram may be used. For determining
forces in members of trusses, this method has been used throughout this text. To develop the method,
consider the truss loaded as shown below:
2P 3P
E F G
1
7
RA=T P
1
t 3@ a
>t RD= ~ P
Fig. 2.16 A typical Truss under loads
1
C-onsider the equilibriwn ofL.H.S. of the section. Take 'D' as the moment centre: we find Ra
Ra x 3a = 2P x 2a + 3 P x a
II 7Pa
Ra = 3a ="3
7P
:1 I Mc = o. and assuming all internal member forces to be tensile initially, we have

j Ra x 2a - 2P x a + SFG, x h = 0 (considering forces on LHS of section)
'_' (RaX2a-2pa) .
or SFG - - , h
The ( -ve ) sign indicates a compressive force. Or
, SFG = (Ra x 2~ - 2 pa) = ~c .where numerator is Mc. Therefore

1 The force in any ch9rd member is a function of bending moment.
"
1;\ "To fmd out the axilll force in any chord member, the moment centre will be that point where other
'; two members completiig'the same triangle meet and the force will be obtained by taking moments about
'( that point and dividing itby the height of truss. The signs of the chord members are established in the very
j beginning by using an analogy that the truss behaves as a deep beam. Under downward loads, all upper
\ chord members are in compression while all lower chord members are in tension.
,1 Similarly, Sac = ~ (using the guide line given in the above para)
Consider the, equilibrium of left hand side of the section and
IFy = 0
Ra ~ 2P .;.. SFC Cos e = 0
,-
Ra - 2P) ,
SFC .= (,.,Cos e where Ra - 2P is equal to shear force V due to applied loads at
the section. So in general the force in any inclined member is a
function of shear force.
V
SFC - -
- cose
The,general formula is :
S = ± (V) .
. ± (Cos e).
58 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTiJRES
Where V is the S.F. at the section passing through the middle of inclined member and '8' is the
angle measured from "the inclined member to the vertical" at one of its ends. Use (+ve) sign as a pre-
. multiplier with the Cos8 if this angle is clockwise and (-ve) sign if e is anticlockwise. Take appropriate
sign with the S.F also. This treatment is only valid for parallel chord trusses.
The force in the vertical members is determined by inspection or by considering the equilibrium of
forces acting at the relevant joints. To illustrate the method follow the example below.
1..I7.1: EXAMPLE:- Analyze the following truss by the method of moment & shear.
SOLUTION:- Determine reactions and Draw SFD and BMD.
P P
L
l'
. h
.J,
8@a
Given Truss under loads.
1.S P
ol~______+_______~
___ ·+o_.S_P__________ ~ ~
__ o
~--"-------------'
,1 :
S.F.D.
1.SP
~
. 4.SP SPa 4:SP . .
3P .
1.SP 3 Pa
+ 1.SPa
, . . . .
o~----------------------------------~
8.M.D.
Fig. 2.37
TOP CHORD MEMBERS.
Considering the beam analogy of truss, all top chord members are in compression. Picking bending
moment, at appropriate moment centers, from BMD and dividing by height of Truss.
SI'J' 3 Pa
=-T
3 Pa
Sjk =-T
5 Pa
Stl =-T
5 Pa
Slm =-T
3 Pa
Smn =-T
3 Pa
Sno =-T Negative sign means compression.
BOTTOM CHORD MEMBERS.

All are in tension. Taking appropriate moment point and dividing by height of Truss.
1.5 Pa
Sap = Spb = +-h-
. 4.5 Pa
Sbc = Scd = +--
h
4.5 Pa
Sde = Sef= + - -
h
Sfg = Sgb = + l.5 Pa
h
INCLINED MEMBERS.
. . +v
The force in these members has been computed by the formula. ±(Coser Follow.the guidelines.
Sili - --l.5P
-
cose .
1.5 P
Sib
+cose
. Length AI = -Vi + h 2
(if a and h are given, length and Cos e will have also
late values) ,.
l.5P h
Sbk --cose
- - cose= ~~
0.5 P
"a +h
Skd -+cose
- -
- 0.5 P 0.5 P
Sdm =--=--
-cose cose
~ 1.5 P
Srnf --+-Cos~
-
=--=
-l.5P l.5P
Sfo
-cose cose
-l.5P
Soh .
+Cos9
VERTICAL MEMBERS.
For all vertical members of trusses in this book,'member forces have been determined by Inspection or by
Equilibrium of joints. So
Sip = Sbj =;= Sck = Sem = Sfn = Sgo = 0
SId = - P ( If a and h values are given, all forces can be numerically evaluated)
1.18. EXTERNALLY REDUNDANT TRUSSES - FIRST DEGREE
EXAMPLE 5:- Analyze the following truss by the force method. (consistent deformation method). The
following data is given. . .
E=200 x 106 KN/m2
A=5x10-3m2 for inclineds and verticalS,
A=4x 10-3 m2 for top chord members,
.. A=6x 10-3 m2 for bottom chord members
SOLUTION:-
4 @ 1.8m
1 8m
Fig. 2.38 Given Truss under loads
TOTAL INDETERMINACY :-
b+r=2j where r = total reactions which the supports are capable of providing.
17+4 :;i:2xl0
21 :;i: 20
D = 21-20 =1
Indetenrunate to 1st degree.
Apply check for Internal Indetenninacy :-
b + r = 2J where r = Minimum number of external reactions required for stability.
17+3=2xlO
20 = 20
This truss is internally detenrunate and externally indetenninate ·to1st degree, therefore, we select
reaction at point "C" as the redundant force. Remove support at C, the Compatibility equation is :
.A C + DCC x Rc = 0 (Deflection at C due to loads pl~s due to redundant
should be zero.)
or· Rc == Now we have to calculate Ac and DCC to get Rc.
F'UL
where Ac = L AE
-- where F' = Force induced in members due to applied loads
acting on BDS.
U = Forces in members due to Unit load applied in direction·

of applied loads, at external redundant support in BDS.
STABILITY. DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD 61
72K
Fr-____~=-~~~H~--~~--~
Ism
I( ) I
Fig 2.39a 8.0.S under applied Loads
(F-Oiagram)
Fig 2.39b B.O.S under unit Vertical Redundant at C

(U-Oiagram)
Analyze the given truss by the method of moments and shears as explained already for F' and U forces in
. members.
1'----1 4@1.8m-----·tRe=45.KN
Ra=63
(F'-Oiagram)
Fig 2.40 B.O.S under Loads
63
+
o
0'---------+----------,
4S '-------4..,..,S=--'
I S.F.D" .. "
.~113.4
162. .
. 81 .' .
·O~OB.M.D.
.J
Detennine forces in all members of trusses loaded as shown in this question and enter the results in a tabular
forin. (using method of moments and shears, F' and U values for members have been obtained).
F G H f J
~ f3C1t)
U=Diagram
+ S.F.D.
1.8
B.M.D.
Fig 2.41 B.D.S under Unit redundant force at C
Member F' U Ax L U2L Fi=Fi'-

10-3
.F'UL 10-3
AE x -~ 10-3
(KN) (m) AE RcxU 1
(mf (m) (m) (KN)
FG 0 0 4 1.8 0 0 0
GH -90 - 1 " " 0.2025 2.25 x 10-3 +2.5
HI -90 - 1 " " 0.2025 2.25 x 10-3 +2.5
IJ 0 0 4 " 0 0 0
AB +63 +0.5 6 1.8 0.04725 0.375 x 10-3 +16.75
BC +63 +0.5 " " 0.04725 0.375 x 10-3 +16.75
CD +45 +0.5 " " 0.03375 0.375 x 10-3 - 1.25
DE +45 +0.5 " " 0.03375 0.375 x 10-3 - 1.25
AG - 89.1 -0.707 " 2.55 0.16063 1.275 x 10-3 -23.7
GC +38.2 GC 5 " 0.06887 1.275 x 10-3 . -27.2
CI +63.64 +0.707 " " 0.11473 : 1.275 x 10-3 - 1.76
IE -63.64 -0.707 " " 0.1 1473 1.275 x 10-3 +1.76
AF 0 0 " 1.8 0 0 0
BG 0 0 " " 0 0 0
HC -72 0 " " 0 0 -72
.ID 0 0 " " 0 0 0
JE 0 0 " " 0 0 0
U2L
L F~~L = 1.02596 L AE =11.1
x 10-3 xlo-{i
, ,
, . F'UL '
~ C = L ~ = 1.02596 X 10-3 = 1025.96 X 10-6 m
, U L'
2
occ= L AE = 1l.1 x 10-6 m Putting these two in original compatibility equation
= ~ ~ C = -1025.96 X 10-
6
Rc
occ 1Ll x 10 6
Rc = - 92.5 KN.
The (-ve) sign with Rc shows that the assumed direction of redundant is incorrect and Rc acts upward.
IfFi is net internal force due to applied loading and the redundants, acting together, then member forces an
calculated from
Fi = Fi' - Rc x Ui~~,
The final axial force in any particular member can be obtained by applying the principle of ·superposition
, and is equal to the force in that particular member due to applied loading ( ± ) the force induced in the
same member due to the redundant with actual signs. '
Apply the principle of superposition and insert the magnitude of redundant Rc with its sign which has been
obtained by applying the compatibility condition to calculate member forces. '
1.19. SOLUTION OF 2ND DEGREE EXTER.1~ALL Y INDETERMINATE TRUSSES:-
Example-6 : Solve the ,following truss by consistent deformation method use previous
member propertIes. "
36KN 72KN
F~__~~__~~H__~~__-;J
lam
4@1.8m---7>1
Fig 2.42 Given Truss
36KN 72KN
ram
6.C
145KN
(F'-diagram)
o 63 S.F.D.
I 45
I
'-------1-_0
'--___--->'\ B.M.D.
o 162
o
Fig 2.42a B.D.S under loads
+
L
64 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES "
1
1 i (U diagram) i 2
J'2 ~"____---,
1
I +
1 - -_ _ _ ---11 ~ S.FD.
,~
,., 1.8 . 2
o~o B.MD.
+
(U 2 diagram)
0.251--_ _---,-,-_ _---,

0~1_~__L(+~)____~~--~o
(-) I S.F.D.
'--_---10.75
nAt: o~ "
o~"oB.M.D.
Fig 2.42 e B.D.S under unit redundant at 0
"Compatibility equations are:

t.C + Re. occ + R~ x ocd = 0 (1) Compatibility of defomations at C
t.D + Rc . odc + Rd . odd = 0 (2) Compatibility of defonnations at D
ocd = Odc by the law of reciprocal deflection. 1
occ = deflection of point C due to unit load at C.
odc = deflection of point D due to unit load at C. 'l
odd = deflection of point D due to unit load at D.
ocd = deflection of point C due to unit load at D.
" Flexibility coefficients of above two equations are evaluated in tabular fonn (Consult the attached table) I
"t.C - ~F'UIL ="1026.2 x IO-6 m
- "" AE I,
W -
-
2: F'U2L
AE
"7 579.82 x 1O-jj m
2
".
occ =2: TE
U L
- I i.I x 1O-jj m I
I
U,2L _6
bdd = LAB" = 9.3565 x 10 m
UJU,L 6
bcd = L~ = 6.291 x 10- m
Odc = L U~L = 6.291 x 10-6 m Put these in eql!ations 1 and 2

6
1026.2 x 10-{, + 11.1 X 10- Rc + 6.291 X 10-{, Rd = 0 ~ (1)
579.82 X 1O-{; + 6.291 X 10-6 Rc + 9.3565 X 10-6 Rd = 0 . ~ (2)
Simplify
1026.2 + II.! Rc + 6.291 Rd = 0 ~ (3)
579.82 + 6.291 Rc + 9.3565 Rd = 0 ~. (4)
From (3),
· = (-1026.2·~ 6.291 Rd)
Rc 11.1 ~ . (5)
Put Rc in (4) & solve for Rd
o.c;· (-1026.2 - 6.291 Rd) _
57J.8L.+6.291 11.1 +9.3565Rd-0
- 1.786 + 5.791 Rd = 0
IRd= + 0.308 KNI

. So,from (5), =:> Rc = (-1026.2 - 6.291 x 0.308)
. 11.1
IRc ='-92.625 KN\

:. Rc;:: - 92.625 KN
Rd = + 0.308 KN
These signs indicate that reaction at C is upwards and reaction at D is downwards.
By superposition, the member forces will be calculated as follows
Fi = Fi + Rc x U I + Rd X U2 which becomes.
Fi = Fi - Rc x U I + Rd X O2. It takes care of (-ve) sign with Rc.
Equilibrium checks:- . .
.)
0.308
1.082 1.082
0.308
Joint D
LFx=O
LFy=O
Equilibrium is satisfied. Only check at one joint has been applied. In fact this check should be
. satisfied at all joints. .
--.-------... ~--- -----
0'1
0'1
TABLE FOR EXAMPLENQ. 6
Mem Ax L L F' U1 U2 F'U1L U.'L ·U.UzL F'U2L U/L F=F'-

ber. 10-3 (m) . AE (KN) AE AE AE AE AE ReU.
3 3
(mi X 10-3 X 10-
3
X 10-
3
X 10:
3
X 10- X 10- + RdU z
KN-m . (m) (m) . (m) (m) . . (m) (KN)
FG 4 . 1.8 2.25 x 10-3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
GH 4 1.8 . -90 -1 -0.5 +0.2025 2.25 x 10-3 . + l.I25 X 10-3 +0.10125 0.5625 x 10 3 +2.471
HI 4 1.8 . -90 -1 -0.5 +0.2025 .. .. .. . +2.471
II 4 1.8 .. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
AB 6 1.8 1.5 x 10-3 63 +0.5 +0.25 +0.4725 0.375 xlO-J +0.1875 X 10-3 +0.023625 0.09375 x 10 +16.765
BC 6 1.8 . 63 +0.5 +0.25 +0.4725 ... ,; . .
3
+16.765
CD 6 1.8 .. 45 +0.5 +0.75 +0.0337 .. +0.5625 X 10-3 +0.050625 0.844 X 10-3 -1.082
DE 6 1.8 . 45 +0.5 +0.75 +0.0337 ." " . " -1.082 >-l
3
::r:
AG 5 2.55 2.55 X" 10-3 -83.1 -0.707 -0 ..35 +0.161 1.275 x 10- +0.63 I x 10-3 +0.07952 0.3 12 x 10- 3
-23.722 tI1
GC 5 2.55 .. 38.2 +0.707 +0.35 +0.0689 . " +0.0341 . -27. I 78
o
CI 5 2.55 " 63.64 +0.707 -0.35 +0.1147 .. -0.63 X 10-3 -0.0568 .. -1.954 ~
.
IE 5 2.55 " -63.64 -0.707 -1.06 +0.1147 + 1.91 X 10-3 +0.172 2.87 X 10-3 + 1.5 I 9 ~
AF 5 1.8
."
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
BG 5 1.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~
HC
ID
5
5
1.8 " -72. 0 0
+1
0 0 0 0
,0
0 -72
~
1.8 " 0 0 0 0 0 2.55 x 10 +0.308 • I
~
3
JE 5 _1.8 __ -
.. -
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ·0 _Jl .. ----.J
2:1.0262' Dl.l L6.291 2:0.57982 2:9.3565

X 10-3 X 10-6 X 10-6 10-3 . X 10-6 >-:l
tI1
= 1026.2x 10- 6 =579.82 X 10-6 ,CI.l
>-:l
~
(')
~
CI.l
l
~"",(",,; •.\:...-.. ~ -
---1'.·.'·<·
"
I
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATiONS METHOD 67
I, i
I 16.965KN
I 1<
Fig 2.43 Result of analyzed Truss
Now find remaining reactions Ra and Re .

. 2:Fy = 0 '
Rei + Re + 92.625 - 0.308 - 36 - 72 = 0
Ra + Re = 15.683 ~ (1)
2:MA =0
Re x ~ x 1.8 - 0.308 x 3 x 1.8 +92.625 x 2 x 1.8 - 72 x 2 x 1.8 - 36 x 1.8 = 0
IRe= - 1.08i KN\
As . Ra + Re = 15.863
So Ra= 15.863 + 1.082
IRa = 16.945 KNI

Now truss is determinate. Calculate member forces and appl~ checks in them.
Joint (C)
2:Fx=::O
27.178 . 72 1.954
16.765~~1.082
92.625
- 1.082 -16.765 - 1.954 x 0.707 + 27.178 x 0.707 =0
..:. 0.0136 =0
0==0 , . equilibrium is satisfied.
2:Fy = 0
-72 + 92.625 - 1.954 x 0.707 - 27.,178 x 0.707 = a
i 0.0286 = 0
o== 0 equilibrium is satisfied
\
,-, -
Joint (E)
IFy=O
~.519 .
. 1.082~.
. 1,·082
1.519 x 0.707 - 1.087 = 0
0=0
IFx =0
082 - 1.519 x 0.707 = 0
o= 0 equilibrium is satisfied.
1.20. Example-7:- SOLUTION OF 3RD DEGREE EXTERNALLY INDETERMINATE TRUSSES:-

Now we solve the following truss by consistent deformation method. Choosing reaction ofB, C
and D as redundant.
SOLUTION:-
First step. Choose BDS Draw BDS under loads and subsequently under applied unit loads at points
of redundancy also.
36KN ·72KN
Fig 2.44 Given 3rd degree externally

indeterminate truss under loads
Fig 2.44(a) B.D.S under loads
+ i
)
5db
Fig 2.44(b) B.D.S under redundant unit load at B
(U1 diagram)
Fig 2.44(c) BD.S under redundant unit load at C

(U2 diagram)
Fig 2.44(d) BD.S under redundant unit load at 0

(U3 diagram)
Step No.2: Compatibility equations are:

AS + Rb.obb + Re.8be + Rd x 8bd = 0 For joint B -7 (1)
~c + Rb.8eb + Re.8ee + Rd x 8ed = 0 For joint C -7 (2)

~D + Rb.8db + Re.8dc + Rd x 8dd = 0 For joint D -7 (3)
Step No.3: Evaluation of Flexibility cQ-efficients
AB
= "F'UIL
£... AE
AC _ "F'U2L
- £... AE AD = L F'U3L
AE
2
obb = L UI L 8bc-
- L UAE
U 2L j
8bd = L U j U 3L
AE AE
ocb = I U j U2L
AE
ocd= L U~L
odb = I U j U 3L
AE
odc-
- L U,U
AE L
3 odd = L U/L
AE
By law of reciprocal deflections :-

We know that
obe = oeb
obd= odb.
"i
!
. r
:~
., tl'
oed= odc
In order to find member forces' due to applied forces in BDS, consider.
36 KN 72KN
F G~ H~ I' J
~.
B.D.Sunderloads
E (F' diagram)
63 ~----'B=-'---.-:C~--D-I---~ 45
63
6~ L-,-__ '_?_7__ _t-2_7_ _ _ _ "--1 0S.F.D.
45 -----'----"45
1.....
162
~
~---- B.M.D.
The above SFD and BMD are used to calculate member forces by method of moments and shears. Finally
AB, AC and AD due to applied loads on BDS are calculated in a tabular form as given below:
.. _ ~ _____ ~_.~ ___... ~.,~~~.••••~ ______ ~:_"_""_'.;;:';'::::::;;:;"-:.:';;:;'~;~~"Q""~>Wi~;;'i1i.i;,ml-;m¥.·-~~l~~j"q,;:~;~""""~,~i'... ,.-~.,,..T'l"~-""O-""'------------------
CIl
~
E
.:;!
Cl
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO.7 ~

~
Z
Me Ax L(m) L/AE F' UI U2 U3 F'UI' F'U2L F'U3L1 U12L1 U22 U32L1AE UIU2L1 UIU3L1 U2U3 Fi=Fi+Rb >-
()
10-3 .10-6 L/AE) I UI+RcU2
m IAEx AExl AEx LlAE x10-6 AExlO-6 AEx LlAE
+RdU3 -<
ber (m)' 0-6 10-6 0-6 10-6 x 10-6 10-6 x10-6 o"rl
FG 4 L8 2.95 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIl
~
GH 4 L8 2.95 -90 -I -I -I 101.25 202.5 IOL25 0.5625 2.25 0.5625 LI25 0.5625 1.125 4.388
HI 4 L8 2.95 IOL25 202.5 lOL25 I
-90 -I -I -I 0.5625 2.25 0.5625 1.125 0.5625 LI25 4.388
()
IJ 4 L8 " 2.95 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
AB 6 L8 L5 63 0.8 0.5 OJ 70.875 47.25 23.625 0.844 0.375 0.09375 0.625 0.281 0.1875 2.085 ~
:;.;:I
BC 6 L8 1.5 63 0.8 0.5 OJ 70.875 47.25 23.625 0.844 00375 0.09375 0.625 0.281 0.1875 2.085 r:1
CIl
CD 6 L8 L5 45 0.3 0.5 0.8 16.9 33.7 §0.125 0.0938 0.375 0.844 0.188 0.281 0.5625 -2.047
DE 6 L8 1.5 45 OJ 0.5 0.8 16.9 33.7 50.125 0.0938 OJ75 0.844 0.188 0.281 0.5625 -2.047
>-
Z
AG 5 2.6 2.55 -89 -I -0.71 ~O 241 161 79.52 2.875 1.275 0.312 1.91 0.946 0.631 -45.329
o
(")
GC 5 2.6 2.55 38.2 -0 0 68.9 34.1 0.312 1.275 0.312
~
0.4 -341 -0.631 -0.312 0.631 -51.814
GO 5 2.6 2.55 63.6 0.4 0 -0 56.8 114.7 56.8 0.312 L275 " 0.312 0.631 -0.312 -0.631 -3.828 CIl
IE 5 2.6 2.55 -64 -0 0 0.4 56.8 114.7 172 0.312 1.275 2.87 0.631 0.946 1.91 2.999 Vi
-l
AF 5 1.8 2.55 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 r:1
BG 5 L8 2.55 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 2.55 0 0 0 0 0 32.797 Z
-l
HC 5 L8 2.55 -72 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -72 Cl
lD 5 L8 2.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 r:1
0 2.55 0 0 0 0.588 "rl
IE 5 1.8 2.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o
391.65 1026.2 692.42 9.3616 11.1 9.3565 6.417 3.517 6.291 ~
>-
::l
~
CIl
~
~
o
", Cl
I -.J
l~
B'D'S under unit load atB
'. . for calculatingobb,ocb andodb
. (U1 - diagram)
~----~~--~----~-----7
0.75 1.0 025'
0.75 0.75 .
01 (+)
0.2S
I (-)
0
1 0 .25
S.F.D.
~
0.9
~ B.M.D.
F G H I J
~
B.D.S under unit load ate
.~ ~.' . E forcalculatingocc,obc andodc
~ U2-diagram
1 D
t o.5 to.5
L ====:::::+:!:-.-_-.....;.-_-_....,-+-__________--,,0
0'05r-I S..F D.
' - - - - - - - - - ' 0.5 .
:::
~
_B.M.D.
1.8
U3 diagram for obd, oed and odd
0.25
~I
i 0.25
(+)
1 i 0.75
. (_) " SDF

1.3 0.75
--~.
~ BMD
From the previous table we have the values of all flexibility eo-effieients as given below:
. ~B=391.65 x 10-6 m
~C= 1026.2 x 10-6 m
~D=692.42 x 10-6 m
obb= 9.3616 x 10":6 m , and ,aee = ILl x 10-6 m, odd = 9.3565 x 10-6 m
obe = oeb =6.417 x io-{i m
abd = odb = 3.517 x 10-6 m
oed = ode = 6.291 x 1O-{i m
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMAnONS METHOD 73
Putting the values of flexibility co-efficients into compatibility equations we have.

391.65 x 10-6+9.3616 x 1O+Rb+6.292 x 10-6 Rc+3.517 x lO-6Rd= 0 ~ (1)
1026.2 X 10-6 +6.292 X 10-6 Rb+ 11.1 x 10-6 Rc + 6.291 X 10-6 Rd = 0 ~ (2)
579.82 x 10-6+3 .517 x 1O-6 Rb+6.291 x 10-6 Rc+9.3565 x lO-6Rd = 0 ~ (3)
Step No.4
Simplify equation (1), (2) and (3), we have
391.65 +9.3620 Rb+6.292 Rc+3.517Rd= 0 ~ (4)
1026.2 + 6.292 Rb + 11.1 Rc + 6.291 Rd = 0 ~ (5)
579.82 + 3.517 Rb + 6.291 Rc+9.357 Rd = 0 ~ (6)
Multiply (4) by 6.291 & (5) by 3.517 & subtract (5) from (4)
391.65 x 6.291+9.362 x 6.291Rb+6.292 x 6.291 Rc+3.517 x 6.291Rd=0
1026.2 x 3.517+6.292 x 3.517 Rb+ 11.1 x 3.517 Rc+3.517 x 6.291Rd=0

- 1145.275 + 36.767 Rb + 0.544 Rc = 0 ~ (7)
Multiply (5) by 9.357 & (6) by 6.291 & subtract (6) from (5) :-
. 1026.2 x 9.357+6.292 x 9.357 Rb+ 11.1 x 9.357 Rc+6.291 x 9.357Rd=0
579.82 x 6.291+3.517 x 6.291Rb+6.291 x 6.291 Rc+6.291 x 9.357Rd=0

5954.506 + 36.749 Rb + 64.286 Rc:: 0 ~.o (8)
= (1145.275 - 0.544 RC)

From (7), Rb 036.767
Put Rb in (8) & solve for Rc'

o (1145.275 _ 0.544 RC)
5954.506 + 36.749 36.767 + 64.286 Rc = 0
5954.506 + 1144.71 - 0.544 Rc + 64.286 Rc = 0
7099.22 + 63.742 Rc = 0
IRc = - 111.374 KNI

Put this value in equation (7) and solve for Rb
Rb = (1145.275- 0.544 x 11 1.374)

36.767
IRb = +32.797 KNI

Put Rb and Rc values in equation (4) to get Rd.
391.65 + 9.362 x 32.797 + 6.292 x (111.374) +3.517 Rd = 0

IRd = + 0.588 KNI
After reactions have been calculated, truss is statically detenninate and member forces can be easily
calculated by'Fi = Fit + RbU J + RcU2 + RdU3 as given ill table. Apply checks on calculated member forces. .
Step No.5: Equilibrium checks.
Joint (C)
~172
~~
51.81 3.828
32.058 2.047
. 1111.374
IFx = 0
- 2.047 - 32.058 - 3.828 x 0.707 + 51.814 x 0.707 = 0
-0.179:0
0=0
IFy:=;O .
111.374 - 72 - 3.828 x 0.707 - 51.814 x 0.707 = 0
0.035 : 0
o= 0 (satisfied) Solution is alright.
1.21: ANALYSIS OF 3-DEGREE REDUNDANT FRAMES
Example No.8: Analyze the following frame by consistent deformation method.
96KN
8 3m ~ 6m
c
3m F 31 ,
.'-..:
36KN 21
--7 E
'3m I 7.5m
A
o
SOLUTION :-
The given frame is statically indeterminate to the 3rd degree. So that three redundants have to be
removed at support D or A. Consider H D, V D & MD as the redundants
96KN
8 3m ~ 6m c
3m
F 31
36KN 21
--7 E
3m 7.5m
A
o
r
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD . 75
I
I
i! B 3m m C
17.5m
1 36KN
1 396KN-m +--
1 OI)~H
\
Ai 96KN
J.~-
«80 ~Ov
Fig. 2.45 BD.S under loads
+
__c
Bi->"'..I.I-......;Ft--6_m =, Br-"_-I-_9_m_--,C B 3m 6m C
3m F 3m F
E "E 6m
7.5m
7.5m 3m
3m
1.5 +
A
~-
1 1 "
1.5m
+
1
"1
DH
- 1 ~Vd91 ocdh de
OdVd~t9
C Bdhdh
I ocd9d9
ocd9dh
mH-Diagram mY-Diagram m9-diagram
(BDS under redundants)

Compatibility Equations:-
~DH + HD x 8dh.dh + V D x 8dhdv + Mo x adhd8 =0 (l) compatibility in horizontal direction at D.
~v + HD x 8dv.dh + Vox Odvdv + Mo x advd8 =0 (2) compatibility in vertical direction at D.

So + Ho x adS.dh +Vo x ad8dv + Mo x ad8d8 =0 (3) rotational compatibity at D.
We have to determine the following flexibility co-efficients.

ilDH = Horizontal deflection of point D due fo applied loads.
Wv = Vertical deflection of point D due to applied loads.
eo = Rotation of point D due to applied loads.
8dhdh = Horizontal deflection of point D due to unit horizontal redundant force at D
8dhdv = Horizontal deflection of point D due to unit vertical redundant force at D

ad8dh = angular' deflection of point D due to unit angular redundant force at D
8dvdh = Vertical deflection of point D due to. unit horizontal redundant force at D
8dvdv = Vertical deflection of point D due to unit vertical redundant force at D
ad8dv = Rotation deflection of point D due to unit vertical redundant force at D
adhd8 = Horizontal rotation of point D due to unit rotation at pt D
advdO = Vertical rotation of point D due to unit rotation at pt D
ad8d8 = Rotation rotation of point D due to unit rotation at pt D
8dvdh = 8dhdv (reciprocal deformations)
arl8dh = adhd8 (reciprocal deformations)
ad8dv = advd8 (reciprocal deformations)
Now these flexibility co-efficients can be evaluated by following formulae.
WH = JM xE1rnH dX
t.Dv = JM xEImV dX
8n = JM~1m8 dX
8dhdh = J<rnH/ dX
E1
= J<mv)2 dX
8dvdv
EI
ad8dh = adhd8 = J (niHE~ me) dX

8dhdv = 8dvdh = J(mv ~1mH) dX from law of reciprocals deformations
ad8dv = advd8 = J(mv;1 me) dX
2
ad8dO = Jm 8 dX
EI
-~
ESTABLiSH MOMENT EXPRESSIONS BY FREE BODY DIAGRAMS:

Note: Moments giving compression on outside and tension on inside of frame (sagging) will be positive.
288KN-m 196KN
(8 3m 6m C
96r \.;1 961<N F

c
~288KN-m
3m
36~ E
7.5m
3m
..--36KN
A
~396KN-m
o
196KN
Fig 2.46 8.0.S under loads (M-diagram)
:LMb = 0
Mb + 36 x 6 - 396 - 36 x 3 = 0
Mb = + 288 KN - m.
:LMc = 0
Mc+ 96 x 9 - 288 - 96 x 6 = 0
Mc+O=O
Mc=O -.f
Free body m - Diagrams
7.5 B C 7.5
1 .
-;;=-~-=---~1
+s(3m F 6m ~7.5
):7'-+1 +-\'1 C
7.5
3m
1
0-
E
7.5m
3m
1.5 +-1
Fig. 2.46a mH-Oiagam

B c:.: 3m F 6m )c
1 1
@1 1f12
3m
'E
7.5m
3m
JJ1
1e
Fig. 2.46 rna diagram
n e moment expreSSIOns aIon WI'th r1m1't'
S In a t abuIar fiorm
Portion Origin Limits M MH Mv Me I
AE A 0-3 36X-396 X+ 1.5 -9 - 1 21

BE B 0-3 -288 -x + 7.5 -9 -1 21
BF B 0-3 96X-288 +7.5 +X-9 - 1 31
CF C 0-6 0 + 7.5 -x - 1 31
CD D 0-7.5 0 +X 0 -1 I
It may be done m a tabular form or may be directly evaluated.
CALCULATIONS OF FLEXIBILITY CO-EFFICIENTS:-
LIDH = 1..
EI fMXmHdX
1 3 1 3 1 3 6 7.5
= 2Elf (36X ~396)(X+1.5 )dX+2EI f (-288)(-X+7.5) dX + 3EI f (96X-288)(7.5)dX + f 0 + f 0
o 0 0 0 . 0
1 3 1 3 I 3
= 2EI f (36X2+54X -396X - 594) dX + 2EI f (288X-2160) dX + 3EI f (720X - 2160) dX
o o · 0
1 3 1 3
= 2EI f (36X -54X-2754) dX + 3EI f (720X - 2160)dX , (First two integrals have been combined)
2
0 0 ,
3 2 3 2 3
= _1_136X _ 54X _ 2754 X 1 _1_ ,I 720X _ 2160X 1
2EI 3 2 0 + 3EI 2. 0
__1_( 3 54 2 ' ) _1_(720 2 ) 4090.5 1080

- 2EI 12 x 3 - 2 x 3 - 2754 x 3 + 3EI 2 x 3 - 2160 x 3 - EI - EI
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATlONS METHOD 79
odhdh = J...
EI
fmH2 dX .
I odhdh = + 37~:2S
adhd8 = ~I f(mH x m8) dX

1 3 1 3 1 3 1 6 1 7.5.··
adhd8 -2EI f(X+1.5)(-1)dX+ f(-X+7.S)(-1)dX+ 3El J(7.S)(-1)dX+
2EI 0
f
3EI 0
(7.S)(-l)dX+ Elf (X)(-l)dX
o 0 0
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 6 1 7.5
= 2EI f (-X-l.S)dX + 2EI J(X-7.5)dX + 3EI f (-7.S)dX + 3EI J(--,7.S)dX + EI J (-X)
o 0 0 0 0
1 3 1 3 1 6 1 7.5·
= 2EI J(-9)dX + 2EI f (-7.S)dX + 3EI J(-7.S)dX + EI J (-'-X)dX
o 0 0 0
1 3 1· 3 1
=2EI 1-9XI +3EI 1-7.SXI +3EI 1-7.5XI+ EI
. 6 1 I-2·
X217.5
• 0 0 0 0
__1_ _1_ _1_· J...( (7.S)~

- 2EI (-9 x 3) + 3EI (-7.5 x 3) + 3EI (-7.5 x 6) + EI - 2 -)
ladhd8 = -~I
LlDy = EI
1 J. (M x my) dX
1 3 .. 1 3 1 3 . .
LlDy = 2EI J(36X - 396 )(-9 ) dX + 2EI f (-288 )(-9 ) dX +3EI J(96X - 288) (X-9)dX + 0 + 0
o 0 0 .
3 3 3
1 .1 1 2
= 2EI I (-324X+3564) dX + 2EI f 2592 dX + 3EI f(96X -864X -288X + 2592) dX
0 0 · 0
1 3 1 J
2
= 2EIf(-324X+6156)dX+3EI f(96X -1152X+2592)dX
o 0
2 3 3 2 3
11-324X 1 1 I 96X 1152X 1
= 2EI 2 +6156X 0 + 3EI -3-- 2 +2592X 0
1 2 1 3 ?
= 2EI (-162 x 3 +6156 x 3) + 3EI (32 x 3 - 576 x 3-+ 2592 x 3)
8505 ·1152
=Tr+ Tr
I~DV = ~!
odvdv = ~I J(mVi dX
1 3 1 3 1 3 ? 1 6 ? 1 7.5
= 2EI f(-9 )2 dX + 2EI f (-9ldX + 3EI f (X-9 t dX + 3EI f (-Xt dX + EI f (0) dX
o 0 . 0 0 0
2 3
162 J 1 I X2 18X 1 1 I X316
= 2EI Ix 1+ 3EI 3--2-+ SIX + 3EI "3
o 0 . 0
_ §.!ill
- EI + 3EI
_1 (33 - 9 x 3 + 81 x 3 + _1
3
2 (6
3EI 3
)
3
)
IOdVdV = +~!
advdB
. advdB
1 1 1 (-9
= 2EI (9 x 3) + 2EI (9 x 3) + 3EI "2 + 9 x 3) I (36)
+ 3EI "2
I·advd8= +TI
40.51
I STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METHOD 81
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 6 I 7.5
ad8d8 = 2EI f IdX + 2EI J IdX + 3EI f IdX + 3EI f IdX + EI f IdX
o 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
= EI (3) + 3EI (3) + 3EI (6) + EI (7.5)
ladede= +~I
= ~I j(MXm8)dX
1 3 1 3 1 3
I
= 2EI f (-36X +396) dX + 2EI f 288 dX + 3EI J (-96X + 288) dX
o o· 0
1 3 1 3
1
= 2EI f (-36X + 684) dX + 3EI J(-96X + 288) dX
o 0
I
.I
1
3
1 I -96 X2 + 288X 10
3
I
I! = 2EI
I X2
-36 2 . + 684X 10 + 3EI 2
1 1
= 2EI(-18x9+684x3) + 3EI(-48 x 9+288x3)
1 3 . I 3 I 3 1 6
8dhdv = 2EI f (-9X - 13.5)dX + 2EI f (+9X - 67.5)dX + 3EI f (7.5x - 67.5)dX + 3EI J (-7.5X) dX-t«)
o 0 o. 0
I 3 1 3 1 6
= 2EI J (- Sl)dX + 3EI f (7.5X - 67.5) dx + 3EI f (- 7.5X) dX
o a a
3 X2 6
1 1 17.5X2 67 5X 1 I 1 7.5 1
1-8IX~ +3EI - 2 - - . ~ +3EI - - 2 - 0
3
= 2EI
1 1 (7.5 ) I (-7.5 )
= 2EI(~81x3)+3EI T x 9-67.5x3 +3EI --2- x36
I odhdv= -¥I
Putting above evaluated flexibility co-efficients in compatibility equations, we have.
(I) => -5170.5 + 379.125 HD - 222.75 Y D- 64.125 Mo = 0 ~ (4)
(2) => +9657 - 222.75 HD + 324 Yo + 40.5 Mo = 0 ~ (5)
(3) => + 1089 - 64.125 HD + 40.5 Yo + 13.5 Mo = 0 ~ (6)

Multiply (4) by 222.75 & (5) by 379.125 Then add (4) & (5) to eliminate Ho
- (5170.5 x 222.75) +(379.125 x 222.75)H o-(222.75/Y0-(64.125 x 222. 75)Mo =0
+(9657x379. 125)- (379. 125x222. 75)H D+(324 x 379.125)Yp+(40.5x379. 125) MD=O
2509481.25 + 73218.9375 V D+ 1070.72 Mo = 0 ~ (7)
MUltiply (5) by 64.125 & (6) by 222.75 & subtract (6) from (5) to eliminate Ho again
619255.125 - 14283.84 Ho + 20776.5 Vo + 2597.06 Mo = 0
- 242574.75 - 14283.84 HD + 9021.375 Yo + 3007.125 Mo= 0
376680.375 + 11755.125 Y D- 410.065 MD = 0 ~ (8)
Now equation (7) and (8) are in terms of Yo and Mo
_ (-1070.72 Mp - 2509481.25)
From ( 7), Yo - ~ (9)
73218.9375
Put Yo in (8) to get Mo

. (-1070.72 MD - 2509481.25) _
376680.375 + 11755.125 73218.9375 .-:- 410.065Mo - 0
376680.375 -171.90 Mo - 402891.20 - 410.065 Mo = 0
- 26210.83 - 581.965 MD = 0
MD = - 45.04 KN-m, put this in (9) to get V0
_ [-1070.72 x (45.04) - 2509481.25J

Yo - 73218.9375
VD = -33.62KN. Now put values ofV Dand MDin (4) to get HD
-:- 5170.5+379.125 x HD+222.75 x 33.62 + 64.125 x 45.04 = 0
379.125 HD + 5205.44 = 0
HD = - 13.73 KN
HD = - 13.73 KN
VD =- 33.62 KN
MD =- 45.64KN -m
These reactions are applied to frame which becomes statically determinate now and shear force and moment
diagram can besketched (by parts) now.
96
3m 6m
B .--.%.--...:..;.,;.;----. C
31
3m 21
3.Q!Q:4 E
I 7.5m
I Ma=68.98Kn-m t. ~
HA=22.27KN
f o
f
1<
IVA =62.38KN
T- .--
5.04KN-m
13.73KN
Fig. 2.47 33.62KN
Applying condition of equilibrium. at A, reactions can be obtained.

rFX = 0
36 - HA - 13.73 = 0
IHA = 22.27 KNI
. rFy = 0
VA + 33.62 - 96 = 0
LM =0
MA + 45.04 - 13.73 x 1.5 + 33.62 x 9 - 96 x 3- 36 x 3 = 0
MA - 68.98 = 0
IMA = 68.98 KN-ml Applying these reactions to frame, various free-body diagrams
can be drawn and moments expressions can be set-up for
detennining combined deflections of any point due to applied
loads and reactions .(at supports) acting simultaneously.
43.36KN-m /96KN 57.94KN-m

13.~~ 3mt 6m g~KN
62.38KN t62.38KN
/' 33.62KN
i
43.36KN-m l 133.62KN
57.94KN-m.{!J
fsIt+-:j3
3m .
73KN 13.73KN .C
N E 7.5m
3m
A 22.27Kn o 13.73Kn
45.04KN-m lJ+-:--
68.98KN-mc..r-
T62.38Kn 33. 62KN i
I:Mb = 0, Mb+22.27 x 6-68.98-36 x 3 =0 I: Mc=O , M+62.38 x 9-43.36-96x 6=0
Mb = 43.36 KN-m Mc=57.94 KN-m (for beam)
BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR FORCE DIAGRAMS :-

For beam BC
57.94KN-m
43.36KN-m 196KN
(8 3m _ 6m CJ .
~t 62.38KN ¥33.62~N
62.38
I + I S.F.D.
o 33.62
m·~14~3~.7~8~------~
I ~3.62
x~.o.?-95 x=1.723m
IE )1
ord--------.:::.....".---, 0 B.M.D.
43.36 57.94
Mx = -45.04 + 13.73x =0
x = 3.28 m
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMATIONS METIIOD 85
FOR COLUMN AB
(Seen rotated at 90°)
43.36KN-m
68.98K~-m 3m
rt 22 .27KN ~
t13.73KN
22.271 +
. S.F.D.
0'--. -----1------,1 ~3.73
o 0
68.98~ 43.36
FOR COLUMN DC
(Seen rotated at 90°)
45.04KN-m .57.94KN-m
7.5m
~t .13.73KN ~ 13.73KN
13.73 +. 1 13.73
01
o S.F.D.
45.04
_
X=3.28m
0C:====:I~
,
0
. 57.94
8.M.D.
Mx=-45,04+13.73x = 0
=
x 3.28m .
143.78 62.38
13.73
13.731--_ _ _-'---1--1 33.62
S.F.D.
22.27
13.73
Composite S.F.D. for analysed frame
45.04 Fig. 2.48
Elastic Curve:-
1.22: Analysis of Continuous Beams

Example No.9:
Analyze the following beam by consistent deformation method. Check the results by the method of
least work.
SOLUTION:-
,~110KN ~rK.N E1=Constt
A,t;;}, 30m 12$1 B 40m ZS C 40m Z'SI D 30m ~ E

Number of reactions=5
number of equations=2
Fig. 2.56
Step No.1:
In this structure, we treat reactions at B, C & D as redundants and the B.D.S. is a simply supported
beamAE.
~K----------------140m ----------------~)I
B.O.S. Under applied loads.
Fig.2.56a
C 0 E
15CbXVb~
B.D.S. Under Unit redundant load at B.
Fig. 2.56 b
+
C
5ccxVc
B.D.S. under Unit redundant load at C.

Fig.2.56c
STABILITY, DETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES AND CONSISTENT DEFORMA nONS METHOD 87
~Vd
8
c IOCdXVd ~ ~
8.0.S. under Unit redundant load at O.
Fig.2.56d
Step No.2: Compatibility Equations.
~B + Vb x obb + Vc x 8bc + Vd x 8bd = 0 ~ (1) Compatibility or'deformations at B

~C+Vbx5cb+Vcx5cc+Vdxocd = 0 ~ (2) Compatibility of deformations at C
~D+Vbxodb+Vcx5dc+Vdxodd = 0 ~ (3) Compatibility of deformation at D
Sketch BDS, Draw SFD, and ~ diagram for use in conjugate beam method.
65m
10KN
. ....5""'m"'-7)...1 8
RI(:--'1 c~15KN
+ ... E
"
RA= 10x'125x 5x60
A~~ ,,' _'_____--.--
:-J Fig. 2.57
140 140 80m )( 60 3.93KN = RE

1< 140m )1
=11.07KN
11.07
0_
L_+_=11=.0=7~====~=====:::JO
+ 1.07 • 1
S.F.O.
- '3.93
35.8/EI
M/EI diagram over
conjugate beam
If. E'
11631.161/E1 i i 9748.339/E1
Splitting above ~ in 4 parts as shown, calculate areas ofthes~ portions.

1 166.05 1245.375
=-x15x--=
2 EI EI
= 166.05 x 65 = 10793.25
EI EI
I
J~
I
_ 1. 69.75 6 _ 2266.875
- 2 x EI x 5 - EI
1 7074
= "2 x 235.8 x 60 = ill
A1+A2+A3+A4 = 21~9.5
IM'E =0
11631.161
RA ' EI
21379.5 11631.161
RE' EI EI
9748.339
RE '
EI
Isolating the upper part of ~ diagram between two loads.
~
.C 25.8
I~B
166.05/EI~
1~55~1
I ( 65 ) I
.h 235.8
55 = 65 By conjugate beam method, L\B would be moment at BI of conjugate beam
loaded with ~ diagram.
= 199.52 :!
.!
= 54.4 i
L\B = ~I [11631.161X30-1245.375 (15+ 1;) - (l66.05x15) x 7.5 - (54.42X¥) x (~5)J

303080.955
EI
Moment at CI of conj ugate beam
L\C = ~I [11631.161X70-(1245.375) (~+55)-<166.05X55) ei)-(}100.52 x 5.5)x(?55)]

387716.812
EI
,.
..i~·'
235.8
L1::
1~60m--?1
Y3 =117.9/EI
Isolating the portion of ~ diagram between right support and 5 KN load.

Moment at D' of conjugate beam
~D = ir [9748.339 x 30 - (t x 117.9 x 30) x 33
0
J
. 274765.17 KN-mJ
~D = EI
Ifwe construct ~ diagram for above figures 2.56b, 2.56c and 2.56d and place them ovet,conjugate bean):,·
we have Scb= 34501.88, Scc= 57166.66, Scd= 34501.88 on similar lines as above. From conjugate beam
for fig: 2.56b, you will have . .
1[ (30)J 25926.93
Sbb . = EI 982.086 x 30 - (353.565) 30 = EI
ocb 1[
= EI 667.884 x 70 -
(1)
2' 15 70 (70~J
x x 3)::0 34501.88
EI
odb 1[667.884
= EI x 30 - (12' 6.423 30) (30)J
x 3" _. = 19073.07
x EI
We already know
from law of reciprocal deflections that
ocb = obc
obd = odb
ocd = odc
From conjugate beam for fig: 2.5d, you will have
Scd _1.. [ .
- EI 667.884 x 70 -
(15 x 70) _(70)J _ 34501.88
2.3 - EI
Sdd 1[ -
= EI982.086 x 30 -
(12' x 23.571 x 30)(30)J
EI =
25926.93
EI
Putting above fl~xibility co-efficients in compatibility equatio~s, we have

303080.955 + 25926.93 Vb + 34500 Vc + 19073.07 Vd = 0 ~ (1)
387716.812 + 34501.88 Vb + 57166.67 Vc + 34501.88 Vd == 0 ~ (2)
274765.17 + 1907307 Vb + 34500 Vc + 25926.93 Vd = 0 ~ (3)
Solving above three lmear - simultaneous equations, we have
IVd = - 14.30 KNI
IVc = 12.98 KN\
IVb = 18.44 KNI
-,
90' . THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
Now the continuous beam has become determinate. Apply loads and redundants rel),ctions, other
support reactions can be determined.
.
AI~*,
15m l
10KN
B
10m
C I~ 1 5KN
0 -
LS. ZS zst zst 'I
iva J 18.44KN ~12.98KN i 14.30KN
IME = 0
Va x 140 - lOx 125 - 18.44 x 110 - 12.98 x 70 - 5 x 60 + 14.3 x 30 = 0
IVa = 28.9 KNI

IFy = 0 /
. gives Ve = 3.22 KN upwards
Now shear force and BMD can be plotted as the beam is statically determinate now.
r METHOD OF LEAST WORK 91
CHAPTER TWO
METHOD OF LEAST WORK

The metho.d o.f least wo.rk is used fo.r the -amilysis o.f statically indeterminate beams, frames and
trusses. Indirect use o.fthe Castigliano's 2nd theo.rem is made and the fo.llo.wing steps are taken.
(1) The structure is considered under the actio.n o.f applied loads and the redundants: The
redundants can be decided by cho.o.sing a particular basic detenninate structure and the
cho.ice o.fredundants may vary within a pro.blem. .
(2) Mo.mentexpressions fo.r the entire structure are established in terms o.f the applied loads
and the redundants, which are assumed to act simultaneously for beams and frames.
(3) Strain energy stQred due to. direct forces and in bendi?g etc. is calculated and is partially
differentiated with respect to. the redundants.
(4) A set of linear equations is obtained, the number of which is equal· to. that of the
redundants.So.lution of these equations evaluates the redundants.
NOTE:-
Special care must be exercised while partially differentiating the strain energy expressions and
compatibility requirements of the chosen basic determinate structure should also be kept in mind.
For the cQnvenience of readers, CastigIianQ's theorem are given below:
2.1. CASTIGLIANO'S FIRST THEOREM:-

"The partial derivative Qf the tQtal strain energy stored with respect to. a particular defQrmation
gives the corresponding force acting at that point."
Mathematically this theorem is stated as belo.w:

au
-= p
at!.
and
au =M
De
-It suggests that displacements correspond to. loads while rotations correspond to. moments.
2.2. CASTIGLIANO'S SECOND THEOREM :-

"The partial derivative of the total strain energy stored with respectto a particular force gives the
corresponding deformatio.n at that point."
Mathematically,
au = t!.
ap
-
and
au = e
aM
2.3. STATEMENT OF THEOREM OF LEAST WORK.

"In a statically indeterminate structure, the redundants are such that the internal strain energy
stored is minimum." This minima is achieved by partially differentiating strain energy and setting it to zero
or to a known value. This forms the basis of structural stability and of Finite Element Method.
2.4. Example No.1: 1st Degree Indeterminacy of Beams.

Analyze the following loaded beam by the method of \eas.t work.
Ma~WKN/m
x
(1~B
Ra~LRb
. The beam is redundant to first degree ..

In case of cantilever, always take free end as the origin for establishing moment expressions.
Choosing cantilever with support at A and Rb as redundant. Apply loads and redundant simultaneously to
BDS.
c: /~~
Rat=:=Rb
Ma
~B
Taking B as origin (for variation of X)
Mx = (RbX _ w~j 0< X<L

. . L
U = 1
2EI
J M- dX. ?
A generalized strain energy expression due to moments.
o
Therefore, partially differentiating the strain energy stored w.r.t. redundant, the generalized form is:
OU
oR == El!
1
M(OM)
oR
L
dX Where R is a typical redundant.
Putting moment expression alongwith its limits of validity in strain energy expression.
1 L( . WX2)2
U = 2EI J RbX --2- dX
. 0
Partially differentiate strain energy U w.r.t. redundant Rb, and set equal to zero.
So :~ = i1b = 0 = ~I t (RbX - w~=) (X) dX, because at B, there should be no deflection.

METHOD OF LEAST WORK 93
EI o
J
0= 1.. [RbX2 - WX
2
3
] dX
.
o= 1.. [RbX
EI 3
3
_ WX
8
I
4
RbL 3 WL4
Or -3-=-8-
and
The (+ve) sign with Rb indicates that the assumed direction of redundant Rb is correct. Now calculate Ra.
IFy = 0
Ra+Rb = wL
Ra=wL-Rb
3
= wL--wL
8
8wL-3 wL
8
Put X = Land Rb = ~ wL in moment expression for Mx already established before to get Ma.
3 WL2
Ma = 8" wL .L - -2-
=
3
-WL2 WL2
__ -
8 2
The (-ve) sign with Ma indicates that this reactive moment should be applied such that it gives us tension
at the top at point A.
Example No.2: Solve the following propped cantilever loaded at its centre as shown. by method of least
work.
x
(:1 I' ( _ _ _ _~~Rb

IA~
Ra~~(---- L
i
• I
B.D.S.is a cantiever supported at A. .
,
I
,\
Rb is a redundant as shown.
Ma x )1
~~
Ra~
I( )1
BDS under loads and redundant. Taking point B as origin.
L
Mbc = RbX 0< X < '2
and Mac = RbX-P(X-~) '2L X
< ,< L. Now" .
\';nte stram energy expressIOn.
U = 2~I t (RbX)2 dX + 2~I L[ RbX - p(X - ~) JdX. Partially differentiate

W.r.t redundant Rb.
aU I
= L'lb = 0 = EI ~ [RbX] [X] dX + EI fU2 Rbx - P X -
U2 1 L [ (L)]
'2 [X] dX
oRb
o _J..[RbL J..[RbL3. - PL3 + PL4 - RbL24 + PL·24 -

3
- EI 24 - 0 + EI
] 3
3 3
'
3 3
PL
16
3
]
0= J..[
EI
RbL
3 +
3 (-
3
I6PL + 12PL,3 + 2pe - 3PL ) ]
. 48
3
Rbe
o =-3--"48
5PL 3
RbL 3 5pe
Or -3-= 48
I Rb=2ft I
The (+ve) sign with Rb indicates that the assumed direction of redundant Rb is correct. Now Ra
can be calculated.
IFy = 0
Ra + Rb
= P
Ra = P-Rb
5P l6p,:" 5P
Ra=P-
16 16
IRa= lIP
16
I
. 5P . . &"
Put X = Land Rb = 16 In expressIon lor Mac to get Ma.
5P L
Ma = - L - P-
16 2
5 PL - 8 PL .
16
IMa=~1
The (-ve) sign with Ma indicates that this reactive moment should be acting such that it gives us
tension at the top.
2.5. 2ND DEGREE INDETER..\lINACY:-

EXAMPLE NO.3: Analyze the following fixed ended beam loaded by Udl by least work method.
B.D.S. is chosen as a cantilever supported at A. Rb and Mb are chosen as redundants.
BDS UNDER LOADS AND REDUNDANTS

WX2
Mx = RbX . - - 2
-Mb O<X<L Choosing B as origin.
Write strain energy expression.
U = _1_[ [RbX _ wX~ _ MbJ2 dX

2Elo 2
Differentiate strain energy partially w.r.t. redundant Rb and use castigatiol)s
theorem alongwith boundary condition.
au 1
aRb
= t.b = 0 = EI JL [ RbX - WX2
-2- - Mb [X] dX
]
o = ~I t[ t - J
RbX - w Mb dX
= 1-[Rb X
3_ wX~ _ MbX 2JL
o El 3 8 2 o.
o -7 (I).
As there are two redundants, so we require two equations. Now differentiate strain energy
expression w.r.t. another redundants Mb. Use castigations theorem and boundary condition.
au = 8b = 0 = El
1
JL [ RbX - WX2
-2- - Mb
]
(-I) dX
aMb o
1
o = EI JL ( -RbX+-
WX2
2
-+Mb
)
dX
o
= 1-
, + wX3 + MbXJ·L
o EI [ _ RbX-
2 6 0
o RbL2
= - -2- + -6- +MbL.
we
Rb L2 wL 3
--- - =MbL
2 6
RbL WL2
So Mb - 2 --6- -7 (2) Put Mb in equation I, we get
o =
Rbe
-3- - -8-
WL4 (RbL We)LT
-2- - 6
~
2
r
! METHOD OF LEAST WORK 97
~
1,;L
Rb=-
2
Put Rb value in equation 2, we have
Mb = (WL) 1: _ WL2
2 2 6 .
Mb
12
The (+ve) value with Rb and Mb indicates that the assumed directions of these two redundants
are correct. Now find other reactions Ra and Mb by using equations of static equilibrium.
IFy == 0
Ra + Rb = wL
Ra = wL -Rb
wL
wL - -
2 .
~
VL
Ra = -
2
wL WL2
Put X = L, Rb = -
2
& Mb = - 12 in Mx expression to get Ma
wLwL2 WL2
Ma = T·L - -2- - U
·IMa=-~1
The (-ve) sign with Ma indicates that this moment should be applied in such direction that it
gives us tension at the top.
Example No.4: Solve the same previous fixed ended beam by taking a simple beam as B.D.S.:-
Choosing Ma and Mb as redundants.
Ma ~WKN/m
x Mb
(" oE--l )
A~~~B
Rar. . L . { Rb
B.D.S. is a simply supported beam, So Ma and Mb are redundants.
L:Ma = 0
WL2
RbxL+Ma = Mb+T
WL2
RbxL = (Mb-Ma) + 2
Rb = (Mb ~Ma) + ~L So taking B as origin. Write Mx expression.
WX2
Mx= RbX - Mb--- O<X<L
2
Put Rb value
Mx= [(Mb~Ma)+ ~LJX- w;~ -Mb o< X < L. Set up strain energy
expression.
[{(Mb - M~l WL}
1
U = 2EI ! L WX2 J2 . .
L ) + 2""" X - -2- - Mb dX. DIfferentIate w.r.t. Ma first.
Use castigations theorem and
boundary conditions.
:~a = ea = 0 = ~I t[{ (Mb ~ Ma) + ~L} X - W;2 - MbJ (- f) dX. In general R.H.S.
is ~I JN;m.dX.
Integrate it.
Simplify it.
~ (1)
Now differentiate U Partially w.r.t. Mb. Use castiglianos theorem and boundary conditions .
.2lL=
8Mb
eb =
.
0=J...EI J[{(Mb L
. 0
- M~l WL} X _ WX2 _ MbJ (X _1) dX
)+ 2 2 L
2 2 3
= [MbX _ MaX WLX2 _ wX _ MbX _ MbX MaX _ wLX WX2 MbJdX
0 -V- -V- + 2L 2L L L + L 2 + 2 + .
o
II METHOD OF LEAST WORK 99
_{MbX3 MaX3 wX 3 WX4 MbX2 MbX2 MaX2 WLX2 wX3 JL

o 3rT - 3rT + 6 - 8L - 2L - 2L + 2L - 4 + 6 + MbX
o
Put limits now.
MbL3 MaL3 wL 3 wL4 MbL2 MbL2 MaL2 wLL2 we ]

0= [ 3L2 - --n:r
+ 6 - 8L - 2L - 2L + 2L - 4 + 6 + MbL
Simplifying we get.
MbL MaL wL 3
0= -3-+-6-- 24
MbL MaL wL 3
or -3-=--6-+ 24
WL2 Ma
so Mb = - - - (2), Put Mb in equation (1) we get.
8 2
3
_ (we Ma) ~ MaL wL
o- 8 - 2 6 + 3 - 24 Simplify to get Ma.
IMa=12wL2
Put Ma in equation (2) , we have

·wL2 WL2 1
Mb=---x-
8 12 2
(
. we Ma+Mb~ wL
or Mb=-·
12 ' NowRb= L)+ T Putting Ma and Mb we have.
Calculate Ra now.
:LFy = 0
Ra + Rb = wL Put value of Rb.
Ra = wL-Rb
- wL
Ra = wL-T
~
-~
We get same results ev~n with a different BDS. The beam is now statically determinate. SFD and
J--. BMD can be drawn. Deflections at can be found by routine methods.

2.6. 2:>;D DEGREE INDETERMINACY OF BEAMS:-

Exmaple No.5: Solve the following loaded beam by the method of least work.
A~
k--U2--7~U2 -4
EI=Constant
B.D.S. is a cantilever supported at A. Rb &

Re are chosen as redundants.
I< x >1
(Ma~x
Aj tE-----71 C
'>~RC
t
. ~ U2 f---71~ U2 1 >1
Choosing C as origin, Set-up moment expressions in different parts of this beam.

. 'wX 2
Mbe = Re.X - -2-
.Mab
' = Rc.x+Rb X-2' --2-
( L) WX2 L
2' < X < L. Write strain energy expression for entire
structure.
1 WX2 J2
U2[ Re.X - -2- I L[ ( L ) WX2 J1
U = 2EI ~ dX + 2EI Lz Re.X + Rb X - 2' - -2- dX
Partially differentiate it W.r.t. redundant Re first. Use eastiglianos theorem and boundary
conditions.
au 1 WX2 J
U2[ Rc.X -""'2 I L [ ( L ) WX2 J
aRc = 6.e = 0 = EI ~ [X]dX + EI L2 Re.x + Rb X - 2' - -2-· [XJ dX
__L L'2[
0- EI f Re.X -
2 wX
2
3J dX + .l.EI f?L[Re.X2 + Rb.X Z
-
Rb.LX wX
2 - 2
3J dX . Integrate It..
o . u_
3
X . WX J
4 U2 1r
3 3 RbLX 2 WX 4JL
o = EI1 [ Re.} - -8- 0 + EI LRc. } X X
+ Rb. } - --4-' - -g- U2' Insert limits and
simplify.
Re.L3 5Rb.L 3 wL 4
o= -3-+~--g- --+ (I)
uU 1 l..i
~
'
Now partially differentiate strain energy w.r.t. Rb. Use Castiglianos theorem and boundary conditions.
wX- ,
1 L [ ..L .L ) wX- L
(x - 2" - 2 'J [x-2"J
1
:=>
aRb =Llb = 0 = EI Rc.x - -2-]<O)"dX + EI Rc.x + Rb dX
. O
= 0
+ EI U2
-J
1 L [ R X2 2
c. + RbX -
RbLX wX J
2 - 2 -
R(.L.X RbL.X Rb.L-? wL.X-
2 - 2 + 4 + 4
.
dX.
'J
Integrate.
o = J...[RC.X3+ Rb.X3 _ Rb.L.X2 _ WX4 _ Rc.L.X2 _ Rb.lX2 Rb.L2.X. wL.X

3JL
EI 3 3 4 8 4 4 + 4 + 12 Lc'
Put limits
3
o _ Rc.L} Rc.L3 Rb.l 3 . Rb.l 3 wl
4
Rb.e Rb.e wL 4 Rc.L3 Rb.l
- 3 + 3 - 4 - 8 - 4 - 4 .,.. 4 + 12 - 24 - 24
Simplify to get
2 17
Rc. = - 5" Rb. + 40 wL ....,. (2) Put this value of Rc in equation ( 1), to get Rb
(1)
. . 4
o -_ - 1... 3 J.L 4 2.- 3

15 Rb.L + 120 wL + 48 Rb.L -
wL
8
Simplify to get
I Rb~ = tfWL\
Put value ofRb in equation (2) and evaluate Rc,
. 2 12 17
Rc =-S"x 2T wL + 40 wL
IRe = HWL I
The (+ve) signs with Rb & Rc indicate that the assumed directions of these two redundants arc correct.
Now calculate Ra.
I Fy = 0
Ra + Rb + Rc = WL
or Ra = wl - Rb - Rc . Put values of Rb and Rc from above and simplify.

12 11 wL
= wL-2i wL -56
373
Ra = 1176wL
IRa =fkWL I
Putting'the values ofthese reactions in Mx expression for span AB and set X = L, we have
Ma = Rc.L + Rb. t -W;2, . Put yalues of Rb and Rc fro~ above and simplify.
21 L2
Ma = -1l76W'
The (-ve) sign with Ma indicates that this reactive moment should be applied in such a direction that gives .,,
us tension at the top. Now the beam has been analyzed and it is statically determinate now.
2;7. INTERNAL INDETERMINACY OF STRUCTURES BY FORCE METHOD ;-
The question of internal indeterminacy relates to the skeletal structures like trusses which have discrete line
members connected at the ends. The structures which fall in this category may include trusses and skeletal
frames.
For fixed ended portal frames, the question of internal indeterminacy is of theoretical interest only.
Relati~e displacement = (M-l:l 2)

of hOrizontal number
Consider he truss shown in the above·diagram. If this truss is to be treated as internally indeterrr¥nate, more
than one members can be considered as redundants. However, the following points should be considered
for deciding the redundant members.
(I) The member which is chosen the redundant member is usualiy assumed to be removed or cut. The
selection of redundant should be such that it should 'not effect the stability of the remaining
structure.
(2) The skeletal redundant members will have unequal elongations at the two ends and in the direction
in which the member is located. For example, ·ifa horizontal member is chosen as redundant, then
we will be concerned witl1 the relative displacement of that member in the' horizontal direction
only. .
(3) Unequal nodal deflection (t.j _ t.2 ) of a typical member shown above which is often termed as
relative displacement is responsible for the self elongation of the member and hence the internal
force in that member.
2.7.1. FIRST APPROACH: ,VHEN THE MEMBER IS REl\IOVED :-

With reference to the above diagram, we assume that the redundant member (sloping up to left) in the
actual structure is in tension due to the combined effect of the applied loads and the redundant itself. Then
the member is removed and now the structure will be und~r the action of applied loads only.
~)F-----..."C
A o
Due to the applied loads, the distance between the points Band D will incr.ease. Let us assume that point B .
is dIsplaced to its position Bz. This displacement is termed as t. apart. Now the same struct~re is considered
under the actIon of redundant force only arid let us assume that point B2 comes to its position B j (some of
the deflections have been recovered). This displacement is termed as II together. The difference of these
two displacements ( t.apart - t.together) is infact the self lengthening of the member BD and the
compatibility equation is
t.apart - lltogether = self elongation.
2.7.2. 2ND APPROACH

We assume that the member is infact cut and the distance between the cut ends has to vanish away when
the structure is under the action of applied loads and the redundant. In other words, we can say that the
deformation produced by the applied loads plus the deformation produced by the redundant should be equal
to zero~
B..--------"C B ~----------~ C
\
,1
F-Diagram U-Di;:Jnr~m
\\
n 2
Total Deflection produced by redundants Ll x R = L UjLi x X
i= 1 AiEi
n FiUiLi
Total Deflection produced by loads Ll x L = L A'E'
i= 1 1 1
If deflection is (+ve), there is elongation. If deflection is (-ve), there is shortening.
Now U = J~ Elastic strain energy stored due to axial forces
p
L AE
l
p
PROOF:-
Work done = 112 P.Ll = shaded area ofP - Ll diagram.
Now f a E (Hooke's Law)
or (For direct stresses)
P
- =
Ll
E-
A L where E is Yung's Modulus of elasticity.
PL
Ll = -
AE
PLl 1 PL . .
Therefore work done = T= 2' P. "AE (Shaded area under P-Llline -.By putting value of Ll)
P2L
Work done = 2AE (for single member)
P2L
Work done = L 2AE (for several members)
We know that Work done is always equal to strain energy stored.

EXAMPLE NO 6:
Analyze the truss shown below by Method of Least work. Take
(1) Member U t L2 as redundant.
(2) Member U t U 2 as redundant. Number in brackets ( ) are
areas x 10-3 m". E = 200 X 10 6 KN/m2
I LOU1 = 7.5m
U1 U2
Cose = 0.8
I
I
e
Sin = 0.6 (3.0) (3.0)
6
!i L3
I L1 (2.4) L2 (2.4)
I
Ij
I.. 3@4,Sm
I
"t
48KN
1
Note: In case of internally redundant trusses, Unit load method (a special case of strain energy method)
is preferred over direct strain energy computations followed by their partial differentiation.
SOLUTION: Case 1- Member UI L 2 as redundant .
LO U1=7.5m U2
cose = 0.8
Sin e = 0.6
La
t
3.0
2.4
3@4.5m
1.2
2.0
L2
3.0
1
L3 l
6m
48KN
F-Diagram
(1) UI L2 is redundan(: STEPS
1- Remove this member. (See - diagram)

2- Assume that tensile forces would be induced in this member.
3- Analyze the structure without U I L2 (B.D.S.) or F' diagram.
4- Displacement of members due to redundant + that due to loads should be equal
to zero. OR
.6.xL + .6.xR= 0
5- Analyze the truss with unit tensile force representing U I L2 or U-diagram.
F'UL
Condition: !1 apart = LSI AE
U 2.4
k----'"
t~----
48
(BO$ under loads) F' - diagram
16~ ______________ ~
ol~------_·-+-----+------.o
I
'--------'. 32
SFO
144
o . . 0 B.M.D.
We shall detennipe member forces for F' - diagram by method of moments and shears as
explained earlier. These are shown in table given in pages to follow. Member forces in U-diagram are
deterrmned by the method of joints.
(BDS under) U-diagram redundant unit force.
LFx = 0
1 x Sine + LIL2 = 0
LiLl = - Sine = - 0.60
LFy = 0
U 2L 2 + 1 x cose = 0
U 2L2 = - cose = - 0.80
Joint (Ll)
IFx =0
0.6
L IU 2 =-=+1
0.6
IFy = 0
Now Book FI forces induced in members as determined by moments and shears method anci U
forces as determined by method of joints in a tabular form.
Member A x 10-3 F'UL 10-3 U-L Fi=Fi'

- x 10-3
L Fi' Ui AE x AE +UiX
(m2) (m) (KN) (m) (m) (KN)
UIU z 2.4 4.5 - 12 -0.6 +0.0675 3.375xl0-3 - 25.15
LoLl 2.4 4.5 +12 0 0 0 +12
LILz 2.4 4.5 +24 -0.6 - 0.135 3.375xlO-3 +10.84
LZ L3 2.4 4.5 +24 0 0 0 +24
LoUr 3.0 7.5 - 20 0 0 0 -20
L IU2 4.8 7.5 - 20 +1.0 - 0.416 20.83xl0-3 + 1.93
U2l 3 3.0 7.5 -40 0 0 0 -40
UILI 1.2 6.0 +16 -0.8 -0.32 16xlO-3 - 1.54
UZL2 1.2 6.0 +48 -0.8 - 0.96 16xlO-3 +30.456
UIL z 1.8 7.5 0 +1.0 0 20.83x 10-3 +21.96
I-U635x I 80.91 X
10-3 10-6
Compatibility equation is
tlxL+tlxR=O
n F'UL
tlxL=I - -
]AE
Putting values from above table in compatibility equation. Where R = X = force

in redundant Member U IL2
- 1.7635 X 10-3 + 80Al X 10-6• X = 0

or - 1.7635 X 10-3 + 0.08041 X 10-3 • X = 0
- 1.7635 + 0.08041 x X = 0
0.08041 X = 1.7635
1.7635
X = 0.08041
X =+ 21.93 KN
Now final member forces will be obtained by formula Fi = Fi' + Ui X. These are also given in above table.
Apply check on calculated forces. *
Check on forces
Joint Lo
20
e
---*,---+ 12
16
Note: Tensile forces in above table carry positive sign and are represented as acting away from joint.
Compressive forces carry negative sign and are represented in diagram as acting towards the joint..
LFx = 0
12 - 20 Sin e =0
12...,. 20 x 0.6 = 0
'0 = 0
LFy = 0
16 - 20 Cos e = 0
16 - 20 x 0.8 = 0
o= 0 Checks have been satisfied showing correctness of solution.
EXMAPLE NO.7:
CASE 2: Analyze previous loaded Truss by taking U 1 U 2 as Redundant
Cos e = 0.8
Sin e = 0.6
In this case member forces in BDS (F' diagram) have been computed by method of joints due to
obvious reasons.)
Joint Lo:-
'LFy = 0
16 + LoU I x Cos8 = 0
16
LoU I = - - =-20
0.8
'LFx =0
LoLl + LoU I Sin8 = 0
LoLl + LoU I x 0.6 = 0
loLl - 20 x 0.6 = 0
LoLl =+ 12
Joint U I
'LFX = 0
20 Sin8+ U j L2 Sin8 = 0
20 x 0.6 + UILz x 0.6 =0
U IL 2 =- 20
'LFy = 0
20 x 0.8 - UILI - U IL2 x 0.8 = 0
20 x 0.8 - UILI + 20 x 0.8 = 0
. UIL I = 32
'LFy = 0 ,<.,.••.
'.
... "",
. -,' .W~·:-.
IFX = 0
LJL2 + L JU 2 SinEl- 12 = 0
LJL2 - 40 x 0.6 - 12 = 0
L JL2 = 36
Joint U 2 \
IFX = 0
40 SinEl + U 2L 3 SinEl = 0
40 x 0.6 + U 2L 3 x 0.6 = 0
U 2L 3 = - 40
IFy = 0
40 CosEl- U 2L3 CosEl- U2L2 = 0
40 x 0.8 - ( - 40) x 0.8 - U 2L2 = 0
U 2L 2 = 64
Joint~
20 64
El
48
IFX = 0
L2L3 + 20 SinEl- 36 = 0
L2L3 + 20 x 0.6 - 36 = 0
L2L3 - 24= 0
L2L) = 24
METHOD OF LEAST WORK III
Joint L3 (Checks)
32
l:FX = 0
40 Sine...:. 24 = 0
40 x 0.6 - 24 = 0
0=0
l:Fy = 0
32 - 40 cose = 0
32 - 40 x 0.8 = 0
o= 0 Checks are satisfied. Results are OK and are given in table at page to follow:
Now determine member forces in U diagram.
U-Diagram
(BDS under unit redundant force)
JointU l
l:FX = 0
1+U1Lz x Sine = 0
1 + U lLz x 0.6 = 0
U,L z = - 1.66
2:Fy = 0
U,L, +U,L z x cose = 0
U,L, + ( - 1.66) x 0.8 = 0
U,L, = 1.328
Joint L, :-
2:Fy = 0
1.328 + L,Uz x 0.8 = 0
1.328
L,Uz = - o.s = - 1.66
2:FX = 0
L,L z - 1.66 x 0.6 = 0
L,~ = +1
:gntering results of member forces pertaining to F' diagram and U diagram alortgwith member
properties in a tabular form.
Mem- Ax L Fi' U, PUL UlL x 10-3 Fi=Fi+UiX

10-3
- - x 10-3
ber (m) (KN) AE AE (KN)
(m) (m) (m)
U,U2 2.4 4.5 0 +1 0 9.375 x 10-3 -25.34
LoL, 2.4 4.5 +12 0 0 0 + 12
LIL2 2.4 4.5 +36 +1 +0.3375 9.375 x 10-3 +10.66
L2L 3 2.4 4.5 +24 0 0 0 +24
LoU, 3.0 7.5 -20 0 0 0 -'20
L,U2 1.8 7.5 -40 , -1.66 +1.383 57.4 x 10-3 +2.06
U 2L3 3.0 7.5 -40 0 0 0 -40
U,L" 1.2 6.0 +32 1.328 1.0624 44.09 x 10-3 + Q5.65
U 2L2 1.2 6.0 +64 1.328 2.1248 44.09 x 10-3 + 97.65
U,L2 1.8 7.5 -20 -1.66 0.691 57.4 x 10-3 - 62.06
!
i 2: 5.6 x 10-3 2:221. 73 x 10-6
~ x L + ~ x R = 0 Putting values of ~ x L and ~ x R due to redundant from above table.
56 x lO-3 + 221.73 X lO-6 X = 0, where X is force in redundant member U IU 2 .
or
5.6 X 10-3
X = 0.22173 X 10- 3
x=- 25.34 KN. Therefore forces in truss finally are as follo\vs.

(by using formula (Fi = Fit + UiX and are given in the last
COIUlTU1 of above table)
FU I U2 = 0 + Ui.x= 0 - 25.34 x 1 = - 25.34

FLoL I = 12 - 25.34 x 0 = + 12
FLlL2 = 36 - 25.34 x 1 = + 10.66
FL2L3 = 24 - 0 = + 24
FLoU I = - 20 -0 x 25.34 = - 20
FL l U 2 = - 40 + 1.66 x 25.34 = -+ 2.06
FU l L 3 = - 40 + 0 x 25.34 = - 40
FUIL I = + 32 + 1.328 x 25.34 = + 65.65
FU 2 Lz = + 64 + 1.328 x 25.34 = + 97.65
FU ILl = - 20 - 1.66 x 25.34 = - 62.06. Now based on these values final check can be applied.
Joint Lo.
16
2: FX = 0
12 - 20 Sine = 0
12 - 20 x 0.6 = 0
0=0
2: Fy = 0
16 - 20 case = 0
16-20xO.8=0
16 - 16= 0
0= 0 Results are OK.
-,,
2.8. STEPS FOR TRUSS SOLUTION BY METHOD OF LEAST WORK.

Now instead of Unit load method, we shall solve the previous truss by direct use of method of
least work.
(1) Consider the given truss under the action of applied loads and redundant force X
in member U IL 2
(2) The forces in the relevant rectangle will be a function of applied load and
redundant force X. (As was seen in previous unit load method solution)
(3) Formulate the total strain energy expression due to direct forces for all the
mel!lbers in the truss.
(4) Partially differentiate the above expressions with respect to X.
(5) Sum ilp these expressions and set equal to zero. Solve for X.
(6) With this value of X, find the member forces due to applied loads and redundant acting
simultaneously (by applying the principle of super positions).
EXAMPLE NO.8 :-
Analyze the loaded truss shown below by least work by treating member U IL 2 as redundant.
Numbers in () are areas x 10-3 m 2 • E = 200 X 10 6 KN/m 2•
SOLUTION:-
LO U1=7.Sm
Cose.= 0.8
Sine;::; 0.6
3.0 3.0
6m
J
La 2.4 1
48 x 4.5 l' l'
13.5 ;::; 16KNI ( 3@4.5m-·---~>I 32
b= 10
r =3
j =6
b+r =2j
1O+3=2x6
13 = 12
D = 13 -12 = 1
1
I .
Stable Indetenuinate to 1st degree.
! 3.0 T
6m
\
2.4 2.4 1
L1 L248 l'
~----3@4.5m----~>132
F - Diagram (Truss under loads and redundant)
NOTE: Only the rectangle of members containing redundant X contains forces in tenus of X as has been
seen earlier. Now analyze the Truss.by method of joints to get Fi forces.
JOINTLO
loU 1
e
--~---'~loL1
16KN
2:Fy = 0
LoU, cose + 16 = 0
- 16
LoU, = cose
-16
0.8
2:FX = 0
LoLl + LoU I Sine =0
LoLl + (-20) x 0.6 =0
LoLl - 12 = 0
ILoLl = 12 KNI·
Joint U I
2:FX = 0
U I U 2 + X Sine + 20 Sine = 0
U, U 2 + X x 0.6 + 20 x 0.6 = 0
2:Fy = 0
- U, L, - X cose + 20 cose = 0
- U, L, - X x 0.8 + 20 x 0.8 = 0
U, L, = - 0.8 X + 16
IU,L, = - (0.8 X - 16)/
Joint L, :-
O.8X -16
2:Fy = 0
- (0.8X - 16) + L, U 2 cose = 0
L,U 2 x 0.8=0.8X-16
:1
2:FX = 0
L,L2 + LlU2 Sine - 12 = 0 Put value of L, Uz. I
L,L 2 + (X - 20) x 0.6 - 12 = 0 1
L,L2 + 0.6 X - 12 - 12 = 0 .\
'I
IL, L2 = - (0.6X - 24)/ 1
JointU2
l
(O.6X+12)
(X-20)
2:FX=O
(0.6 X + 12) + U 2L3 Sine - (X - 20) Sine = 0
0.6 X + 12 + U 2LJ x 0.6 - (X - 20) x 0.6 = 0
0.6 X + 12 + O.6U2L3 - 0.6 X + 12 = 0

-24
U 2L 3= OT
L:Fy =0
- U 2L2 - (X - 20) cose - U 2L3 cose = 0

- U2L2 - (X - 20) x 0.8...:. (- 40) x 0.8 = 0
- U2L2 - 0.8 X -+- 16 + 32 = 0
- 0.8 X + 48 = U2L2
IU L 2 2 = - (O.8X - 48) I
Joint Lz:-
0.8 X- 48
x
e
0.6 X-24
48
L:FX =0
LzL3 + 0.6 X - 24 - X Sine = 0

L2L3= - 0.6 X + 24 + 0.6 X
IL2 L 3 = 24 KNI
L:Fy =0
-(0.8X...:.48)-48+XCose =0·
-O.8X + 48 --: 48 + O.8X = 0
0=0 (Check)
Joint L3:-·
At this joint, all forces have already been calculated. Apply.checks for corretpess.
40
. e
24"
32
~FX = 0
40 Sine - 24 = 0
40 x 0.6 - 24 = 0
24 - 24= 0
o= 0 O.K.
~Fy = 0
- 40 cose + 32 = 0
- 40 x 0.8 + 32 = 0
;
~
·.··:···1".':
- 32 + 32 = 0 O.K. Checks have been satisfied. J

0=0 ..~
This means forces have been calculated correctly. We know that strain energy stored in entire
... "Fi2L
Truss IS U = <... 2AB
So, au=.:1=O=
ax
"F' aFi L'
<... 1 ax' 1
AE = 0 = 80041 X 1O-6X - 1764.17 X 10-6 Values of Fiand Li for various
members have been picked up from table annexed.
0=80041 X-1764.17
or 80041 X = 1764.17
X= 1764.17
80041
X=21.94KN
Now putting this value of X in column S of annexed table will give us member forces.
Now apply equilibrium check on member forces calculated. You may select any Joint say L 1.
Joint L1 :-
15.501.74
12<1 L ~10.84
:LFX = 0,
10.84 - 12 + 1.94 Sine = 0
or 10.84 - 12 + 1.94 x 0.6 = 0,
or 0 = 0 (Check) It means that solution is correct.
i
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO.8 ~o

Note: Put Value of redundant X in column 5 to get final Pi member Forces. t:1
o
'T1
Mem Ax 10-3 AE L Fi aFi aFi Forces r-'
trl
ber (m 2) (KN) (m) (KN) aXi Fi. ax' Li Fi (KN) >
AE
,...,
C/.l
UIU2 2.4 480000 4.5 -(0.6X + 12)

(KN)
4.6875 x 10-6 x 2(0.6 X + 12) x 0.6
~
- 0.60
6
= 5.625 x 10- (0.6X + 12)
-25.16
~
6
= 3.375 x 1O- X + 67.5 x 10-6
LoLl 2.4 480000 4.5 12 0 0 + 12
LIL2 2.4 480000 4.5 -(0.6X - 24) -0.6 [ - {0.6X - 242]2 {-0.6} x 4.5
2 x 480000
= 5.625 x 10-6 (0.6X - 24) _
= 3.375 x 1O-6 X - 135 X 10-6 +\0.84
L2 L 3 -
2.4 480000 4.5 24 0 --
0 + 24
LoU I 3.0 600000 7.5 -20 0 0 - 20
U t L2 1.8 360000 7.5 X 1 2{X} x {l2 x 7.5
= 20.83 x 10-6X
2 x 36000 + 21.94
L t U2 1.8 360000 7.5 (X-20) I 2{X -20} x {I} x 7.5

2 x 360000 + 1.94
= 20.83 x 10-6 X - 416.67 X 10-6
U2L3 3.0 600000 7.5 -40 0 0 -40
U,L I 1.2 240000- 6.0 -(0.8X - 16) - 0.8 2[ - (0.8X - 162] (-0.8} x 6.0
2 X 240000 - 1.55
= 16 x 1O- 6X - 320 X 10-6
-
U2 L 2 1.2 240000 6.0 -(0.8 X - 48) 2[ - {0.8X - 482] {-0.8} x 6.0
2 x 24000 + 30.45
L: 80.41 x 10-6 X - 1764.17 x 10 6
I\~
EXAMPLE NO. 9:- By the force method analyze the truss shown in fig. below.' By using the forces in
members L,U2 and L2U 3 as the redundants. Check the solution by using two different members as the redundants.
E = 200 x 10 6 KN/m2
SOLUTION:-
~~~-r.~~~~~~~~~~4. I6m
48KN 96KN 72KN r 48x4.5 + 96x9
18 18
48+96+72-
= J
114 102KN «-<-----,4@4.5m-----7>+ 72x13.5
F'- Diagram ' 18
=114KN
B.o.S. Under applied

f loads only.
6r Or F-Diagram
14
114KN
4@4.5m ------~
+
'
102KNOL____ -1=5=4=K=N==C=====r-~~1
I ,. 0 S.F.o.
42KN - 1114KN
459 KN-m 702KN-m

~+5133KKNN--lTm
~ + ~ B.M.o.
o 0
, U1 0.6 U2 U3
.~ ~. 6t U,-DiagramforredundantX,
~~. 0 L1 ~ 0' L3 ~,
~l
U1 0 U U3
o I i
6m U2-diagram for redundant X 2
1 1.!
1
, ,Compatibility equations are:
LlX,L + LlX,R, + LlX,R2 = 0 -+ (1) Change in length in member I due
to loads and two redundants should be zero.
-+ (2) Change in length in member 2 due to loads
and two rcdundants should be zero. '
Here R, ;= X, ,
R2 == Xi
r
I
!
if:
Where LlXIL = l:.F'U L = DeflectIon
l
liced'In mem ber (1) due to app I'Ie d I·oads.
.. prod·
llXIR I = Deflection produced in member (1) due to redundant RI = l:~L). XI·

LlxIRz = Deflection produced in member (1) due to redundant R z = l:(!l.::1L) . X 2
LlxzL = Deflection produced in member (2) due to loads = l: F;iL
LlxlRI = Deflection produced in member (2) due to redundant RI = l:~.::1L) . XI

llX2RZ = Deflection produced in member (2) due to redu.ndant R 2 = l:(!lli). X2
From table attached, the above evaluated summations are picked up and fmal member forces can be seen
in the same table. All member forces due to applied loads (Fi' diagram) have been detennined by the
method of moments and shears and by method of joints for Uland U 2 diagrams.
Evaluation of member forces in verticals ofF' - Diagram:-
Forces in verticals are determined from mothod of joints for different trusses shown above.
(Joint L I)
76.5 76.5
.48
. l: Fy = 0
UIL I -48 =0
(Joint U z)
117 85.5
l: Fy = 0
- U 2Lz + 52.5 .CosS = 0
- U2Lz + 52.5 x 0.8 = 0
UzLz = 52.5 x 0.8
1.:Fy= 0
- U3L3 + 142.5 cose = 0
U3L3 = 142.5 x 0.8
Evaluation of forces in verticals of U 1 - Diagram:-

(Joint L I )
1.: FX = 0
1.:Fy = 0
UILI + 1 Cos e= 0
(Joint U I ).
1.:FX = 0
LFy = 0
+0.8-UI~COSe = 0
0.8 = Ul~ X 0.8
U lL 2 = 1
so U l U2 + 1 x 0.6 = 0 Putting value ofU lL2 in L FX.
U l Uz = - 0.6
Now from the table, the following values are taken.

AXIL = - 0.671 x 10-3
AXIRI = 125.7 x 1O-6X1 = 0.1257 x 1O·3Xl
AXIRz = 32 x 10-6 X2 = 0.032 x 1O-3X2
AX2L = - 6.77 x 10.3
AX2Rl = 0.032 x 10-3 Xl
AX2R2 = 125.6 x 1O-6X2 = 0.1256 x 1O-3X2
Putting these in compatibility equations, we have.
~ 0.671 x 10-3+0.1257 x 1O-3Xl+0.032 x 1O-3X2 = 0 ~ (1)
- 6;77 x W-3+O.032 x 10-3 Xl+0.1256 x 10-3)(2 = 0 ~ (2)
dividing by 10-3
- 0.67l+0.1257X1 + 0.032X2 = 0
- 6.77 + 0.032Xl + 0.1256X2= 0
0.671 - O.032X2
From(l), Xl .~ (3)
0.1257
Put Xl in (2) & solve for X2
0.671 - 0.032X2]
- 6.77 + 0.032 [ 0.1257 + 0.1256X2 = 0
- 6.77 + 0.171 - 8.146 x 1O-3X2 + O.l256X2 = 0

- 6.599 + 0.1174X2 = 0
0.1l74X2 = 6.599
IX2 = 56.19 KNI

. 0.671 - 0.032 x 56.19
From (3) Xl 0.1257
Xl =- 8.96 KN
After redundants have been evaluated, final member forces can be calculated by using the formula shown
in last column of table. Apply checks on these member forces.
'!.
CHECKS:-
(Joint La)
127.5
e
iE----t>-76.5
102
LFX = 0
76.5 - 127.5 Sine = 0
76.5 - 127.5 x 0.6 = 0
0=0
LFy';" 0
102 - 127.5 Case = 0
102 - 12is x 0.8 = 0
0=0
The results are O.K. Follow same procedure if some other two members are considered redundant.
See example ~o. 12.
I
o
'"rj
l'
tr:I
>-
en
....,
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO.9
~
Mem Ax L F' , VI Vz F'VjL 10-3 V,lL X 10-3 V,V1L -3 F'VzL !!l!:. 10-3 F""F + o
ber 10-3 (m) (KN) AE x AE AE XIO AE x AE x
(m)
V\X\+ ~
(mZ) (m) (m) (m) '0-3 VzX z
(m) (KN)
LoL, 1.5 4.5 +76.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +76.5
L,Ll 1.5 4.5 +76.5 -0.6 0 -0.688 +5.4 x 10-3 0 0 0 +81.88
L2 L3 1.5 4.5 +117 0 -0.6 0 0 0 -" 1.05 +5.4 x 10-3 +83.28
L3 L4 1.5 4.5 +25.5 0 0 0 0 '0 O. 0 +85.5
U IU2 1.8 4.5 - II7 -0.6 0 + 0.877 +4.5 x 10 3 0 0 0 -111.62
U2U3 1.8 4.5 - 85.5 0 -0.6 0 0 0 +0.641 +45 x 10-3 -119.2
UtL, 0.9 6.0 +48 -0.8 0 - 1.28 + 21.3 x 10 3 0 0 0 + 55.17
U2L2 0.6 6.0 +42 -0.8 -0.80 - 1.68 + 32 x 10-3 +32 X 10-3 -1.68 +32 x 10-3 +4.22
U3L3 0.9 6.0 +II4 0 -0.80 0 0 0 -3.04 +21.3 x 10-3 + 69.05 I
LoU I 2.4 7.5 -127.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 127.5

U I L2 1.2 7.5 +67.5 +1 0 +2.1 +31.25 x 10-3 Q 0 0 + 58.54
LtU2 1.2 7.5 o- +1 0 0 +31.25 X 10-3 0 0 0 - 8.96
U2 L3 1.2 7.5 -52.5 0 +1 0 0 0 -1.64 +31.2 x 10-3 + 3.69
L2U3 1.2 , 7.5 0 o· +1 0 0 0 0 +31.2 x 10-3 + 56.19
U3L4 2.4 7.5 -142.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 142.5
6
2:-0.671 D25.7 2:32 x 10 2:-6.77 2: 125.6
~10-~3 ___ . X 10-6
---
- -- ---- -- --- - ,--- ------
~1O-3 _ _-' X 10-
----
6
.-----~---------
.....
N
VI
2.9. SIMULTANEIOUS INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL TRUSS REDUNDANCY

EXAMPLE NO. 10: Determine all reactions and member forces of the following truss by using
castiglianos theorem or method of least work. Consider it as:
(i) internally redundant;
(ii) internally and externally redundant.
Nos. in ( ) are areas in x 1O-3m". E = 200 X 10 6 KN/m 2
20KN
, \
!
8m
8m
SOLUTION:
DEGREE OF INDETERMINACY:-
D = (m + r) ~ 2j = (10 + 4) - 2 x 6 = 2
Therefore, the truss is internally statically indeterminate to the 2nd degree. There can be two
approaches, viz, considering two suitable members as redundants and secondly taking one member
and one reaction as redundants for which the basic determinate structure can be obtained by
cutting the diagonal CE and replacing it by a pair of forces XI - XI and replacing the hinge at F
by a roller support with a horizontal redundant reaction HF = X2 • Applying the first approach and
treating inclineds of both storeys sloping down to right as redundants.
(I) WHEN THE TRUSS IS CONSIDERED AS INTERNALLY REDUNDANT:-

20KN
8m
8m
ApplYIng method of joints for calculating member forces.

Consider Joint (C) and all unknown forces are assumed to be in tension to begin with, acting away from
the joint. Length AE= 10 m, cos e = 0.6 , sin e = 0.8
Joint (C)
20KN
3KN
----~4h._--~SeD
X1
SBe
L: FX= 0
Sed + 3 + Xl Cos e = 0
Sed = - (3 + 0.6 x Xl)
L: Fy = 0
- Sbe - Xl Sin e - 20 = 0
Sbe = - (20 + 0.8 Xl )
Joint (D)
20KN
--~ ............. .
SSD
!FX = 0
3 + 0.6Xl - Sao x 0.6 = 0
SBO=( 5 +X l )
L: Fy = 0
- SOE - 20 - Sao Sine =. 0
- SDE - 20 - ( 5 + Xl ) x 0.80 = 0
SDE = - ( 24 + 0.8XI )
Joint (B)
(20+O.8X1)
6KN
----~~+---~~BE
L: FX = 0
SaE + (5+X 1) x 0.6 + Xz x 0.6 + 6 = 0
SBE = - ( 9 + 0.6 Xl + 0.6 X z)
L: Fy = 0
- SAB -:- X 2 Sine - (20 + 0.8 X 1)+ (5+X 1) Sine = 0

- SAB - 0.8 X 2 -20 - 0.8 Xl + 4 + 0.8 Xl = 0
SAB = - (16 + 0.8 X 2 )
Joint (E)
(24 + 0.8 x 1)
X1
9+0.6X 1 + 0.6X2
'"
e
e
\
LFX = 0
9 + 0.6 Xl + 0.6 X 2 - Xl X 0.6 - SAE x 0.6 = 0
9 + 0.6 X 2 = SAE x 0.6
SAE = (15+X 2 )
LFy = 0
- SEF - 24 - 0.8 Xl + Xl x 0.8 - (15 + X 2 ) x 0.8 = 0
SEF = - 24 - 0.8 Xl + 0.8 Xl - 12 - 0.8 X 2 = 0
SEF =, - 36 - 0.8 X2
SEF = - (36 + 0.8 X2 )
Enter Forces in table. Now applying Catiglianos' theorem and taking values from table attached.
as L .'
L S . aX • AE = 0 = 485.6 + 65.64XI + 2.7X2 = 0 (1)
I
and
as L
L s. aX • AE =0 = 748.3 + 2.7XI + 62.94 X2 =0 (2)
2
or 485.6 + 65.64 Xl + 2.7 X2 = 0 ~ (1)

748.3 + 2.7 Xl + 62.94 X2 = 0 ~ (2)
From (1)
485.6 + 65.64 Xl) . . (2)
X2 = - ( 2.7 ) puttmg m
748.3 + 2.7 Xl - 62.94 (485.6 ~~i·64 X') = 0 ~ (2) /"
748.3+2.7X I -I1319.875 - 1530.141XI - 10571.575 - 1527.441 Xl =0 ~ (3)
IXI ='- 6.921 KNI'

X = _ (485.6 - 65.64 x 6.921~
From (3) 2 2.7 )
IX2 = - 11.592 KNI

Now put values of Xl and X 2 in 5th column of S to get final number forces SF as given in last
column of table. Apply equilibrium check to verify correctness of solution.
"-----
;~
&;
>
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 10 ~
Mem
ber
L
(m)
Ax
10-3
(m 2)
L
AE
10-3
X
S
-as
aX I
as
-aX 2
as L -3
S. aX I AE x 10
as L
S. aX AE x 10-
2
3 SF
(KN) ~
AB 8 5 8 X 10-3 -(16+0.SXV 0 -O.S 0 (l02.4+5.12 X 2)LO 3 . - 6.726
BC 8 .5 " -(20 +0.8X l) -O.S 0 -(20+0.SXl)(-0.8) - 14.463
S x 10-3 0
=(I2S+S,12XJ 10-3
DE S 5 " -(24+0.SX t t -O.S 0 (153.6 + 5.12X l) 10-3 0 - IS.463
3
EF 8 5 7.S x 10 3 -(36+0.SX2) 0 -O.S 0 (230.4 + 5.12X z) 10- -26.726
BE 6 4 " -(9+0.6Xl -0.6 -0.6 (40.5 + 2.7Xl+ 2.7X2) (40.5+2.7 Xl+2.7 Xz) 10-3 +4.26
+0.6X2) x 10-3
3
CD 6 4 25 X 10- ~(3+0.6Xl) -0.6 0 -(3+0.6X 1)(-0.6) 0 + 1.153
7.5 x 10-3
AE 10 2 " (I5+X2) 0 + 1 0 (375 + 25X2) 10- 3 + 3.408
BF 10 2 ." X2 0 + 1 0 (25 X 2) x 10-3 lL592
BD 10 2 " (S + Xl) + 1 0 (125+25X l)10 3 0 - 1.921
CE 10 2 " Xl + 1 0 25 X 10-3X l 0 - 6.921
~
L485.6X 10-6 + 65.64Xl I(748.3+2.7X l+62.94 Xl)

x 1O-6+2.7x 10-6)(2 x 10-6
r\ote: By entering Value of Xl = - 6.921 KN and X2 = -11.592 in column 5 for S, net member forces are calculated and given in last
column of SF'
.....
tv
\0
EQUILIBRIUM CHECKS;-
Joint (A)
6.726KN
3.408KN
HA
4KN
IFX = 0
3.408 cose - HA - 0
IFy=O
-6.726 + 4 + 3.408 Sine = 0
o = 0 Check is OK.
Joint (F)
26.726KN
11.592KN
)----HF
- - - - 1 . . ......
36KN
IFX =0
-HF+ 11.592 cose = 0
IHF = + 6.955 KNI
IFy =0
36 - 27.726 - 11.592 x Sine = 0
o = 0 (check)
It means solution is correct. Now calculate vertical reactions and show forces in diagram.
METHOD OF LEAST WORK Dl
20KN 20KN
3K:..:.N_~'--!;>_ _...:t
8m
6KNi-~-3>lt-~_~
8m
HF=6.955KN
HA=2.045Kn ~ f+-
VA=
4KN
i 6m i VF =+36KN
~I"-"'::":':":-"I>!
k'\fAL YZED TRUSS

LMA = 0
VF X 6 - 20 x 6 - 3 x 16 - 6 x 8 = 0
LFy = 0
VA + V F = 40 KN
EXAMPLE NO. 11:

CASE II: When the Truss is considered as both externally & internally redundant.
Taking SeE & HF as redundants. Now Truss is determinate and calculate vertical reactions.
20KN- 20KN
L:Fy =0
VA + VF = 40
L:MA = 0
Cos9=0.6 VFx6 - 3x16-20x6-6x8=0
IVF = 36KNI
Sin 9 =0.8 and IVA::; 4KN I
j 4KN j36Kn
~6m--"1
Fig. 2.51
Compatibility Equations are:

as L
I S'aHF' AE = 0 (1) Partial differentiation of strain energy W.r.t. HF =.6.H = O.
(Pin support)
as L
I s. ax . AE = 0 (2) Partial differentiation of strain energy W.r.t. X = elongation of
member tE due to X = O.
As before determine member forces Si in members by method of joints.
Joint (A)
4
IFX= 0
SAE cose - (9 - H F) = 0
SAE x 0.6 - (9 - H F) = 0
SAE = (9 0.6
-HF)
IFy = 0
4 + SAB + SAE Sine = 0
4+S AB +(15-1.670Hd x 0.8 = 0
4 + SAB + 12 - 1.33 HF ':" 0
SAB = -16,..1.33H F
ISAB =- (16 - 1.33 Hdl
Joint (F)
36
METHOD OF LEAST woRk 133
'LFX = 0
- H F- SSF cose = 0
-HF-0.6 SSF=O
-HF = 0.6 SSF
I SSF = - 1.67 HFI

'LFy = 0
36 + SEF + SSF Sine = 0
36+ SEF - 1.67 HF x 0.8 = 0
ISEF = - (36 - 1.33 HF)I
Joint (E)
. SBE_-t---'JIII'
(15-1.67HF)
'LFX = 0
- SSE -:- X cose - (15 ~ 1.67 H F) cose = 0
- SSE - 0.6X - ( 15 - 1.67 Hd x 0.6 = 0
- SSE - 0.6X - 9 + HF = 0
HF - 0.6X - 9 = SSE
I SSE = (H F -0.6X-9)1
2::Fy = 0
SOE +36 - 1.33 H F+ X Sine - (15 - 1. 67HF) Sine = 0 by putting sine = O.OS
SOE + 36 - 1.33 H F+ O.SX - 12 + 1.33 HF = 0
SOE =-0.8X-24
I SDE = - ( 24 + 0.8X) I
Joint (C)
20KN
3KN
-----I~...._--s CD
x
SSG
:LFX = 0
SeD + 3 + X Case = 0
ISeD = - ( 3 + 0.6X) I
:LFy = 0
- 20 - Sac - X Sin e = 0
- 20 - Sac - 0.8X = 0
ISse = - ( 20 + 0.8 X ) I
Joint (D)
20KN
(24+ o.ax)
:LFX"; 0
3 + 0.6X - Sao Case = 0

3 + 0.6X - 0.6 Sao = O.
ISao = (5 + X) I
:LFy = 0
- 20 + 24 + 0.8X ..:.. Sso Sine = 0
- 20 + 24+ 0.8X - ( 5 + X ) 0.8 = 0
-20+24+0.8X-4-0.8X = 0
0= 0 (check)
Calculation ofHF & X_:-

From the attached table, picking up the values of summations, we have.
as L .
:L. S; aH ' AE = 0 = (-1247.03 + 175.24 HF - 4:5 x X) 10-6
F
as L
and L. s. ax· AE = 0 = (460.6 - 4.5 HF + 65.64X) 10-6 .
-1247.03 + 175.24 HF - 4.5X = 0 ~ (1)

+ 460.6 - 4.5 HF + 65.64X = 0 ~ (2)
From (1)
= ( - 1247.03 + 175.24 HF)
~ (3)
X 4.5
Put in (2) to get HF

460.6 - 4.5 HF + 65.64 ( - 1247.034~ 175.24 HF) = 0
460.6 - 4.5 HF - 18190.01 + 2556.17 HF = 0

-17729.41 + 2551.67 HF = 0
IHF = 6.948 KNI Put this value in 3 to get X.
= (-1247.03 + 175.24 x 6.948)

X 4.5 (3)
or IX = - 6.541 KNI Now calculate number Forces by putting th,e ,,;alues of X and ...
HF in S expressions given in column 5 of the attached table.
These final forces appear in last column for SF' .
2.052Kn ~
i 4kn
!E-6~
i 36KN
Fig 2.52 ANALYZED TRUSS

.....
VJ
0\
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 11
!Hem L· A L S as SF
- x 10-3 -as as L
S. aHFAE x 10
-3 as L
. S. aXAE x 10
-3
her (m) (mz) AE aHF ax (KN)
AB 8 5 8 X 10-3 -(l6-1.33HF) + 1.33 0 -(16-U3H F)x 1.33x8x10 3
=-170.24x1O-3+ 14.15 0 - 6.759
X 1O-3H F
BC 8 5 " -(20 +O.8X) 0 -0.8 0 - (20+0.8x)( -0.8)8 x I 0-3

= 128x 1O-3 +5.12x 1O-3X - 14.767
DE 8 5 " . -(24+0.8X) 0 -0.8· 0 - (24+0.8><)(-0.8) x 8 x10-3
= 153.6xIO-l + 5.12 x 1O-3X - 18.767
EF 8 5 " -(36-1.33HF) + 1.33 0 -(36-1.33 HF)1.33 x 8 x 10-3
=- 383.04 x 10-3 + 14.15 0 - 26.759
3 3
X 10- x-67.5 x 10- HF
BE 6 4 7.5 X 10-3 (HrO.6x-9) +1 -0.6 (HF-0.6 x..:. 9)(7.5 X 10-3) (HF-0.6X-9) (-0.6)7.5 x W-'
= -7.5 x 10-3 HF+ - 4.5 x 1O-3X = - 4.5 X 1O-'H F + 2.7 + 1.873
x - 67.5 x 10-3 x lO-lX + 40.5 x 10-3
TD 6 4 " -(3+0.6X) 0 -0.6
0
. - (3+0.6x)(-0.6) 7;5 x 10
= 13.5x 10-3 + 2.7 x 1O-3 X
3
+ 0.925
~
o
AE 10 2 25 x 10-3 (15 - 1.67H F) -1.67 0 (15-1.67H F)(-1.67)25 x 10-3 ~
= -626.25 X '\CI-3 69.72 0 + 3.397 o
'Tl
~ x IO-3 H F
BF· 10 2 " (-1.67H F) -1.67 0 (-1.67H F)(-1.67)25 xlO 3
= 69.72 X 1O-3H F
§
~
0 - 11.603
BD 10 2 .. " (5+X) 0 +1 (5+x)(1 )(25 x 10-3 )
.' ..
0 = 125 X 10-3 + 25 x 1O-3X - 1.541
CE 10 2 " (X) 0 +1 0 (X)(1 )25 X 10-3 - 6.541 ~
tIl
=+ 25 x 1O-3X
, ,",
..,en
L:(-1247.03 + 175. 24HF
- 4.5X)10- 6
. L: (460.6 - 4.5HF
+ 65.64X) 10-6
~
~
---------- ~-----
Cf.l
Ir:~. ~':.~; :f~"""';_/:.:. : .:'" ': ;;,' _..{. ;.,.:.;",,~, ~ "" ,.'._ .',.
:':"'r·:.'~"·.·<;"·,,_,,,.,,;,~ ... , o,""'->"'",,~" ·,~·c~",,_ ~,.,<;~:"' f· ........ ~~ '. :.. ~, .;.,:~ . \.c..;",,;.i,.:,,:..
~".H ,.,~~<t.;" '~"':~l~""..-";'·;:;·":;-;'~"'':.'j~.~",. _.,e,; _.;-, ..
j.
.:~~
Equilibrium checks for the accuracy of calculated member Forces:-

Joint (A)
6.759
3.397
2.052
4
LFX= 0
3.397 Cos8 - 2.052 = 0
o = 0 Check
LFy = 0
- 6.759 + 4 + 3.397 x 0.8 = 0
o = 0 Check
Joint (F)
11.603 26.759
--...l..-~1----6.948
36
LFX = 0
- 6.948 + i 1.603 .x 0.6 = 0
o == 0 Check
LFy = 0
36 - 26.759 - 11.603 x 0.8 =0
o == 0 Check
Joint (C)
20
3
~----"~-r----c..u.925
14.767 6.541
L FX =: 0
0.925 - 6.541 x 0.6 + 3 = 0
o= 0 Check
LFy = 0
14.767 - 20 + 6.541 x 0.8 = 0
o = 0 Check. This verifies correctness of solution.
EXAMPLE NO. 12:-

By the unit load-method analyze the internally jnde'terminate truSS shown below. Take the forces
in members L t U2 and U 2L 3 as the redundants.
Note: The same truss has already been solved in Example No.9, by taking L t U 2 and L 2U 3 as
redundants.
E = 200 X 10 6 KN/m2
SOLUTION:-
16m
F-Diagram
t
102KN t 48KN 96KN
~(------,4@4.5"'mr-----7>!114KN
72KN
B.D.S. Under applied

load only.
Or F'-Diagram .,
. ,,
~-~~~-~~-~~--~L4
114KN
154
42
I
' - - - -.....·114
S.F.D.
702
B.M.D.
0.6
l1-Diagram
Compatibility equations are:

~l +AX1RI +AX j R2 = O· -7 (1) Here Xl =Rl
X2 =R2
Deflection created by applied loads and redundants shall be zero.
AX2L + AX2RI + AX2R2 = 0 --7 (2) -
F'UL
L~.xIL = L. ~ (Change in length of first redundant member by applied loads)
. (1T 2L)
AXIRI = L\.~ Xl (Change in length in first redundant member due to first redundant force)
.
AXIR2 = L\.~)
AE . X2 . .In first redundant member due .to second redundant force)
(Change In length
(Change in second redundant member due to applied load.)
. f1!UL:\
.&x2R j = L \.~) .. X I (Change in length of second redundant member due to first redundant force.)
AX2R2 = L f1!/L)
\."AE" . X2 ..
(Change in length of second redundant member due to redundant force in it.)
Forces in chord members and inclineds are determined by the method of moments and shears as explained
already~ while for verticals method of joints has been used.
EvalUation of force in verticals ofF' - Diagram
(Joint~)
67.5
52.5
76.5--__--4>-85.5
96
LFX = 0
85.5 - 76.5 + 52.5 Sine - 67.5 Sine = 0
85.5 - 76.5 + 52.5 x 0.6 - 67.5 x 0.6 = 0
0=0 (Check)
LFy+O
U2L2 + 52.5 cose + 67.5 Cos e - 96 = 0
U2~ = - 52.5 x 0.8 - 675 x 0.8 + 96 = 0
T \.BLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 12 -""'"
o
Member AxlO-J L(m) F' UI U2 F'UIUAEx U2 .LlAE x U.U 2L1AE F'U2L1AE U<2L1AE F=F'+U
(m2) (KN) I03(m) IOJ (m) x 10J(m) x IO J(m) x 103(m) IXI +U2
- L - ____ - - --- - ---- -
X2(IOiJ
BOTT. CHORD ' MEMBERS
LoLl 1.5 4.5 + 76.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 76,5

Ll L2 1.5 4.5 +76.5 0 -.688 5.4 x 10 3 0 0 0 0 + 81.87 ,
L2 L3 1.5 4.5 + 85.5 -0.6 0 0 0 -0.77 5.4 x 10 3 5,4 x 10-3 + 83.33 i

L3 L4 ---
1.5 4.5 + 85.5 0 0 0 0 0- 0 0 + 85.5 I
TOP CHORD MEMBERS
+4.5 X IO-J
o
VERTICALS >-:I
::r:
tIl
UI Ll 0.9 6 48 0 - 1.28 21.3 x IO-3 0 0 0 55.16 o
U2 L2 0.9 6 0 - 0.8 0 32 x 10 3 32 x 10-3 0 3.2 x 10 3 4.25 ~
_U3L3 _ 0.9 6 72 - 0.8 0 0 0 _----=---l1L 21.3 x 10-3 69.09 o'"I1
INCLINED ~
~
2,4
~
LoUI 7.5 - 127.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -127.5
UI L2 1.2 7.5 67.5 I 0 2.1 31.25 x 10 3 0 0 0 58.55
Ll U2 1.2 7.5 0 I 0 0 31.25 x 10 3 0 0 0 _ -8.95 Z
U2L3 1.2 7.5 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 31.25
x 10-3
3.64 ~
tIl
en
L2 U3 1.2 7.5 52.5 0 I 0 0 0 1.641 x 10 3 56.14 >-:I
U3 L4 2,4 7.5 -142.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -142.5 ~
_~J.009 x l()~ L 12~]x 10-6 L 32.2 X L-~0-3 L 125.7
10-6 X 10-6
~
~
en
Picking the following values from attached table (Table for example No.12)
i1X j L = + 1.009 X 10-3 . "
i1X j R I = + 125.7 X 10- XI = + 0.1257 X 10-3 XI

6
i1X IR2 = + 32 X 10-6 X2 = + 0.032 X 10- 3 X2

i1X l L = - 0.171 X 10-3
i1X¥1 = + 32 X 10-6 XI = + 0.032 X 10-3 XI
i1X1R2 = + 125.7 X 10-6 Xl = + 0.1257 X 10-3 X 2
Putting these in compatibility equals.

1.009 x 10-3+0.1257 x 10-3 X I+0.032 x 10-3 X2 = 0 (1)
-0.171 x 10-3+0.032 x 1O-3Xl+0.1257 x 1O-3X2=0 (2)
Simplify
1.009 + 0.1257 XI + 0.032 X 2 = 0 --+ (1)
- 0.171 + 0.032 XI + 0.1257Xl = 0 --+ (2)
= (-1.009 - 0.032 Xl)

From (1) XI --+ (3)
0.1257
Put in (2) & solve for Xl

"-1.009-0.032 X,) .
-0.171+0.032 ( 0.1257 +0.1257X 2 =O
- 0.171- 0.257 - 8.146 x 10-3 Xl + 0.1257Xl = 0

- 0.428 + 0.1176 X 2 = 0
0.428·
X2 = 0.1176
IX 2 = 3.64 KNI Put this in equation (3) to get XI
--. _ (-1.009 - 0.032 x 3.64)

(3) -- XI - 0.1257
IXI =-8.95KNI
So final forces in members are calculated by the following given formula.

F = F'+ U I XI +U 2X2
FLoLI = 76.5 + 0 + 0 = + 76.5 KN
FLI L2 = 76.5 + (- 0.6) (- 8.95) + 0 = + 81.87 KN
FL2 L3 = 85.5 + 0 + 3.64) (- 0.6) = + 83.32 KN
FL3 L4 = 85.5 + 0 + 0 = + 85.5 KN
. FU I :U2 = -1 17 + (- 0.6) (- 8.95) + 0 = - 111.63 KN
FU2 U 3 =-1l7 +0+(-0.6)(3.64) =-119.18KN·
FU 1 Ll = + 48 + (- 0.8) (- 8.95) + 0 = + 55.16 KN
FU 2 L2 = 0 + (- 0.8) (- 8.95) + (- 0~8) (3.64),= + 4.25 KN
FU3 L3 = + 72 + 0 + (- 0.8) (3.64) = + 69-.09 KN

Flo U I = - 127.5 + 0 + 0 = - 127.5 KN
FU I L2 = + 67.5 + (1) (- 8.95) +'0 = 58.55 KN
FLI U2 = 0 + (1) (- 8.95) + 0 = - 8.95 KN
FU2 L3 = 0 + 0 + (1) (3.64) = + 3.64 KN·
FL2 U3 = 52.5 + 0 + (1) (3.64) = + 56.14 KN
FU3 L4 = - 142.5 + 0 + 0 = - 142.5 KN
CHECK ON FORCE VALUES .
We may apply check at random at any joint. If solution is correct, equilibrium checks will be
satisfied at all joint.
JointLo.
e
...-----1>"76.5
102
IFX=O
76.5 - 127.5 Sine = 0
76.5 - 127.5 x 0.6 = 0
0=0
IFy = 0
102 - 127.5 x 0.8 = 0
o= 0 OK. Results seem to be correct.
The credit for developing method of least work goes to Alberto Castiglianos who worked as an engineer in Italian
Railways. This method was presented in a thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirement for the award of diploma
engineering of associate engineer. He published a paper for fmding deflectionS which is called Castiglianos first .
theorem and in consequence thereof, method of least work which is also known as Castiglianos second theorem.
Method of least work also mentioned earlier in a paper by an Italian General Menabrea who was not able to give a
satisfactory proof. Leonard Euler had also used the method about 50 years ago for derivation of equations for
buckling of columns wherein, Daniel Bernolli gave va:l~ble.sllggestion to him.
Method of least work or Castiglianos second theorem is a very versatile method for the analysis of
indeterminate structures and specially to trussed type structures. The method does not however, accounts
for erectIon stresses, temperature stresses or differential support sinking. The readeris-advised to use some
other method for the analysis of such indeterminate structures like frames and continuos beams.
It ml,lSt be appreciated in general, for horizontal and vertical indeterminate structW:a1 systems, carrying various
types ofloads, there are generally more than one structural actions present at the same time including direct forces,
shear forces, bending moments and twisting moments. In order to have a precise analysis all redundant structural
actions and hence strain energies must be cOIll?idered which would make the method laborious and cumbersome.·
Therefore, most of engineers think. it sufficient to consider only the significant strain energy. The reader should
know that most of structural analysis approaches whether classical or matrix methods consider equilibrium of
forces and displacement/strain compatibility of members of a system.
The basis of the method of consistent deformation and method of least work are essentially the same. In
consistent deformation method, the deformation produced by the applied loads are equated to these
produced by the redundants. This process usually results in the evolution of redundants. However, in the
method of least work, total strain energy expression of a structural system in tenus of that due to known
applied loads and due to redundants is established. Then the total strain energy is partially differentiated
with respect to redundant which ultimately result in the evolution of the redundant. It must be appreciated
that, for indeterminate structural system like trusses, the unknown redundants maybe external ·supports
reaction or the internal forces or both. And it may not be very clear which type of redundants should be
considered as the amount of work involved in terms of requisite calculation may vary. Therefore, a clever
choice of redundants (or a basic determinate structure as was the case with consistent deformation method)
may often greatly reduce the amount of work involved.
There is often a debate going on these days regarding the utility or justification of classical structural
analysis in comparison to the computer method of structural analysis, It is .commented that in case of
classical methods of st..uctural analysis the student comes across basic and finer points of structural
engineering after which a computer analysis of a complex structure maybe undertaken.
In the absence of basic knowledge of classical structUral analysis, the engineer maybe in a difficult position
to justify to computer. results which are again to· be checked against equilibrium and deformation
compatibility only.
. EXAMPLE NO; 13:

The procedure for analysis has already been given. Utilizing that procedure, analyze the following
truss by the method of least work. Areas in ( ) carry the units of 10-3 m2 while the value of E can
. be taken as 200 x 106KN/m2• .
~~---3@4.5m---~~
where i .= .total degree of indetenninacy

b = number of bars.
r == total number of reactive components which the support can provide.
b + r= 2j
10 + 3> 2 x 6 13 > 12 so i= 1 . First degree internal indetenninancy.
F2L . .
U ;= 2 AE Strain energy due to direct forces induced due to applied loads in a BDS Truss.
au of L
ax - F. ax· AE = 0
Note:- We seleCt the redundants in such a way that the'stability of the structure is not
effected. Selecting member EC as redundant.
E F
/t~jm
AA~ ~Z£
.,
5KNt
~:'.
~10KN "
F-diagram B.o.S. under the action of applied loads & redundant.
S.F.D. due to applied

load only.
B.M.D. due to applied

load only.
Method of moments and shears has been used to find forces in BDS due to applied loads. A table
has been made. Forces vertical in members in terms of redundant X may be determined by the method of
joints as before. From table.
of L
IF. Ox . AE =0 = - 331.22 X 10-6 + 51.49 X 1O-6X
or - 331.22 + 51.49X = 0
Ix = + 6.433 KNI
The final member forces are obtained as ~elow by putting value of X in column 5 of the table.
Member Force (KN)
AB +5
BC +5.45
CD + 10
EF - 9.55
BE +0.45
CF +10.45
CE + 6.43
BF -0.64
AE -7.07
DF - 14.14
~
g
o
~
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 13 ~
t:Il
>-j
of
~
Mcm ·L A x 10-3 L F FaF L
ber (m) (mi AE X 10-3 (KN) ax -ax -
AE
x 10-3
AB 4.5 2 11.25 X 10-3 +5 0 0

Be 4.5 2 1l.25 x 10-3 + IO-O.70X - 0.707 - 0.707(10- 0.707X) 11.25 x 10- 3
= - 79.54 X 10-3 + 5.62 X 1O-3X
CD 4.5 2 11.25 x 10-3 + io 0 0
EF 4.5 4 5.625 X 10 3 - 5 - 0.707X - 0.707 - 0.707(- 5 - 0.707X) 5.625 x 10 3
=+ 19.88x 10-3 +2.81 x 1O- 3X
BE 4.5 2 11.25 x 10-3 + 5 - 0.707X - 0.707 - 0.707(5 - 0.70X) 11.25 10-3
= - 39.77 x 10-3 + 5.62 xlO-3 X
CF 4.5 2 11.25 x 10-3 + 15 - 0.707X - 0.707 - 0.707 (15 - 0.707X) 11.25 x 10-3
= - 119.31 x 10-3 + 5.6 x 1O-3 X
CE 6.364 2 15.91 x 10-3 O+X 1 + 15.91 X 1O-3 X
3
BF. 6.364 2 15.91 x 10- -7.074X I (-7.07 + X) 15.91 x 10 3
= - 112.48 X 1O~3 + 15.91 X 1O-3 X
AE 6.364 4 7.96 x 10-3 -7.07 0 0
DF 6.364 . 4 7.96 X 10-3 -14.14 0 0
2,> 331.22 x 10-6 + 51.49 ;( 1O-6X
......
~
t.p.
CHECK.
Joint A.
LFX = 0
5 - 7.07 cose = 0
5 - 7.07 x 0.707 = 0
0=0
LFy = 0
- 7.07 x 0.707 + 5 = 0
o = 0 Check is OK.
EXAMPLE NO. 14:- Analyze the following symmetrically ·loaded second degree internally
indeterminate truss by the method of least work. Areas in ( ) are 10-3m2 • The value of E can be
taken as 200 x 106 KN/m 2
3 3m
T
1
1<
Selecting member BO and Before as redundants.
o E F
T
3m
1 BOS under loads

j7.SKN j7.SKN and redundants.
k 2@3m------~)1
SOLUTION:
Note:- By virtue of symmetry, we can expect to have same values for XI and X2. It is known before hand.
7.5 I + S.F.D.
~.--------r-------~
L-------'h.5
22.5
~B.M.D.
SFD and BMD in BDS due to applied loads are shown above.
As in previous case determine member forces in BDS due to applied loads by the method 'of
moments shears while method of joints maycbe used to determine member forces due to redundants acting
separately. Apply super position principal. Then these are entered in a table given..
Summation of relavant columns due to Xl and X2 gives two equations from which these can be calculated.
Putting values from table and solving for Xl and X2.
[-2.65 x 10-3 (7.5 - 0.707X I ) - 2.65 X 103 (- 0.707X I ) -3.53 X 10-3 (- 0.707X 1 )
-3.53 x 10-3(15 - 0.707X I - 0.707X 2 ) + 10.6 X 10~3 (-10.6+Xd + 10.6 x lO-3 (X 2 )] 10-3 :: 0
- 19.875 + 1.874X I + 1.874 XI + 2.450 XI - 52.45 + 2.50 XI + 2.5 X2- 11'2.36 + 10.6 XI + 10.6 XI == 0
29.898 XI + 2.50 X z - 185.185 = 0 ~(I) CE eolS)
- 2.65 x 10-3(7.5-0.707 X 2) - 2.65 x 10-3 (- 0.707 X 2) - 3.53 x 10-3 (15-0.707 X I - 0.707 X 2)
- 3.53 x 10-3 (~0.707 X2) + 10.6 x 10-3 (-10.6+X2) + 10.6 X 10-3 X 2 '7' 0
- 19.875+1.874 X2+1.874 X2-52.95+2.50 X I+2.50X2+2.450 X2-112.36+1 0.6X2+ 10.6 Xi = 0
2.50 XI + 29.898 X2 - 185.185 = 0 ~(2) (2: eol9)
From ( 1, = (185.185 - 2.50 X2)

) XI 29.898 ~ (3) Put in 2 above
185.185 - 2.50 X?~

(2) => 2.50 ( 29.898 "j + 29.898X2 - 185.185 = 0
15.465 - 0.21 Xl + 29.898 Xl - 185.185 = 0

29.689 Xl - 169.7 = 0
·jX? =+5.716KNI
Put X2 in equation 3 to get XI. The final member forces are given in last column .. These are
obtained by putting values ofX j and Xz, whichever is applicable, in column 5 of the table.
.t:>-
oo
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 14
Mem L Ax L F 8F 8F F 8F L 0-3 F 8F..1- 10-3 Member

ber (m) 10-3 AE (KN) Oxl Ox2 Oxl AE xl Ox2 AE x Forces
x 10-3 F(KN)
(mi
AB 3 4 3.75 + 7.5 - 0.707 XI -0.707 0 - (7.5 - 0.707 XI) 0 + 3.459
X 10-3 0.707 x 3.75 x 10-3
Be 3 4 " + 7.5 - 0.707 X2 O' -0.707 0 - 0.707 (7.5- 0.707Xz) + 3.459

. 3.75 x 10-3
DE 3 4 " 0-0.707 XI -0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X I) 0 -4.04

3.75 x 10-3
0-0.707X2 0 - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X2) -4.04
EF 3 4 " 3.75 X 10-3
AD 3 3 5x 0- 0.707 XI - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X I) 0 -4.04

10-3 . 5 X 10-3
....,
BE 3 3 " + 15 - 0.707 XI - 0.707 -0.707 - 0.707 (15 - 0.707X 1 - 0.707 (l5~ 0.707X r +6.918 ::r:
5 x 10-3 - 0.707X 2 - 0.7Q7x2) x 5 x 10-3 tI1
- 0.707 XI o
0 -0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X z) -4.04 ~
"
.0 - 0.707 X2
5 x"10- 3
o"I1
CF 3 3
AE 4.2426 2 10.6 -10.60+ XI +1 0 1O.6xlO-3 (1O.6+XI) 0 -4.884 ~tI1

X 10-
3 ....,
tI1
!
l
BD 4.2426 2 " (0 + XI) 10.6 x 10-3 (XI) 0 + 5.716
+1 0
CE 4.2426 2 " -10.6+ Xl 0 .1O.6x 10-3 (-10.6 +X z) - 4.884
0 +1
BF 4.2426 2 " (0 + X2) 0 10.6xI0-3 (X2 ) + 5.716
0 +1
CZl
29.898XI +2.5.oX2-185.185 L 2.50XI + 29.898 X2 - 185.185

~
>-i
~
CZl
c.-"",,-,,-__,"-,,-,,,~-,-,-,=",,,,,,,-,=",,,,,,,,-",,,,=,,,,,,=,,-,,,,,,,-,,=~,,,,-,,,,,",:,,,,,,",,~-,,,,-,",.,,.,,,,,.'-';;"~n._,",""""'_'''''''''·''''''''_'",",,,,".::, ,~~~~."< .. .'.,..,:;,,, t~··.>.,··:-r_··;'i<·';""'·';'··~'--"·:'~~

""," ',' ~.--. --"'--"...... - -
~.~ ~,
Then XI =(185.185-2.50X5.716)
29.898
! XI = + 5.716KN!
Equilibrium Check.
4.04
/4.884
~-,,-e_·--+ 3.459
7.5
IFX = 0
3.459 - 4.884 x cose = 0
3.459 - 4.884 x 0.707 = 0
o= 0
IFy = 0
7.5 - 4.04 - 4.884 x 0.707 = 0
o = 0 Checks are satisfied. Results are OK.
EXAMPLE NO. 15:- Analyze the following internally' iridetcnninate truss' by the method of least
work. Areas in ( ) are I 0-3m2 . The value of E can be taken as 200 x 10 6 KN/m 2 .
. SOLUTION:-
b == 13 , r = 3 ,j = 7 so degree of indeterminacy I =( b + r ).::.2j ==2
Choosing .members EB and BG as redundants, forces due to loads have been determined by the method of
moments and shears for the BDS and are entered in a table. While forces due to redundants X I and X 2•
r1
10KN t 3@3m ------3>1>\5KN
10
S.F.D 01 +
I C - -_ _ _ _ ---',~
30
.~
B.M.DO~~O
150. THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
10KN ~ 3@3m----?l>l'5KN
. 10.-----,
S.FD 01-1--+--+---------,
- L - -_ _ _ _ --'t~
30
~15 '"
B.M.D/~~ .1
'I
0---------------0 I
·1"
Member Forces Due to Redundants Only.
,~
Please number that due to separate action ofredundants Xl and X 2 member forces will be induced 'I
.I
only in the square whose incllneds are Xl and X 2 • There will be no reaction at supports.
Joint D:-
DG
L: Fy 0=
CD~
DG Sine - 0
IDG = 01
L: FX = 0
DG Cos e + CD = 0
ICD = 01
10int G:-
FG:?e1
e·
X2 CG
L: FX = 0
- FG - X 2 Cos e = 0
IFG = - 0.707 x~1

L: Fy = 0
- CG - X 2 Sin e = 0
ICG = - 0.707 X2 !
Joint C:-
O.707X2
Be
5J
L Fy = 0
CF Sin e - 0.707 X z = 0
CF = 0.707 X 2
0.707
L FX = 0
- BC - CF Cos e= 0
Joint B.
LFX = 0
- 0.707 X z -AB + Xz Cos e - Xl Cos e=0
lAB =-O.707X I I
L Fy = 0
Xl Sin e + Xz Sin e + BF = 0
I BF = -0.707Xl - 0.707X2 1
Joint A.
L FX = 0
- 0.707 Xl + AF Cos e = 0
J
=1=52==============================T=H=E=O=R=Y=O=F=mD===E=T=ERM===IN=A=T=E=S=T=R=U=C=T=URE~1
·i
~
,;~\
,1,'
~~
IFy = 0
,~
AE + AF Sin e = 0 ·1~
Joint E.
L: FX = 0
IFy =0
0.707 XI - 0.707 XI = 0
o= 0 (Check)
Entering the values of summations from attached table, we have.
'" aF
L.. F. aX
L -{j -{j -6
. AE = 0 = - 229.443 x 10 +29.848 x 10 X I+2.45 x 10 X2
I
'" ~ • l_
L.. F. aX AE - 0 -_ -168.9 x 10-6 +2.45 x 10-6 X I+29.848 x 10 -{j
X2
2
Simplifying
- 229.443 + 29.848 XI + 2.45 X2 = 0 ~ (1)
- 168.9 + 2.45 XI + 29.848 X 2 = 0 ~ (2)
From (1)
X = ( - 2.45 X2 + 229.443)
I, 29.848 ~ (3)
Put in (2) & solve for X2
, (- 2.45 X2 + 229.443)
- 168.9 + 2.45 29.848 + 29.848 X 2 = 0
- 168.9 - 0.20 I Xz -'- 18.833 -'- 29.848 Xl = 0
- 150.067 + 29.647 X2 = 0
X _ 150.067
2 - 29.647
IX 2 = + 5;062 KNI
•_ _ '--o_~
~
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO. 15 tTl
, >-l
::r:
Mem L Ax L F aF aF F aF L F aF L Member o
ber (m) 10-3 AE (KN) aX I aX2 aX I AE x 10
-3
--
aX2 AE
x 10-3
Forces
t:l
o
(m)2 x 10-3 F(KN)
>-rj
t-<
AB 3 4 3.75 + 7.5 - 0.707 XI - 0.707 0 - (7.5 - 0.707 XI), 0 + 3.459 tIl
>
x 10-3 ... 0.707 x 3.75 x 10-3. (/l
>-l
BC 3 4
:E
" + 7.5 - 0.707 X2 0 - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (7.5- 0.707X 2) + 3.459' " o
3.75 x 10-3 ~
DE 3 4 " 0- 0.707 XI - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707XI) 0 -4.04
3;75 x 10-3
0- 0.707 X 2 0 - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X 2) -4.04
EF 3 4 " 3.75 X 10-3
AD 3 3 5x 0- 0.707 XI - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X I) 0 -4.04

10- 3 5 x 10- 3
BE 3 3 " + 15 - 0.707 XI - 0.707 - 0.707 - 0.707 (15 - 0.707 XI - 0.707 (15- 0.707X I + 6.918
- 0.707 Xl 5 x 10-3 - 0.707X 2 ,- 0.707x2) X 5 x 10- 3
0- 0.707 X 2 0 - 0.707 0 - 0.707 (- 0.707X 2) -4.04

CF 3 3 " ' 5 X 10- 3
{""
4.2426 + 1 3
AE 2 10.6 - 10.60+ XI 0 10.6xlO- (10.6+X I) 0 - 4.884
x 10-3 - '
BD 4.2426 2 " (0 + XI)

+ 1 0 10.6 x 10-3 (XI) 0 + 5.716
CE 4.2426 2 " -10.6 + X 2 +) 0 10.6x 10-\-10.6 +X 2) - 4.884
" 0 "
BF 4.2426 2 (0 + X2) -, 0 ) 0.6x) 0-3 (X 2) + 5.716
0 +1 -- .
L L
L- 229.443 x 10-(' + 29.848 X 10-6 XI L- 168.9x 10-6+2.45x2.45x 10-6 XI
......
+ 2.45 X 10-6X 2 +29.848 X 10- 6 X2 u.
V.l
154
=================================="1'
THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES,~
- 2.45 x 5.062 + 229.443. .

So Xl = 29.848 by puttmg value ofX2 m (3)
IXl = + 7.272 KNI
EQUILIBRIUM CHECKS:-
5.141 8.579
t5KN
Joint B:-
7'27~2
6.28 5.062
a .
4.859 a 6.421
. 15
l: FX = 0
6.421 + 5.062 cose - 7.272 cose - 4.859 = 0
0=0
l: Fy = 0
6.28 - 15 + 5.062 Sine + 7.272 Sine = 0
o = 0 The results are OK.
Joint C:-
2.008 1.421
·6.421~5
l: FX = 0
5 + 2.008 cose - 6.421 = 0
0=0
IFy = 0
1.421 - 2.008 Sirte = 0
o = 0 Results are OK.
INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 155
CHAPTER THREE
INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES

3.0, TWO-HINGED ARCHES:-
The following issues should be settled first.
Definition.
Types.
Basic Principle and RM.
Linear Arch.
Mathematical Generalized Expressions.
Segmental Arches.
Some infonnation is contained elsewhere where detenninate arches have been dealt.
3.1. DEFINITION OF AN ARCH.

"An arch can be defined as a humped or curved beam sUbjected to transverse and other loads as
well as the horizontal thrust at the supports." An efficient u~e of an arch can be made only if full horizontal
restraint is developed at the supports. If either of the support allows some movement in the horizontal
direction, it will tend to increase the B.M. to which an arch is subjected and arch would become simply a
curved beam. .
The 13.M., in arches due to the applied loads is reduced due to the. inward thrust. Analysis is ..
carried out to find the horizontal thrust and also to find the RM., to which art arch is subjected.
Beam action V s arch action:
kP M1P lP B
,
Simple beam subjecte to applied !1
~ One reaction at support only
Vb
transverse loads. T
Support,
abutments or
springing.
~
D. !1 Two reactions at supports
Va IE--- x· --71 I Vb
Arch carrying vertical loads & horizontal
thrust
The above beam and arch carry similar loadings.
If Mo = RM. due to applied loads at a distaJljOe X41n the simple span of a simple beam where rise is y.
then bending moment in the arch is, Mx = Mo ± Hy
where Mx is the RM., in the arch at a distance x. H is the horizontal thrust at the springings & )
is the rize of the. arch at a distance. 'x' as shown in the diagram. The (± ) sign is to be used with care and"
(-) sign will be used if the horizontal thrust is inwards or vice versa. In later case it will behave as a beam.
Under transverse loads, the horizontal thrust at either of the springings abutments is equal. In the
arch shown above, the degree of indeterminacy is one and let us consider the horizontal thrust at support B
as the redundant. The above loaded arch can be considered equal to the following two diagrams wherein a
BDS arch is under the action of loads plus the same BDS arch under the action of inward unit horizontal
load at the springings.
S'
A S
tva Vbt
6sC
B.D.S. under applied loads (loads try to flatten the arch)
.1BL stands for displacement of point B due to applied loads in a BDS arch ..
+
(Flattened arch recovers some of horizontal displacement at B due to unit horizontal loads and will recover
fully if full horizontal thirst is applied at B.)
(Arch flattens out uI1G.er the action of applied loads because freedom in the horizontal direction has been
provided at point B.) and all due to full redundant value. This forces the basis of compatibility.
LillR stands for displacement of point. B (in the direction of for.ce) due to unit horizontal redundant force at B.
Remember that a horizontal reactive component cannot be realized at the roller support. However, we can
always apply a horizontal force at the roller. -
3.2. Compatibility equation"
.1BL - (LillR) H = 0 ( If unit load is applied in opposite sense so that it also produces
flettening, +ve sign maybe used in the equation and the final sign with H will be self adjusting.)
LlliL displacement at B due to loads

orH= t.BR displacement at B due to unit horizontal redundant
We will be considering strain energy stored in bending only.The modified expression for that for _
curved structural members is as follows.
lu=f~1
Where ds is the elemental. length along the centre line of the arch and U is the strain energy stored
in bending along centre-line of arch. The bending moment at a distance x from support is
Mx = Mo - Hy (Horizontal thrust is inwards). (1)
Where Mo = Simple span bending moment ( S.S.B.M.) in a similar loaded simple beam.
U ~ f~~~s
If H is chosen as redundant, then differentiating U w.r.t. H , we have
au
aH (.L
= t.BH = 0 = JEI . M.
(aM)
aH ds Put M= Mo - Hy and then differentiate.
au (.L
aH = t.BH = 0 = JEI' (Mo - Hy)(-y) ds by putting M from (1 )
_f
0-
(Hi - Mo y) ds
EI Simlifying
-f H l ds _ f Mo y ds = 0
EI EI
MO yds
J H/dS
EI f EI
or
JMoy.ds
EI
H= ?
Jy-ds
EI
. "
Applymg Castlghano's 2nd theorem, t.BL becomes =
fMOEIYds
and t.BR= -f',2

~ ds
EI
The algebraic integration of the above integrals can also be performed in limited number of cases
when EI is a suitable function of S ( total curved arch length), otherwise, go for numerical integration.
For prismatic (same cross section) members which normally have EI constant, the above
expression can be written as follows:
3.3. TYPES OF ARCHES :-

The arches' can be classified into a variety of ways depending mainly upon the material of
construction and the end conditions.
Q) Classification Of Arches Based On Material of Construction :-
The following arches fall in this particular category:

a) Brick masonary arches.
b) Reinforced concrete arches.
c) Steel arches.
Thespan of the arches which can be permitted increases as we approach steel arches from the
brick masonary arches.
(2) Classification Of Arches Based On End Conditions :-
The following arches fall in this particular category:

a) Three hinged arches.
b) Two hinged arches.
c) Fixed arGhes.
In the ancient times, three hinged arches have been used to support wide spans roofs. However,
their use is very rare in bridge construction since the discontinuity at the crown hinge is communicated to
the main deck of the bridge. In three hinged arches, all reactive components are found by statical
considerations without considering the deformations of the arch rib. Therefore, they are insensitive to
foundation movements and temperature changes etc., and are statically determinate. These are covered as a
separate chapter in this book.
The Romans exploited the potential of arches to a. great extent. However, their emperical analysis
approach became available in the ear.ly 18th century.
3.4. LINEAR ARCH:-

This is just a theoretical arch at every X-section of which the RM. is zero.
M =Mo-Hy=O
or Mo = Hy.(The B.M. due to applied loads is balanced by Hy).
M
therefore, y = If
INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES l:
This is the equation for the centre line of a linear arch. With the change in position and the l1lunt
of loads on the arch, the corresponding linear arch would also change as Mo keeps on changing. Therefol
there are infinite number of such arches for every load pattern and position on the aCtual arch.
EXAMPLE NO.1:
3.5. ANALYSIS OF TWO - HINGED SEGMENTAL ARCHES
We develop the method for indeterminate arches starting with the simplest cases of segmental arches. Solve 1
following segmental arch by using the basic principles of consistent deformation method and by treating horizon
thrust at support D as the redundant. The segmental arches could be used in tunnels and in water ways.
OKN/m
4m
T· EI=Constant
+t_2_m.;...f__ ;~ _ _--'-4'_2_m+!
40 kN 40 kN
T
4m EI=Constant
t 2mr 4m 4,2m~
**-~-- 8m ----'---+J.
40 kN 40 kN .... ...
~
(Ha will occur only point D is a hinge support) . '

M - Diagram. Due to applied loads. Similarly reactions due to supermetricalloading.
+ '
m - Diagram. Due to unit redundant at D.

(X is varied along length of members). Find cose and Sine.
cos e = 0.447,2, sin e = 0.8944.
Sab sin e + 40 =0 so Sab= 0~~4 = - 44.722. Consider equilibrium of joint A and project forces
y-direction. (M-diagram)
Consider same diagram with roller at D. Now consider joint A and Project forces in X direction to
'aluate Ha. Sab cose + Ha = 0 or -44.722 x 0.4472 + Ha = 0
orHa=20KN
ompatibilityequation
6.DL - 6.DR. H = 0
6.DL Horizontal displacement ofD due to loads
Or H = 6.DR Horizontal displacement ofD due to redundants
6.DL = f
Mmdx
EI
'
Applying Unit load method concepts,
m 2 dx
6.DR =
fEI
Now we attempt the evaluation of these integrals in a tabular form. X is measured along member
IS.
Mem Origin. Limits. M m

ber
AB A 0-4.472 40 X cose .+ ::,
.;~,., 'Jr- + I.XSine=+0.894X
=40X0.477= 17.88X
BC B 0-4 40(2+X)-10X2= +4
80 + 40 X-lO X2
CD D 0-4.472 17.88 X + 0.894 X
MmdX 1 4.472 1 4
6.DL =
f E I =EIf
o
(17.88X)(+0.894X)dX+
EI 0
f80+40X-I0X)(+4)dX
1 4.472
+ EI f (17.88 X)(+0.894 X) dX
o
2 4.472 1 4
= Elf (+15.985X2)dX+ f(+320+160X-40X 2)dX Integrate and put limits
o EI 0
_ +31.969 / X
- EI . 3
3
I
4.472
0
1../ " 160X?
+ EI + 320X + 2 -
40X
3
2
/
4
+10.656' 3 1 ( 40 )
= EI (4.472 -0)+ EI +320x4+80x 16- 3 x 16
6,DL = + 2659.72
EI
m2dX 1 4.472 , 1 4 1 4.472 . 0
t.DR =
fEI = EI J
2 4.472 0
0 0 .
16 4
(+ 0.894Xt dX + EI J 16 dX + EI f
0
(+ 0.894Xt dX
= EI J 0.799 X- dX + EI JdX
o 0
_ 1.598
- EI
I X3 I
3
4.472. l.2.
+ EI I X I
4
o 0
= 0·~i3 [(4.472i - 0] + ~~ (4 - 0)
= 111.653
D.DR EI
D.DL
H ---
D.DR
2659.72IEI
111.6531EI
i H = 23.82 KN I
EXAMPLE NO. 2:- Solve the following arch by using consistent deformation method.
T
4m EI-Constt
,\t 2m ,Ote . 4m
The above redundant I segmental arch can be replaced by the following similar arches carrying loac
and redundant unit load.
r20KN/m
tp;:;c:;::=:c:x:::coc:x::\C
T
4m
X is varied along
member lengths.
~A .. ~
2m 4m
~
2m
.... 0 1
i
I I U
Ra=20KN tt.D}
Rd=60KN
M-Diagram
BDS UNDER LOADS

I:Ma = 0; Rd x 8 = 20 x 4 x 4 + 40x 4
.. Rd=60KN so Ra=20KN
+
c I
X is varied along
member lengths. I
1
k~
m-Diagram
BDS UNDER UNIT REDUNDANT AT D
LillL - ~DR.H = 0
Where ~DL = Horizontal deflection ofD in BDS due to applied loads.

~DR = Horizontal deflection at D due to Unit redundant.
H = Total Horizontal redundant.
~DL
Or H--
~DR
md ~DL = f
MmdX
EI
~DR= ·fm
2
dX
. EI
Member Origin Limits M m EI

AB A 0-4.472 20X Cose+40X Sine XSin8=O.894X Constt.
20Xx0.447+40X x 0.894
= 44.72X
BC B 0-4 20(2+ X)+40 x 4 -I OX2 Constt.
40+20X +160 - IOX2 = +4
-IOX 2 + 20X + 200
CD D 0-4.472 60X Cose=60X.x 0.447 0.894X Constt.
= 26.82 X
MmdX 1 4.472 I 4
L'lDL.=
f
E I = ElI (+44.72X)(0.894X) dX + EI I (-IOX 2 +20X - 200) 4 dX
o 0
rI INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 163
n
+ ~I t o
(26.82X ) (0.894X)dX
_ 2 x 23.9771
l.33X - EI
4 472
. X31
3 + EI
.1.1- l OX) 20X"
3 + 2 + 200X
14
o 0
ADL = 63.97 [4.472 ]

L.l. EI 3
3
.1.
+ EI
[-10 403 10 4 2 200 0 4J = +4893.8
3 x + x + x El
m" dX 1 4.472 , 1 4 1 4.472 ,

bDR =
f EI = EI ~ (O.894Xt + EI ~ 16dX + EI ~ 0 (O.894X)-
3 4
_ 1. 598 1 X 01 .472 l.§. 4
- EI 3 + EI I X I
o 0
= 0.~:3 [(4.472)3 _ 0] + ~~ (4 - 0)
111.653
bDR
EI
bDL
.. H - bDR
+ 4893.8/EI
111.653/EI
So I H = + 43.83 KN I
EXAMPLE NO. 3:- Determine the horizontal thrust for the for following loaded segmental arch. Take EI
equal to constant.
p P
G 0
5m
.
·'-1· ~.· !;· ·
:~r
I
SOLUTION :-
p x p \1
G I
~----4-------4 0
X is varied along
member length
'pI t
p
Now consider a BDS under Loads and redundant separately for the same arch and evaluate integrals.
An inspection of the arch indicates that it is symmetrical about point G and is indeterminate to the first
degree choosing horizontal reaction at F as the redundant, we draw two basic determinate structures under
the action of applied loads and the redundant horizontal thirst at support F.
p p
c G o
4m 5m 4m
M-Oiagram (80S under loads)
C,r-_ _ _..:;:E
B.o.S. under unit horizontal

redundant load at F.
m-Oiagram
f
!
fNTRODUCTION TO TWO-HfNGED- ARCHES 165
Because of symmetry, Moments and hence

stram ener y IS compute d fior haIff:·rame.
Portion Origin Limits M m
AB A 0-5 PX cose = XO.6 PX 0.8X
Be B 0-5 P (3+0.8X) 4+0.6X
CG C 0- 2.5 P (7+ X) - PX = 7 P 7
AFL = I5 (0.6 PX)(0.8X) dX I5 P(3+0.8X)(4+0.6X) dX I2.5 49 P d

u 2 EI +2 EI +2 EI X
0 0 0
2P [ 5 5 2.5 ]
= ill f 0.48 X2 dX + I (0.48 X2+5X+12)dX + I 49 dX
o 0 0
_ 2P
- EI
[I 0.438X3 1+ I0.483 X31 + 5 2X2 + 12X !+ 149X 2.5I ]
5
5
o 0 . 0
2 P [0.48 3 0.48 x 53 5 X 52 ]
= ill .-3-·x 5 + 3 + -2-+ 12 x 5 +49 x 2.5
. 570 P
b.FL ="EI (deflection of point F due to loads)
2 5 , 2 5 2 2.5
b.FR = EI I (O.8XtdX + EI I (16 + 0.36X2 + 4.8X) dX + EI I 49dX
o 0 0
2
EI
[I 0.64X315 I 0.36X 4. 8X2 1
3
2.5 ]
- 3 - + 16X+ -3-+ -2- + 149X!
o
5
0 0
_ 1- [
- EI
0.64 X 53
3
0.36 3 4.8 x 52
+ 16 x 5 + 3 x 5 + 2 + 49 x 2.5 .J
l
608.33
b.FR = EI
570 P
H---
608.32
So I H = 0.937 P I
NOTE :- Compatibility equation is

~FL - ~FR x H = 0
ML= ~FRxH
H= ~FL
'roo.
~FR
We take compression on outer side & tension on inner side +ve in case ofM and m-diagram.
EXAMPLE NO.4 :- Determine the horizontal thrust provided that EI = Constt for the following
loaded segmental arch.:
SOLUTION:
p p
:1
Taking horizontal reaction at F as redundant. LMa=O

Rf.19=P.12+P.7+4.P,So
IRf= 1.211 P I
. and therefore Ra is,
Ra = 2P - 1.211 P
IRa = + 0.789 P I
i M-Diagram
0.789 P 1.211 P
l
I
c o
4m 5m
m-diagram (Unit redundant at ~)
Portion Origin Limits M m

AB A 0-5 0.789 PX cose+px Sine 1 x XCos e
= 0.4734 PX + 0.8 PX =0.8X
= 1.2734 PX
BC B 0-5 0.789 P(3 + XCose l ) 1(4 + X SineJ
+P(4 + XSin8 1) - PX Sine l =4+0.6X
= 0.6312 PX+6.367 P
CD C 0-5 O.789P (7+X)+Px7-Px3.;..PX +7
=-0.211 PX+9.523 P
DE E 0-5 1.211 P(3+X cose l ) 1(4 + X Sine l )
= 3.633 P + 0.9688 PX =4+ 0.6X
EF F 0-5 1.211 PX Cos 8= 0.7266 PX X Sin e = 0.8X
Determine Sines and Cosines ofe and el.
~FL
1
= EI
[5f (1.2734 PX)(O.8 X)dX + 5f (0.6312 PX + 6.367. P)
o 0
5
(4 + 0.6X) dX + f (- 0.211 PX + 9.523 P)(7)dX
o
5 5 . ]
+ f (3.633 P + 0.9688 PX)(4 + 0.6X) + f (0."7266PX (0.8X) dX
o 0
P
= EI
[5J 1.0 1872X dX + 5f (2.5248X + 0.37872X + 25.468 + 3.8202
2 . X) dX
2
o 0
5 5
+ f (- 1.477X + 66.661) dX + J(14.532 + 2.1798X
o 0
5
+ 3.8752X + 0.58128X 2 ) dX + f O.58128X dX Simplifying we get.
o
P 5
2
= EI j (1.97872X + 11.50428X + 106.661) dX
o
3 5
~FL
p I 1.97972"3
= EI X + 11.50428"2
X2 + 106.661 X 1 0
P[ 53 52 ]
= E1 1.97872 x 3" + 11.50428 x"2 + 106.661 x 5
759.56 P
6.FL EI
1 [5 .5
6.FR = EI J(0.8X)2dX + J(l6+0.36x 2+ 4.8X) dX
o . 0
5 5 . 5 ]
+ J49 dX + J(16+0.36X 2+-L8X) dX + J0.64 X2 dX
o 0 0
_ J... [0.64 53 16 0.36 x 53 4.8 X 52 4· 9 5

- EI 3 x + x5+ 3 + 2. + x
0.36 • 4.8· , 0.64 3]

+ 16 x 5 + - x 5' + - x 50. + - x5 Simplifying
3 2 3
uAFR = ---m--.
608.33 C ompatl·b·l· I Ity . t h e same. p
. remaInS
equation . va Iues 0 f·Integra Is, we have
uttIng
6.FL
H -
6.FR
= 759.56 I: /608.33
EI / EI
I H = 1.2486 P I Now all reactions are shown.
F J.2486P
IO.789P 11.211P
ANALYZED SEGMENTAL ARCH
Check: IMc = 0
0.789P x 7 - 0.2486 P x 7 - P x 3 + P x 5 + 1.2486 P x 7 - 1.211 P x 12 = 0
0=0 O.K.
3.6. ANALYSIS OF TWO HINGED CIRCULAR ARCHES :-
The circular arches are infact a portion of the circle and are commonly used in bridge construction.
From the kn6wledge of determinate circular arches, it is known that the maximum thrust and the vertical
reactions occur at the springings. The~efore, logically there should be a greater moment of inertia near the
springings rather than that near the mid-span of the arch. The approach is called the secant variation of
inertia and is most economical. However, to establish the basic principles, we will first of all consider
arches with constant EI. The. following points are normally required to be calculated in the analysis.
(1) Horizontal thrust at the springings. .
(2) B.M. & the normal S.F. at any section of the arch.
Usually, the span and the central rise is given and we have to determine;
(i) the radius of the arch;
. (ii) the equation of centre line of the circular arch.
Two possible analysis are performed.
(I) Algebraic integration.
(2) Numerical. integration.
After solving some problems, it will be amply demonstrated that algebraic integration is very
laborious and time consuming for most of the cases. Therefore, more emphasis will be placed on numerical
integratien which is not as exact but gives sufficiently reliable results. Some researches have shown that if
arch is divided in sixteen portions, the results obtained are sufficiently accurate. In general, the accuracy
increases with the increase or more in number of sub-divisions of the arch.
We will be considering two triangles.

1- ~ADO
2- ~EFO
By considering ~ ADO
R2 = (R_yC)2 + (L /2 i
R2 = R2 _ 2Ryc + yc 2 + L2/4
o = yc ( yc - 2 R) + L2/4
or yc ( yc - 2 R) = - L2/4
- yc (yc - 2 R) = L2/4
Iyc (2R - yc) = ¥I (1)
By considering /j. EFO

OF 2 = OE 2 + EF2
, , 2
R- =(R-yc+yt+X
R2_X2 =(R-yc+yi
?
(2)
The detailed derivation of this equation Gan be found in some other Chapter of this book.
In this case, S = R ( 2 e ) where e is in radiains. S is the total length along centre line of the arch.
fMyds
H = rIds as before obtained By eliminating EI as we are considering EI = Constt
EXAMPLE NO. 5:-

A two- hinged circular arch carries a concentrated force of 50 KN at the centre. The span & the
rise of the arch are 60m & 10m respectively. Find the horizontal thrust at the abutments.
SOLUTION :- The arch span is divided in ten equal segments and ordinates are considered at the centre of
each segment.
o
R = 8~: + T. where R = Redious, yc = Central rise and L

= Span of arch ..
_ (60)2 lQ
- 8 x 10 + 2
R = 50m
30
. Sina = 50 = 0.6 . Now compute angle a is radians .
a = 36.87" , we know 1trad = 180 0
1800 = 1t rad
0
1t
1 = 180 rad
So 36.870 = 1;0 x 36.87 radians
36.87 0 = 0.6435 rad = a

a = 0.6435 rad
S = R (2 a) = 50 (2 x 0.6435), Where S is length of arch along its ceptre-line
For circular arches. X is varied from centre to abutments.
I S = 64.35 m I
50KN
C
A ~~~--~~~----~
25KN 1f'*'P-~.
o
H _JMyds
- rids
where M ~ Simple span ( 8.S ) B.M. in the arch due to applied loads only.
Mbc = Mac = 25 ( 30 - X ) in two portions at a distance X from mid span.
OE = RCose
")'r:';'
~j;';

···'1······'·····'"
OD = R-yc = 50-10=40m
I
y = OE - OD ,'i [Since OC = OD + CD = 50 and CD = 10 = Yc]
y = RCos 8 -40
and ds. = Rde
X = R Sin 8
Evaluation of Numerator :-
Mx = 25 (30 - X), ds = Rd8, y = RCose - 40
u
J Myds = 2 J [25 (30 - R Sin8)] [R Cose-40] [Rd8], By putting X, y and ds from above. Also put
o
value of a which is in radians.
0.6435
= 50 R J (30 - R Sin8)(R Cos8 - 40) d8, we know, 2Sin8 Cos8 = Sin 28.
o
0.6435
= 50R J (30R Cos8 Cos8 - R 2Sin8 Cos8 - 1200 + 40R Sin8) d8
o
30R Sin8 + 2
R2
. +-
C 28 . I0.6435
= 50R
I 12008 - 40R Cos8 0 Put limits now
2500 502 l
= 50 x 50 [ 30x50xO.6+~ 0.2S-1200xO.6435-40x50xO.S -4 xl+ 40 x 50 xIJ
= + 194500
J Myds = 194.5 x 103
Evaluation of Denominator :-
2 1
We know . Cos 8=2'{1 +Cos28)
Sin 8 = ~ (I - Cos28)
2
and
0.6435
Jids = 2 J (RCos8 - 40i (Rd8)
o
0.6435
= 2RJ (R2 Cos 2 8 - SOR Cos8 + 1600) d8
o
0.6435 [R2 J-
= 2R ~ 2 (1 + Cos 28) - SO R Cos 8 + 1600 d8 Integrate
R2 ( S' 28) I 0.6435

= 2R
I2\8+T -SORSin8+ 16008 0 Put limits now
2
50 0 9f\ . ]
= 2 x 50 [ T (
0.6435 +2) - 80 x 50 x 0.6 + 1600 x 0.6435
= 3397.5
Jy2ds = + 3.3975 x 103

194.5 X 103
H = 3.3975 X 10"3
I H = 57.2 KN I
EXAMPLE NO.5: BY NUMERICAL INTEGRATION:-
The values of X, y and M are detennined at the mid ordinates of the segments. The basic
philosophy is that if we consider a very small arc length that would be regarded as a straight line and
therefore we tend to average out these values.
y = -.jR2_X2 - (R-yc)
or y = -.j50 2 _X2_ (50-l0)
or y = -.j50 2 - X2 - (40) (1) See segments of Example 5 about 4 page before.
For section (l)

X I = 27, from (1), YI= -.j50 2 -2i -(40)=2.08m
For section (2)

2
X2=21 from (!), Y2= -.j50 2 -21 -(40) =5.738 mandso on.
M = 25 ( 30 - X ) = (750 - 25X) 0 < X < 30 as before
Now do numerical integration in a tabular fonn as under.
?
Section, X y. M My y-
1 27 2.08 75 156.00 4.33
2 21 5.380 225 1210.50 28.94
3 15 7.69 375 3883.75 '59.14
4 9 9.18 525 4819.50 84.27
5 3 9.91 675 6689.25 98.21
6 3 9.91 675 6689.25 98.21
7 9 9.18 525 4819.50 84.27
S 15 7.69 375 2883.75 59.14
9 21 5.380 225 1210.50 28.94
10 . 27 2.08 75 156.00 4.33
2::31518 2::549.78
S = 64.35 m
and ds = 64.35
10
ds = 6.435 m
H _ fMyds _ L Myds
- f Ids - Lids
31518 x 6.435
549.78 x 6.435 (Note:- ds cancels out)
I H= 57.33 KN I
A result similar to that already obtained from algebraic solution
3.7. ARCHES WIlH SECANT VARIATION OF INERTIA:-

If 10 is the sec arid moment of area of arch rib at the crown: Then secant variation of inertia means.
I = 10 sec. a and
ds Cos a =dX
~
dy .
s
0<
dx
Or ds = dX Sec a
Myds
H
f EI
f&EI
If it is built of the same material, then E would cancel out:
H Put I= 10 sec a
MY dX Sec a:
f 10 Seca
H
Y2dX Sec a
f 10 Sec a
H _ fMydX
- fldX
Ifwe utilize the above expression for horizontal thrust, it may be kept in mind that integration can
now take place in the Cartesian coordinate system instead of the polar coordinate system.
3.8. BY SECANT VARIATION USING ALGEBRAIC INTEGRATION:-

EXAMPLE NO.6: Analyze the arch in Example No.5:
Mac = Mbc = 25 ( 30 - X ) o <X<30

30
f MydX = 2 J 25 (30 - X)[ -V 502 - X2 - 40 ] dX
o
30 30 30 30
= 50 [30 J ~ 502 - X2 . dX - f 1200dX - J ..J 502- X2 . XdX + 40 J XdX J
o o o o
30 30 30 30
1500 f ..J 502 - X2 dX - 1200 x 50 J dX - 50 J ..J 502 - X2 XdX + 2000 J XdX
o o o o
Put X = 50 Sin 8= R sin8
dX = 50 Cos8 d8
At X= 0 8=0
At X = 30 8 = 0.6435
Now Evaluate integrals
Substitutions
Cos28
Cos28 = 1 + - 2 -
2
' El Sin 8
JCos-8= "2+-4-
3
JCos 28Sin8d8 = _ (;os 8
3
by letting X = Cos8
dX = -Sin8d8
0.6435 30
JMydX = 1500 f ..J 50 2 2
(1 - Sin 8) (50 Cos8d8 ) - 60000 IX I
o
I2"
0
(502 - X2 i
)3/2 30 X2130
+ 25 I . 3/2
o
+ 2000
0
0.6435 (l + Cos28)
= 1500 x 50 2 J
4
2 d8 - 6 x 10 (30)
o
S" 28 0.6435 I
I
4 4
= 187.5 x 10 8 ++ 0 -180 X 10 -1016666.666 + 90 X 104
f MydX = 187.5 x 104 [0.6435 + Sin(2 X 0.6435)] - 1916666.666

2
= 2106561.918 - 1916666.666 (\
. .!
f MydX = 189895.252
30
f jdX = 2 f (50 2 - X2 +40 2 - 80 -J 50 2 - X2 ) dX
o
30
=2J (4100-X2 -80 -J50 2 -X2)dX
o
Substitutions:
X = 50 Sin 8
dX = 50 Cos8d8
1 - Sin28 = Cos 28
30 30 0.6435 ~_-,,-
= 8200 f dX - 2 f X2 dX - 160 f -V 502 Cos2 8 d8
I3""
o 0 0
30 X3130 160 X 502 0.6435

= 8200 IX I - 2 - 2 J (1 + Cos 28)d8
o 0 0
= 8200 (30) _ ~ (303) _

3 2
2
160 x 50 18 + Sin 28 0.6435
2 0
I
2
= 228000 _ 160; 50 [0.6435 + Sin(2 x20.6435)J
= 228000 - 224699.938
JjdX = 3300.062
H _JMydX
- f !d..X
189895.252
3300.062
IH = 57.543 KN I
¥
EXAMPLE NO. 7:- A circular arch carries a uniformly distributed load on its left half, calculate the
horizontal thrust.
f 10KN/m
IIIIIIIIIIIC
A~------~~------~
o
SOLUTION:- Determine Vertical Support reactions as usual and write moment expressions due to
applied loads only without considering horizontal thrust.
In 1~~~/1'
c
5KN
I
o
I From diagram, X =R Sine

Mac = 225 (30 -R Sine) - 5 (30 - R Sin e)2, in other words. Mac = Va ( 30 - X) - w X2/2
where X = R sine
and Mbc = 75 (30 - R Sine)
OD = OC -CD=50": 10 =40 m
y =OE-OD=RCose-40
so H - J Myds
- Jids
Evaluation of Numerator.
0.6435
JMyds =J [225 (30 - R Sin8) - 5(30 - R Sin8)2] [R Cos8 - 40] (Rd8)
o
0.6435
+J [75(30 - R Sin8)] [R Cos8 - 40 ] [Rd8 ]. This consists of two integrals.
o
Evaluate First Integral
0.6435
= I, = RJ [6750 - 225 R Sin8 - 4500 - 5 R2 Sin28 + 300 R Sin8] [R Cos 8 - 40]
o
0.6435
I, = R J [2250 + 75 R Sin8 - 5 R2 Sin2 e][R Cos e - 40] d8 .
o
0.6435
=RJ [2250 R Cos 8 + 75 R2 Sin 8 cose -5 ~? Sin28 cose
o
- 90000 - 3000 R Sin 8 + 200 R2 Sin2e ] de
0.6435 [ .
= R I 2250 R Cos 8 + 75 R2 Sin e Cos 8 - 5 R 3Sin28 Cos 8
o
Let.X= Sin8
dX = cos8 de
. X3 Sin3e
So ISm28 Cos8 de = IX2 dX = 3" = -3-
- 90000 - 3000 ~ Sin8 + 200 R2 e- ~OS28)] de
= R 12250 R Sin e _ ?} R2 CO~2 e _ 5 R3 s~n3e 90000 8
+ 3000 R cose + 200 R2 (8 _ Sin2 e) 1"6435

. 2 \: 2 0
75 0.216
= 50 [ 2250 x 50 x 0.6 -"4 x 2500 x 0.28 - 5 x 50 x -3-
3
200 ,( 0.9f\
I - 90000 x 0.6435 + 3000 x 50 x 0.8 + 2 x 50- ~0.6435 - -2-)
I·
75 x 2500 x 1 - 3000 x 50 x 1]
+ "4
l
I,
r Th'TRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 179
I
!
I = 50 [ 67500 - 13125 - 45000 - 57915 + 120900 + 160875
I - 120000 + 46875 - 150000 ]
= 50 (9210)
II = 460.5 X 103
Now Evaluate
0.6435
2nd Integral = 12 = R J (2250 - 75 R Sin 8)(R Cos e - 40) ( de) multiply two expressions.
o
0.6435 .
h =RJ 2250 R Cos e - 75 R2 Sin e Cos e - 90000 + 3000 R Sin e) de Integrate now.
o
75 C 29
= I
R 2250R Sin e + 2 R 2 T - 90000 e - 3000R cose I
. .
0.6435
75
=;' 50 (2250 x 50 x 0.6 + 4 x 2500 x 0.28 - 90000 x 0.6435
75
-3000x50xO.8-4x2500x 1+3000x50x I)
12 = 291.75 x 10 3
Add these two integrals (II and h) of JMyds.
JMyds =11+12
= 460.5 x 10 3 + 291.75 x 10)
or JMyds = 752.25 x 103
Now Evaluate
0.6435
Jlds =2J (R cose - 40)2 ( R de)
o
0.6435 . 1+C08 2e
=2RJ (R2Cos 2e + 1600 - 80 R Cose)d8 ; We know that Cos2e = 2
o
0.6435 R2 .
=2Rf T (l + Cos28) + 1600 - 80 R Cos8 d8
o
R2 ( 2 8 )
=2R I "2 e+ Sin"2 + 1600 e - 80 R SinS ~
0.6435
2
. [50 0 96) ]. .
= 2 x 50 T
( .
+1600 x 0.6435 - 80 x 50 x 0.6 ,So J jds=3.3975 x lO)
0.6435+
2
_ fMyds
H - f ids
752.25 X 10 3
H = 3.3975 X 103
IH = 221.42 KN I
EXAMPLE NO.8: Analyze the same problem by numerical Integration.
Write moment expression for segments in portions AC and BC due to applied loading only for a simple
span.
For segments 1 - 5, Mac = 225 (30 - X) - 5 (30 - X)2 as before but in Cartesian co-ordinate system.
For segments 6 - 10, Mbc = 75 (30 - X)
o
Note: X is measured for mid span and y is corresponding rise. Now attempt in a tabular form.
Section X y M My i
1. 27 2.08 630 13 10.4 4.33
2 21 5.3.8 1620 8715.6 28.94
3 15 7.69 2250 17302.5 59.14
4 9 9.18 2520 23133.6 84.27
5 3 9.91 2430 24081.3 98.21
6 3 9.91 2025 20067.75 98.21
7 9 9.18 1575 14458.5 84.27
8 15 7.69 1125 8651.25 59.14
9 21 5.38 675 3624.75 28.94
10 27 2.08 225 468 4.33
D21813.65 L:549.78
S= R (2 a)
=50 x 2 x 0.6435
S = 64.35 m
r
I
64.35
181
so ds =10 = 6.435 m (Because S has been divided in Ten Segments)
H - fMyds
- f ids
!
I
!
_ 2: Myds
- 2: ids
121813.65 x 6.435
549.78 x 6.435 (Note: ds cancels out)
IH = 221.57 KN I
Same answer as obtained by algebraic. integration.
EXAMPLE NO.9: Analyze the previous arch for by assuming secant variation of inertia.
Integrate along the x - axis by considering arch to be a beam.
Mac = 225 (30 - X) - 5 (30 - X)2 0 < X < 30
Mbc = 75 (30 - X) 0 < X < 30
30
f MydX = f [225 (30 - X) - 5 (30 - X)2] [~502 - X2 - 40] dX
o
30
+ f [75 (30 - X)] [~502 - X2 - 40] dX, By taking y expression common, we have
o
30
f MydX = J [6750 - 225X ~ 5 (900 - 60X + X2) +2250 - 75X] [~502 - X2 - 40)] dX
o
30
= f (- 5X2 + 4500)U50 2 - X2 - 40] dX X terms cancel out
o
Let X = 50 sine, then dX = 50 cose de, So ~(502 - X2 ) = 50 cose. Putting these we

have.
0.6435
= f ( 4500 - 12500 sin2e ) ( 50 cose - 40) ( 50 CaSe) de
o
Note: In solving the above expression, the following trignometrical relationships are used.
1. Sin2e = 1- cos2e and f cos 2e = e/2 + sin 2e/4
3
2. fcos e = sine - sin38/3
4
3. fcos e';;; 38/8 + sin28/4 + sin48/32
By using "the above fonnulas and solving the integral, we get the value as follows.
IMydX = 730607.23 Now eval~ate f/dX.
30
fy2dX = 2 f [~(502 - X2) - 40]2 dX. By evaluating on similar lines as stated above; we have.
D •
= 3322.0
_ fMydX
H --f/dX
730607.23
3322.0
I H=220.0KN I
The same may be solved by numerical integration
3.9. TWO HINGED PARABOLIC ARCHES
c
yc
B
K L ~
Equation of the centre line of a parabolic arch with either abutment as origin is
y = CX (L - X) --) (1)
L
At X="2 y=yc Putting
yc =
"
Cx 12 (L -1)2
yc:: C. ~(~)
C.L2
yc=--
.. .4
C =~
L-
Putting the value of 'C' in equation (1), we have.
4 yc
y=ITX(L-X)
4 y <;X O<X<L
y= L (L - X), rated for
~_4\C
and dX - L (L-2X) O<X<L
- fMydX
So H
- fidX
In parabolic arches, origin for X is usually their supports.
EXAMPLE NO. 10:- A two-hinged parabolic arch with secant variation of inertia is subjected to the
loads at 3rd points as shown in the diagram. Determine the horizontal thrust at abutments & plot the B.M.D.
Verify your answer by numerical integration.
SOLUTlON:-
20m
60m -----?l~ 40KN

It is a symmetrically loaded arch. So moment expression on simple span in portions AC and CD may be
found and corresponding integrals may be evaluated and multiplied by 2.
Mac = 40 X 0 < X < 20
Mcd = 40 X - 40 (X - 20) = 800 20 < X < 30

4Y~X
Y= L (L - X) ,Put value of yc and L for simplification purpose.
or y = 0.011 X (60 - X) = 0.011 x 60 X - 0.011 X2
20
JMydX = 2 J (40 X)(0.011 x 60 X - 0.0l1 X2)dX
o
30
+2J 800(0.66X-0.01IX2)dX
20
Simplifying
20 30
= 2 J (26.4 X2 - 0.44 X3 ) dX ~ 2 S (528X - 8.8X 2)dX
o o
3 2
= 126 .4 X 0.44 X4120 1528 X · _ 8.8 X3130
2 3 4 +2? 3
o - W
184- THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
26.4
=2 ( -x20 3 0.44)
--x20 4 +2(528 8.8
-x302 --x30 528
3 --x202 8.8)
+-x20 3
3 4 2 3 2 3
= 105600 + 152533.33
= 258133.33
JMydX = 258.133 x 10 3 Now evaluate JldX.

60
JldX =J (0.011x60X-0.OllX2)2dX
o
60
= f [(0.66)2 X2 -l,- (0.011)2 X4 - 2 x 0.66 x 0.011 X3]dX
o
60
= J (0.4356 X2 + 1.21 X 10-4 X4 - 0.01452 X3) dX
o
4 60
= /0.4356X 3 1.21 X 10-4XS 0.01452X / ·
3 + 5 4 o
_ 0.4356 60 3 1.21 x 10-4 60 s 0.01452 60 4

-3 x + 5 x - 4 x
= 3136.32
J!dX =3.136xl0 3
H _JMydX
- JldX
258.133 X 103
3.136 X 10 3
I H=82.3 KN I
.,
M =Mo-Hy,y=O.OOI X(60-X), atX=20, y=YE . i
.;
,
ye = 0.011 x 20 (60 - 20) = 8.8 m = YE
Me = 40 x 20 - 82.3 x 8.8 = 75.76 KN-m
MD = (40 x 30 - 40 x 10) - 82.3 x 10 = - 23 KN
ME = 40 x 20 - 82.3 x 8.8 = 75.76 KN
Now BMD can be plotted.
f
IE 20m
40KN
{; 0
40KN
20m )I
A~I'0~
40KN ir--------- 60m ----------~1
J 40KN
823
800
linear arch
arablic (2nddegree)
04---------------------~
Note:- The length of the segment should be even multiple of span. More than 5 or 6 segments will give
slightly improved answer.
3.10. EDDY'S THEOREM:- The difference between the linear arch and the actual arch is the BMD at that
point.
EXAMPLE NO. 11:- Analyze the following loaded two hinged ar~h by numerical integration method.
40kN
20m
C 0
=1
2 3 c4
A~~~~~~~~~~~~
40KN ~~---- L=60m ----~~40KN

Mac =40X o<X< 20
Mcd = 40 X - 40(X - 20) = 800 20 < X <: 40
Meb = 40 X - 40(X - 20) - 40(X - 40) = 2400 - 40X 40<X< 60
and Y =0.Dl1 x (60-X)=0.66X"':'0.011 X2 ( As before) solving in a

tabular forces.
Section X y M My l
1 5 3.025 200 605 9.15
2 15 7.425 600 4455 55.13
3 ~5 9.6i5 800 7700 92.64
4 35 9.625 800 7700 92.64
5 45 7.425 600 4455 55.13
6 55 3.025 200 605 9.15
I25520 I313.84
60
L=60m,dX='6 = 10m
H_ LMydX
- Ly2dX
25520 x 10
313.84 x 10
IH=81.31KNI
Almost similar result was obtained by algebraic integration earlier.

EXAMPLE NO. 12:- A two-hinged parabolic arch with secant variation of inertia is subjected to a
uniformly distributed load on its left half. Determine the horizontal thrust at abutments and plot the
P .M.D. Verify your answer by numerical integration.
SOLUTlON:-
III I f, 110,K~;7 C
?IY~B
225KN~ L=60m ~75KN
Mac =225X - 5 X2 0<X<30
Mbc =75X 0<X<30
4y
y = . L
c/ (L -X)
4.10. X (L
= 602 - X)
= 0.Q11 X(60-X)
tf INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 187
J k = 0.66 -. 0.022X =
II y =0.66X-0.011 X2 and dX Tan8
I w w
I i
f MydX = f (225X -
o
5 X2) (0.66 X - 0.011 X2) dX + f 75 X (0.66 X - 0.011 X") dX
0
I
! ,. =
30
f (148.5 X2 - 2.475 X 3 - 3.3 X~ + 0.055 X4) dX +
30
f (49.5 X2 - 0.825 X3) dX
o o
t
!
3 3 30
= 1 148 .5
X _ 2.475 X4 _ 3.3 X4 0.055 X5130 149 .5 X _ 0.825 X-l 1
3
. 0
4 4+ 5 +
0
3 4
= [148.5
3 x
303 _ 2.475 X
4
4
30 _ 3.3 X
4
30
4
+
0.055 x 30
5
5
J+ 3
[49.5 x 30 _ 0.825 x 30
3 4
4
J
I
f = 712800.0174
II JMydX = 712.8 x 103

II 60
JY'dX = J (0.66 X - 0.011 x2i dX
I
~
o
;
i 60
!
= f [(0.662) X2 + (0.011)2 X4 - 2.0.66.0.011 X 3] dX
o -
X3 X 5' X4160
=
I (0.66i'3+(0.01l/S- 2.0.66.0.0114'
.0
= 3.136 X 10-3
712.8 103
H = 3.136 103
I H = 227.30 KN I
EXAMPLE NO. 13:- Now Analyze the previous example. BY NUMERICAL INTEGRATION:-
I III rI1~~~, I
~
(~ (~) c 1 4 )~) .
(1 l 1 i i (6)
AA 1 1 1 1 1 i B
.
225KN ~ 60m ~75KN
Mac = 225X - 5 X 2 ' . 0.( X < 30
Mcb = 225X - 300 (X - 15) 30 < X < 60
y = 0.66 X - OJlll X2 (same as before). Attempt in a tabular fonn.
Section X y M My l
1 5 3.025 1000 3025 9.15
2 15 7.425 2250 16706.25 55.13
3 25 9.625 2500 24062.5 92.64
4 35 9.625 1875 18046.875 92.64
5 45 7.425 1125 8353.125 55.13
6 55 3.05 375 1134.375 9.15
2:71328.125 2:313.84
71328.125.10
H= 313.84.10
I H=227.28 KN I
WE GET THE SAME ANSWER AS WAS OBTAINED BY ALGEBRAIC INTEGRATION.
I Yl5 = 0.66 X 15 - om 1 (15)2 ~ 2.425 m
Y45 = 7.425 m .
I I I I £110~~/~1
. C
~5ml10~B
~A
225K4: 60m )j75KN
~
225 .50
125
+ Mo-diagram
:;;
_ _-=::.:2273
~687.7 _~
~ ~ Hy-diagram
2273 2250
. . 1125
M-diagram
1~29.99m~
Point of contraflexure. Write a generalized Mx expression and set that to zero.
Mx = 225X - 5X2 - 227.30 + [0.011 X (60 - X)] = 0
2
225X - 5X2 - 150.02X + 2.50X = 0
- 2.5X2 + 74.98X = 0
- 2.5X + 74.98. = 0
I X=29.99m I
Insert this value back in Mx expression to find M max in the arch.
EXAMPLE NO. 14:- Analyze the following arch by algebraic and numerical integration. Consider:
A. the arch to be parabolic and then circular.

B. moment of inertia constant and then with se<:ant variation.
fNTRODUCTION TO TWO-HfNGED ARCHES 189
5KN
20m
6m
70m
Generally arches have been used by the engineers and architects dating back to old roman buildings,
Mughal and Muslim architecture. Main applications are in bridges, churches, mosques and other buildings.
Arch behaviour is dependent upon stiffness of supports, commonly called abutments or springings so that
horizontal reaction develops.
SOLUTION :-
A. PARABOLIC ARCH AND ALGEBRAIC INTEGRATION
IIII {12IK~~~ I
c
70x52.5 + 5x20 = 53.93 A

70m
70 70
t53.93KN l' 21.07KN
Determine simple span bending moments.
Mac = 53.93 X - X2 0< X< 35

Mcd = 53.93X - 70(X - 17.5) 35< X < 50
= 53.93X - 70X + 1225
= - 16.07X + 1225
Mdb = 53.93X - 70(X-17.5) -5 (X-50) o<X <70
= 53.93X - 70X + 1225 - 5X + 250
= -21.07X + 1475
4YcX
Y =1: (L-X)
=4.6.X ( O-X)
. 702 7
= 4.898 . 10-3 X ( 70 - X )
Y = 0.343X - 4.898 . 10-3 X2
35
f MydX = J (53.93X - X2) (0.343X -4.898 x 10-3 X2) dX
o
50
+ f (-16.07X + 1225) (0.343X - 4.898 x 10-3 X2) dX
35
70
+ f (-21.07X + 1475) (0.343X -4.898 x 10-3 X2) dX Multiply the expressions
50
35
= f (18.498X2 - 0.264X3 - 0.343X3 + 4.898 X 10-3 X4) dX
o
50
+ f (-5.512X2 + 0.079X3 + 420.175X - 6X2 ) dX.
35
70
+ f (-7.227X2 + 0.i03X3 + 505.925X - 7.225X2 ) dX re~arranging we get
50
35
= f (4.898 X 10-3 x~ - 0.607XJ + 18.498X2 ) dX
o
50
+ f (O.079X3 - 11.512 X2 + 420.175 X) dX
35
70
+ f (0.103XJ - 14.452X2 + 505.925X) dX
50
=
I
4.898 X
X5
10-3 "5 - 0.607
X4
4
X3135
+ 18.498 3
I ~ X3 X2150
+ 0.079 4 - 11.512 3 +420.175 T.
. 0 ~
X4 X3 X2170
- 14.452 3 + 505.925 T 50 . Insert limits and simplify
+ 0.103 4
I
= 88097.835 + 46520.7188 + 14251.3336
f MydX = 148869.8874. Now calculate fidX
. 70
f idX = f (0.343X - 4.898 x 10-3 X2 i dX
o
70
= f (O.118x2 + 2.399 x 10-5 X4 - 3.360 X 10-3 X 3) dX
o
3 5 4 70
0 118X X X /
f idX =
I . 3 + 2.399 x 10-5 "5 - 3.360 X 10-3 4 0
= 1386.932
H _fMydX
- f1dX
148869.8874
1386.932
I H= 107.34KN I
B. SOLUTION OF SAME PARABOLIC ARCH BY NUMERICAL INTEGRAHON:-
We know Mac = 53.93X - X2 0< X < 35

Mcd = 53.93X - 70 (X - 17.5) 35 < X < 50
Mdb = 53.93X - 70 (X - 17.5) -5 (X - 50) 50 < X < 70
~2Kn/m 5kN
110.98K'~ t6m~D
-7
;'0.98KN
.a:,-E-
. ~.53 706.55421 .4 t 21.07 KN
O· ~0 Mx-Diagram
499.00 676.74 499.00
o~ ~o
Hy-Diagram
7065 706.8
637.53 '/
~ ~.74 499.00
~ M-Diagram
192 . THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
C. CONSIDERING IT TO BE A CIRCULAR ARCH WITH ALGEBRAIC INTEGRATION
o
"i
I
L2 ve
R =_+.t..::..
8ye 2
70 2 6
R=-+-
8X6 y
R = 105.0S m
./R2_X2 (h ) d~ e · -x
y = 'I - - ye an dX = tan = -/105.0S2 _ X2
Y = -/105.08 2 - X2 - (105.08 - 6)
Y = ..j105.0S 2 - X2 - 99.0S . Establishment expressions.

Mac = 53.93 ( 35 - X) - ( 35 - X)2 O<X<35
Mbd = 21.07 (35 - X) 0<X<20
Mde =21.07(35-X)-5(l5-X) 20<X<35
35
JMy dX = J [53.93 (35 - X) - (35 - X)2] [..J 105.0S2 - X2 -99.0S] dX
o
20
+ J 21.07 (35 - X) [-/105.082 - X2 - 99.08] dX
o
35 .
+J [21.07( 35 -X) -5 (15 -X)] [-/105.0S 2 -X2 -99.0S] dX

o
JMy dX = II + h + IJ
,:':'< ;
'n'
: · ·..
·.'·'
·r:'
I INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 193
(Where II, Iz and 13 are 1st , 2 nd and 3 rd integrals of above expression respectively), These are
evaluated separately to avoid lengthy simultaneous evaluation of above JMy dX expression,
35
Evaluation of II = J [53.93 x 35 - 2
53.93X - (35 + X 2 -70X)] [~ 105.0S 2 - X" - 99.08 ]dX
o
35
= J (662.55 + 16.07X - X") [-V 105.08 2 - X" - 99,OS] dX
o
35
= J [662.55 ~ 105.0S 2 - X" + 16.07 X -V 105.0S" - X"
o
3- 35 .
= 662.55J'-V105.0S"-X2dX-16i.07 J-/105.0S"-X"(-2X)dX.
0 0 .
Taking constants out.
35 '. 35'
~J X -V105.0S2 - X2 (- 2X)dX - 65645.454 J dX -1592.216
o 0
35 35
J XdX + 99.0S J X"dX
o o
Put X = 105.0S Sin8
and dX = 105.0S cose de
At X = 0 8 = 0
At X = 35 8 = 0.3396 radians = 19.40

0.3396
II = 662.55 J -/105.0S 2 - 105.0S 2 x Sinz e(l05.0S)Cos8d8
o
_16.071(105.0S2_X~3/2135
2 3/2
.!.[I
+2 X
(105.08z-X~3/2135_ 35(105.0S 2 _X=)3/2 ]
312 J 312 .dX
o . 00. .
35 35
- 65645.454 IX 35~ - 1592.216 12
X 21 0 + 99.0S 1-3-
X 31 0
0.3396 16 07 .
= 662.55 x 105.08 2 J Cos 2 8 de - -3- [( 105.0S 2
- 35 2 )3/2
L
o
1 35
- (105.08 2 )312] +"3 [35 (105.08 2 - 35 2 )'3/2 - J (1 05.0S 2 ..;. X2 )3/Z dX]
. o
- 65645.454 (35 - 0) - 159;.216 (35 2 ) + 99.08 (3ij

II = 7315748.83
0.3396 (1 +Cos
f 2
2
e) de + 1005048.922 + 11347550.55
o
-tf 0.3396
o
105.08 4 Cos 4 ed8 - 1856804.857
0.3396
f Cos 2 8 (1- Sin2 e)d8 + 10495794.62
o
II = 7315~48.83 [0.3396 + Sin (2 X 0.3396)J + 10495794.62

2
= 12886893.66 - t x ( 8)41 S'l~ e1

10;.0 e+
2 0.3396
0
1 0.3396
+ 12 X (105.08)4 I (1 - Cos 2 28) de
o
= 12886893.66 -i x (105.8)4 [0.3396 + Sin (2 ~0.3396)J]
+ 112 X (105.08)4 j"

o
339
l e C;s
1- + 48)J de
.
1
== 12886893.66 -13283049.35 + 12 x (105.08)4
0.3396(1
2" - ! 1
2" Cos 48) d8
'\
= - 396155.69 + 24 (105.08)4
1 Ie - -Sin448- I 0.3396
0
1
= _ 396155.69 + 2 4 (105.08)4 [0.3396 _ Sin (4 X40.3396) ] :.3396
= - 396155.69 + 483712.6275
= 87556.9375
',' .
'r""',"
.INTRODUCTION TO TWO-HINGED ARCHES 195
1
I ~O
I2 "'" J 21.07 (35 - X) ["105.08" - X2 - 99.08] dX

'. 0
= fO (737.45 -21.07X) [--j105.08 2 - X" - 99.08] dX

o
20
= J [737.45;j 105.08 2 - X" - 73066.546
o
- 21.07X --j(105.08)2 - X" + 2087.6162 ] dX

Put X = 105.08 SIn 8
dX = 105.08 Cos 8 d8
. At X = 0 8 =0
At X = 20 8=0.1915
0.1915 210720
2
12 = 737.45J (105.08)2Cos"8d8+-i-J "105.08 2 -X
0 0 .
26 20
(-2X) dX - 73066.546 J dX + 2087.616 J XdX
o 0
6 0.1915 (1+COS 28)

=8.143x10J 2
21.071[(105.08)2 - X
d8+- 3/2
J 120
2 3/2
o 2- 0
26
-73066.546\ X \ + 2087.616
ITX 21
20
o 0
-73066.546 (20) + 208~.616 (400 )
6
= 8.143 X 10 [0.1916+ Sin (2 X 0.1915)] -438772.215
2 2
12 = 58247.385
~ , .
2
13 = J (662.45 - 16.07X) [--j105.08 - X2 - 99.08] dX
w ,
3S
= r20 [662.45;j105.08 2
- X2 - 65635.546
- 16.07 X ;jl05.. 08 2 - X2 + 1592.216X] dX

~m II
= 662.45 f 105.08 2 Cos 2e de - 65635.5461 x 1
QI915 20
, 0.3396 (1 + Cos 2 e~
= 662.45 x 105.08- f 2 ) de - 65635.546 x 15
0.1915
2 35
1592.216 ..,-2 2 16.07 1(105.08 _X2 )3;21
+ 2 (oJ) - 20 ) + 2 3/2 20
= 662.45 x 105. 082 1e + Sin 2 e 10.3396 _ 65635.546 x 15

2 2 0.1915
2
= 662.45 x 105.08 [ 96-0 915 Sin (2 x 0.3396)_ Sin (2 x 0.1915 2]"
2 0.33.1 + 2 2
. 13 = 8838.028 . Adding values of three integrals. We have
MydX = 87556.9375 + 58247.385 + 8838.028
= 154642.3505 . Now calculate fydX
35
= 2 J (20858~653 - X2 - 198.16 -1105.08 2 - X2) dX
o
35 2 0.3396
= 2 x 20858.6531 X 1 -3 1x
3 135 - 198.16 x 2 J 105.08 2 cos 2 e de
o 0
2
2 3
=.2 x 20858.653 (35) -3(35 ) -198.16 x 2 x 105.08
2 0.3396 (1 +Cos e~
!
2 ) de
=2 x20858.653 x35 _~ + 35 3 _ 198.16 x;x 105.082 1e + Si~2e 1:.3396

Jld X = 1229.761
H _JMydX
- f/dX
154642.3505
1239.761
IH = 125.75 KNI
D. CIRCULAR ARCH BY NUMERICAL INTEGRATION:- As you have seen algebraic integration is

lengthy, laborious and time consuming. so it is better to store such question by numerical integration.
5KN
o
y = -J 105.08 2
-:- X2 - 99.08
Mac = 53.93 (35 - X) - (35 -X) 20<X< 35
Mbd = 21.07 (35 - X) O<X< 20
Mdc = 21.07 (35 - X) - 5 (15 - X) ·29 < X < 35
Attempting in a tabular form
Section X Y M MY y2
1 31.5 1.167 176.505 205.981 1.362
2 24.5 .3.104 456.015 1415.47 9.635
3 17.5 0.533 637.525 '2889.901 20.548
4 10.5 5.474 721.035 3946.446 29.965
5 3.5 . 5.942 760.545 4198.29 35.307
6 3.5.'. 5.942 606.205 3602.07 35.307
7 lOS 5.474 493.715 2702.596 29.965
-.
8 17.5. 4.533 368.725 1671.430 20.548
9 24.5 3.104 22(235 686.713 9.635
10.· 31.5 1.167 73.745 86.060 1.362
L:21405.157 L193.634
. S = 105.08 (2 x 0.3396) = 71.370 m

71.37
dS =10 =7.137 m
H _ LMyds _ 21405.157 x 7.l37
- Ly2ds - 193.634 x 7.137
H =. 110.54 KN , Accuracy can be increased by taking more segments.
For secant variation of inertia follow the same procedures established already in this
Chapter.
Space for tak,illg Notes:
/
SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD 199
CHAPTER FOUR
4. SLOPE -~DEFLECTION METHOD

\
This method is applicable to all types of statically indeterminate beams & frames and in this
met~, we solve for unknown joint rotations, which are expressed in terms of the applied loads and the
bending moments. By inspection, the degree of indeterminacy is checked and the corresponding number of
unknown joint rotations are calculated from the slope - deflections equations.
4.1. SIGN CONVENTION:-

(1) ROTATIONS:- Clockwise joint rotations are considered as (+ve).
(2) END MOMENTS:- Counterclockwise end moments are considered as (+ve).
4.2. PROCEDURE:- .
The procedure is as follows:
(1) . Determine the fixed end moments at the end of each span due to applied loads acting on span by
considering each span as fixed ended. Assign ± Signs w.r.t. above sign convention.
+wr3I'~B\
r
12 i.
-wI!
L 12
+WL2
Mfab= ~
2
MF ba-_-Pab
-2-
L:
(2) Express all end moments in terms of fixed end moments and the joint rotations by using slope -
deflection equations.
(3) Establish simultaneous equations with the joint rotations as the unknowns by applying the
condition that sum of the end moments acting on the ends of the two members meeting at a joint
should be equal to zero.
(4) Solve for unknown joint rotations.
(5) Substitute back the end rotations in slope - deflection equations and compute the end moments.
(6) Determine all reactions and draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams and also sketch the elastic curve
4.3. DERIVATION OF SLOPE-DEFLECTION EQUATION:-

Consider a generalized beam under the action of applied loads and end moments as shown at (i).
P1 P2
Mab
A
(~.~~~~=.~ ~
1
BA
Mba
P1 ,2
n· B
MFab MFba
EI=Constt.
~ L ill
(i) (ii)
Fig: (i) can be equated to a fixed ended beam carrying applied loads which produce fixing
moments plus two simple beams carrying end moments [figs (iii) and (iv)]
Mt!
A B
+ + ~)
(iii) (iv)
Draw moment diagrams. Detennine their areas and centroid locations.
LMb
~
2-1 Mb B.M.D's on simple spans
( M/EI diagrams)
Ma'" Mb
ET EI
(Assuming these ~ diagrams are placed on conjugate beams)

Equating relevant rotations in above four diagrams according to sign conventions
e a = 0 - Saj + Sa2 = -' ea, + ea2

and e b = 0 + eb, - 8b2 = eb, - eb 2 (1) Compatibility on rotations
During the same for moments.
So Mab = Mfab + Ma'
Mba = Mfba + Mb' (2) Compatibility on moments
,
"
Where Ma' and Mb' are the additional moments required to produce the joint rotations at ends A
and B respectively and Mfab & Mfba are the fixed ended moments which hold the tangents at points A and
B straight.Conjugate beam theorem states that" rotation at a point in actual beam is equal to the shear force
at the corresponding point in the conjugate beam ). Applying it we have.
2 (LMa') LMa'
9al = 3 2EI = 3EI
1 (LMa') LMa'
9b l =3 2EI = 6El"
I
I "
9a2 =3
1 (LMb')
2EI =
LMb'
6EI
I 9b 2 =
2 (LMb') LMb'
3 2EI = 3EI
I
Putting the values of9al, 9a2, 9bl & 8b2 in equation (1) 'and solve for Ma' & Mb'.
1
LMa' LMb' L Ma' LMb'
1 8a =- 3EI + 6EI -'3 EI + 9EI ~ (3)
t
Ma'L LMb' L Mal L Mbi
and 8b = 6EI - 3EI ~ (4)
6 EI 3 EI
LMa' LMb'
Equation (3) becomes 8a+ 3EI = 6EI OR
6EI8a + 2LMa'
6EI
6EI8a + 2 LMa' = LMb'
6EI
Mb' = -8a+2Ma' ~ (5)
L
Ma 'L L (6EI8a )
" From (4),8b = 6EI - 3EI -L- + 2Ma' by putting Mbi from (5)
" Ma'L 2LMa'

8b = 6EI-28a-3EI
= Ma 'L _ 2LI\.fa'
.. + 2 ea
8b 6EI 3EI
= Ma'L - 4 LMa'
8b + 28 a 6EI
202 THEORY OF iNDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
. -3LMa'
8b + 2~a = . 6EI
. -LMa'
So 8b+28a=-m- From here Ma'is
-2EI
Ma' = -L- (28a + 8b )
2EI
or Ma' =T( - 2ea- eb) ~ (6)
6EI ea +T(-2
From(5) Mb' =-L- 4EI e a- eb) Byputt1Ogvaueo
, I fM'
a fr om. 6'10 5 and' l'fy·;mg
sImpI
Mb' = 6EI ea _ 8EI Sa _ 4LEI 8b

L L
'- -2EIea 4EIeb

M b -, L - L
or Mb' = 2~I (- ea - 2 8b ) . ~ (7)
Putting the values ofMa' and Mb' from equations 6 and 7 in equation (2), we have,
. 2EI
Mab = Mfab + T (- 28a-eb)
2EI
Mba = Mfba + L (-Sa- 28b)
Absolute values of 2~I are not required in general except for special cases and we use relative
.
values f2EI, 'h I
0 T m cases WIt out sett em~nt..
. Where, K = t if absolute stiffness (rotation) is not required,
Where K = relative stiffness

Slope - deflection equation for members without settlement.
. 2EI
Mab = Mfab +T(-28a~ eb)
2EI . .
Mba = Mfba+T(-2 9b - ea)
r
1
2EI b . b .
without absolute val~e 0 f L' a ove equations ecome
Mab = Mfab + Kab (- 2Sa - Sb )
Mba = Mfba + Kab (- 2 Sb - Sa)
Where Kab = relative stiffness of member ab
2E!\3b
Kab= (L)
Now we apply the method to various indeterminate structures.
EXAMPLE NO.l::- Analyze the continuous beam shown by slope - deflection method. Draw shear &
moment diagram and sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION:-
,N/m 14~~ I .
~C
41 ·31
~D
21
1E--4m )IE 8m )IE 4m ~
Step 1: Calculation of Relative Stiffness :-
I
Member. I L Krel.
L
2
AB 2 4 -x 12 6
4
4
BC 4 6 -x 12 8
6
3
CD 3 4 -x 12 9
4
Step 2: Calculation of Fixed End Moments :- Treat each span as flxed ended.
~i
.
( a . b \ - (any generalized span

~ L. carrying a single load)
Ptfa Pa1,
l2 L2
Mfab = Mfba = 0 (there is no load acting on span AB)
2
Mfbc = --u
2 6
X
= + 6 KN-m (According to our sign convention)
Mfcb = - 6 KN-m (According to our sign convention)

4 x 22 X 2
Mfcd = 42 + 2 KN-m
Mfdc = - 2 KN-m
Step 3: Establish simultaneous equations:-
Mab = Mfab + Kab (-2 9a - 9b) (General form-Put values ofFEMs & relative stiffuesses)
Mab = 0 + 6 (- 29a - 9b) = - 12 9a - 6 9b

Mba = 6 (- 29b - 9a) = - 12 9b - 6 9a
Mbc = 6 + 8 (- 2 9b - 9c) = 6 - 16 9b - 8 9c
I •
Mcb = - 6 + 8 (- 2 9c - 9b) = - 6 - 16 9c - 8 9b
Mcd = 2 + 9 (- 2ec - 9d) = 2 - 18 9c - 9 9d
Mdc = - 2 + 9 (-29d - 9c) = - 2 - 18 9d - 9 9c
Step 4: Joint Conditions :-
at A: Mab- 2=0 or Mab=2KN-m
B Mba+Mbc=O
C: Mcb + Mcd= 0
D: Mdc=O
Put these joint conditions in the linear simultaneous equations set up in step
No. (3).
Mab = 2, so - 12 9a - 6 9b = 2
- 12 9a - 6 9b - 2 = 0 ~ (1)
Mba + Mbc = 0
w -129b-68a+6-169b-89c=O
- 6 9a - 28 9b - 8 9c+ 6 = 0 ~ (2)
Mcb + Mcd = 0
so - 6 - 169c - 8 9b + 2 - 18 9c - 9 9d = 0
- 89b - 34 9c - 9 9d -·4 = 0 ~ (3)
Md<; = 0
- 2 - 18 9d - 9 9c = 0
- 9 9c -:- 18 9d - 2 = 6 ~ (4)
- 12 9a - 6 9b - 2 = 0
- 6 9a - 28 9b - 8 9c + 6 = 0 (Symmetrical about 9a and 9d diagonal)
o - 8 9b - 34 9c - 9 9d - 4 = 0
o - 0 - 9 9c - 18 9d- 2 = 0
If the linear simultaneous equations are established and are arranged in a ,sequence of joint
conditions, we will find that the quantities on the leading diagonal are dominant in that particular equation
and off diagonal quantities are symmetrical as far as the magniiude of rotations is concerned. This is a
typical property of the stiffness method, which you will study later in matrix methods of structural analysis.
_ (-2 -68b~
From (1) 8a - 12) ~ (5)
From (4)
_ (-2-9
8d - 18
8C) ~ (6)
Putting these values in equations (2) & (3), all deformations are expressed in terms of 8b & 8c.
Therefore, we get two Jinear simultaneous equations in terms of 8b & 8c., Hence, their values can be
calculated.
Put 8a from equations (5) in equation (2)
-2- 68b)
- 6( 12 - 28 8b - 8 8c + 6 = 0
+ 1 + 3 8b - 28 8b - 8 8c + 6 = 0
or - 25 8b - 8 8e + 7 = 0 . ~ (7)
Put 8d from equation (6) in equation (3)
-2-98c)
- 8 8b - 34 ee - 9 ( 18 - 4 =0 Simplifying
- 8 8b - 34 ee + 1 + 4.5 8c - 4 = 0
-8 8b- 29.5 8c-3 =0 ~ (8)
From (7) _ (-8 8e+7) ~ (9)

8b - 25
Put in (8) -8 (
- 8 8e+
25
7) -29.5ee-3=0
,.
or 2.56 8e- 2.24- 29.5 8e - 3 = 0
- 26.94 8e - 5.24 = 0
-5.24
8e = 26.94
18e=-0.19451 Radians
Put value ofSc in equation (9) '. we get
_[-S (- 0.1945) + 7J
Sb- 25
ISb = + 0.34221 radians.
Put Sb in equation (5)
_ (~2 - 6 x 0.3'422)
Sa - \. 12
ISa = - 0.33781 radians.
Put Sc in equation (6)
I
I _ -2 - 9. (- 0.1945)
t' Sd- IS
f
rI
IOd = - 0.01391 radians.
Putting these values of rotations in simultaneous equations set up in step (3) & simplifying we get
. the values of end moments as under:
Mab=2KN-m . These two values should be thil

Mba = - 2.0S KN-m.. ] the same but with opposite signs to satisfy equilibrium at that
Mbc = + 2.0S KN-m. joint.
Mcb = - 5.63 KN-m

Mcd = + 5.63 KN-m
J' (Same comment)
Mdc=O
As th~ end moments have been calculated and they also satisfy the joint conditions, therefore, the
structure is statically determinate at this stage. Reactions, shear force diagrams, B.M. diagrams & elastic
curves can now be sketched.
NOTE:-
In slope - deflection method, the actual deformations are the redundants and stiffuess matrix is
symmetrical. In force - method, we can chose any redundant and therefore flexibility matrix is not
generally symmetrical about leading diagonal.
. .
Now we can draw shear force and bending moment diagrams and sketch elastic curve. Free body diagrams
of various spans are drawn.
~
2KN
2 2.08 2~3
2KN/m
5.63 14KN
2m
A 0-·-4m-B~ ~ 6m ~ ~C----'4'--m-D
+2 0 o +6 +6 +2 +2 reactions due to applied loads
-0.02 +0.02 -0.592 +0.592 +1.408 -1.408 reactions due to end moments
+2 -0.02 +0.02 +5.408 +6.592 + 3.408 +0.592
adding values on both sides of a support
L---I
+1.98 +5.428 +10
2KN Elastic curve
f10KN to.592KN
OI--;:::==:::;:::====:::irin?-:::';"",=-:---r--t~O S.F. D.
.~_--N.02 0.592
OI...,,---------.,t------4---f.-.!...--=::..O B.M.D.
a=1.652m .
Find the location of points of contraflexure & find the maximum +ve B. M. in portion BC by
setting the relevant moment expression equal to zero and by setting the concerned S.F. expression equal to·
zero respectively.
To Find Max B.M. in Portion Be ;-

.X 6-X
5.408 6.592
6.592 X = 6 x 5.408 - 5.408 X
. X=2.704m
2
So Mbc = - 2.08 + 5.408 x 2.704 -2" x (2.704)
Mbc = 5.237 KN-m
Points of Contraflexure :-
NearB:-
- 2.08 + 5.408 X - X2 = 0
X2 - 5.408 X + 2.08 = 0
X = 5.408 ± ;.1(5.408)2 - 4 x 1 x 2.08

2x1
X = 0.417 m, 4.991 m
IX=0.417ml
Near C :- In span CB
,2
- 5.63 + 6.592 X' - X = 0
X,2 - 6.592 X' + 5.63 = 0
6.592 ± ;.1(6.592)2 - 4 x 1 x 5.63

X' 21
6.592 ± 4.575
X' 2
X' = 5.584, 1.008
IX' = 1.008 m/
1.184
-
2-a
- -5.63
-a in span CD.
1.184 a = 5.63 x 2 - 5.63 a
Ia = .1.652 m/
.These can be put in bending moment diagram and sketch elastic curve;
-
EXAMPLE NO. 2:- Analyse the continuous beam shown by slope -deflection method. Draw S.F.D. &
B.M.D. Also sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION:-
A~ 2m ~C
6m
EI =Constt. EI =Constt.
Step 1: Calculation of Relative Stiffness :-
I
Member I L Krel.
L
1
AB 4 - x 12 3
·4
1
BC 6 -x 12 2
6
Step 2: Calculation of Fixed End Moments :- Mab = Mfab + Krel (-2ba - 8b)
4 x 22 X 2
Mfab = 42 = +2 KN-m
Mfba = - 2 KN-m
Mfbc= 0
Mfcb= 0 ( As there is no load in portion BC )
Step 3: Establish Simultaneous Equations;-

Mab = 2 + 3 ( - 2 Sa - 8b )
Mba =- 2+ 3 ( - 2 8b - Sa )
Mbc = 0 + 2 ( - 2 Sb - 8c)
Mcb = 0 + 2 ( - 2 8c - 8b )
Step 4: Joint Conditions:-

A: Sa = 0 ( Being a fixed joint)
B: Mba + Mbc = 0
c: Sc = 0 (Being a fixed end)
Putting these joint conditions in the linear simultaneous equations set up in step No. (3)
Put Sa = 8c = 0 in above equations. The only equation is obtained from joint B. That becomes.
- 2 - 6 8b - 3 8a - 4 8b - 2 Sc = 0
I - 2 - 6 Sb - 0 - 4 8b - 0 = 0
L
-2-10 8b= 0
radians.
,
210 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRtkTURES
Put these values of rotations i.e., 8a = 8c = 0 and 8b = -0.2 in simultaneous equations set up in
step (3) & get the values of end moments.
Mab = 2 + 3 ( - 2 x 0 + 0.2) = 2.6 KN-m
Mba =-2 + 3 (- 2 x (- 0.2) - 0) =- 0.8 KN-m. ,,
Mbc = 0 + 2 [ - 2 x (-0.2) - 0] = + 0.8 KN-m

Mcb = 0 + 2 ( 0 + 0.2) = + 0.4 KN-m Now Draw SFD and BMD. i ..
4KN
~
O.4KN-m
(3 J!p.,,~~ g~c
A~3 8 6m ~~)
2.6KN-m t
t2.45KN 1.75KN to.2KN
2.45 2.45
0
I +
,J 0.2
1 1.55
=*: 1 0 .2
0 S.F.D.
0.4
r---~--------~----------~~~--~O 8.M.D.
2.6
! As the end moments have been calculated and they satisfy the joint conditions, therefore, the structure is
statically determinate at this stage. Reactions, S.F. diagram, B.M. diagram & elastic curve have now been
, sketched. .
LOCATION OF POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURE :-

Near A:-
2.6 2.3
X =2-X
2.6 x 2 - 2.6 X = 2.3 X
Ix = 1.061 ml
X' 2-X'
Near B:- 0.8 = 23
2.3 X" = 2 x 0.8 - 0.8 X'
IX'=0.516ml
I SWPE - DEFLECTION ME'fHOD 211
NearC :- a (6-~1
0.4 = 0.8)
la=2ml There have been shown on BMD.
EXAMPLE NO. 3:- Analyze the continuous beam shown by slope - deflection method. Draw S.F.D &
B.M.D. Also sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION:-
fKN }2~K~
ZSA h
~~C ~D
~
/I
1m
".
/j
4m It
II
6m ~
'1
4m
i1 "
21 41 31
Step 1: Calculation of relative stiffness :-
I
Member. I L Krel.
L
2
AB 2 4 4~ 12 6
4
BC 4 6 -x 12 8
6
',':T,
3
CD 3 4 -x 12 9
4
Step 2: Calculation of Fixed End Moments :-

Mfab = Mfba = 0 (no load over span AB)
2x 62
Mfbc =-U=+6KN-m
Mfcb = - 6 KN-m
Mfcd = 4 x 222 X 2 = + 2 KN-m

4
Mfdc = -2 KN-m
Step 3: Establish simultaneous equations :- Put values of fixing moments and Krel.
'Mab = 0 + 6 (-2 8a - 8b) = - 12 8a - 6 8b
Mba = 0 + 6 ( - 2 eb - 8a ) = - 12 8b - 6 8a
Mbc = 6 + 8 ( - 2 8b - ec) = 6 - 16 eb - 8 8c
Mcb = - 6 + 8 ( - 2 8c - eb) = - 6 - 16 8c - 8 8b
Mcd = 2 + 9 ( - 2 8c - ed) 2 - 18 8c - 9 ed
Mdc == - 2 + 9 (- 2 8d - ec) = - 2 - 18 ed - 9 8c
Step 4: Joint Conditions :-

A:: Mab - 2 = 0 or Mab = 2 KN-m
B:. Mba + Mbc = 0
C: Mcb + Mcd = 0
D: 8d=0
Putting these joint conditions in the linear simultaneous equations set up in step No. (3)
- 12 8a - 6 eb = 2 :. Mab = 2
- 12 ea - 6 8b - 2 = 0 ~ (1)
Mba+Mbc = 0
- 12 8b - 6 ea + 6 - 16 8b - 8ec = 0
- 6 ea - 28 eb - 8 ec + 6 = 0 ~ (2)
Mcb+Mcd = 0
- 6 - 16 8c - 8 eb + 2 - 18 ec - 9 8d = 0
-88b~34&-98d-4=0 ~ (3)
(4) Simplifying we get.
- 12 8a - 6 8b - 2 = 0 ~ (1)
- 6 ea - 28 eb - 8 8c + 6 = 0 ~ (2)
- 8 8b - 34 ec - 9 ed - 4 = 0 ~ (3)
ed =0 ~ (4)
Putting the value of8d in equation (3)
- 8eb - 34 8c - 0 - 4 = 0
- 8 8b "- 34 8c - 4 = 0 .~ (5)
8". · ,·
I
I From(l)
_ (- 6 8b-2) ~ (6)
8a - 12
I - 6 8b-2)
I Put in (2) - 6( 12 - 28 8b - 8 Ele + 6 = 0
I
I
1
+ 3 8b + 1 - 28 8b - 8 8e + 6 = 0
i - 25 8b - 8 8e + 7 = 0 ~ (7)
-34 8e~4)
From (5) 8b= ( ~ (8)
8
-348e-4)
Put in (7) - 25 ( 8 - 8 8e + 7 = 0
.or 106.25 8e + 12.5 - 8 8e + 7 = 0
98.25 8e + 19.5 = 0
18e =- 0.19851 radians.
From (8) by putting value of 8e
- [- 6 x 0.3435 - 2J
From (6) 8 a- 12
ISb = + 0.34351 radians.
18a = - 0.33841 radians.
Finally. 8a =- 0.3384
Sb = + 0.3435
Be =- 0.1985
8d=0
Putting these values of rotations in simultaneous equations set up in step # (3)'& getting the values
of end moments as follows.
Mab = -12x (-0.3384) - 6 x 0 .. 3435= 1.9918 = + 2 KN-m
Mba =.- 12x (+0.3435)- 6x(- 0.3384) = - 2.092 KN-m
Mbe = 6 - 16(+0.3435}-8 (--0.1985) = + 2.092 KN-m
Mcb = - 6 - 16(- 0.1985) - 8(+0.3435) = - 5.572 KN-m
Mcd = 2 - 18 (- 0.1985) - 9 x 0 = + 5.573 KN-m
Mdc =- 2 -18 x 0 - 9 (- 0.1985) = - 0.214 KN-m.
As the end moments have been calculated and they satisfy the joint conditions. Therefore, the
structure is statically determinate at this stage~ Reactions, S.F.D., B.M.D. & elastic curve can now be
sketched.
2KN no? )KN~ml:;' 4KN

. L2 2 2.092 2.~72 5.573l 0.214
l 1m .
+2
}~-4m-~B~6m
0 o +6 +6
~c~ 2m
+2
2m ) 0
+2 reactions due to
applied loads
o -0.023 +0.023 -0.58 +0.58 +1..34 -1.34 rea9tions due to end moments
+2 -0.023 +0.023 +5.42 +6.58 +3.34 +0.66 final reactions
+1.977 +5.443 +9.92
5.42
(}------=-----j.--~---__+_-__+_-_, 0 S.F.D.
2~~-IrO~.0~23~--~0~.0~23 0.66
+a---.l
5.25
0~-----------------4~--------~---4~~~
2;-------.J
5.572
TO LOCATE THE MAX. B.M. IN PORTION BC :-
5.42 6.-58
. -a- = (6-a)
5.42 x 6 - 5.42.a = 6.58 a

a=2.7l m
Mbc =- 2.092 + (5.42 x 2.71 -~ x 2.71 2) = + 5.252 KN-m
=5.25 KN-m
LOCATION OF POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURE :-

,
i Near B ;- (Span BC )
I
I. - 2.092 + 5042 X- X2 = 0
X2 - 5042 X + 2.092 = 0
X = 5042 ± 1(5.42)2 - 4 x 1 x 2.092

2
X = 5.42 ± 4.583
2
= 00418 , 5.002, So IX=OA18m/
Near C;- SpanBC
,2
5.572 + 6.58 X' - X = 0
,
X 2 - 6.58 X' + 5.572 = 0
X' = + 6.58 ± Y(6.58? - 4 x 1 x 5.572 .

. 2 .
6.58 ± 4.583
2
X' = 0.998 , 5.582 I X' = 0.998 ml

Near C ; (Span CD)
5.573 + 3.34 X"= 0
IX" = 1.669 ml
Near D:- ( Span CD )
0.214 + 0.66 X= a
IX=0.324ml
These have been shown on BMD.

4.4. ANALYSIS OF INDETERMINATE BEAMS DUE TO MEMBER AXIS

ROTATION (SETTLEMENT OF SUPPORTS):-
.:~ "
,
Consider a generalized fixed ended beam settling differentially at B. The- angle R is measured
from the original members axis to the displaced member axis and will be +ve if it is clockwise. The
2iI
. i,
absolute values of with consistent units are to be used in the settlement problem and the final slope -
deflection equation to be used for settlement problems is as follows:-
2EI -
Mab = Mfab + L (- 2 8a - 8b + 3 R)
2EI
Mba = Mfba + L (- 2 8b - ea + 3 R).
The above equation is general and can be used to find the end moments due to applied loading and
due to sinking of supports simultaneously. However, it is a -common practice to consider end moments
induced due to applied loading separately from those induced due to settlement. The superposition principle
can then be applied afterwards and the final end moments can be obtained.
If all supports of a continuous structure like beams and frames settle' by the same amount, no
additional end 'moments will be induced due to sinking. These will be induced only whenever there is a
differential sinking of supports like the following case. Where support C sinks by (j, w.r.t supports Band D.
(Sign of R is the same if determined at the two ends of a span ). So

Rab = 0 (Both supports of span AB are at the same level)
( Clock-wise angle is positive)
A
Rcd=-- ( Counterclock-wise angle is negative)
L2
r SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD 217
The following points are to be strictly followed :
(1) Consideration and computation of values of .'R' in the span

effected by the settlement.
. (2) Use proper sign for R keeping in view the corresponding sign convention.
(3) The units of the R.H.S. of the slope-deflection equation should be
those of the B.M. (KN-m).
EXAMPLE NO. 4:- Analyze the continuous beam shown due to the settlement of support B by slope-
deflection method. Draw shear and moment diagrams and sketch the elastic curve.
----~--r-----~--._--~~ __------_+D
E=200X106 KN/m 2
1=400X 10-4m4
SOU!rION:-
Step ~: Calculation of F.E.M :-
Mab = Mfab + 2~I (- 2 8a - 8b + 3 R). where R is in radians
As there is no applied loading on the beam, therefore all fixed end moments tenns in the slope -
deflection equation will be equal to zero.
Step 2: Calculation of Rand 2~I terms for various sp~ns :-
SpanAB.
::'.:J/,
0.Ql5 .
R=+-4-= + 3.75 x 10-3 rad
2EI _ 2x(200 x 106 ) x (2 x 400 x 1O...{;)

L - 4
= 80,000 K."'l"-m
Span BC:-
0.Ql5
R = - - .- = - 3 X 10-3 rad
5 . .
2EI _ 2 (200 X 106 ) (4 x 400 x 1O...{;)

.L - 5
= 128,000 KN-m
Span CD:-
R=O-
- 2EI _ 2x (200 X 106) x (3 x 400 x 10-6)
L - 4
= 120,000 KN-m
Step 3: Write Slope-deflection Equation in terms of Joint Rotations & R .

. Mab = 0 + 80,000 (- 2 8a - 8b + 11.25 x 10-3)
Mba = 0 + 80,000 (- 2 8b - 8a + 11.25 x 10-3)
Mbc =128,000 (- 2 8b - 8c - 9 x 10-3)
Mcb = 128,000 (- 2 8c - 8b - 9 x 10-3)
Mcd = 120,000 (- 2 8c - 8d)
Mdc = 120,000 (- 28d - 8c)
Step 4: Joint Conditions (Conditions of Equilibrium + geometry) :-

Joint A:- Mab = 0 (Pin support) ~ (1)
Joint B:- Mba+Mbc=O (Continuous support) ~ (2)
Joint C:- Mcb + Mcd=O . (Continuous support) ~ (3)
Joint D:- 8d=0 (Fixed support) ~(4)
Step 5: Simultaneous Equations:-

Putting joint conditions in slope - deflection equations
- 160,000 8a- 80,000 8b + 0 + 900 = 0 :. Mab = 0 ~ (1)
- 160,000 8b - 80,000 8a + 900 - 256;000 8b -128,000 8c - 1152 = 0
- 80,0008a - 416,000 8b -128,000 8c-252=0 :. Mba + Mbc = 0 ~ (2)
- 256,000 8c - 128,000 8b - 1152 - 240,000 8c-0=0 Mcb + Mcd = 0 ~ (3)
- 12-8,000 8b - 496,000 8c - 1152 = ° Simplifying, finally
- 160,000 8a - 80,000 8b + 0 + 900 = 0 ~ (1)
- 80,000 8a - 416,000 8b - 128,000 8c - 252=0 ~ (2)
- 128,0008b - 496,0008c-1152=0 ~ (3)
Solve the above three linear simultaneous equations to get the values or8a, 8b & 8c which will be
_put in the original slope-deflection equations to determine the final end moments. .
From (1) 8 = (900 - 80000 8b)

a 160000
or 8a = 5.625 x 10-3 - 0.5 8b ~ (4)

_ (-128000 8b - 1152~
From (3) 8c - 496000 )
so 8c = - 0.258 8b - 2.32 x 10-3 -+ (5)
Put (4) and (5) in (2), we have.
- 80,000 [5.625 X 10-3 - 0.5 8b] - 416,000 8b - 128,000 .

[- 0.258 8b - 2.32 x 10-3] - 252 = 0
- 450 + 40,000 8b -416,000 8b+33,024 8b+296.96-252=O
-405.04
8b = 342976
8b = - 1.181 X 10-3 radians.
Put 8b in (1) because 8a is dominant there.
-160,0008a-80,OOO(-1.181 x 10-3)+900=0
8 _ [900 - 80000 (- 1.181 x 1O-

a- 160000
3
)J
8a = + 6.215 X 10-3 radians.
Put 8b in (3) because 8c is dominant there, we get.
-128000 (- 1.181 x 10-3 ) -1152

8 c= 496000
8c=-2.018 x 10-3 red.

8a = + 6.215x 10-3 red.
8b = - 1.181 x 10-3 red.
8c = - 2.018 X 10-3 red.
8d == 0 red.
Step 6: End Moments :- Putting values of rotations in generalized slope - deflection equation.
Mab = 80,000 (-2 x 6.215 x 10-3+1.181 x 10-3 + 11.25 x 10-3) = 0 KN-m (Check)
Mba = 80,000 (+2 x 1.181 x 10-3 - 6.215 x 10-3 + 11.25 x 10-3 ) = + 592 KN-m
Mbc = 128,000 (+ 2 x l.I81 X 10-3 +2.018 X 10-3 - 9 x 10-3 ) = - 592 KN-m

( Note: Mba = Mbc Check is OK )
Mcb = 128,000 (+2 x 2.018 x 10-3 + 1.181 X 10-3 - 9 x 10-3) =- 485 KN-m
Mcd = 120,000 (+2 x 2.018 x 10-3 - 0) = + 485 KN-m
Mdc = 120,000 (0+2.018 x 10-3 ) = + 242 KN-m
Note:- A great care should be exercised while putting the direction' of end moments in the free body
diagrams and then drawing the composite B.M.D. e.g., a (+ve) end moment would mean that
it is counterclockwise at that particular joint or vice versa. After putting the correct
directions according to the sign convention, we will decide by the nature of B.M. strictly by
keeping in view the sign convention for B.M. (tension at a bottom means +ve B.M.).
592 592 485 485

'24~
A 4m' s) \-s 5m c 1(c 4m D
I J~ j I ~
Reactions due to
+148 -148 -215.4 +215.4 +181.75 -181.75 and moments at supports
r48KN ~363.4KN j397.15KN , J181.75KN Final reaction
. 242KN-m
. A . B c~ D~
----=~.,.;..,,--.-----l6-7:<-~-:t-15-m~·---r--=~:::::'---'=-..J,·.L.·.J:E'· Elastic curve
j ~ i
+
t397.15KN
148KN 181.75KN
~ 1m~I" 4m 5m ~I~ 4m . ~I
363.4KN
1-'1",,8...:..1'-7.:;..5_ _;.....---,· 81. 75
1
0 1---14_8 _+_--+-L1-48~=~r-'
.---- . ~I+Q -+ S.F.D. (KN)
215.4
592(tension at the
bottom).
.
242
O~'-----------------~-------~-+~+Q B.M.D. (KN-m)
i<X=2..75m)l
485 (Tension at the top)
POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURES:-
Near B. Span BC
Let it be X.
MX=S92-21S.4X=0
X=2.7Sm
Near D. Span DC
Let it be X'
MX' = 242 -181.75 X' = 0
X'= 1.33 m
EXAMPLE NO. 5:- Analyze the following beam by slope - deflection method. Draw shear and moment
diagrams. Sketch elastic curve.
Take I = 400 x 10-6m4

and E = 200 X 106 KN/m2•
SOLUTION:- Consider each span fixed end and compute fixed ended moments. This is a case of
continuous beam carrying loads and subjected to settlements.
31 10I 21
IfoE(,-.- - 8m .:- Bm .:- Bm--~)I
3KN/m .
~
A ~ oooooaoaoooooo~ 8
8m .
10KN
B~ 4m ~ 4m ~C
1 5KN
c~ 6m
-l-.2m ~ 0
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS

Mfab~ 3 x 62 /12 = 9 KN-m , Mfba=-9 KN-m
2
Mfbc=10x42x4/8 =10 Mfcb=-10 KN-m
2
Mfcd = 5 x 22 x 61 8 = 1.875 , Mfdc = -5 x 62 x 2/8 2 = -5.625 KN-m
Step 2: CALCULATION OF R & 2EIIL TERMS FOR VARIOUS SPANS:~

SPAN AB:-
+ 0.020
.R ;= 6 = + 3.33 X 10-3 rad.
6
2iI _ 2 x 200 X 10 x 6(3 x 400 x 10-0) = 80,000 KN-m
SPANBC :-
- 0.02 0.01 3 d
R = -8-+-8-=-1.25 x 10- ra
2iI ~ 2 x 200 10 x ~10 x 400 x 10-0) = 200,000 KN--:m

6
X
SPAN CD:-
- 0 01 3
R = -8-·-=-1.25 x 10- rad
Step 3: SLOPE - DEFLECTION EQUATIONS:-

Put values of fixed ended moments, Krel and ~ we get.
,¥ab = 9 + 80,000 (-28a - 8b + 10 x 10-3).
Mba = -9 + 80,000 (-28b - 8a + 10 x 10-3 )
Mbc = 10 + 200,000 (-28b - 8c - 3.75 X 10-3 ).
Mcb =-1,0 + 200,000 (-28c - 8b - 3.75 x 10:-3 ).
Mcd = 1.875 + 40,000 (-28c - 8d- 3.75 x 10-3 ).
Mdc = -5.625 + 40,000 (-28d - 8c - 3.75 X 10-3 ).
Step 4: JOINT CONDITIONS:-
Joint A => 8a = ° (Fixed support)
Joint B => Mba + Mbc = 0 (Continuous support)
Joint C => Mcb + Mcd = 0 (Continuous support)
Joint D => Mdc = 0 (Pin support)
r SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD 223
Step 5: SIMULTANEOUS EQUATIONS:-

Putting values of Mba, Mbc, Mcb, Mcd and Mdc in terms of8.
- 9 -160,000 8b+800+ 10 - 400,000 8b -200,000 8c - 750 = 0 Mba + Mbc = 0 and Sa = 0
- 560,000 8b- 200,000 8c + 51 = 0 ~ (1)
- 10 - 400,000 8c - 200,000 8b -750 + 1.875 - 80,000 8c - 40,000 8d - 150:::: 0
- 200,000 8b - 480,000 8c - 40,000 8d - 908.125=0 Mcb + Mcd = O~ (2)
- 5.625 - 80,000 8d - 40,000 8c - 150 = 0 . Mdc = 0
- 40,000 8c - 80,000 8d - 155.625 = 0 ~ (3) Writing again
-:- 560,000 8b - 200,000 8c + 51 = 0 . ~ (1)
- 200,000 8b - 480,000 Bc - 40,000 8d - 908.125 = 0 ~ (2)
Ii - 40,000 8c - 80,000 8d - 155.625 = 0 ~ (3)
I. 8b = (51 - 200000 8C)

From(l) ~ (4)
. 560000
8d = (-155.625 -40000 8C) ~ (5)

From (3) 80000 .
Put 8b and 8d in equ. (2) _ 200 000 (51 - 200000 8C) _ 480 000 8
, 560000 ,c
_ 40000 (-155.625 -40000 8C) _ 908 125 = 0 Simplifying

, 80000 .
-18.2143 + 71428.5714 8c - 480,000 8c + 77.8125 + 200000 8c - 908.125 = 0
I
II
- 388571.4286 8c - 848.5268 = 0 we get 8c = -21.8371 rad. From (4) and (5)
8b and 8d are calculated.
I
i' 8c =-21.8371 X 10-4 rad.
8b = + 8.7097 X 10-4 rad.
II 8d = - 8.5346 X 10-4 rad.
I Step 6: END MOMENTS:-
i
j
Mab = 9+80,000 (-8.7097 x 10-4+ 10 X lO-3) = +739.32 KN-m
Mba =-9+80,000 (-2 x 8.7097 x 10-4+10 x 10-3 ) =+651.64 KN-m
! Mbc = 10+200,000 (-2 x 8.7097 x 10-4+21.8371 x 10-4-3.75 x 10-3) = -651.64 KN-m
"
I
!
Mcb = -10+200,000 (+2 x 21.8381 x 10-4-8.7097 x 10-4-3.75 x 10-3) =-60.71 KN-m
Mcd = 1.875+40,000 (+2 x 21.8371 x 10-4+8.5346 x 10-4 -3.75 x 10-3) = + 60.71 KN-m
Mdc = -5.625+40,000 (+2 x 8.5346 x 10-4+21.8371 x 10-4 -3.75 X 10-3 ) = 0 KN-m
Step 7: SUPPORT REACTIONS:- By applying loads and end moments on free-body diagrams.
3KN/m 10KN 5KN
739 32 ~ 651.64KN-m ~J 4 60.71KN-m 1 2m
1rllllll~~!rrrl""iBt65~~:1~M 60.71K::~ID
240
i 222.8J~84.04 .
=+5-89.04 94 04
ii~~~:25+7.59 ~!~8;75_7.59
=+9+231.83 =+9-231.83 =89.04+5
Net reactions, shear force and bending moment diagrams can now be plotted
Step 8: S.F & B.M. DIAGRAMS & ELASTIC CURVE :-
. 739.32KN-m
Elastic curve
r.102.88Kn
. 21
1<
6m t 8m
306.87KN
>/< 8m >1
240'] +
222.83
8.84
+ L..r--,+3.84
84.04 I QS.F.D. (KN).
94.04
651.64
X=3.13m
+
o r - - * - - - - - - - -...------=--Q+ B.M.D.(KN-m)
739.32
Step 9: fOINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURE:-

NEAR A: Let it be at X from· A in Span AB
MX = -739.32 + 240.83X - 1.5X2 = 0
1.5X2 - 240.83X + 739.32 = 0
r
x= + 240.83 ± ;.1(-240.83)2 -4 X 1.5 x 739.32

2 x 1.5
240.83 ± 231.44
3
= 3.13 , 157.42
X = 3.13 m
NEAR C: Let it be at X' from C in Span BC - 60.71 + 94.04 X' = 0, X' = 0.646 m
EXAMPLE NO.6:- Analyze the continuous beam shoWTI due to settlement of support B by slope-
deflection method. Draw S.F. & B.M. diagrams & sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION-
24KN 12KN
E=200X10 6
KN/m2
4
I::: 400X 10-6m
A~B
~~
124KN
B ~ 2.5m 2.5m~ C
t
\
1
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS
Mfab = 3 x 4 2/12 = 4 KN-m Mfba = - 4 KN-m
Mfbc = 24 x 2.5 2 x 2.5/5 2 = 15
I· Mfcd = 12 x 12 x 3/42 = 2.25
Mfcb =-15 KN-m
Mfdc =-12 x 32 x 1142 =- 6.75 KN-m
I
Step2: CALCULATION OF R & 2~I TERMS FOR VARIOUS SPANS:-
I Span AB:-
I 0.015 .
R = +-4-= 3.75 x 10-3 Tad
II 2EI 2(200 x 10 6) (2 x 400 x 1O-'s)

-L= 4 = 80 ,.
000 KN-m
r
Span BC:-
0.015
R = - -5- = - 3 x 10-3 rad.
2EI _ 2 (200 x 106 )(4 x 400 x 10-6)

L - 5
= 128,000 KN-m
Span CD:-
R=O
2EI _ 2 x (200 X 106) (3 x 400 x 10-6)
L - 4
= 120,000 KN-m
Step 3: SLOPE- DEFLECTION EQUATIONS.

. 2ID
Puttmg values of fixed end moments, Tand 3R we have.
Mab = 4 + 80,000 (- 2 Sa - eb + 11.25 x 10-3)

Mba = - 4 + 80,000 (~2 eb - ea + 11.25 x 10-3)
Mbc = 15 + 128,000 ( - 2 eb - ee - 9 x 10-3)
Mcb = - 15 + 128,000(- 2ee - eb - 9 x 10-3)
Mcd = 2.25 +120,000 (- 2ee - Sd)
Mdc = - 6.75 + 120,000 (- 2 8d - ec)
Joint A; Mab=O (Pin support) ~ (1)
Joint B; Mba + Mbe=O (Continuous support) ~ (2)
Joint C; Mcb+Med=O (Continuous support) ~ (3)
Joint D; ed=O (Fixed end)

4 - 160,000 8a - 80,000 8b + 900 = 0 .. Mab = 0
- 160,000 Sa - 80,000 Sb + 904 = 0 ~ (1)
- 4 - 160,000 8b - 80,000 8a + 900 + 15-256,000 8b- 128,000 8c - 1152= 0
Mba+Mbc=O
- 80,000 Sa - 416,000 8b- 128,000 Sc - 241=0 -4 (2)
- 15 -256,000 8c -128,000 8b -1152 + 2.25 -240,000 8e- 120,000 ad = 0 ~ (3)
Meb+Med=O
- 128,000 Sb - 496,000 Se - 120,000 x 0 - 1164.75 = 0
or - 128,000 Sb -496,000 Se - 1164.75 = 0 Putting ed = 0 ~ (3)
Finally the equations become

- 160,000 8a - 80,000 8b + 904 = 0 ~ (1)
- 80,000 ea- 416,000 8b - 128,000 8e - 241 = 0 ~ (2)

- 128,000 eb - 496,000 8e - 1164.75 = 0 ~ (3)
e = (904 - 80000 8b')

From (1) ~ (4)
a 160000)
8 = (-1164.75-128000 eb~
From (3) ~ (5)
c 496000)
Put 8a & 8e from (4) and (5) in (2)
904 - 80000 8bJ .

-80,000 [ 160000 - 416,000 8b - 128,000
-1164.75 - 128000 8bJ_ 41 =

[ 496000 2 0
- 452 + 40,000 8b - 416,000 8b + 300.58 + 33032.268b- 241=0

- 342967.74 eb - 392.42 = 0
8b = - 1.144 X 10-3 radians
= (904 + 80000 x 1.144 x 1O-~

. From (4) 8 a 160000 J
ea = + 6.222 X 10-3 rad.
- 1164.75 + 128000 x 1.144 x 1O-:lj -3 .

From (5) 8? = ( 496000 -) = - 2.053 x 10 radians.
I 8e = - 2.053 X lO-3 rad.

-' 8a = +6.222 x 10-3 rad.
8b = - 1.144 X lO-3 rad.
8e = - 2.053 X 10-3 rad.
8d= 0 rad.
Step 6: END MOMENTS-

Putting the values of Fixed end moments, relative stiffness, and end rotations (8 values)
in slope-deflection equations, we have.
Mab = 4 + 80,000 (- 2x 6.222 X lO-3 + 1.144 x lO-3+ 11.25 x lO-3) = 0 KN-m
Mba = - 4 + 80,000 (+ 2 x 1.144 X 10-3- 6,222 x 10-3+ 11.25 x 10-3 ) = + 581 KN-m
Mbc = 15 + 128,000 (+2 x 1.144 x lO-3 + 2.053 X lO-3_ 9 X 10-3 ) = -581 KN-m .
Meb =- 15 + 128,000 (+ 2 x 2.053 X 10-3 +.1.144 X 10-3_ 9 x 10-3) = - 495 KN-m
Mcd = 2.25 + 120,000 (+ 2 x 2.053 x 10-3)= + 495 KN-m

Mdc = - 6.75 + 120,000 (+2.053 x 10-3) = -495 KN-m
Now plot SFD, BMD and sketch elastic curve by applying loads and end moments to
free-body diagram.
3KN/m 24KN 12KN

~1581 ~95 495 ~ 240
A 4m B) ~B 5m C J ~-c-4m~-D~
i
+145.25
~ ~
-145.25 -215.2 +215.2
i i +183.75
i
-183.75 reaction due to end moments (KN)
+6 +6 +12 +12 .+3 +9 reaction due to applied loads (KN)
+151.25 =139.25 -203.2 +227.2 +186.75 -174.75 final reactions (KN)
-342.45 +413.95
Note: Reactions due to loads and end moments have been calculated separately and then added up
appropriately.
3KN/m 24KN 12KN
---.!;~:::::::.!=-===:::,::::::,:::::::~-~~~~;::===~-..j:D) Elastic curve.
-k74.75KN
1m 5m 4m
174.75
186.7F&-+--.:...:,~ 174. 75KN
151.250~ 139.25
203.2
•
r QS.F.D. (KN)
227.2 227.2
581 1.37m
~ + X'=137m
~
. ~~~
~~.- 8.M.D. (KN-M)

=2.86m 995 .
. POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURES:-
Near B :- Span AB
Let it be 'X'
MX = 581 - 203.2 X = 0
X=2.86 m
-
,
Near D:- Span CD

Let it be X'
Mx' = 240 - 174.75 X' = 0
X'= 137m These have been shown on BMD.
EXAMPLE NO. 7:- Analyze the continuous beam shown due to the settlement of support B alone by
slope-deflectionmethod. Draw S.F. & B.M. diagrams & sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION :-
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS:.....:

. 2EI .
Mab= Mfab +T(-2 9a-9b + 3 R) A generalized slope - deflection
equation.
As there is no applied loading on the beam, therefore, all fixed end moment temis in the slope-
deflection equation will be equal to zero. .
Step 2; CALCULATION OF R AND 2~I TERMS FOR VARIOUS SPANS

Span AB;-
0.015
R=+-4-= + 3.75 x 10-3 rad.
2EI _ 2(200 x 106 ) (2 x 400 x 10-6) _ . '

L :- 4 - 80,000 KN-m
Span BC;-
0.015
R = - -.-5- = - 3 X 10-3 rad.
2EI 2(200 x 106 )(4 x 400 x 10-6)

T = 5 == 128,000 KN-m
Span CD:-
R=O rad. (Both points C and D are at the same level)
2EI 2(200 x 10 6 )(3 x 400 x 10-6) .

T= 4 = 120,000 KN-m
'i('.". .:'. ~. •J.: ~.'
230 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES ..
Step 3: SLOPE-DEFLECTION EQUATlONS:-

Putting 2~I and 3R values, we have.
Mab = 80,000 (- 2ea -!3b, ~ 11.25 x 10~j,)
Ml?a =:= 80,000 (- 2 eb - ea + 11.25.x 10-3 )
Mbt = 128,0'0'0 ( ~ 2 9b -ec - 9 x 10-3) ..
Mcb = 128,0'00 (- 2 ec - eb - 9 x 10-3 )

Mcd= 120',0'0'0' (-2 ec-ed)
Mdc = 120',0'0'0 (- 2 8d - ec )
Step 4: JOINT CONDITIONS ;-
Joint A ; Mab = (j (Pin support)
JointB ;Mba+Mbc=O (Continuous support)
Joint C ; Mcb + Mcd =0'. (Continuous support)
Joint D ; Mdc = 0' (Pin support)

Putting joint conditions in Slope - deflection equation, we have
(Mab=O')
- 160,0'00 ea - 80,000 eb + 900 = ° --', ' -+ (1)
(Mba + Mbc = 0) .
- 160,00'0' eb - 80,0'00' ea + 900' - 256,00'0 eb -128,000' ec..:. 1152 =:=0'.
-'- 80',0'0'0' ea - 416,0'00 eb - 128,0'00' 9c-252=O' -+ (2)
(Mcb + Mcd = 0)
- 256,000 ec - 128,00'0 eb - 1152 - 240,000 ec - 120,0'00' ed =
- 128,0'00 eb - 496,00'0 ec - 120,000 ed - 1152=0
° -+ (3)
(Mdc= 0)·
- 240,0'00 ed- 120,000 ec =
-120,000 ec - 240,000 ed =
°° .-+ (4)
Re-writing
+
- 160,0'0'0' ea - 80,0'00 eb + 0' 0' + 90'0' = ° -+ (1)
- 80,000 ea - 416.0'00 eb - 128,000 ec +
° - °- °
252 = -+ (2)
128,000 eb - 496,000 ec-120,OO'O' ed-1152 == 0'-+ (3)
° +0 °
- 120,0'0'0' ec - 240',00'0' ad + = 0' -+ (4)
From (1) e = (90'0' - 80'00'0 eb) -+ (5)

a 1600'00'
ed = ~ 120'0'0'0' ec
From (4) .
240'0'0'0'
ed=-0.5 ec -+ (6)
Put (5) in (2)

. (900 - 80000 9~'\ .
- 80,000 160000) - 416,000 9b - 128,000 9c -252 =0
. - 50 + 40,000 9b - 416,000 9b - 128,000 9c-252 = 0
-376,000 9b - 128,000 9c - 702"= 0 ~ (7)

Put (6) in (3)
- 128,000 6b - 496,000 9c - 120,000 ( - 0.5 6c) - 1152 = 0
- 128,000 9b - 436,000 9c_-=- 1152 =; 0 ~ (8)

,.'
From (7)
9b = (-702-128000 9c~ ~ (9)
.... 376000)
Put 8b from equation (9) in (8), we have.
- 702 - 128000 9c~

- 128,000 ( 376000 ) ~ 436,000 9c -:1152 = 0
238.98 + 43574.47 9c - 436,000 9c - 1152 = 0

- 392,425.53 9c-..;.. 913.02 = 0
9c = - 2.327 X 10-3 radians. 0-
3
9b = (- 702 + 128000 x 2.327 x 10- )
from (9) . 376000 .
.
eb = - 1.075 X 10-3 rad. Now calculate other rotations from equations.
Sa = + 6.162 X 10-3 rad .
.from (6)
9d = - 0.5 (- 2.327 x 10-3)
9d = + 1.164 X 10-3 rad.
Final values of end rotations are:
ea = + 6.162 X 10-3 rad.
9b = - 1.075 X 10-3 rad.
6c = - 2.327 X 10-3 rad.
ed = + 1.164 x 10-3 rad.
Step 6: END MOMENTS:-

Putting values ()f rotations in slope-deflection equations. .
Mab:::: 80,000 '(- 2 x 6.162 X 10-3 + 1.075 x 10-3+11.25 x 10-3 = 0 KN-m
Mba = 80,000(+2 x 1.075 x 10-3_ 6~192 x 10-3+11.25 x 10-3) = +579 KN-m
3 3 3
". . . ,= i28,000 (+2 x 1.075 x 10- +2327 X 10- - 9 X 10-
',' Mbc ~ ' .
) = -579 KN-m
MCb = 128,000 (+2 x i;;;;3~1.075 x 10- - 9 x 10-'3) ~ - 4}9 KN-m

x2.3ii 3
Mcd = 120,000 (+2 x2.327 x 10-3-1.164 x 10':"3) = + 419 KN-m

Mdc = 120,000 (-2 x 1.164 x 10-3 + 2.327 X 10-3) = 0 KN-m
-- A 4m :~ f: 9
5m
'
419 419
C'2~ 4m D
,
1
+144.75
tt
-144.75 -199,6
1 1
+199.6 +104.75
t
-104,75
Reaction due to
end moments
1144'75K~ ~344,35 KN 1304,35 KN ~04,75K'N Final reaction
.,., . .
.0" ,
344.35KN
1m 4m 5m 4m
.144.75
I + 1144.75 104,75
+ 1104.75,
I----~--+---~--+------IQ S.F.D. (KN)
199,6
579
I
199.6
..t::---------4t--------..,.0+ 8,M.D. (KN-rn)
Near B :- Span Be
Let it be at 'X' from B.

MX = 579 -'199.6 X = 0
X=2.9m
T SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD 233
4.5. APPLICATION TO FRAMES (WITHOUT SIDE SWAY):-
~ Centre lir:te
----.ro---~---_._, ,-----''------,
Lateral Loads Unsym eterical 21 21

Lo d
(Side sw Present)
Load is symmetrical and

(i) side sway present (ii) I is same but support conditions
are different (side sway present)
The side sway (relative displacement of two ends 9f a column) or the horizontal movement of the
structure may become obvious once the structure and the loading is inspected in tenns of inertia, E values and
support conditions etc. However, following are the rules and guide lines which may be followed for deciding
whether side sway is present or not.
(1) In case of symmetrical frames subjected to symmetrical loading,the side sway may
be neglected for columns having equal inertia values ifsupport conditions are same.
(2) If a forc~ is applied in horizontal direction to a symmetrical frame where no arrangement

exists for preventing horizontal movement, the side sway must be considered.{with
reference to all these diagrams).
(3) An unsymmetrical frame subj~cted to symmetrical loading might be considered to have

side sway..
4.6. UNSYMMETRICAL FRAME:-
"An unsymmetrical frame is that which has columns of unequal lengths and different end conditions
and moment of inertia the load may be symmetrical or unsymmetrical." .
4.7. STIFFNESS:-
"Stiffuess can be defined as the resistance towards deformation which is a material, sectional and
support parameter." "More is the stiffness, less is the deformation & vice versa. Stiffuess attracts loads /
stresses.
. The stiffuess is of various types:

(I) Axial stiffness (AE).
(2) Flexural stiffuess (EI).
(3). Shear stiffness (AG).
"(4) Torsional stiffness (GJ) ..
234 THEORY OF iNDETERMINATE STRUCTuREs
EXAMPLE NO. 8::- Analyze the rigid frame shown by slope-deflection method.
10KN
3m
B
4m ~
SOLUTION:- Examining loads and support conditions, horizontal moment is not possible.
Step 1: Relative Stiffness :-
I
Member I L Krel.
L
3
AB... 3 5 -x30 18
5
2
BC 2 4 -x30 15
.4 .
BD 2 3.) £x30 20
3
Step 2: Fixed End Moments :-

10KN
A ~ 2m! 3m ~B
~
2KN/m ..
B~_C
4m
Mfab = 10 x 32 X 2/5 2 = 7.2 KN-m ,

Mfbc = 2 x 42/12 = 2.67 KN-m,
Mfdb = Mfdb = 0 (There is no load acting within member BD)
Step 3: Generalized Slope - deflection Equation :-

Put values of fixed end moments.
Mab =7.2 + 18(-2 9a- 9b) = 7.2"': 36 9a -18 9b
Mba = - 4.8 + 18 (- 2 9b - 9a)= - 4.8 - 36 9b - 18 9a.
Mbc =2.67 + 15 (- 2 9b - Bc) = 2.67 - 30 9b - 15 9c.
Mcb =-2.67 + 15 (-2 9c -9b) =-2.67.~30 9c -15 9b .
Mbd = 0 + 20 (- 2 9b - 9d) = - 40 9b - 20 9d
Mdb = 0 + 20 (-2 9d- 9b) =-40 9d-40 9b.
Step 4: .Joint Condmons:-

Joint A : 9a = 0 (Being fixed end)
Joint B : Mba + Mbc + Mbd = 0 -HI) Continuous joint
Joint C :.Mcb = 0 (Pin end) ~ (2)
Joint D : .9d = 0 (Fixed end)
Step 5: Simultaneous equations
Putting above joint conditions in slope deflection equations, we have.
- 4.8-36 9b -18 ea+2.67 30 9b -15 9c - 40eb-20 9d = 0 ~ (1)
Mba + Mbc + Mbd=O
Put Sd = 0 and Sa = O.
- 4.8 - 36 Sb - 0 + 2.67 - 30 9b - 15 9c - 409b - 0 = 0
-106 9b -159c - 2.13 = 0 ~ (1)
(Mcb=O)
- 2.67 - 309c - 15 8b = 0 ~ (2)
.... 15 Sb - 30 Sc - 2.67 = 0 ~ (2)
-106 9b-15 Sc-2.13 = O. ~ (1)
- 15 Sb- 30'Oc - 2.67 ~'(2)
Multiply (1) by 2 and subtract (2) from (1)
- 212 Sb - 30 Sc - 4.. 26 = 0
+ 15 9b =+= 30 Oc + 2.67 = 0
- 197 9b -1.59 = 0
9b = - 8.07 x 10-3 rad.
From (1)::::> -106 (- 8.07 x 10-3 ) -15 9c - 2.13 = 0

6c = - 84.96 X 10-3 rad.
Sa= 0 rad.
Sb = - 8.07 x 10-3 rad..
Hc = - 84.96 X 10-3 rad.
6d=Orad.
Step 6: End moments. .

Putting values ofFEM and rotations in slope-deflection equations.
Mab = 7.2 - 36 (0) - 18(-8.07 X 10-3 )= + 7.345 KN-m
Mba = - 4.8 - 36(- 8.07 x 10-3 )- 18 (0) = - 4509 KN-m
,'Mbc = 2.67-30(-8.07xlO-3 )-15 (-84.96 x 10-3 ) = + 4.187 KN-m'
Mcb =- 2.67 - 30 (-84.96 X 10-3 ) -15 (- 8.07 x 10-3 ) = 0
Mbd = - 40(-8.07 X 10-3 ) - 20 (0) = + 0.323 KN-m
Mdb = - 40(0) - 20 (-8.07 x 10-3 ) = + 0.161 KN-m
-,
I
Draw SFD , BMD and sketch elastic curve.
1-345 11oKN 4.509 4.18~

~A 2m _3m B)¥'B~C
+6 +4~, . +4 +4
0.33 ... .
+0.57 -0.57 ~ +1.05. -1.05
t
6 .57 t3.44 ~6 t5.05 t2.95
3m
,~6
"--'10.161
t8.48
7.345KN 10KN
2KN/m
(A'2m 1 3m B 4'1J3J
KN
-1 . c
6,57~ J} l:j'5.05KN4m j 2.96KN
3.:43KN 4.509 KN-m
Vx=2.96-2X=0
x=2.96-2x=0
5'04
~
Mx=2.96x1.48 1.48
6.57 I 16.57 -1.48
I~+S.F.D.(KN)
o
+--1.----, +
S.F.D. (KN) ,___
L...:--,,--~--J
3.43
123.43
.'. =2.190W-m
o
+
_ Q )
Point of contraflexure 2.96
X=1.12M Mx=2.96x-x=0
5.795 ~
B.M.D. (KN-m) _
_ __.
- -
X(2.96-X)=0.
X=1.31m M' 4 09
...--r'----.-"I...,.~ b
E' h
x=.5 x3.43 It er x=O
0 : b
. .
2.190,
.i.+B:M.D-(~N:m) v@+... .'
. X - .
7.34 . 4.509 - 1(. )1
X=1.31m 4.187 =2.96m"
'2
:Z:
~ ~
ci
ci
u.: (t):;;
~ en ~m
0.+ 01 o +01
L.,."
~
o
Ld .', _:.::.
.0
t
....
(t:J 0 ~
(t:J
~
d
)-
6.57
5.04
+ 0.16'
Ah-----+---------~+---~~----~
3.43 2.96
S.F.D.
5.795
Ak---~------~~-..---~------~
ELASTIC CURVE
EXAMPLE NO. 9:- Analyze the rigid frame shown by slope-deflection method
10KN,
, B 2m
C
21
1.5m
-,
!
238 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTlJRES
SOLllTION:- Inspecting loads and support conditions, horizontal displacement is not possible.
Step 1: Relative Stiffness:-

I
Member I L Krei.
L
2
AB 2 3 -x 12 8
3 .
3
BC 3 4 -x 12 9
4
Step 2: Fixed End Moments :-
Mfab = 5 x 1.;~ x 1.5 + 1.875 KN-rn
Mfba=~ 1.875-KN-m
r"
+,5KN:..m
"
Mfcb = - 5 KN-m
, ~,
.~. ",. \'

Step 3:"Gen~alized S1op~eflection Equations:-
Put values of fixed end'moments and Krel.
Ma~ = 1.875 + 8 (--2 9a - 9b)
Mba=-: 1.875 + 8 (- 2 9b-9a)
Mbc = 5 + 9 (-29b- 9c)
Mcb=-5 + 9 (-2 9c-eb)
Step4: Joint Conditions:-
Joint A :9a=0 Being fixed End:
Joint B : Mba + Mbc = 0 Continuous end.
Joint C : 9c = 0 Being fixe!! End.
Step 5: Simultaneous Equations :-

Put Sa= 9c = 0 in the joint condition at B.
. Mba+Mbc=O
- 1.875 -16 9b - 0 + 5 -18 9b - 0 = 0
3.125 - 34 9b = 0
,& .
9b = + 0.092 ~ radians.
9a=0
9c=0
Step 6: End moments.

. . Put values of rotations in slope-deflection equations.
Mab = 1.875 + 8(0 -0.092) = + 1.140 KN-m
Mba = - J.875 + 8 (,.- 2 x 0.092 - 0 ) = -:- 3.346KN-m
Mbc= 5+ 9 (- 2 x 0.092 - 0) = + 3.346 KN-m .
Mcb = - 5 -I- 9 (0 - 0.092) =- 5.827 KN-m
Now draw SFD , BMD .and sketch elastic curve. Doing it by-parts for each member.
3.346
10KN
2m
5.827
3.23~ (_Z_m_---"__-'--_)
1 3.235
+--
+5 / +5
. -0.620
i 4.380KN i
+0.620
5.62 KN
~ 4.38
~3.346 +2.5
1.5m +0.735
. j.3.Z35 KN
1.5m
+Z.5
J140 -0.735
t"i 4.38
1.765 KN
' ..
SHEAR FORCE AND B.M. DIAGRAMS

. SKN
I S.827KN -m 1.14KN.m! 3.346KN-m.
i 'C
At. 1.Sm 1.Sm \ B
1 ,~ 1.76SKN
\:
IS.62KN' t. 1-
3!23SKN
43 1 765
Mx=.3.346 4.38 I + 1 . . 8•. , 1.
+4. 38X=O 0'-----+---'------,1° S.F. D.. 0 I-:-._+..",._,...---Ir--:--.-" °s. F. O.
X=0.764m 1------\. 5.62 , ' ·3.235
, 5.62
Mx=5.62X
. -5.827=0
5.414
X=1.037m I .
X=O.7~64
X=1.037m 1.508 ' .
A
~. ~
'~I+ I~
o ' 0 o +, 0
3.3461)7 ", ""ZI 1.14
- - 8.M.D.
3.346
240
S.F.D
THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
BMD
1
4.38
·5.414
1
f'
+
8 C
- ~
3.235
1 5.62 5.827
.--1--
1.508 Elastic CUNe
+
•
"TT "T"r7
1.765. A . 1.14
4.8. FRAMES WITH SIDE SWAY - SINGLE STOREY FRAMES :-

For columns of unequal heights, R would be calculated as follows:
8 21 '-3
Rab= ~
Rcd = A-.
L2
P
To show the application to frames with sidesway, let us solve examples.
EXAMPLE NO. 10:- Analyze the rigid frame shown by slope-,-deflection method.
8 2m Sm C
4I
3m r 3m
A D
. I
r
I
I
.
SOLUTION:-
I
. Member I L ICrel.
L
1 •.·o'·~
AB 3 -x 21 7
3
4
Be 4 7 7"x21 12
1
CD 3 - x 21 7
3
Step 2: Relative Values of R :-
Ll
Rab ,: Red = "} = Rrel or R (columns are of 3m length)
Mab = Mfab +ICrelab (- 2 9a - 9b + Rrel)
Mba = Mfba + ICrelab (- 2 9b - 9a + Rrel)
Other expressions can be written on similar lines.
NOTE:- In case of side sway, R values are obtained for columns only because the columns are supposed
to prevent (resist) side sway not beams.
Step 3: Fixed' End Moments:-
Mfbc = 5 x 5~ x 2 _5.10 KN-m

7
-5 X 22 x 5
Mfcb = 72 = - 2.04 KN-m
All other F .E.M. are zero because there are no loads on other Spans.
I.e. Mfab = Mfba = 0

& Mfcd= Mfdc = 0
Step 4: Slopt! - deflection Equations:- Putting values ofFEM's while R will now appear as unknown.
Mab = 0 + 7 (- 29a - 9b + R)
Mba = 0 + 7 (- 2 9b - 9a + R)
Mbc= 5.1 + 12 (-2 9b-9c)
Mcb =- 2.04 + 12 (- 2 9c- 9b)
Mcd = 0 + 7 (- 2 9c - 9d + R)
Mdc = 0 + 7 (- 2 9d - 9c + R)
-.: ~;
""""l.'i'!j
I
242 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES I
Step 5: ,Joint Conditions :-

Joint A : Sa = 0 (Fixed joint)
Joint B : Mba + Mbc = 0 (Continuous joint) ~ (1)
Joint C : Mcb + Mcd = 0 C (Continuous joint) ~ (2)
Joint D : Sd = 0 (Fixed Joint)
Step 6: Shear Conditions :-
Mba Mcd
~-7 .r.c -7
3m 3m
Mab + Mba 10. . L -

Hd = Mdc + Mcd
. A~ ~ Ha= '-.,./'....- ~=--=-:.:.=.;;:...
. Mab 3 Mdc 3
L Fx=O
Ha of Hd 0=
NOTE: Shear forces are in agreement with direction of A. The couple constituted by shears is balanced by
the direction of end moments. (Reactive hori:z:orttal forces constitute a couple in opposite direction to that of
end momens). . .
LFx=O
HatHd=O '
Write in tenns of moments.
Mab+Mba+Mdc+Mcd=O ~ (3)
Apply equations (1), (2) & (3) and solve for 8b, Sc & R.. Equation (3)is aisdc~ledsliearc~ndition.
Step 7: Simultaneous Equations:-
Put Sa and Sd equal to :z:ero in joint conditions for}3!lndC irttenns ofiel1d moments.
Mba+Mbc=O
so - 14 8b + 7 R + 5.1 - 24 Sb - 12 8c = 0 ~ (1)
Mcb+Mcd=O
- 38 8b -12 Sc+ 7.R+ 5.1 = 0
- 2.04 - 24 Oc':" 129b - 14 8c + 7 R = 0
or - 12 Sb - 38 Sc + 7 R - 2.04 = 0 ~ (2)
Mab+Mba+Mdc+ Mcd= 0
- 7 8b + 7 R - 14 8b + 7 R - 7 Sc + 7 R - 14 8c + 7R=0
- 21 8b - 21 Sc + 28 R =0
or - 3 8b - 3 8c + 4 R = 0 ~ (3)
re-writing the equations again.
- 38 8b -12 8c + 7 R + 5.1 = 0 ~ (1)
- 12 8b - 38 8c + 7 R - 2.04 = 0 ~ (2)
- 3 8b - 3 8c + 4 R = 0 ~ (3)
SLOPE - PEFLECTION MEJHOD 243
Subtract. (2) from (1)

- 38 8b - 12 8c + 7 R + 5.1 = 0
- 12 8b - 38 8c + 7 R- 2.04 = 0
- 26 8b + 26 8c + 7.14 == 0 -+ (4)
Multiply (2) by 4 & (3) by 7 & subtract (3) from (2)

- 48 8b - 152 8c + 28 R- 8.16 = 0 -+ (2)
=+ 21 8b =+ 21 8c ± 28 R = 0 -+ (3)
- 27 8b - 131 8c - 8.16 =0 -+ (5)
From (4)
8b= 26(;;+7.14
put in (5) and solve for 8c
26
_27268c+7.141318c_8.16=O -+ (6)
26
.- 27 8c -7.415 -131 8c - 8.16 = 0
-158 8c - 15:575 = 0
8c = - 0.0986 rad.
From.(6), 8b = - 26 x 0.~86 + 7.14
8b = + 0.1760 rad.
From (1)
- 38 (0.1760) -12 (-O.0986)+7R+5.1 = 0
R=+ 0.0580
So finally, we have .
.. 8a=0
8b = + 0.1760
8c =-0.0986
8d=0
. R= + 0.0580
END MOMENTS :-
Putting above values of rotations and R in slope deflection equations, we have.
Mab = 7 (0- 0.176 + 0.058) = - 0.82-6 KN-m
Mba = 7 (- 2x 0.176 - 0 + 0.058) = - 2.059 KN-m
Mbc = 5.1 + 12 (- 2 x 0.176 + 0.0986) = + 2.059 K.~-m
Mcb = - 2.04 + 12 (+ 2 x 0.0986 - 0.176) = - 1.786 KN-m
Mcd = 7 (+ 2 x 0.0986 - 0 + 0.058) = + 1.786 KN-m
Mdc = 7 ( 0 + 0.0986 + 0.058) = + 1.096 KN-m
Draw SFD , BMD and sketch elastic curve.
244 THEORYOF~ETERN.ITNATESTRUCTURES
SHEAR FORCE & S.M. DIAGRAMS .:- By Parts
O~ B (059 2m 15KN 5in

.
1.786
~) C (0.962
2.059
t 61
t
+3.571
+0.039
3.61
+1.429
-0.039
t: 1.39
1 39
'vr
1.786
BI\, ~
+0.962 t+O.961
3m 3m
-0.962
~ 1.096
~0.826
. 1'3.6· 41.39
5KN 1.786KN-m
B r-~__- L_ _~5=m~~~ C }
1.39KN
3 61
. Mx=-2.059 3.61 1 . ..
+3.61X=0 . +
X=0.57m 1 - - - - - - - t - - - - - - - - r S.F.D.
I
Mx=-1.786 11.39
+1.39X'=0 1.39 0.962
X'=1.28m
5.161 ,
X=O.5~X=1.28m 0862
0V.
~I + '~
~ 0 ~.M.D.
2.059 1.786
z
EI ~
C\I
C\I
to
q 0>
It) 0
z ID to :::a: C!
xC\III
0>
~ ~~ 0. m C\I
r
0> 0 0
It) to
0 0>
N 0 I
~.';
z.
E ~
E C') cooco
I
C\I
to to o II 0
Z
~ .. ,. 0>
0
C\I
~
~~~
~-~ 0 0
co '
0
SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD· 245
EI
Z
::.::: z c:i
(0 ::.::: ~
~O ..-- ..- (0
(0
<0 (j) oj
~ en ~
V- a d ..-- a
a
..-- a a (0
co ex)
en f'.:
o
Super impositing member SFD's and BMD's.

5.161
3.61
..--T-'------.;::.....,.--, C
+
C
B
0.962 - 1
0.961
S.F.O B.M.O.
1
rTT m 0.962 nm'n

A o A o 1.096
SFD EMD
ELASTIC CURVE:-
'.
EXAMPLE NO. 11:- Analyze the rigid frame shown by slope-<iefleetion method.
3m I
Sm I 5m
E
o F
7m 7m
I~ ~
SOLUTION:-
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS :-
20 X 22 X 5
Mfbe=· 72 =+ 18.16 KN-m
20 X 52 X 2
Mfeb = 72 = - 20.41 KN-m
1--
Mfad = Mfda = 0
Mfbe = Mfeb = 0
Mfab = Mfba = 0 As there are no loads on these spans.
Mfef = Mffe = 0
Step 2: RELATIVE STIFFNESS:-

I
Member I L Krel.
L
2
AB 2 7 "7 x 105 30
2
BC 2 7 -:;x 105 30
1
AD 5 Sx 105 21
·1
BE 3 3' x 105 35
1
CF 5 Sx 105 21
------- - - -
I : E - DEFLECTION METHOD 247
!
j
]
Step 3: RELATIVE VALUES OF R :-
~
Member ~ L Rrel.
L
AB 0 7 0 0
BC 0 7 0 0
~
AD ~ 5 -x 15 3R
5
~
BE ~ 3 -x 15 5R
3
~
CF ~ 5 -x 15 3R
5 .
Step 4: SLOPE-DEFLECTION EQUATIONS :-:-

Putting the· values of fixed end moments.
1
1 Mab = 0 + 30 (- 2 Sa - Sb) = - 60 Sa - 30 Sb
Mba = 0 + 30 (- 2 Sb - Sa) = - 60 Sb - 30 Sa
1
1 Mbc = 8.16 + 30 (- 2 Sb - Sc) = 8.16 - 60 Sb - 30 Sc
i
:1 Mcb = - 20.41 + 30(- 2 8c - Sb) = - 20.41-60 8c-30 8b
j Mad=O+ 21 (- 2 Sa-8d + 3R) =-42 Sa+ 63 R
I
Mda = 0 + 21 (- 2 Sd - Sa + 3 R) = - 21 9a + 63 R
1 Mbe = 0 + 35 (- 2 Sb- Se + 5 R)=-70 Sb + 175 R

\ Meb = 0 + 35 (- 2 Se - Sb + 5 R) = - 35 Sb+ 175 R
.J
I
1!
Mef =·0 + 21 (- 2 Se - Sf + 3 R) = - 42 Sc + 63 R
Mfe = 0 + 21 (- 2 Sf - Se + 3 R) = - 21 Sc + 63 R

Joint A :Mad + Mab = 0 (Continuous joint) -? (1)
Joint B : Mba + Mbe + Mbe = 0 (Continuous joint) -? (2)
Joint C: Meb + Mef= 0 (Continuous joint) -? (3)
Joint D : Sd = 0 (Fixe.d end)
Joint E : Se = 0 (Fixed end)
Joint F : Sf= 0 (Fixed end)
. Step 6: SHEAR. CONDITIONS :-
Mad Mef
S ~
~~
Mbe
.r.c -?
. i
3m
5m .J§"
Meb 5m
~H - Meb+Mbe Mfc+Mcf
e- 3 Hf= ~~'-
~<E
Hd= Mda+Mad r5
",
5 ~Mfe
Mda
rFX=O
Hd + He + Hf = 0, Now put Hd, He and Hf in terms of end moments. We have
Mda + Mad Meb + Mbe Mfc + Mcf 0
5 + 3 + 5
or 3 Mda + 3 Mad + 5 Meb + 5 Mbe+ 3 Mfc+3 Mcf= 0 ~ (4)
Putting end conditions in above four equations. We have

. (Mad + Mab = 0) .
so - 42 9a + 63 R - 60 9a - 309b = 0
, '
- 102 9a - 30 9b + 63 R = 0 ~ (1)
Mba + Mbc + Mbe = 0
so - 60 9b - 30 9a + 8.16 - 60 9b - 30 9c - 70 Sb + 175 R = 0
..,
I
- 30 Sa - 190 Sb - 30 9c + 175 R + 8.16 = 0

Mcb + Mcf= 0
so -20.41-609c-30Sb-429c+63R=0
. -309b-l029c+63R-20.41=0 ~ (3)
3Mda +' 3Mad + 5Meb + 5Mbe + 3Mfc + 3Mcf= 0
so, 3(-21 9a+63 R)+3(:-42 9a+63 R) +5(-35 Sb+175 R-709b+175 R) +3(-21 Sc+63 R- 429c+63 R)=O
-63 ea+ 189 R-126 Sa + 189 R-175 9b + 875 R- 350Sb + 875 R- 63 9c + 189 R-126 ec + 189 R= 0
-189.Sa- 525 9b - 189 9c + 2506 R = 0 ~ (4)
(not a necessary step). Writing in a matrix form to show that slope-deflection method is a stiffuess metho.d.
We get a symmetric matrix about leading diagonal.
- 102 Sa - 30 9b + 0 + 63 R + 0 =0
30Sa-1909b-309c+175R+8.16 =0
o - 30 9b - 102Sc + 63 R - 20.41 = 0
.'
-189 Sa- 525 Sb - 189Bc + 2506 R =:0
-102 Sa - 30Sb + 63 R =0 -+ (1)

-308a - 1905b - 308c + 175 R + 8.116 =0 -+ (2)
-308b -1028c + 63 R- 20.41 =0 -+ (3)
-1898a - 525Sb - 189Sc + 2506 R =0. (4)
Solve the above equations, find end moments and hence draw, S.F, B.M, elastic curse diagrams.
Solving aboving 4 equations, following values,are obtained. '.
Sa = -0.024924, 8b = 0.0806095, 8c = -0.225801, R = -0.00196765.( use programmable calculator or
' .. Gausian elimmation) .
Putting these values in step 4, nodal moments may be calculated as foHows:
Mab = 0 + 30 (-2ea - 8b)= -60Sa - 30Sb
= -60(-0.024924) ·:·-30 (0.0806095)
= 0.923 KN-m.
Mba = -608b - 30Sa = ~0(.0806095) -30(-0.024924) = -4.089 KN-m.
Mbc = 8.16-60 (.0806095) -30 (-0.225801) =10.097 KN-m.
Mcb = -20.41- 6,0 (":.225801) -30 (0.0806095) = 0.928KN-m.
Mad = -42 (-.024924) +63 (-.00196765) =0.923 KN-m.
Mda ~ -21(-.024924)+63 (-.00196765) = 0.3994 KN~m~
Mbe =-70 (.0806095) +175 (-:-.00196765) = -5.987 KN-m.
Meb = -35(0.0806095) + 175 (-.00196765) = 3.166 KN-m.
Mef =-42(0.225801) +63(-.001968) = ..,.9.60 KN-m..
Mfc =-21 (-0.2258)+63 (-.00197) = 4.12 KN-m.
SFD, BMD and elastic curve can be sketched now as usual.
4.9. DOUBLE STOREYED FRAMES WITH SIDE SWAY(.GENERALIZED TREATMENT)

FORR VALUES. .
P1 C 111 o . _/}1
.... ,
Hb! .HE:: L1
l1 -+- :
sl1b /}'4
--
p" ~
E;'
: ® L3
L2
ITTfrn +-H F'
A F
ITT "T77 '-Ha
~1-~2
Rbc=Red=
, LI
. Rab=~
L2
IfLI = Lj
~
Then Rab=~
L2
4.9.1. SHEAR CONDITIONS FOR UPPER STOREY :-
Mde
~~
~b He H _Med+Mde
B' Hb=Mbc+Mcb E ~ e- L1
~bC L1 ~Med
P1-Hb-He=O
2:FX = 0 Hb and He can be written in tenns of end moments as above. Applied load upto Section-l-l.
. 4.9.2. SHEAR CONDITIONS FOR LOWER STOREY :-
Mba Mef
.~
P2--? B --? ~ --?
L2
. Mba+Mab HF=Mef+Mfe
(~1 + P2) - Ha - Hf=O ~a= L2 FoE-- L3
.~
Mab Mfe ...•

}:FX = 0 Applied shear is to be considered upto Section 2-2. To demonstrat~ the
application, let us solve the following question.
EXAMPLE NO. 12:- Analyze the following frame by slope - deflection method. Cohsidei:
I = 500 x 10-6rn4 ,
E = 200 X 106 KN/m2
It is a double story frame carrying gravity and lateral loads.
24KN/m
jN/m.
51
. -_ _ 8m .1
' ............ _------------

f
II SLOPE - DEFLECTION METHOD 251
\
SOLUTION :-
I
I
I
II
\
I I
Member I L K rel
L
2
AB 2 8 -x 24 6
8
2
BC 2 6 -x 24 8
6
5
CD 5 8 -x 24 15
8
2
DE" 2 6 -x 24 8
6
2
EF " 2 6 -x 24 8
6
5
BE 5 8 -x 24 15
8
Step 2: Relative Values of R.
For upper story columns
Lli - Ll2 .
Rbc = Rde = 6 =R1- - (Say)
Rab= ~ x24 Ref = ~x24

Rab = 3 R2 (say) Ref = 4 R2 (Say)
Because lower story columns have different heights.
Step 3: F.E.M:-
F.E.M.s are induced in beams only as no loads act within column heights-.
24 X 82 .
Mfbe = Mfcd = - -
12
= + 128 KN-m
Mfeb = Mfdc =- 128 KN-m
Step 4: Slope - Deflection Equations:- Put values ofFEM's and RValues for columns.
MAB = 0 + 6 ( -2ea - eb + 3 R2)

MBA = 0 + 6 ( - 2eb - eac + 3 R2)
.. ( M BC = 0+8 (-2eb-ec+I{,)
MCB = 0 + 8 (-2Se- Sb + R 1)
Mco = 128 + 15 (- 2Se - Sd)
Moc = -128+ 15 (-2Sd-Se)
MOE = 0 + 8 ( - 2Sd - Se + R 1)
M EO = 0+8(-2Se-8d+R1)
MEF = 0 + 8 ( - 2Se - Sf + 4R2 )
MFE = 0 + 8 ( - 2Bf - Be + 4R2 )
MBE = 128 + 15 (- 28b - 8e)
MEB = - 128 + 15 (- 28e - 8b)
Step 5: JoiJ;lt Conditions :-

Joint A: 8a = 0 (Fixed joint)
Joint B: MBA + M Bc + MBE = 0 ~ (1)
Joint C: MeB + Mco = 0 ~ (2)
Joint D: Moe + MOE = 0 ~ (3),
'. I~'
Joint E: MEt;> + MEB + MEF = 0 . ~. (4)

Joint F: Sf = 0 (Fixed joint)
Step 6: Shear Conditions :-
For Upper Storey :-
MOE
~ ,
o ~
6m 8m
B M BC Hb E MEO He
~~ ~~
HB = MBC+MCB. HE = MEO+MOE
6 6
I:FX = 0, 10 - Hb -He =0 putting values ofHb and He interIIls of end moments and simplifying, we get.
60 - M Bc - MCB - MED - MOE = 0 . ~ (5)
· SLOPE ~ DEFLECTION METHOD 253
For Lower Storey.
8m 6m
~
~MFE
MFE+MEF
HF=----
6
LFX=0,10-Ha-Hf=0
Putting the valves ofHa and Hf in terms of end moments and simplifying, we get.
4S0 - 6M AB - 6 MBA - S MFE -8 MEF = 0 ~ (6)
Now we have got six equations and Six unknowns. (8b, Sc, Sd, Se, Rio R 2)
Step 7: Simultaneous Equations ;-.

Putting joint conditions in slope deflection equations we have.
Mba + Mbc + Mbe = 0, -128 B+1S R2 - 16S B- S8c+SR1+128 - 308 B-158E= 0
or -5S8 8 - S 8 e -158E+ SRI + lSR2 + 128 = 0 ~. (1)
Mcb+Mcd=O
-168c - 8S B+ SR, + 12S - 308e -158 0 = 0
or - S8B- 46Se - 15eo + SRI + 12S = 0 -4 (2)
Mdc+Mde=O
- 12S - 308 0 - 158c - 1680 - SSE + S R, = 0
or - 158c - 468 0 - S8 E+ S RI - 12S = 0 ~ (3)
Med + Meb + Mef= 0
-168 E- SeD + S R I -12S - 308E- 158B- 16SE + 32R2 = 0
or -158 B- SSo-628E + S R, + 32R2 -12S = 0 ~ (4)
Putting expressions of end moments in equations 5 and 6 , we have.
60 - (-168 B-S8e + S.RI -168e - SSB + 8RI) - (-168 E - se o + SRI -1680 - S8 E + SRI) = 0
or 60 + 168B+ 88c - 8RI + 168c + S8 B- S RI + 168E + S80 - SRI + 1680 + S8 E - SRI = 0
or· 248 B+ 248c + 248 0 + 248E - 32RI + 60 = 0 ~ (5)
480 - 6( - 68 B+ 18R2 - 128B+ 18R2 ) - 8(-168E + 32R2 - S8 E + 32R2) = 0

or 4S0 + 1088 B- 216 Ri + 192 8 E - 512 R2 = 0
or 108 8B+ 192 8 E - 728 R2 + 4S0 = 0 ~ (6)
Solving above six equations, we have.
Sb=2.721 rad, 8c=3.933 rad, 8d= -3.225 rad, Se=-1.545 rad, Rl=3.2S9 rad, R2=0.656 rad.
Putting these in slope deflection equations, the values of end mom~nts are. .
Mab= -4.518, Mba= -20.844, Mbc= -4S.688. Mcb= -58.384, Mcd=58.3S4, Mdc=-90.245, Mde=90.272,
Med= 76.816, Mef-=45.696, Mfe=33.344, Mbe= 69.53, Meb = -122.495 KN-m
Now SFD, BMD and elastic curve can pe sketched as usual.
"
EXAMPLE NO. 13:- Analyze the rigid frame shown by slope-deflection method.
SOLUTION: It is a double storey frame carrying gravity loads only. Because of difference in column
heights, it has become an unsymmetrical frame.
3KN/m
C b..1 Db..
-.1.
i
51 :
4m 21 , 3KN/m 21 4m,:
/::;2\ ,o,i' ' E b..~
8 , 51
.
!21
21 ,
':4m
5m F
A'
I~(-- 5m---:»1
Step 1: RELATIVE. STIFFNESS.
I
Member I .L L Krel
4
AB 2 5 -x
5 10. 8
2 '
BC 2 4 -x 10 5
4
5
CD 5 5 -x 10 10
5
2
DE 2 4 -x 10 5
4
2
Ef 2 4 -x 10 ,5
4
5
BE 5 5 -x 10 10
5
Step 2: F.E.M:-
F.E.Ms. are induced in beams only as they carry u.d.l. No loads act within column
heights.
3 x 25 .. '
Mfbe = Mfcd =':}2= + 6.25 KN~m
Mfeb = Mfdc = - 6.25 KN-m.

Step 3: RELATIVE VALUES OF R:-
~
Member ~ L !<reI
L
AB ~2 5 ~20 4R2
Lli - ~2
BC (~\-Ll2) 4
4 R\
CD 0 5 0 0
LlI- ~2
DE (Ll\-Llz) 4 Rl
4
EF ~2 4 ~x20
4 5 R2
BE 0 5 0 0
. ~2 terms have been arbitrarily multiplied by 20 while til ~ Ll2 has been taken equal to R l .
Step 4: SLOPE - DEFLECTION EQUAnONS :-
By putting FEM's and !<reI Values.
Mab = 0 + 8 ( .... i ea - Sb + 4 R2) = - 8 8b + 32 R2
Mba = 0 + 8 (- 2 eb - Sa + 4 R2) =- 16 8b + 32 R2
Mbe = 0 + 5 (- 2 eb - Se + R l ) = - 10 8b - 5 Se + 5 Rl
Meb = 0 + 5 (- 2 Se- 8b + R 1) = - 10 8e - 5 Sb + 5 R\
I Med = 6.15 + 10 (- 2 8e - Sd) = 6.25 - 20 ge - 10 Sd

Mde = - 6.25 + 10 (- 2 Sd - ee) = - 6.25 - 20 8d - 10 8e
Mde = 0 + 5 (- 2 Sd - Se + R l ) = - 10 Sd - 5 8e + 5 Rl
Med = 0 + 5 (- 2 8e - ed + R l ):;: - 10 8e - 5 Sd + 5 Rl .
Mef = 0 + 5 (- 2 8e - Sf + 5 R2) = - lOSe + 25 R2
Mfe =0 + 5 (- 2 Sf - Se + 5 R2) = - 5 Se + 25 R2
Mbe= 6.25 + 10 (-2 Sb-Se) = 6.25 -20 Sb-lO Se
Meb = - 6.25 +10 (- 2 Se - eb) = - 6.25 - 20 8e - 10 8b
Step 5: JOINT CONDITIONS ;-
Joint A : Sa = 0 (Fixed joint)

Joint B : Mba + Mbc + Mbe = 0 ~ (1)
Joint C : Mcb + Med = 0 -'» (2)

JointD :Mde + Mde = 0 -'» (3)
Joint E: Med + Meb + Mef= 0 -'» (4)
Joint F : ef= 0 (Fixed joint)
Step 6: SHEAR CONDITIONS :- Upper Storey
Meb Mde
r~ ~~
He Hd
4m 4m
B ~b E~e
-....:./'I Mbc ......:..,.?r Med
Hb=Mbc+Mcb
4
He_Med+Mde
- 4
:EFX = 0, Hb -j: He = °, Now putting their values 4 (5)
(
Mbe +4 Meb~ + fMed +4 Mde~ -_
) ,,- )
° Simplify
Mbe + Meb + Med + Mde = {}- -'» (5).
MBA
Jr.-~
B .
4m
·5m
F -E-HF
A~HA . .........,..?(
......:..,.?r MFE
MAB
Shear Condition: Lower Storey.

:EFX = 0, Ha + Hf= °
Ha = (Mab ; Mba) , Hf= (Mf~Me~ Simplify
. 4 (Mab + Mba) + 5 (Mfe +Met) = ° -'»(6)

Step 7: SIMULTA.l~EOUS EQUATIONS:-

Putting joint and shear conditions in above six equations and simplify.
Mba + Mbe +Mbe =0
or -16 8b + 32 R2 - 10 8b - 5 8e +5 Rl + 625 ~20 8b-l08e = 0
-468b-58c-l08e+5R1 +32R2 +6.25=O ~ (1)
Mcb+Mcd=O
or - 10 8c - 5 8b + 5 Rl + 6.25 - 20 8c - 10 8d = 0
- 5 8b - 30 8c - 10 8d + 5 Rl + 6.25 = 0 ~ (2)
Mdc+Mde=O
or - 6.25 - 5 8d - 10 8c - 10 Sd - 5 Se + 5 Rl = 0
- 10 8c - 30 8d - 5 8e + 5 Rl - 6.25 = 0 . ~ (3)
Med + Mcb + Mef= 0
or - 10 8e - 5 8d + 5 Rl - 6.25-20 Se-lO 8b-lO 8e + 25 R2 = 0
-108b-58d-408e+5R1 +25R2-6.25=O ~ (4)
Mbc + Mcb + Med + Mde = 0
or - 10 8b - 5 8c + 5 Rl - 10 8c - 5 8b + 5 Rl - 10 8d
I - 5 8e + 5 Rl - 10 8e - 5 8d + 5 Rl = 0
- 15 8b - 15 8c - 15 8d -15 8e + 20 Rl = 0 ~ (5)
4(Mab + Mba) + 5 (Mfe + Met) = 0
I or 4 (-S8b + 32 R2 -16 8b + 32 R2) +5(-10 8e + 25 R2 - 5 ee + 25 R2) = 0
I - 96 8b -75 Be + 506 R2 = 0
Solving above six equations (by programmable cal~ulator)

~ (6)
we have.
I t
8b=0.141, 8c=0.275, 8d=-O.276, 8e=-O.156, Rl={).01224,
By Putting these in slope deflection equations, the values of end moments are.
R2=O.0036l3.
! Mab =-1.012, Mba=-2.l4, Mbc =-2.846, Mcb=-3.5162, Mcd= 3.51, Mdc=-3.48, Mde = 3.52,
!
Med = 2.8788, Mef = 1.65, Mfe = O~87, Mbe = 4.99, Meb = -4.54
I
,
Now SFD, BMD and elastic curve can be sketched as usual.
I,-
I
CHAPTER FIVE
5. THE MOMENT - DISTRIBUTION METHOn

"
5.1. Introduction :-
Professor Hardy Cross of University of IIUnois of U.S.A invented this method in 1930. However,
the method was well-established by the end of 1934 as a result of several research publications which
app~ared in the Journals of American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). In some books, the moment-
distribution method is also referred to as a Hardy Cross method or simply a Cross method.
The moment-distribution method can be used to analyze all types of statically indeterminate
beams or rigid frames. Essentially it consists in solving the linear simultaneous equations that were
obtained in the slope-deflection method by successive approximations or moment distribution. Increased
number of cycles would result in more acc,l\racy. However, for all academic purposes, three cycles may be
considered sufficient. '
In order to develop the method, it will be helpful to consider the following problem. A propped
- cantilever subjected to end moments.,
E[ = Constt, e aa = rotation at end A due

to moment at A.
?~.aa~e8 8.o.S. under redundant Ma, e ba =rotation at 8 due

,-' _ _ to moment at A. • ~ :.:
~f ~aL+
. Ma Diagram Over Conjugate - beam '".
EI
o L+~ 0 .
i~ ~
,~
a
~Mb
MbL
_ 0
'
B.O.S. under redundant Mb. • ab = rotation at Adue

to moment at 8.
=
Mb (Mb Diagram Over Conjugate _ beam) e bb rotation at 8 due
2EI EI EI to moment at 8.
Note: Counterclockwise moment are considered (+ve)
Geometry requirement at B :-
eb = 0, or eba - ebb = 0 and (1) eb = eba - ebb =0 (Slope at B).
Now calculate all rotations shown in diagram by using conjugate beam method.
MaL' 2
( llir)x3 L
Elaa = L ( By conjugate beam theorem)
MaL
Elaa = 3EI
THE MOMENT - DISTRlBUTION METHOD ·259
(MbL) L
\2EI x3
8ab= ( By conjugate beam theorem)
L
=MbL
8ab 6EI
8ba=
. ~)x(f) ( By conjugate beam theorem)
L
MaL
8ba= 6EI
(Fr) x(~)
8bb= (By ~onjugate beam theorem)
L
MbL
8bb = 3EI
Put 8ba & 8bb in (1)

MaL MbL
6EI = 3EI
Ma
or Mb = 2 (3)
IfMa is applied at A, then Mal2 will be transmitted to the far end B.

Also, 8a :: 8aa - 8ab Geometry requirement at A. (2)
Put values of8aa and 8ab, we have,
eaa -_ Ma.L Mb.L
3EI - 6EI
=
Ma.L
3EI
Ma.L
12EI
(by putting Mb = ~a for above)
~:"
3.Ma.L
8aa = 12EI
Ma.L
or 8aa = 4EI It can be written as
8aa = Ma (4~i)
or Ma = (4~~ 8aa (4)
5.2. STIFFNESS FACTOR :- The term 4EIIL is called the stiffness factor "stiffness factor is defined as
the moment required to be applied at A to produce unit rotation at point A of the propped cantilever beam
shown."
5.3. CARRY-OVER FACTOR.:- The constant (112) in equation 3 is called the carry-over factor.
Mb=Ma
2
Mb 1
Ma= 2
"Carry-over factor is the ratio of the moment iliduced at the far end to the moment applied at near end for a
propped cantilever beam." Now consider a simply supported beam carrying end moment at A.
Ma
{~~
MaL
EI =Constt:
Ma~
EI . . .
.~/EI Diagram)
~L
MaL 3 MaL . 39aa EI
9aa = 2EI x T = 3EI or Ma = L
Compare this Ma with that for a propped cantilever beam. We find that
Stiffness factor of a ~imple beam is 3/4tli of the cantilever beam. So propped cantilever beam is more stiff.
5.4. DISTRIBUTION FACTOR :-

Let us consider a moment applied at joint E as shown. Values shown are the sti:fu1esses of the
memhers.
B !'l ...
o
Consider a simple structure shown in the diagram which is under the action of applied moment M.
For the equilibrium requirements at the joint, it is obvious that the summation of moments ( L M) should
be zero at the joint. This means that the applied moment 'M' will be distributed in all the members
meeting at that joint in proportion to their stiffness factor. (This called stiffness - concept)
Total stiffness factor = 28,000 = 10,000 + 10,000 + 4,000 + 4,000

4000 I
So Mae = Mec = 2800 x M =;::; M
10000 5
Mbe = Med = 2800 x M = 14 M. Therefore,
" Distribution at any end of a member factor is the ratio of the stiffness.factor of the member.being
considered to the sum of the stiffnesses of all the members meeting at that particular continuous
joint."
THE MOMENT - DISTRlBUTION METHOD . 261
EXAMPLE NO. 1:- Now take the continuous beam·as shown in the figure and analyze it by moment
distribution method .
. ~
41 z:f
1".---10m--...~,,*'<.!If---- 10m--~.1
FIXED END MOMENTS:-
41.67 B 41.67
c:. A 317 ) 4/7
41.67 16.67 Locking moment =reactive moment
Locking,L'\
:; -zs:-)'-25
moment~r-~ 41.67 25
,r, A c
41.67 C~)
B~ 16.67= net moment at B
7.14
A-:----iX1Bg.53 C
16.67
5 x 102
Mfab = -u =+ 41.67 KN-m .
Mfba = - 41.67 KN-m

20 x 52 X 5
Mfbc = 102. = + 25 KN-m
Mfcb = - 25 KN-m
M = 16.67 is to be distributed. (Net moment at B support)
Total stiffness of members of joint B = 7
> 3 3 .
so Mab=7xM = 7x 16.67=7.14KN-m
4 . 4
and Mbc=7xM=7 x 16.67=9.53KN-m
The distribution factor at joint A is obvio,!sly equal to zero being a fixed joint. In the above
diagram anc! the distribution factor at point Cis infact I being an exterior pin support. (If we apply moment
to the fixed support, same reactive moment will develop, so re-distribution moment is not created for all
fixed supports and if a moment is applied at a pin support, we reactive moment develops.)
Fixed ended moments are sometimes referred to as the restraining moments or the locking
moments. "The locking moments are the moments required to hold the tangents straight or to lock
the joints against rotation".
Consider the above diagram. Joint A is fixed joint. Therefore, the question of release of tJ:!is joint
does not arise. Now let us release joint to the net locking moments' acting at joint B ill 16.67 in the
clockwise direction. After releasing the joint B, the same .moment (16.67) will act at joint Bin the
counterclockwise direction. This net re.leased moment will be distributed to various members. framing into
, the joint B w.r,t. their distribution fadors., In
~. .
this case, 7.14 KN-m in. the counterclockwise direction will
act on member BA and 9.53 KN-m in tb,e counterclockwise direction will act on member Be.
. Now we hold the joirit B in this position a~d give release to joint 'C'. The rotation at joint 'C'
should be such that the released moment at joint 'C' should be 25 KN-m. The same procedure is repeated
for a desired number of cycles. The procedure explained above corresponds to the first cycle.
5.5. STEPS INVOLYED IN MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD:-

The steps involved in the moment distribution method are as foIlows:-
(1) Calculate fixed end moments due to applied loads following the same sign
convention and procedure, which was adopted in the slope-deflection method.
(2) Calculate relative stiffness.
(3) Determine the distribution factors for various members framing into a
particular joint. '
(4) Distribute the net fixed end mom~~ts at the joints to various members by
multiplying the net moment by their respective distrfbution factors in the first cycle.
(5) In the second and 'subsequent cycles, carry-over moments from the far ends of the same
member (carry-over moment will 'be half of the distrib,uted moment).
(6) Consider this carry-over moment as a fixed end moment and determine. the
balancing moment. This procedure is repeated from second cycle onW'ards till
convergence
For the previous given loaded beam, we attempt the problem in a tabular form ..
K= t 3
== 10 x 10 = 3
4
and - x 10=4
10
Joints. A B C
.Members. AB 'BA BC CB
K 3 3 4 4
Cycle No. D. Factor 0 0.428 0.572 1
F.E.M. + 41.67 .-' 41.67 +25 -25
1 Balancing
moment. 0 + 7.14 + 9.53 +25
2 COM. + 3.57 0 + 12.5' +4.77
Bal. 0 ,.
- 5.35 - 7.15 7' 4)7
3 COM. -,2.67 0 - 2.385 - 3.575
Bal. 0 + 1,02 + 1.36 , + 3.575
I + 42.57 - 38.86 + 38.86 0
THE MOMENT - DISTRIBUTION METHOD 263
NOTE:- Balancing moments are, in fact, the distributed moments.

Now draw SFD , BMD and hence sketch elastic curve as usual by drawing free-body diagrams.
~82 38.86 l20KN

42._57___________
3_8.86 >I
~
LA 10m (8 10m C
+25 +25 +10 +10 _ due to applied loads
+0.371 -0.371 +3.886 -3.886 due to end moments
,
I
q ----
f5.371 +24.629 +13.886 6 114
1 .
Ra I I Rc _ net reaction at support
138.515 considering both sides of a joint.
Rb
A~
J 5m C
10m 10m ~
i
25.371
i
38.515
i
6.114
25.371 13.886
SFD ~~r---+_,------,-,-'
24.629 6.114
1.973m 30.570
B.M.D V-~
-' .
1~2""112m .
f""'71 38.86 .
42.57
POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURES:-
Near A:. Span AB .
Mx = 25.371 X - 42,57 - 2.5 X2 = 0 See free-body diagram
2.5 X2_ 25.371 X + 42.57 = 0
- _ 25.371 ± ;1(25.371/ - 4 x 2.5 x 42.57

. X- . 2 x 2.5
X= 2.12 m
264 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTUR.ES
NearB :-
Mx' = - 38.86 + 24.629 X' - 2.5 .X,2 = 0
2.5 X' 2 - 24.629 X' + 38.86 = 0
X' = 24.629 ± ;./(24.629)2 -4 X 2.5 x 38.86

2 x 2.5
X' = 1.973 m
Span BC (near B)
MX" = - 38.86 + 13.886X" = 0
x' = 2.8 m
EXAMPLE NO. 2:- Analyze the following beam by moment-distribution method. Draw S.F. & B.M.
diagrams. Sketch the elastic curve.
SOLUTION :-
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS :-
3 (5)2
Mfab =+ '12 =+ 6.25 KN-m
Mfba = - 6.25 KN-m
6 x 82
Mfbc=+--=+32 KN-m
12
Mfcb = - 32 KN-m
Mfcd 36 x ;22 x 2 + 18 KN-m
Mfdc = - 18 KN-rn
Step 2: RELATIVE STIFFNESS :-
I
Member. I L Krel.
L
1
AB 1 5 -x40 8
5
1
BC 1 8 -x40 5
8
1
CD 4 -x40 lO
4
------------- -
. STEP (3) DISTRIBUTION FACTOR :-
Joint. D.F. Member.

A 0 AB
8
B 13= 0.615 BA
5
B 13= 0.385 BC
5
C 15= 0.333 CB
10
C 15= 0.667 CD
D (1~~O) = 1 DC
Attempt and solve the problem now in a tabular form by entering distribution .factors and FEM's.
Joint A B C D
Members.
K
AB
8 . 8
BA
5
BC CB
5
CD
10
DC
10
Cycle No. D.F. 0 0.615 .0.385 0.333 0.667 1
1 F.E.M + 6.25 -6.25 +32 -32 + 18 - 18
Bal. .0 -15.836 -9.914 +4.662 +9.338 + 18
2 Com. -7.918 0 +2.331 -4.957 +9 +4.669
Bal. 0 -1.433 -0.897 -1.346 -2.697 -4.669
3 Com. - 0.7165 0 -0.673 -0.4485 -2.3345 -1.3485
Bal. 0 +0.414 +0.259 +0.927 + 1.856 +1.3485
L - 2.385 -23.141 +23.11 -33.16 +33.16 0
. Usually for academic purposes we may stop after 3 cycles.

Applying above determined net end moments to the following segments of a continuous beam, we can find
reactions easily.
~~
KN/m 23.1'1 (6KN/m 33 1
2 ' 3 8 2 3 . 1 1 ~6 33.16 ! 36KN
~ 5m 8m ~f---'---D
+7.5 +7.5 +24 +24 +18 +18 _ reaction due to applied load
-5.098 +5.098 -1.261 +1.261 +8.29 -8.29 reaction due to end moment
1 2.402 +12.598 + (22.739) +25.261 +26.29 1 9.71 _ net reaction of a support

I I I
Final Values considering both
51.551
135.337 .
i- sides of a support:
1 \
~
3KN/m. 6KN/m... 36KN
2-t8KN B C
~~~m' 2m.QD
i2.402 i 35.337KN
22.739
.
26.29
i 51.557KN
26.29
r9.71KN
+
2.40u..-_ _ _f--_ _--->o...;,.--'--_-+-_-+_---.\
o ·0 S.F.D.
9.71 '--'----19.71
15.598 Va=2.402~3a=0
a ::: 2.402
-3-
=O.8m
Vb=22.739-6b=O
r--r=--:::~'-'---'--f-------\--i_--->.ob=3.79m
o
BMD
POIN'fS OF CONTRAFLEXURES:-
Span AB (near A) .
MX = 2.38 + 2.402 X - 1.5 X2 = 0
. 1.5 X2 - 2.402 X - 2.38 .,; 0
_ 2.402 + )/(2.402)2 + 4 x 1.5 x 2.38 .
X- 2x1.5
X=2.293 m
Span BC (near B)
MX' = - 23.11 +.22.739 X' - 3 X,2 = 0
3 X,2 - 22.739 X' + 23.11 = 0
, _ 22.739 +)/(22.739)2 - 4x 3 x 23.1 I

X - 2x3. .
X'= 1.21 m
Span BC (near C) .
. MX" = - 33.16 + 25.261 X" - 3 X,,2 =0
3 X" 2 - 25.261 X" + 33.16 = 0
25.261 ±)/(25.261i-4x3 x33.l6

X" = 2x3 .
X" = 1.63 m
Span CD (near C)
MX"'= - 33.16 + 26.29 X"' = 0
X"' = 1.26m
5.6. CHECK ON MOMENT DISTRIBUTION :-

The following checks may be supplied.
(1) Equilibrium at joints. .
(ii) Equal joint rotations or continuity of slope.
General fonn of slope-deflection equations is
Mab = Mfab + Krel ( - 2 ea - eb ) ~ (1)
Mba = Mfba + Krel (- 2 eb - 8a) ~ (2)
From (1)
. 9b= :"'(Mab-IMfab) -2ea ~ (3)
Kre .
Put (3) in (2) & solve for ea.
Mb a. = Mfb a + KreI [2 (Mab - Mfab)

Krel
e 8 ]
+4 a- a
Mba = Mfba +- Krel [2 (Mab - ~~? +3 ea Krel]

(Mba - Mfba) = 2 (Mab - Mfab) +3 8a Krel
3 ea Krel = (Mba - Mfba) - 2 (Mab - Mfab)
8 _ (Mba - Milia) - 2 (Mab -- Mfab)

a- 3 Krel ~ (4)
9 - (Mba - Mfba) - 2 (Mab - Mfab)

or a- Krel ~ (5)
ea-_ Change at far

.
end -- 2 (Change at near end)
Krel .
9a = 2 ( Change at near end) - (Change at far end)

or
-Krel
_ (Change at near end):-l/2(change at far end)

8a- . _ Krel
Put (4) in (3) & solve for 9b.
= _ (Mab - Mfab) 2 (Mba - Milia) 4(Mab-Mfab)

8b Krel 3 Krel + 3 Krel
- 3 Mab + 3 Mfab - 2 Mba + 2 Mfba+4 Mab-4 Mfab
3 Krel
_ (Mab - Mfab) - 2 (Mba - Mfba)

- 3 Krel
2 (Mba - Mfba) - (Mab - Mfab)

- 3 Krel
_ (Mba - Mfba) - 112 (Mab - Mfab)

- '-3/2 Krel
_ (Mba - Mfba) - 112 (Mab - Mfab)

- - 1.5 Krel .
_ (Mba - Mfba) -112 (Mab - Mfab)

- - Krel
9b = (Change at near end) - 1I2(Change at far end)

- Krel
These two. equations serve as a check on moment - Distribution Method.
EXAMPLE NO. 3:- Anaiyze the following beam by moment-distribution method. Draw shear force and
B.M. diagrams & sketch the elastic curve. .
SOLUTION :-
;,.1.2KN/m
ZSA ~c ~D
4m 5m 4m )/
21 41 31
Step 1: FIXED END MOMENTS :-.
Mfab = Mfba = 0 ( There is no load on span AB)
+ 1.2 X 52
Mfbc = 12 =+ 2.5 KN-m
Mfcb = - 2.5 KN-m

8 x 22 X 2
Mfcd = 42 + 4 KN-m
Mfdc = - 4 KN-:-m
Step 2: RELATIVE STIFFNESS (K) ;-
I
Span I L Krel
L
2
AB 2 4 -x20 10
4
4
BC 4 5 -x 20 16
5
3
CD 3 -x 20
4 15
4
Moment at A= 3 x 1 = 3 KN-m. (Known from the loaded given beam according to our sign convention.)
The applied moment at A is counterclockwise but fixing moments are reactive moments.
Step 3: D.F.
Joint D.F. Members.
A 1 AB
B
10
26 =0.385 BA
B
16
26 =0.615 BC
C 31=
16
0.516 CB
C 31=
15
0.484 CD
D (110)= 1 DC
Now attempt the promlem in a tabular form to determine end moments.
1.2KN/m
;KN
tKN 3 3 4.94 ~.94 : 2m
~D
1m ~Ci 4m 5m ~o 4m
+3 . O. 0 +3 +3 +4 +4 (due to applied loads)
0 +0.845 -0.845 . -1.064 +1.064 +1.235 -1.235

+3 +0.845 -0.845 +1.936 +4.064 +5.235 i 2.765
(due to end moments)
j3.845 i 1.091 i .9.299 i 2.765

(net reaction)
N
-...l
o
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NUMBER 3 ON MOMENT-DISTRIBUTION
Joint A B C D
Members AB BA BC CB CD DC
K 10 10 16 16 15 15
Cycle No. D.F. 1.0 0.385 0.615 0.516 0.384 1.0
1 FEM -3 0 0 +2.5 -2.5 +4 -4
BAL +3 -0.96 -1.54 -0.774 -0.736 +4
2 COM -.0.48 + 1.5 -0.38 -0.77 . +2.0 - 0.363
BAL + 0.48 - 0.43 -0.68 - 0.635 - 0.595 + 0.363
3 COM. - 0.215 +0.24 - 0.318 ...: 0.34 + 0.182 -0.298
BAL + 0.215 +0.03 +0.05 +0.08 +0.08 + 0.298
L -3 +3.0 + 0.38 - 0.38 -4.94 +4.94 0 , >-1
(change) near; 3.0 0.38 -2.88 -2.44 +0.94 +4 ttl
tr1
- Yz (change) far. - 0.19 -4.5 + 1.22 + 1.44 -2 - 0.47 o
L' + 2.81 - 1.12 - 1.66 -1 -1.06 + 3.53 ~
e reI = I: - 0.281 + 0.112 + 0.104 "+ 0.063 + 0.071 - 0.2351 ~
-- -K -- ---
~
I
After end moments have been determined. Draw free body diagram determine, reactions, SFD, BMD etc.
tr1
CI.l
>-1
~
(')
>-1
~
CI.l
1
" "='·,r,...,._"" ~U
THE MOMENT - DISTRIBlJTION METHOD 271
1.2KN/m 8KN
~ 1- ilC . ~D
:;z:s.4m ~
j3.845 KN j 1.091KN j 9.299KN i 2.765KN
5.235
1.936
0.845 0.845 +
+
0 0 S.F.D.
2.765
3 3 X=1.61m 2.765
~ 4.064
1.936 - 1.2 x X =0
X=1.61 m for B in portion Be
o..,...-----=...-:=---,...----.:>,.,....----,'----~O B.M.D.
X
4.94
LOCATION OF POINTS OF CONTRAFLEXURES
. :- .
MX = - 0.845 X +0.38 = 0
x = 0.45 m from B. in portiOh BA.
MX' = 4.064 X' - 4.94 - 0.6 X2 = 0
0.6X2 - 4.064 X' + 4.94 = 0
X' = 4.064 ± ,,(4.064)2 - 4 x 0.6 x 4.94
2xO.6
= 1.59 m from C in span BC
MX" = - 4.94 + 5.235 X" = b .
X" = 0.94 m froni C in span CD
5.7_ MOMENX-DISTRIBUTION METHOD (APPLICATION TO SINKING OF SUPPORTS):-
Consider a generalized differential sinking case as shown below:
IE L ~ >1
MFab~~
(i" ~ EI Constt: ~
1 6
MFba
LMFab
4 EI
Bending moments are LMFba
induced due to differential 4EI
sinking of supports.
oL--+------":.......::----t--r 0 B. M.D.
U2 )1
I< MFba
5/6L EI
k )1
~
i
. ,
(1) Change of slope between points A and B (Bab) = 0 (First moment-area theorem)
L L
(1) 4EI Mfab - 4EI Mfba = 0
or Mfab = Mfba
(2) A = 4iI Mfab (~ L) - 4iI Mfab (%) (Second moment area theorem ), simplify.
5L2 Mfab - U Mfab

6EIA= 4
4L2Mfab
4
6EIA=eMfab
, 6EIA 11
.Jlr Mfab = Mfba =:: --v- where R=-
L
6ElR
Mfab = Mfba =~
Equal FEM's are induced due to differential sinking in one span.
The nature of the' fixed end moments induced due to the differential settlement of the' supports
depends upon the sign ofR. IfR is (+ve) fizingrnment is positive or vice versa. Care must be exercised in
working with the absolute values of the quantity 6ElRIL which should finally have the units of B.M.
(KN-m). Once the fixed end moments have been computed by using the above formula, these are
distributed in a tabular form as usual.
EXAMPLE NO.4:- Analyse the continuous beam shown due to settlement at sUPP«?!i. B by moment -
distribution method. Apply usual checks & draw S.F., B.M. diagrams & hence sketchthe'ielastic curve take
E=200 x 106 , 1= 400 x 1O-6 m 4
__~A~~________B~______- '__7C~______~--tE D
~...~ 21
...............
z;s:
!
41 ~...~
.............
31 E
........ : 15mn:v'"
1(1m,," 4m
. . . (.:::~:*:i3·::1.5m. . ..
,'iyfm 4m
>1
SOLUTION:-
Step (1) F.E.M. In such cases, Absolute Values ofFEM's are to be calculated
Mfi b ~Mfb _ 6EIA _ 6(200 x 106 )(2 x 400 x 10-6)(+0.015)
a - a--v- - 42
=+900KN-m (positi ve because angle R = t is clockwise).

~-
i
!
i
I
!
6
- fi b _ 6 (200 X 106) (4 X 400 x 10- )(-0.015)
Mfb c-M c - 52 .
=-1152 KN..,..m (Because angle is counter clockwise)
Mfcd = Mfdc = 0
Step 2: RELATIVE STIFFNESS (K):-
I
Members. I L Krei.
L
2
AB 2 4 -x 20 10
4
4
BC 4 5 -x 20 16
5
3
CD 3 4 -x20 15
4
Step 3: D.F :- (Distribution Factors)
Joint D.F. Members.
A 1 AB
B 0.385 BA
B 0.615 BC
C 0.516 CB
C 0.484 CD
D 1 DC
We attempt and solve the problem in a tabular form as given below:
. Joint A B C X D
Members AB BA BC CB CD DC
K 10 10 16 16 15 15
Cycle D.F. 1.0 0.385 0.615 0.516 0.484 0
1 FEM. +900 + 900 -1152 . - 1152 0 0
BAL. -900 + 97.02 +154.98 + 594.43 + 557.57 0
2 COM. + 48.51 -450 + 297.22 + 77.49 0 + 278.79
BAL. - 48.51 + 58.82 + 93.96 - 39.98 - 37.51 0
3 COM. +29.41 ~,,24·255 -19.99 . +46.98 0 - 18.75
; BAL. ..;.29.41 + 17.03 + 27.21 -24.24 - 22.74 0
" 4 COM. + 8.515 - 14.705 - 12.12 + 13.605 0 - 11.37
BAL. - 8.515 + 10.328 + 16.497 -7.020 - 6.585 0
5 COM. +5.164 - 4.258 - 3.51 + 8.249 o. - 3.293
BAL. - 5.164 + 2.991 +4.777 -4.256 - 3.493 0
End Moment. 0 + 592.97 - 592.97 ~486.74 + 486.74 +245.38
(change) near end. -900 ~ 307.03 + 559.03 + 665.26 +486.74 + 245.38
-1I2( change) far end. + 153.515 + 450 - 332.63 - 279.515 - 122.69 - 243.37
L -746.485 + 142.97 + 226.4 + 385.745 +367.05 + 2.01
e rei = -
L .;- 74.65 - 14.30 - 14.15 - 24.11 - 24.47 - 0.134
-K
e checks have been satisfied. Now Draw SFD , BMD and sketch elastic curve as usual yourself.
5.8. APPLICTION TO FRAMES (WITHOUT SIDE SWAY) :-

The reader will find not much of difference for the analysis of such frames.
EXAMPLE NO. 5:- Analyze: the frame,sliowD below by Moment Distribution Method.
116KN
B'r---=2~m,-----.!-Ir,--=:2mc.:..:...-_--[: C
1.5m 31
8 KN
21
SOLUTION :-
Step 1: F.E.M:-
8xl.5 2 xl.5 .
Mfab=+ 32 =+3 KN-m
. 2
8 x 1.5 x 1.5
Mfba=- 32 =-3KN-m
16 X 22 x 2 .
M;fbc = + 42 = + 8 KN-m
Mfcb = - 8 K1~-rn
I
Members. I L L
Krel
2
AB 2 3 '3x 12 8
I· . 3
BC 3 4 -x 12 9
4
Step 3: D.F:- (Distribution Factors)
Joint. D.F., Member.

A 0 AB
B 0.47 BA
B 0.53 BC
C 0 CB
..
I
~
~-------------------------
I THE MOMENT - DISTRIBUTION METHOD 275
I Example is now solved in a tabular form as given below:

Ij Joint A B C
i Members AB BA BC CB
1
! K 8 8 9 9
j
Cycled D.P. 0 0.47 0.53 0
I i
1 Fern.
. Bal.
. +3
0
-3
-2.35
+8
-2.65
-8
0
.-
2 Com. -1.175 0 0 -1.325
BaL 0 0 0 0
\! 3 Com. 0 0 0 0
Bal. 0 0 0 0
i + 1.175 +5.35
L -5.35 -9.325
!
I
!
(Change) near end -1.825 -2.35 -2.65 -1.325
-lf2(change)far end + 1.175 +0.5875 +0.6625 +1.325
Sum 0 -1.7625 -1.9875 0
8rel=Suml(-K) 0 +0.22 +0.22 0
e Checks have been satisfied.
DETERMINATION OF SUPPORT REACTIONS, SFD AND BMD.
7.006 .
~
5.3~~
5.35
lB 2m
116KN
2m
9_325
G)
B
+4
1.5m +1.175· +8 . +8
-0.994 -0.994
5.175
t7.006 t8.994
+4
1.5m -1.175
1.825 2.825
~ .e-
i
7.006
B,M. & S.F. DIAGRAMS :-
KN
5.35KN-m }16 m 9_325 KN-m
2m . ~ 2
iaLN
7.006
Mx=7.006X-5.35=0
x=0.764m i
I + I S.F.Q.
Mx=8.994 X-9.325=0 o 8_994 J-.--....J108.994

x=1_057 m
RMD.
1.825KN-m 18KN 5.35 KN-m

(rotated member) A f' 1.5m 1:5m ) B
~1'
.
2.825KN
1'~.175KN
2.825,
Mx=2.825 x-1.825=0
x=0.65m
I,-
+
0'--:-----1------1I0
" I S .F.0.
Mx=S.175 x-S.3S=O _"

x=1.034 m 5.175
2.4125
o r#~.1-.
'""-- _ Ia 8.M.O.
1.825 - ~
5.35 "
Note: It is a column rotated throU~h 90.

7.006
+
S.F.D. B
5.175
3.82 '+
BMD
ELASTIC CURVE
EXAMPLE NO.6:- .Analyze the frame shown in the fig. by Moment Distribution Method.
20KN
A 2m 4m B 2m C
51
4m 21 .21 4m
6m 21
D
F
E
1< ~( )1
6m Hm
SOLUTION :-
Stepl: F.E.M:~
+ 20 X 42 X 2
Mfab= 62 =+ 17.778 KN-m
. - 20 x 22 X 4
Mfba = 62 = - 8.889 KN~m
+ 20 x 22 X 4
Mfbc = 62 = + 8.889 KN-m
Mfcb =
- 20 x6242 X 2
= - 17.778 KN-m
Mfad = MFda = 0
Mfbe = Mfeb = 0 There are no loads on these spans.
Mfcf = Mffc = 0
Members. I L Krel
L
5
AB 5 6 - x 12 10
6
5
BC 5 6 - x 12 10
6
. 2 2
AD 4 ~ x 12 6
4 .
2
BE 2 6 - x 12 4
6
2
CF 2 4 -x 12 6
4
Step 3: Distribution Factor (D.F):-
Joint Member D.F.
A AD 0.375
A AB 0.625
B BA 0.417
B BE 0.166
B BC 0.417
C CB 0.625
C CF 0.375
F FC 0
E EB 0
D DA 0
Now we attempt the problem in a tabular form. Calculation table is attached
Draw SFD, BMD and sketch elastic curve now.
6.667 t20KN 14.447 14.447 120KN 6.667

~(A..!-.!2=m-,--",~,---,4:..:.!.m,-,~ ~ ~~ 4m J, 2m ~g
t 13 .33 t+6.67 _ t+.6.67 t13.33
- 1.296 +1.296 + 1.296 -1.296
t12.034 t,(·966 t 7.966 t12.034
{,12.034 -J,12.Q34
~ 6.667 8 . 2.5 )0 6.667
~ +2.5
-4m 6m 4m
~+2.5 ~
"\QJ 3.334 W 3.334
1'12.034 1'12.034
_~~,~,~.~,,~._~.- c~_·' ____ . _ _~ •. --_'-'=.,,=,~~= _ _ _-----,
>-l
::r:
tTl
"~
o
~
tTl
~
I
d
......
TABLE FOR EXAMPLE NO.6 BY MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD (/)
>-l
~
.Ioint A " R C F E 0 to
c:
M~ll1bers AD AB BA BE BC CB CF FC EB DA >-l
K 6 10 10 4 10 10 6 6 4 6 (5
Z
Cvcle D.F. 0.375 0.625 0.417 0.166 0.417 0.625 0.375 0 0 0 ~
I.' FEM. 0 + 17.778 ' - 8.889 0 +S.H87 -17.778 0 0 0 0 tTl
0 >-l
BAL. - 6.667 - 11.l1 0 0, + 11.1 I I
+6.667 0 0 0 ::r:
0 +5.5550 + 3.334
o
2. COM. 0 - 5.555 0 0 0 0 - 3.334 i d
BAL. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3. COM. - - - - - - - - - -
BAL. - - - - - - - - - -
End Moments, - 6.667 + 6.667 -14.44 0 +14.444 -6.667 +6.667 + 3.334 0 - 3.334
4
(change) near end - 6.667 - 1l.l1 5.555 0 +5.555 +ll.lll +6.667 r 3.334 0 - 3,334
- YJ( chnage) far end + 1:667 +2.778 +5.555 0 - 5.555 -2.778 -1.667 - 3.334 0 + 3.334
Sum -5 8.33 - -0 0 0 +8.333 +5 0 0 0
Sum +0.83 +0.83 0 0 0 -0.83 -.83 0 0 0
Ore!' = (-K)
--,- ~-----
ochecks have been satisfied. Now SFD and BMD can be drawn.
tv
-...j
\0
280 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES·
B.M. & SHEAR FORCE DIAGRAMS :-

6.667
A
•
2m
1 20KN
4m
14.444
l j12.034KN . liB
7.966KN
Mx=12.034 x-6.667= 0
x=0.554m 01
12.034
+ . 'l___
-
-l+
IQ
S.F.D. (KN)
Mx=7.966 x -14.444= 0 7.966

x=1.813 m '
,
X
:.i
B.M.D. (KN-m)
6.661
14.444
6.667
14.444
B l,7.966KN
4m
1c .
i 12.0S4KN
7.96~ --+--.-+-f.---'I Q
1-1 S.F.D. (KNJ
1-.---1: 12.034
B.M.D. (KN-m)
LO
N 0
o
B
+
6m
LO
~ N
C'>.
C"i E LO 0
~ ~ N
Mx=3.334 - 2.5 x=O
x=1.334m
r'-'=====~
Il B c
~
D
F
E
Elastic Curve
EXAMPLE NO. 7:- Analyze the following frame by Moment Distribution Method.
SOLUTION:- This is a double story frame carrying gravity and lateral loads and hence would be able to
sw~y both at upper and lower stories.
f2KN/m
3m
j
I
I 1
3m
I
1
1
I Step 1: F.E.Ms Due to applied loads:-

1
i 3 X 32
j Mfab = ~ = + 2.25 KN-m
j Mfba = - 2.25 KN"-m
J
j 3 x 32
Mfbc=~ = +2.25
l
1
I Mfcb = - 2.25 KN-m.
2.5 2
Mfbe = Mfcd = IT = + 4.167 KN-m
I
! , Mfeb = Mfdc = -4.167 KN-m
Mfde = Mfcd = 0
Mfef = Mffe = 0

I
Member I L
L Krel
AB 2 3 ~x
15 10
3
2
BC 2 3 - x 15 10
3
2 .i
DE 2 3 - x 15 10
3
2
EF 2 3 - x 15 10
3
1
CD 5 -x 15 3
5
1
BE 5 -x·15 3
5
Step 3: F~E.Ms. Due to side Sway of upper storey:-
C D. 1
5m
1
A F
+ 6E~il ) !:J. x 900 = + 1200 (Note: 900 value is an arbitrary multiplier)

0
Mfbc = Mfcb = + 6 1!:J. =
+ 6 EI !:J. + 6 E(2 I) !:J. •.

Mfde = Mfed = L2 3~ x 900 = + 1200 (Because R IS clockwise)
Step 4: F.E.Ms. Due To Side Sway Of Lower Storey:-
C ...------=----''----,
5m
3m 21
3m 21
A
r THE MOMENT - DISTRIBUTION METHOD 283
- 6E(2I) Ll
Mfbc = Mfcb =Mfde = Mfed= 9 x 900 = - 1200
(R is counter clockwise so negative)
+ 6EI(2I) Ll
Mfab = Mfba = 9 x 900 = + 1200 (R is clockwise, So positive)
+ 6EI(2I) Ll
Mfef= Mffe = 9 x 900 = + 1200 (R is clockwise, So positive)
Determination Of Shear Co-efficients (Kh K z) for upper and lower stories :-
Upper Storey: MCB

~
C
3m 3m
3KN/o/
B MBC E MED
. ~HE
~~HB ~
HB =4.5+ MBC+MCB H _ MED+MDE

, E -:. 3
. 3
Shear Conditions:
L Upper story Hb + He =0 (I) where Hb and He values in terms of end
moments are shown in the relavant diagram.
2. Lower storey Ha + Hf= o· (2)
Lower Storey MBA

It:--
B
3m 3m
3KN/~
HA~ A
. ~M
'AB.
~MFE ~ HF
4.5+ MAB+MBA HF = MFE+MEF

HA= . 3 3 .
Where Ha and Hf values in terms of end moments are shown in the relavant diagram
Now we attempt the problem in a tabular form. There would be three tables, one due to 10ads(Table-A),
other due to FEMs of upper story (Table-B) and lower story (Table-C). .
Insert these three tables here. Now end moment of a typical member would be the sum of moment due
to applied loads ± KI x same end moment due to sway of upper story± Kl x same end moment due to
SW~ly of lower story. Picking up the values from tables and inserting as follows we have.
Mab = 1.446 - K 1{l43.66) + K2 (1099.625).
Mb'a = -3.833 - KI (369.4) of K2 (1035.46)
Mbc = - 0.046 + KI (522.71) - K2 (956.21)
Mcb = - 4.497 + KI (314.84) .w K2 (394.38).
Mcd = + 4.497 - KI (314.84) + K2 (394.38)
Mdc = - 3.511 - KI (314.84) + K2 (394.38)
Mde = + 3.511 + KI (314.84) - K2 (394.38)
Med= + 2.674 + KI (522.71) - K2 (956.29).
Mef= + 1.335 - Kl (369.4) + K2 (1035.46)
Mfe = + 0.616 - Kl (193.66) + K2 (1099.625).
Mbe = + 3.878 - KI (153.32) - K2 (79:18)
Meb = 4.0,09 - K] (153.32) - K2 (79.18)
Put these expressions of moments in equations (1) & (2) & solve for Kl & K 2•
- 0.046 + 522.71 Kl - 956.21 K2 - 4.497 + 314.84 Kl - 394.38 K2

+2.674+522.71 K]-956.29 K2+3.51l+314.84 K I -394.38 K 2= 13.5
1675.1 Kl - 2701.26 K2 - 11.858 = 0 . --+ (3)
1.446 - 143.66 Kl + 1099.625 K2 - 3.833 - 369.4 K] + 1035.46 K2

+0.646-193.66 K 1+ 1099.625 K2+ l.335-369.4KI+ 1035.46K2 = 40.5
- 1076.12 KI + 4270.17 K2 - 40.936 = 0 --+ (4)
From (3)
=(1675.10KJ-lI.858)
K2 2701.26·
--+ (5)
Put K2 in (4) & 'solve for K] .

1675.10 KJ - 11.858) _
- 1076.12 KI + 4270.17 ( 2701.26 - 40.936 - 0
- 1076.12 KI + 2648 K] - 18.745 - 40.936 = 0
1571.88 KI - 59.68 = 0
KI =0.03797
K _ 1675.1 (0.03797) - 11.858

From (5) 2- 2701.26
K2 = 0.01915
-
Putting the values ofKl and K2 in above equations, the following end moments are obtained.
FINAL END MOMENTS:-
Mab = 1.446 - 0.03797 x 143.66 + 0.01915 x 1099.625 = + 17.05KN-m

Mba = + 1.97 KN-m
Mbc = + 1.49 KN-m.
Mcb = - 0.095 KN-m.
Mcd = + 0.095 KN-m
Mdc = -7.91 KN-m
Mde=+7.91 KN-m
Med = + 4.21 KN-m
Mef= + 7.14 KN-m
Mfe = + 14.32 KN-m
Mbe = - 3.46 KN-m
Meb = - 11.35 KN-m
These values also satisfy equilibrium of end moments at joints. For simplicity see end
moments at joints C and D.
Space for notes:

TABLE A OF EX~MPLE NO.7 (Table A) . N
00
Joint A B C D E F 0\
Members AB BA BE BC CB CD DC DE ED EB EF FE
K 10 10 3 10 10 3 ..
3 10 10 3 10 10
Cycle D.F 0 0.435 0.130 0.435 0.769 0.231 0.231 0.769· 0.435 O~130 0.435 0
1. FEM. +2.25 .-2.25 +4.167 +2.25 -2.25 +4.167 -4.167. O' 0 -.4.167 0 0
BAL. 0 - 1.813 - 0.542 -1.813 - 1.474 - 0.443 +0.963 + 3.204 + 1.813 +0.542 + 1.813 0
2. COM. -0,906 0 + 0.271 - 0.737 -0.906 -0.842 - 0.222 · + (>:906 + 1.602 -0.271 0 +0.906
BAL. 0 +0.203 + 0.060 +0.203 +0.049 + 0.015 -0.158 · - 0.526 - 0.57? - 0.173 - 0.579 0
3. COM. +0.402 0 - 0.086 + 0.024 +0.102 - 0.079 + 0.008 - 0.290 - 0.263 + 0.030 0 - 0.290
BAL 0 + 0.027 + 0.008 +0.027 -0.018 - 0.005 +0.065 + 0.217 +0.101 + 0.030 + 0.101 0
End Moments. + 1.446 - 3.833 + 3.878 . - 0.046 -4.497 +4.497 - 3.511 + 3.511 +2.674 -4.009 + 1.335 +0.616
(change) near end - 0.804 - 1.5.83 - 0.289 - 2.296 -2.247 + 0.330 +0.656 +3.511 +2.674 +0.158 + 1.335 +0.616
- 1/2 (change) fat' end +0.792 + 0.402 - 0.079 + 1.124 + 1.148 - 0.328 -0.165 - 1.337 - 1.755 + 0.145 - 0.308 . -0.667
I -0.012 - 1.181 - 0.368 - 1.172 - 1.099 - 1.002 + 0.491 · +;2.174 +0.919 + 0.303 + 1.027 - 0.051
+ 0.001 +0.118 + 0.123 +0.117 +0.110 -0.164 - 0.217 - 0.092 - 0.103 + 0.005 I
e reI. l_ K
'-0.00 - 0.101
TABLE B OF EXAMPLE NO. 7' (Tabl~ B)
Joint A B C P E F
..,::r:
Members AB BA BE . BC CB CD DC' DE . ED EB EF FE
. 3
fj
K 10 10 3 10 10. 3 . 1'0 10 '3 10 10 ::tI
Cycle D.F 0 0.435 0.130 0.435 0.769 0.231 Q.231 0.769 0.435 0.130. 0.435 0 ~
+ 1200 + 1200 '0 '

o
1. FEM. 0 0 0 0 + 1200 + 1200 0 0 0 'Tj
BAL. 0 - 522 - 156 - 522 - 923 -277 . - 277 - 923 - 522 - 156 , -522 0 Z
tJ
2. COM. - 261 0 -78 -46.15 -261 -138 .. 5 - 138.5 - 261 - 46.15 -78 0 - 261 t11
+ 234.68 ....j
BAL. 0 + 234.68 + 70.14 + 307.22 + 92.28 +92.28 +307.22 + 234.68 +70.14 + 234.68 0 t11
3. . COM.
BAL
+ 117.34
0
0
- 82.08
+ 35.07 :1-.153.61
- 82.08
+ 117.34
- 125.72
+ 46.14 +46.14
- 37.76 - 37.76
+ 117.34
- 125.72
+ 153.61
+ 82.08
+ 35.07 0 + 117.34
0 ~
~
- 24.53 - 24.53 - 82.08
End Moments. - 143.66 - 369.4 - 153.32 + 522.71 +314.84 -314.84 -·314.84 + 314.84. +522.71. :.. 153.32 + 369.4 - 193.66
(change) near end - 143.66 - 369.4 - 153.32 - 677.29 ::;=: 885.)6 -314.84 -314.84 - 885.16 -' 677.29 - 153.32 - 369.4 - 193.66 t11
!Zl
+ 184.7 + 71.83 + 76.66 + 442.58 ~+" 338.65 + 157.42 + 157.42 + 338.65 + 442.58 + 76.66 + 96.83 + 184.7
..,~
- 1/2 (change) far end
I + 41.04 - 297.57 -76.66 - 234.71 '-:'546:si - 1?7.42 - 157.42 - 546.51 -234.71 -76.66 - 272.57 - 8.96
(')
I - 41.04 +29.76 + 25.55 + 23.47 :cp 54.65. ,-"'
+ 52.47 of 52.47 + 54.65 + 23.47 + 25.55 + 27.25 + 0.96
~
8 reI. _ K
, ~:: !Zl
· "-'~'''- .. --~'..-----:- ... ~- ..--.----- .. -~.."~.-,
~
g:j
~
~
~ 1
tJ
.......
CIl
TABLE C OF EXAMPLE NO.7 (Table C) ~
Joint A B C D E F ~
C
Members AB BA BE BC CB CD DC DE ED EB EF FE ~
>-I
Cycle
K
D.F
10
0
10
0.435
3
0.130
10
0.435
10
0.769
3
0.231
3
0.231
10
0.769
10
0.435
3
0.130
10
0.435
10
I ~
Q-,-- ~
1. FEM. + 1200 0 -I- 1200
~
+ 1200 0 - 1200 -1200 0 - 1200 -1200 0 + 1200
0 + 300 + 923
BAL. 0 0 +923 + 277 +277 0 0 0 0 ::r:
2. COM. 0 0 0 + 46.15 0 + 138.5 + 138.5 O· + 461.5 0 0 0 o
-- 200.75 tJ
BAL. 0 -200.75 - 60.0 - 106.50 -32.0 - 32.0 - 106.50 - 200.75 - 60 - 200.75 0
3. COM. - 100.375 0 -30.0 - 53.25 - 100.375 - 16.0 - 16.0 - 100.375 - 53.85 - 30 0 - 100.3 75
0 + 36.21 + 10.82 + 36.21 + 89.49 + 26.88 + 89.49 + 10.82 +36.21 0

BAL + 26.88 36.21
+ 1099.675 + 1035.46 -79.18 -- 956.29 -- 394.38 + 394.38 + 394 ..38 - 394 .. 388 -- 956.29 -79.18 + 1035.46 1099.605
End Moments. -i-
(change) near end - 100.375 - 164.54 -79.18 + 243.71 + 605,62 + 394.39 + 394.:38 + 805.62 + 243.71 -79.18 - 164.54 -- 100.375
- 112 (change) far end + 82.27 + 50.19 + 39.59 - 402.81 - 121.86 -197.19 - 197.19 - 121.86 - 402.31 + 39.59 + 50.19 + 82.27
I - 18.11 - 114.35 -- 39.59 - 159. I + 683.76 +197.19 +197.19 + 683.76 - 159. I - 39.59 -11·U5 - IS. II I
I
I + 1.81 + 11.44 13.20 + 15.91 - 68.38 ~ 65.73 - 65.73 - 68.38 + 15.91 + 13.20 + 11.44 + 1.81
I
e reI: _ K
_ ... ___ ._ _ . _ _
I
t~)
00
--l
CHAPTER SIX.
6. KANIS METHOD OR ROTATION CONTRIBUTION

METHOD OF FRAME ANALYSIS
This method may be considered as a further simplification of moment distribution method wherein
the problems involving sway were attempted in a, tabular form thrice (for double story frames) and two
shear co-efficients had to be determined which when inserted in end moments gave us the final end .
moments. All this effort can be cut short very considerably by using this method.
~ Frame analysis is carried out by solving the slope - deflection equations by successive
approximations. Useful in case of side sway as well.
~ Operation is simple, as it is' carried out in a specific direction. If some error is
committed, it will be eliminated in subsequent cycles if the restraining moments and
distribution factors have been determined correctly. Please note that the method does not give
realist~c results in cases of columns of unequal heights within a storey and for pin ended columns both of
these cases are in fact extremely rare even in actual practice: Even codes suggest that RC columns framing
into footings or members above may be considered more or less as fixed for analysis and design purposes.
Case 1. No side sway and therefore no translation of joints derivation.
Consider a typical member AB loaded as shown below:
Mab Mba
rA~~~Bl
~---""""'L >1
A GENERAL BEAM ELEMENT UNDER END MOMENTS AND LOADS
General Slope deflection equations are.

2EI
Mab .= MFab + L ( - 29a - 9b ) ~ (1)
2EI .
Mba = MFba +T( - 9a-29b) -~(2)
equation (1) can be re-written as

Mab = MFab + 2 M'ab + M'ba ~ (3) where MFab = fixed end moment
. at A due to applied loads.
and M'ab = rotation contribution ofI).ear end A of member AB = - ~ (29a)
2EI9a
=--L- =-2Ekl 9a
M'ba = rotation contribution of for end B of member AB.
So M'ba = _ 2 EI 9b = _ 2Ekl .9b ~ (5)
L
T
I
KANIS METHOD OF FRAME ANALYSIS 289
I
I
Now consider a generalized joint A in a frame where members AB, AC, AD ......... meet. It carries a
[
momentM. . .
I B
o
For equilibrium of joint A, 2:Ma = 0
or Mab + Mac + Mad + Mae ..................= 0 Putting these end moments in form of eqn. (3)
or 2:MF (ab, ac, ad) + 2 2:M' (ab, ac, ad) + IM' (ba, ca, da) = 0
Let IMF (ab, ac, ad) = MFa (net FEM at A)
So MFa + 2 2:M' (ab, ac, ad) + 2:M' (ba, ca, da) = 0 ~ (6)
From (6), 2:M' (ab, ac, ad) = -"21 [(MFa + IM' Cba, ca, da)] ~ (7)
From (4), 2:M' (ab, ac, ad) = - 2Ekl ea - 2 Ek2 ea - 2 Ek3 ea + .............. .
=- 2 Eea (Ik), ( sum of the member stiffnesses framing in at joint A)
Sa - LM' (ab, ac, ad)

or. ~ (8)
-- 2E(Ik)
From (4);M'ab = - 2 Ekl 8a. Put 8a from (8), we have
, _. [2:M' (ab, ac, ad)] _ .h , ,

M ab - - 2E kJ - 2E (Ik) - 2:k [2:M (ab, ac, ad)]
From (7), Put 2:M' (ab, ac, ad)
So M'ab =K[-t(MFa+ IM' (ba, ca, da»]

1k
or M'ab = - 2"Th [MFa + 2:M' (ba, ca, da)]
k2
on similar lines M'ac = - 2"1 2:k [ MFa + 2:M' (ba, ca, da)]
I 1 k3
. and Mad = - 2" Ik [MFa -I;' 2:M' (ba, ca, da)]
1.! 1.:::.
rotation contribution of near sum of the rotations contributions of far
t:nd of member ad. ends of members meeting at A.
Sum of rotation factors at near end of members ab, ac, ad is
= - t' [sum of rotation factors of different members meeting at a
.. Is.equa
JOInt '. I to:-2"1 ]
Therefore, if net fixed end moment at any joint along with sum of the far end contribution of
members meeting at that joint are known then near end moment contribution can bede&rmined. If
far end contr.ibutions are approximate, near end contributions will also be approximate. When Far
end contributions are not known (as in the first cycle), they c~n be assumed to be zero.
6.1.. ,RULES FOR. . CALCULATING RO'rA TION .CONTRIBUTIONS

. .
:- Case-I: Without sides way.
Definition: "Restrained moment at a joint is the algebrai~ sum of FE.M's of different members
meeting at that joint."
1. Sum ofthe restrained moment Ofajoiilt and all rotation contributions bfthe far ends of
members meeting atthat joi~t is multiplied by respe9tive rotation factors to get the
require4 near end rotation contribution. For the first cycle when far ~nd contributions
are not known, they may be
taken as zero (1st approximation).
2. By repeated application, of this calculation procedure and proceeding froin joint to joint
in an arbitrary sequence but in a specific direction, all rotation contributions are known.
The process is usually stopped when end moment values converge. This normally happens after
three orJour cycles. But values after 2nd cycle may also be acceptable for academic.
6.2. Case 2:- With side sway Goint translations)
In this case in addition to rotation contribution, linear displacement contributions ( Sway

contributions) of columns of a particular storey are calCulated after every cycle as follows:
- - - - - - - - - - - _.._ - - - - -
TI KANIS METHOD OF FRAME ANALYSIS 291
I
6.2.1. For the first cycle.
I (A) --» Linear Displacement ContriOution ( LDC) of a column = Linear displacement factor (LDF) of a
particular column of a story multiplied by [storey moment + contributions at the ends of columns
I
I
of that story]
3
Linear displacement factor (LDF) for columns of a storey = - 2"
I
I
,
. . 3 k
Lmear dIsplacement factor of a colunm = - 2" Ik Where k=stiffuess of the column being
considered and Ik rs the sum of stiffness of all

columns <;lfthat storey.
6.2.2. (B) --» t
Storey.moment = Storey shear x of storey height.
6.2.3. (C) --» Storey shear; It may be considered as reaction of column at horizontal beam! slab
levels due. to lateral loads by considering the columns of each sotrey as simply supported beams in
vertical direction. "If applied load gives + R value (according to sign conversion of slope
deflection method), storey shear is +ve or vice versa."
Consider a general sway case.
6.3. SIGN CONVENSION ON MOMENTS:- Counter-clockwise moments are positive and

clockwise rotations are positive.
For first cycle with side sway.

(D) Near end contribuhon of various respective rotation contribution factor x [Restrained moment +
members meeting at that joint. far end contributions]
Linear displacement contributions will be calculated after the end of each cycle for the columns only.
FOR 2ND AND SUBSEQUENT CYCLES ..

(E) --» Near end contributions of various Respective rotation contribution factor x [Restrained
members meeting at a joint. moment + far end contribution~ + linear displacement
contribution of columns of different storeys meeting
at that joint).
·6.4. Rules for the Calculation of final end moments (sideswaycases)
(F) For beams, End moment = FEM + 2 near end contribution + Far end contributions.
(G) For columns, End moment. = FEM + 2 near end contribution + Far end contribution +
linear displacement contrib~tion of that column for the latest cycle.
6.5. APPLICATION OF ROTATION CONTRIBUTION METHOD (KANI'S METHOD) .

FOR THE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS BEAMS
Example No.1: Analyze the following beam by rotation contribution method. EI is constant.
36K
7k1ft 6k1ft
l
A
,. o
.-
16 24'" 1.2
>I' ~I
EI = constt.
Note. Analysis assumes continuous ends with some fixity. Therefore, in case of extreme hinged
supports in exterior spans, modify (reduce) the stiffness by 3/4 = (O.75).for a hinged end.
Step No.1. Relatiye Stiffness.

I
Span .I L K rel Kmodified.
L
1
AB 1 16
16 x48 3 3
1
BC 1 24
24
2 2
1
CD 1 12 4 x (3/4) 3
12
(exterior or discontinuous hinged end)
Step No.2.. Fixed end moments.
WL2 .:3 x 162

Mfab= +12 = +-12- =+ 64 ·K-ft.
Mfba = - 64
. 6 x 242 .
Mfbc = + - - = +288
12
Mfcb = -288
Pa2 b + 36 x 62 x 6
Mfcd = + ""l: = 122 = + 54
Mfdc = -54
------ -~-- ..- . - -

KANIS METHOD OF FRAME ANAL YSIS 293
Step No~3. Draw Boxes, enter the values of FEMs near respective ends of exterior boxes and rotation
contribution factors appropTiately (on the interior side).
restraining moment =
/ ' ..~<_."M
meeting at that JOint IS extend
In Inner box
B . C 0
~ FEMs
j
A
~+64 -64 -0.5(3)B
. 3+2 +224
... 0* -67.2 -0.3*
•
-0.2
+288
-44.8
-55.95
-28....8
+55.76
+60.95
*
-0.2
I~2341 *
-0.3
+54
+83.64 -14.82
+91.43 -18.71
-54 o·sqtEJ
*
-0.5
-54
0 -83.92
0 -84.48 -57
. .
+61.94
...... _,.-. .~.
~
+92.9-19.45
""~,. ,~ ........."'.. ~ ....,.. .. ,."
* = Distribution factors.
A C( Far end contribution) B D( Far end contributions)

FIRST CYCLE ..l, i ' i i
Joint B: - 0.3 (+224 + 0 + 0) = - 67.2 (Span BA) Joint C: - 0.2(- 234 - 44.8 + 0) = +55.76 (Span CB)
and - 0.2 ( 224 + 0 + 0) = - 44.8 (Span BC) and - 0.3(- 234 - 44.8 + 0) = +83.64 (Span CD)
Joint D: - 0.5(- 54 +83.64) = - 14.82 (Span DC)
2nd cycle:
A C (Far end contributions) B D (far end contributions)
-!-' -!- i i
Joint B. - 0.3 (+224+0 +55.76) = - 83.92 Joint C: - 0.2 (- 234 - 55.95 - 14.82) = 60.95
- 0.2 (+224+0 +55.76) = - 55.85 - 0.3 (- 234 - 55.95- 14.82) = 91.43
JointD. - 0.5 (- 54 -+- 91.43) =-18.715
3rd cycle: Singular to second cycle procedure. We stop usually after 3 cycles and the answers can be
further refmed by having another couple of cycles. (Preferably go up to six cycles 'till difference in moment
. value is 0.1 or less). The last line gives ncar and far end contribution.
Step No.4. FINAL END MOMENTS
For beams. End moment = FEM + 2near end cont. + Far end contribution.
Mab=+ 64 + 2 x 0 -~.~,=- 20.48 k- ft.

Mba = - 64 - 2 x 84.48 + 0 = - 232.96 k - ft.
~""!»!"'I:.<."\!.<:"},.,
Mbc = + 288- 2 x 57 + 61.94 = +235.9 k - ft . • ~,":ti:~.'" ,,;:, :'.~ •
Mcb = - 288 + 2 x IDA. - 57 =; - 221.12

Mcd = + 54 + 2 x 92.9 - 19.45 = + 220.35
Mdc = - 54 - 2 x 19.45 + 92.9 = zero
The beam has been analyzed and we can draw shear force and bending moment diagrams as usual.
i····:'"'
6.6. Rotation Contribution Method: Application to frames without side sway.

Example No 2: .
Analyze the following frame by Kanis method ( rotation Contribution Method)
9K
I
21 10
/
D 12
104 ~I
Step No. 1 Relative .Stiffness.
I
Span I L Kmodified.
L
3 '
AB 3 16 T6x 240 45 45
2
BC 2 12 12x 240 30 (Exteri?r hinged end)
2
. BD 2 10 loX 240 48 48
LI03
Step No.2. FEM's
9x 6 X 102
Mfab = 162 = + 21.1 K-ft
9xl0x62
Mfba = 162 = - 12.65
1 x 122
Mfbc =-}-2- = + 12
Mfcb = -12
Mfbd = Mfdb = 0 (No load within span BD)

KANIS METHOD OF FRAME ANAL YSIS 295
Step No.3. Draw Boxes, enter values of FEM's, rotation contribution factors etc.
B C
A " 0*
".-
+21.1 -12,65
+0,118
-0,97
* 1- 0 .65 1 *
-0.183 -0.122
+12 -12
+0,079 +5.96 *
-0.647 +6.32 -0.5
GJ
.1
-1,03
J,3oiJ~.,.- *
-0.195
_,_0'
-0.69 +6.34~
'. ,~("'-'''j"",""''',,
* rot co nt +0.126 0
I factor. -1.03
'.' -1.10
1FEM's
*
0
J,
0/
/
/ f /.
D~
(rotation contribution factor)
Apply all relevant rules in three cycles. Final end moments may now be calculated.
For beams. End moment = FEM + 2 x near end contribution. + Far end contribution
For Columns: End moment = FEM + 2 x near end contribution + Far end contribution + Linear
displacement contribution ofthat column. To be taken in sway cases only.
o Mab = 21.1 + 2xO -1.03 = + 20.07 K-ft
Mba=-12.65 -:2 x 1.03 + 0 = -14.71
Mbc = +12 -2 x 0.69 + 6.345 = 16.965
Mbd= 0 - 2x1.1 +0 = -2.2
Mcb = -12 + 2x 6.345 -0.69 = 0
Mdb = 0 + 2xO-l.l 0 = -1.1 0
Equilibrium checks are satisfied. End moment values are OK. Now S~D and BMD can be drawn as usual.
Example No.3: Analyse the following frame by rotation Contribution Method.
SOLUTION:-
It can be seen that Sway case is there.
/ 16k /
5 15
B..-----''--------.C
41
o
A I
20 ~I
Step No.1. Relative Stiffness.

I
11ember. I L L K rel .
1
AB 10 lOx 10
4
BC 4 20 20 x 10 2
1
CD 10 lOx 10
Step No.2. FEM's
T\K-t"·
+ 16 x 5 x 15 2 +4'
lVUBC= 202 .J
2
11fcB - 16 ;g2 x 15 = _ 15
All other fixing moments are zero.

Step No.3 Draw Boxes, enter FEM's and rotation Contribution factors etc. Apply three cycles.
S C
I +45
+45 1_0.;33 .-14.98
-18.93
-15
+9.98 -0.3338
+10.6,
• -19.57 +10.41 •
-0.167 -0.167
0 +5.0 0
-7.51
-9.49
-9.80
LDC
+5.35
+5.25
rDC +1.882 5
I +1.8825 +3.105
-3/2( 112)=
-0.75
7'
Lineardisp.
1
FEMs
+3.105
+3.41
1-0.751
,1'
LDF
+3.41
* =rotation factors.
oJ
fa ctors
*
0 0
1 ,- ,-
•
,-
'.
~tation
D
UtA'" factor
~tation factor
. See explanation of calculations on nextpage. .

Note: After applying the first cycle as usual, calculate linear displacement contribution for columns of all
storeys. Repeat this calculation after every cycle. .
Linear displacement contribution (LDC) of a colurnn=Linear displacement factor[ story moment +
contribution of column ends of that storey)
Storey moment is zero because no horizontal load acts in column and there is no storey shear.
. ' . ~
After 1st cycle: Linear Disp. Cont = - 0.75 [0+ 5.0 - 7.5 + 0 + 0] = + 1.8825
~ For 2nd cycle onwards to calculate rotation contribution, apply following Rule:-
Rotation contribution = rotation contribution factor [restrained moment + far end contributions +
linear displacement contribution of columns. ofdifferent. storeys meeting at that joint.]
2nd cycle.
A C( Far ends)
Joint B. '" '"

- 0.167 [+45 + 0 + 9.98 + 1.8825] = - 9.49 (Span BA)
and - 0.333 [ - - - - do ] = - 18.93 (Span BC)
Joint C. - 0.333 [- 15 - 18.93 + 0 + 1.8825] = + 10.67 (Span CB)
and - 0.167 [ - - - - do - - - ] = + 5.35 (Span CD)
After 2nd cycle. Linear displacement contribution is equallto

storey moment.
t
=-0.75 [0-9.49+0+5.35+0]=+3.105
After 3rrl cycle.
After 3rd cycle, linear displacement. contribution of columns is equall to

storey moment.
= - 0.75 [ 0 - 9.80 + 5.25 + 0 + 0] = 3.41 •.
Calculate end moments after 3rd cycle.
For beams: End moment = FEM + 2 near end contribution. + Far end contribution.
For columns. End moment = FEM + 2 near end contribution + Far end contribution.
+ linear displacement. contribution of that column.
Applying these rules

Mab = 0 + 0 - 9.80 + 3.41 = - 6.3875 k.ft.
Mba = + 0 - 2 x 9.80 + 0 + 3.41 = + 16.19
Mbc = + 45 - 2 x 19.57 + 10.47 = + 16.33
Mcb = - 15 + 2 x 10.47 - 19.57 = 13.63
Mcd = 0 + 2 x 5.25 + 0 + 3.41 = 13.91
Mdc = 0 + 2 x 0 + 5.25 + 3.41.= 8.66
By increasing number of cycles the accuracy is increased.

Example No 4: Solve the following double story frame carrying gravity and lateral loads by rotation
contribution method. .
2 KN/m
C D
(I)
21 21 3m 21
2 KN/m
3 KN/m B - E
(I)
21 21 21
'"~.i
An-. frn
Sm
14
1
SOLUTION:-
If this is analyzed by slope-deflection or MOin~nt distribution method, it becomes very lengthy and
laborious. This becomes easier if solved by rotation contribution method.
Step 1: F.E.Ms.
+3 x 32
Mfab = 12 + 2.25 KN-rtJ.
Mfba = - 2.25 KN-m
Mfbc = + 2.25 KN-m
Mfcb = - 2.25 KN-m
. 2 x 52
Mfcd=12=+4.17 KN-m
Mfdc = - 4.17 KN-m . ~- -
",cl.1.,
"
Mfbe = + 4.17 KN-m

Mfeb = - 4.17 KN-m.
Mfde = Mfed = 0
Mfef= Mffe = 0
Step 2: RELATIVE STIFFNESS :-
I
Span I L K
L
2
AB 2 3 -x 15 10
3
2
Be 2 3 -x 15
3
10
.I
l KANIS METHOD OF FRAME ANALYSIS 299
I
I 1
I BE 1 5 -x 15 3
1 5
I
,I
, 1
I CD 5 -x 15 3
II 5
!
2
PF 2 3 -x 15 10
3
2
EF 2 3 -x 15 10
3
LINEAR DISPLACEMENT FACTOR = L.D.F. of a column of a

particular storey.
3 K
L.D.F. = -"2 IK
Where K is the stiffness of that column & IK is the stiffness of cohimns· of that storey. Assuming columns
of equal sizes.in a story. ( EI same)
3 10
L.D.Fl = -"2 x (10+ 10) =-0.75 . (For story No.1)
3 10
L.D.F2 = -"2 x (10+ 10) -0.75 . (For story No.2)
Storey Shear :-
This is, in fact, reaction at the slab or beam level due to horizontal forces. If storey shear causes a
(-:-ve) value of R, it will be (-ve) & vice versa. .
For detennining storey shear the columns can be treated as simply supported vertical beams.
(1) Storey shear = - 9 KN ( For lower or ground story. At the slab level of ground story)
(2) Storey shear = - 4.5 ( For upper story). At the slab level of upper story root)
Storey Moment ( S.M) :-
S.M. = Storey shear + hl3 where h is the height of that storey..

3 .
SM 1 =-9 x3"=-9 (lower story)
3 .
S.M2 = - 4.5 x 3" = - 4.5 ( Upper story )
Rotation Factors
The sum of rotation factors at a joint is - Yl. The rotation factors are obtained by dividing the
value - Yz between different members meeting at ajoint in proportion to their Kvalues.
3'00 THEORYDF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
Rotation Contributions:-
The rule for calculating rotation contribution is as follows.

Sum the restrained moments .of a point and all rotation contribution of the far ends of the members
. .
meeting at a joint. Multiply this sum by respective rotation factors to get the required rotation
tontribution. For the first cy~le far end contribution can betaken as zero.
Span K Rotation factor.
AB 10 0 (Being fixed end)
BC 10 -:21eO)
23 =-0.217
BE 3 - 0.5 (i3) = - 0.065
BA 10 eO) .
- 0.5 23 = - 0.217
CB 10 - 0.385
CD 3 - 0.115
DC 3 -0.115
DE 10 - 0.385
ED. 10 - 0.217
EB 3 - 0.065
EF 10 - 0.217
FE 10 0 (Being fixed end)

Now draw boxes, enter FEMs values, rotation factors etc. As it is a two storeyed frame, calculations ona
single A4 size paper may not be possible. A reduced page showing calculation is alUlexed.
C
! Restraining
Moment !J.lcd=
-0.115
F.E.M.= +1..J.7
RC.
-4.17=F.E.M.
J.ldc=
-0.11
~ -4.17 D
R.C. --=0.
- 1.92
..QJ1.
-0.25
-0.52
[MB ,
0.13· J.l de=-0.385
J.lcb = -0.385
-0.76 -0.11
RC.=Rotation Con- 'V

-:v' -0 ..95
-1.09
-0.3
-0.45
R.C. F.E.M. = 0
tribution. -1.19
-0.56 C?
-,0.-39 -1.26 0.45
-0.89 -0.64 -0.35
-1.74 !"l!l~?~.Q.isplacement Contribution -0.7 -1.00 L.D.C.
-2.55 I".D.~C, -1.50 2.7
Linear Dis- -3.18 2.7 -1.87 6.71 L.D.F.
placement -3.65 -2.14
6.71 9.87 = -0.75
tactor(L.D.F) -3.99 -2.34
-4.23 9.87 12.25
-0.75
12.25 14.00
-4.93
14.00
-6.50
~ 15.30
15.3 16.21
-4.37
-6.30 16.21 -3.88 16.21
-6.00 16.21
-5.61 -3.23
-5.05 -2.33
-4.24 -1.1
·-2.46
~
-0.9
R.C.
F.E.M. = +2.25_. ~
RC. F.E.M. = 0
I R.C. 1 F.E.M. = 0
Jl bc=-0.217
8
~J.lbe
~=-~65
F.E.M. = +4.17 F.E.M. =-4.17
-------j
. ).1eb= .
-0.06,
I -4.17 E
R.C.
RC.
-QJ,7 ~. l..l et=·0.217
-0.89 -0.33
-1.27 -0.70
R.C. F.E.M. =-2.25 R<!,. F.E.M. = 0
--
-0.9
-2.96
-" -1.51
-1.68
-0.97
-1.16 ~
..bl
-4.24 LO.C. -1.89 -1:31
-1.95 -2.33
-5.05 7 -1.41 L.D.C.
L.D.F.= -1.95 3.23
-5.61 9.8 -1.48 7
-0.75 -3.88
-6.00 11.68
-4.37 9.8 L.D.F.
-6.30
12.96 11.68 =-0.75
-6.50 -4.69
13.87 -4.93 12.96
14.53 13.87
14.99 14.53
15.00 14.99
15.00
F.E.M. = 0
FE·.M. = +2.25
F
A
Double - storey frame carrying gravity and lateral loads - Analysed by Rotation Contribution Method.
302 THEORY OF INDETERMIN.t\TESTRUCTURES
First Cycle :-
Near end contribution = Rotation factor of respective member (Restrained moment +

far end contributions). .
Joint B RF.(4.17)
C R.F. ( 1.92 - 0.9 )

Ii
D R.F. (- 4.17 - 0.12)
E R.F. (- 4.17 + 1.65)
After First Cycle :-
Linear Displacement Contribution :-= L.D.F.[Storey moment + Rotation contribution at the end
. . ofcolunms of that storey].
L.D,C 1 = - 0.75 (- 9 - 0.9 + 0.55) = 7
L.D,C 2 = - 0.75 t"4.5 - 0.9 - 0.39 + 0.55 + 1.65) = 2~7

\ ',. ) ~
For 2nd Cycle And Onwards :-
Near end contribution = RF.[Restrained moment + Far end contribution + Linear displacement
. contributions of columns of different storeysmbeiirig at that joint}
Joint B= RF. (4.17 + 0.16 - 03'9 + 7 + 2.7)
. -"",'
, . ' ~.} I
C= " (1.92 + 0.49 - 2.96 + 2.7)
D= " (-4.17-0.25+0.55+2.7)
E= "(-4.17+0.45~0.89+2.7+7);
After 2nd Cycle :-
L.D,C 1 = - 0.75 (- 9 - 2.96 - 1.1) = 9.8
LD,C2 = -0.75 (- 4.5 - 2.96;- 0.83- 1.1 + 0.45)= 6,71
3rdCycie :~
Joint B= RF. (4.17 - 033 - 0.83+ 9.8 + 6.71)

C= " ( 1.92+0.13 -4.24+6.71)
D= " . (- 4.17 - 1.1 - 0.52 + 6.71)
E= "(-4.17-1.27-0.35+9.8+6.71)
\
I
After 3rd Cycle :-
I! L.D,C 1 = - 0.75 (- 9 - 4.24 - 2.33) = 11.68
L.D,C 2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 1.74 - 4.24 - 0.35 - 2.33) = 9.87
i 4th Cycle;-
.~
Joint B= R.F. (4.17 - 0.70 - 1.74 + 11.68 + 9.87)

. c= "( 1.92 - 0.11 - 5.05 + 9.87)
D= "(~4.17-0.76-2.33+9.87)
E= "(- 4.17 - 1-1.51 + 9.87 + 11.68).
After 4th Cycle ;-
L.D.C, = - 0.75 (- 9 - 5.05 - 3.23) = 12.96
L.D.C 2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 5.05 - 2.55 - 1.00 ~ 3.23) = 12.25
5th Cycle:-
Joint B= R.F. (4.17 - 0.97 - 2.55 + 12.25 + 12.96)

,
C= " (1.92 - 0.3 - 5.61 + 12.25) ,
D= "(- 4.17 - 0.95 - 3.23 + 12.25 )
E= "(-4.17-1.5-1.68+12.25+12.96)
After 5th Cycle ;-
L.D.C, = - 0.75 (- 9 - 5.61 - 3.88) = 13.87 (ground storey)
L.D.C 2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 5.61 -3.18 - 1.5 - 3.88) = 14 (First Floor)
6th Cycle;-
Joint B RT (4.17 - 1.16 - 3.18 + 14 + 13.87)

C " (l.92-0.05-6+14)
D "(-4.17-3.88-1.09+14)
E " (-4.17-l.87-1.68+ 14+ 13.87)
304 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUGTURES
After 6th Cycle :-
L.D.C 1 = - 0.75 ( - 9 - 6 - 4.37) = 14.53
L.D.C 2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 6 ~J.65 - 1.87 - 4.37) = 15.3

7th Cycle:-
Joint B R.F. (4.17 - 1.31 - 3.65 + 15.3 + 14.53)

c " (1.92 - 0.56- 6.:30 + 15.3)
D " ( - 4.17 - 1.19 - 4.37 + 15.3)
E "(-4.17-1.89-2.14+15.3+14.53)
After 7th Cycle :-
L.D,C 1 = - 0.75 (- 9 - 6.30 - 4.69) = 14.99

L.D,C 2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 6.3 - 3.99 - 2.14 - 4.69) = 16.21
8th Cycle:-
Joint B R.F. (4.17 - 1.41 - 3.99 + 16.21 + 14.99)

c "(1.92 - 6.5 - 0.64 -1:-1(5.20
D "(-4.17-4.69-1:26:-1'16.21)
,
E = "(-4.17-2.34-L9.$+1~,71+14:.99)-:.
After 8th Cycle :-
L.D,C 1 = - 0.75 (- 9 ~ 6.5 - 4.93) == 15 .' ~, ?
L.D,C2 = - 0.75 (- 4.5 - 6.5 - 4.23 - 4.93 - 2.34).= 16.21 ,
FINAL END MOMENTS :-
(1) Beams or Slabs :-
= F.E.M + 2 (near end contribution) + far end contribution of that particular

beam or slab.
(2) For Columns :-
= F.E.M + 2 (near end contribution) + far end contribution of that particular

column + L.D.C. of that column. Applying these rules we get the following end
moments.
I-
:1
END MOl\lENTS;-
Mab = 2.25 + 2 x 0 - 6.5 + 15 + 10.75 KN-m

Mba = - 2.25 - 2 (6.5) - 1 + 15 - 0.25
Mbc = 2.25 - 2 x 6.5 - 4.23 + 16.21 + 1.23 "
Mbe = 4.17-2(1.95)-1.48 - 1.21
Mcb = - 2.25 - 2 x 4.23 - 6.5 + 16.21 - 1
Mcd = 4.17 - 2 x 1.26 - 0.7 + 0.95:::+1 "

Mdc = - 4.17 - 2 x 0.7 -: 1.26 - 6.83 "
Mde = 0 - 2 x 2.34 - 4.93 + 16.21 + 6.60
. Med = 0 - 2 x 4.93 - 2.34 + 16.21 + 4.01
Meb = - 4.17 - 2 x 1.48 - 1.95 - 9.08 KN-m
Mef = 0 - 2 x 4.93 + 15 +5.14
Mfe = 0 - 2 x 0 - 4.93 + 15 + 10.07
Now frame is statically determinate and contains all end moments. It can be designed now.
Space for notes:

CHAPTER SEVEN
7. INTRODUCTION TO COLUMN ANALOGY METHOD

The column analogy method was also proposect by Prof. Hardy Cross and is a pbwerful technique
to analyze the beams with fixed supports, fixed ended gaQle frames, closed frames & fixed arches etc.,
These members may be of uniform or variable moment of inertia throughout their lengtllsbut the method is
ipeally suited to the calculation of the stiffness factor and the carryover factor for the members having
variable moment of inertia. The method is strictly applicable to a maximum of 3rd degree of indeterminacy.
This method is essentially an indirect application of the consistent deformation metho~.
The method is based on a mathematical similarity (i.e. analogy) between the stresses developed on
a column section subjected to eccentric load and the moments imposed on a member due to fixity of its
supports. *(We have already used an analogy in the form of method of moment and shear in which it was
assumed that parallel chord trusses behave as a deep beam). In the analysis of actual ~ngih.eering structures
of modem times, so many analogies are used like slab an\llogy, and shell analogy etc. I~ ~11 these methods,
calculations are not made directly on the actual structure but, in fact it is always assumed that the actual
structure has been replaced by its mathematical model and the calculations are made on me model. The final
results are related to the actual structure through same logical engineering interpretation.
In the method of column analogy, the actual structure is considered under the action of applied
loads and the redundants acting simultaneously. on a BDS.. The load on the top of the analogous column is
usually the H.M.D. due to applied loads on simple spans and therefore the reaction to this app1(ed load is
the B.M.D. due to redundants on simple spans considers the following fixed ended loaded beam. .,.
EI=Constt.
~ (d) Loading on top of
(a) Given beam analogous column,
under loads Ms diagrall), same as(b).
O~O (b) 8.M.D. due to

VI7Iff//7J 1 (Unity)
applied loads, on simple span IE-- L ~

plotted on the
compressin sid~. . (e) X-section of analogous
column.
O
°nnnTI
~M8 [1lJlDMb
MA (c) 8.M.D. due to Ma
(f) Pressure on bottom of
redundants, plotted . analogous column,
on the compression Mi diagram.
side on simple span
COLUMN ANALOGY METHOD 307
The resultant ofB.M.D's due to applied loads does not fall on the mid point of analogous column
section which is eccentricaily loaded.
Msdiagram = BDS moment diagram due to applied loads.
Mi diagraIJi = Indetenninate moment diagram due to redundants.
I
If we plot (+ve) B.M.D. above the zero line and (-ve) B.M.D below the zero line (both on
!
;(
compression sides due to two sets of loads) then we can say that these diagrams have been plotted on the
compression side.
(The conditions from which MA & Ms can be detennined, when the method of consistent
defonnation is used, are as follows). From the Geometry requirements, we know that
(I) The change of slope between points A & B = 0; or sum of area of moment diagrams between
A & B = 0 (note that EI = Constt:), or area of moment diagrams offig.b = area of moment diagram
I offig.. c.
I
I I
(2) The deviation of point B from tangent at A = 0; or sum of moment of moment diagrams between A
& B about B = 0, or Moment of moment diagram offig.(b) about B = moment of moment diagram
of fig. (c) about B. Above two requirements can be stated as follows.
Ii
! (1) Total load on the top is equal to the total pressure at the bottom and;
!I (2) Moment of load about B is equal to the moment of pressure about B),
i indicates that the analogous column is on equilibrium under the action of applied loads
! and the redundants.

7.1. SIGN CONVENTIONS:-
It is necessary to establish a sign convention regarding the nature of the applied load (Ms -
diagram) and the pressures acting at the base of the analogous colurnn (Mi-diagram.)
1. Load (P) on top of the analogous column is downward ifMslEI diagram is (+ve) which means that
it causes compression on the outside or (sagging) in BDS vice-versa. IfEI is con"tant, it can be
taken equal to units.
Outside
5
Inside
2. Upward pressure on bottom of the analogous column ( Mi - diagram) is considered as (+ve).
3. Moment (M) at any point of the given indetenninate structure ( maximum to 3'd degree) is given by .
the fonnula.
M = Ms-Mi,
which is (+ve) ifit causes compression on the outside of members.

EXAMPLE NO. 1:- Determine the fixed-ended moments for the beam shown below by the method of
colu)1U1 analogy.
SOLUTION:
Choosing BDS as a simple beam; Draw Ms diagram. Please it on analogous collilnn.
A ~ ~ I=vonstt. B
Ms-diagram
(B:M.O. dueto applied
loads on B.O.S.)
Loading on top of
analogous column.
X-section of
analogous column
Mi-diagam
Pressure on bottom of
analogous column.(uniform as
resultant falls on the mid point of
analogous ·column section .
P
Pressure at the base of the column = A
A = L x I (area of analogous column section).
. WL 3
I
-,,'I
12(Lx1)
WL2
Mi=--
12
In this case, it will be uniforrn ~sfesuIUl~t oiMs i
(MS)a=.O,
diagram falls on centroid of analogous column)
(Ms at point A to be picked up for M-s diagram) I i
Ma = (Ms - Mi)a (net mOl1).entat point A)

· · W L2
= 0-
12
Ma =
We
--- I
12·
Mb =(Ms-Mi)~ = (0 ~ ~;~ __%L 2 1
. WL 2 WL 2 I.,
Me = (Ms-Mi)c=-8--12 j
3 WL2- 2 WL2 We
Mc = . 24 - 24 Plot these values to get M =Ms - Mi di~gram.
The beam has been analyzed.

EXAMPLE NO.2::' SOLVING THE PREVIOUS EXAMPLE, IF B.D.S. IS A CANTILEVER

SUPPORTED AT 'A'.
A~B
~~
K L ~
Wr
~U4 6 3/4L----1
o,---.or--tt--r--..r-===-- 0 Ms-diagram
(It creates hagging so load acts upwards)
The resultant of Ms diagram does not fall on
the centroid of analogous column.
)1
wi yo
6 X-section of
~ 1
. analogous column. Carrying eccentric load of WL 3'6
I( L )I
~yo Eccentric loadwL16 acts on centre of
Centroidal axis analogous column x-section with an
associated moment as well
=
(Eccentric load Concentric load plus accomprying moment)
bh L x \Vr} WL 3
Are~ of Ms diagram A = (n+l) = 2(2+1) = -6-
(from nearest and)
Alternatively centroid can be located by using the following formula)

'- fMXdX
X = JMdX
L( wx~ W X3L WL3 ...

J MdX = J - - - dX = - - I-I = - - - ( Same as above)
o 2 2 3 0
6
~" -..
L(
JMXdX=J - - XdX
WX~
=JL--,,-dx
WX3
o 2 0 L.
W X4L WL 4
=--1-1
2 4 0
=--
8
fMXdX
X
JMdX
- - WL4 6 '3
X =-8- X (_WL3) =4" L. (from the origin of moment
expression or from farthest end)
NOTE: Moment expression is always independent of the variation of inertia.
Properties of Analogous Column X-section :-
l. Area of analogous column section,- A = Lxi = L

LJ
2. Moment of inertia, 1 Yo Yo = 12
3. Location of centroidal column ax~s, C = ~
Ae ':oM = (~L) (;) = ~ (~iS distance between axis yo- yo and the centroid of Ms diagram
4
,
where the load equal to area ofMs diagram acts.)
(Ml.)a = A
P ± -1-
Mc (P is the area ofMs diagram and is acting upwards so negative
L . ' L3
C =2'and I =12)'
4
WL
24 . 2 . e
.L.J.2(Load P on ana1ogous coI
umn'IS negative
.)
_WL 2 WL2
=-6- 4 (Reaction due to MCII would be having the same
direction at A as that due to P while at B these
-2WL2 _3 We
12 two would be opposite)
-5
=-WL2
12
. _WL2
(Ms)a =-2-
. Ma ,;" (Ms - Mi)a
= -We+2-We
2 12
_WL2
Ma=--
12
---_._---
w
COLillvtN ANALOGY METHOD 311
Mb = (Ms ~ Mi)b
' b P Mc
(M 1) = A ±-r-
-we
---+
WL4xLx12
- 6xL 24 x 2 x L3
-WL" WL 2
= -6 - +
.
-4 -
WL2
- 12
(Ms)b = 0
. . WL 2 WL 2
Mb =(Ms-Mi)b=O-12 =-12
Same results have been obtained but effort I time involved is more for this BDS).
EXAMPLE NO. 3:- Determine the F.E.Ms. by the method of column analogy for the following loaded
beam.
3.1 SOLUTION:- CASE 1 (WHEN BDS IS A SIMPLE BEAM)
~
IE
a r L
b
>oj
E
Pab
-L-
Ms-diagram
I
' - -_ _' - - - L -_ _ _---'/ f 1 x-section of analogous column
Ie L)I
e-_ 1::.2 _ (L 3+ a) __ 3 L - 26 L -: 2a (L -62 a)

= ( The eccentricity of load W.r.t
mid point of analogous column)
pab)
M = (2 (C-
2 a) Pab (
-6-· = 12 L-2a)
Properties of Analogous Column X - section

1. A=Lxl=L
2.
L
3. C=-
2
P Me
(Mi)a = A ± -1-
Pab Pab Lx~

= 2L + ...J:..2 (L - 2a) x 2 x L3
Pab Pab
= 2 L + 2 L2 (L - 2a)
PabL + PabL - 2 Pa2b

,= 2 LZ
(Mi)a
_ Pab(L-a}
- L2 :. a+b=L
b=L-a
2
Pab
(Mi)a = r::
(Ms) a =0
Net moment at A=' Ma = (Ms - Mi) a
Pab 2
=07t,2
Pab 2
Ma =-IT
p
)
[
The (-ve) sign means that it gives us tension at the top when applied at A.
. P MC
(Ml)b=:A ± -1-
Pab Pab Lx 12
= 2L - 12L2 (L - 2a) x 2 x L3
Pab Pab .
= 2L - 2e (L-2a)
PabL - PabL + 2Pa2b

= 2L2
(Mi)b = P~~b
(Ms)b=O
2
Pa b
Mb = (Ms - Mi)a =0 - r:
-Pa2b
Mb=---;z-
. L
The minus sign means that it gives us tension at the top ..

EXERCISE 3.2:- If B.D.S. isa cantilever supported at A:-
We solve the same exercise 3.1 but with a different BDS.
P
A)r-
~
----'a~l"':_:::_:~b=---___E~
EI-Constt £
B
Ift I< L )f
Y2 Pa(a) =
%.
I
pa
Pa nP
. Ol-~~""""";"::"'-------"-O Ms-diagram (load equal to area of
.
Ms diagram acts upwards)
The upper eccentric load has been now

placed on centroid a)(is of analogous column
2 ---llTpi
1:. _~ = e'
3 IE-r
section plus accompaying moment.
t 1 M[Tttn x-section of analogous column under

load and accompaying moment at column
k l
centroidal aixis.
U2
I(
3U THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
=1 _ ~ = (3L-2a)
.e 2 3 6
2
Pe = M = Pa (3L - 2a) = Paz (3L - 2a)
.. 2 6 12
1,3 L
Properties of Analogous Column section:- A = L, I = 12' C = '2
. P MC
(Mi)a = A ± -1-,
Pa2 (3L - 2a) , L. ~ 7 .

+'?'.2, L3 (Due to upward P=Pa-l2, reactIOn at A
and B is downwards while due to moment,
PaZ (3L - 2a)
2e reaction at B is upwards while atA it is
downwards. Similar directions wilLhave
_Pa2L - 3Pa2L + 2Pa3

2L2 the same sign to be additive or vice-versa)
-4:Pa2L + 2Pa3
\l 2L2
_Pa2 (2L - a)
= L2 We can write 2L - a = L + L - a = L + b
(Mi)a
(Ms)a = - Pa
:Ma = (Ms - Mi)a

- PaL (L - a) + Pa2 b
e
- PabL +Pa2 b
L2
- Pab (L - a)
e
- Pab. b
LZ
- Pab~
Ma =--v- ( Same result as was obtained with a different BDS)
P .MC
(Mi)b =A-- +
. I-
_ - Paz Paz (3L - 2a)

-02L + 2e·
- Paz L + 3Pa2L - 2Pa3
2L2
(Ms)b = 0
Mb = (Ms-.Mi)b
Pa2 b
=O-r:r
-Pa2 b
Mb =1: ( Same result as obtained with a different BDS)
316 THEORY Of INDETERMINATE STRUCTPRE~
EXAMPLE NO.4:- Detennine the F.F.Ms. by the method of column analogy for the following loaded beam.
SOLUTION:-
Choosing cantilever supported at B as BDS.
./ w/unit length
A~ ~B
~(--~U=2-----~~·~U~2~·~--~.)
EI = Constt
IfS.D.S. is
a cantilever
supported O----------------~-----+--~
at b.
Ms-diagram = WL x L
2 "4
2
WL
8
Analogous column
I( section;
Eccentricity . =
. .
3
'.' Moment , WL (bh)
Where P = Area ofMs di~gram= 48 - n+ 1
, 1 ,_
Properties of A.nalogous column s·ection.
L3 . L
A = L, I = -- and
. 12
C =-
.2
'Step 1: Apply :p= Area OfBMD(Ms diagram) due to applied loads in a BDS at the' center of analogous
column section i.e. at U2 from either side.
Step 2: The acco~panying moment Pe, where e is the eccentricity between mid point of analogous column
section and the point df application of area of Ms diagram, is also applied at the same point along
withP. ",'
:e
Step 3: Imagine reactions due to and M=Pe .. At points A and B, use appropriate signs.
(Mi)a =.~ ± ~C ( Subtractive reaction at A due to P)
_WL3 WL4 xLx12
= 48.L + 128 x 2 x L3 .r,. (P is upwa~ds, so negative.R:eactions due to this P
at A and B will be downwards and those due to
moment term will be upward at A and downward
_ WL2 3WL2
=48+~ at B. Use opposite signs .now for A)
2 2
_4WL + 9WL
192
+5WL2
192
¥!
COLUMN~ALOGY METHOD 317
(Ms)a = 0 ( Inspect BMD drawn on simple detenninate span)

Ma = (Ms - Mi)a
5WL2
= 0-
192
5WL 2
Ma- = - 192
O0
(M IO)b· = A
P ± -1-
MC (Add
. ItIve o · at Bas· use negatIve
reactIons 0 SIgn
0 WI0th -1-
Mc term)
4Wr.2 - 9WL2
192
13 WL2
192
WL 2
(Ms)b = --8-
Mb = (Ms - Mi)b
2
WL 2 13 WL2 -24 WL 2 + 13 WL
=-g-; + 192 192
Mb = -11 WL2
192
The beam is now statically determinate etc.
EXAMPLE NO. S:- Detennine the FoEo M's by the method ofcolumn analogy for the: following loaded beamo
SOLUTION:-
A ~3-~--W-f-n---0!P",,--·
-"'-_.-"'-~o--t:.~ WrunR ~h
9 O~ ~~ _ .
bh EI=Constt:
A= n+1
L wi?
"2x 24
A=-=--4"'::;;"';'- - o--------------~~--~~~
192
, b . . 3
XI- .n+2
.- Ms-diagram . ( l XWXb )X.b. (!J =WL
2 2 3 2 24
L
2(3+2) v-f
" L
X=-
10
_ _ _M_:t....L-1_92_e_· _--:7I_--J\ !1 Analogous column section
( L )
..
. L L 5L-L 4L 2
e=2-1o=~=1O=5L
. 0!!.. L4) x (25 L)
M ~ \.192 =
WL
480
s
~.
lI
Properties of Analogous column section.

A=L, 1=12'
e L
C=2'
p MC
(Mi)a = A ± -1-
_WL4 WL 5 xLx12
(Mi)a = 192L + -480 x 2 x L3 (Downward reaction at A dile to P and upward reaction at A due to M)
',,')
I
,
I
I
- 80We + 192 WL 3
15360
112 WL 3
( Divide by 16)
15360
, 7WL3
(Mi)a = 960
(Ms)a = 0
Ma '= (Ms-Mi)a
7 ' 3 -7
Ma = 0- 960 WL =-WL3
960
.,. ,
,',
P MC . ,
(Mi)b =A-+
- I-
WL3 We
192 80
- 80 WL3 - 192 WL3

15360
-272 WL3
15360
-17We
960
_ WL3
(Ms)b = 2 4
Mb = (Ms-Mi) b
-,
- WL 3 17 3
= 24 + 960 WL
- 40 WL 3 + 17 we
960
-23We
Mb
960
Note: After these redundant end moments have been determined, the beam is statically
determinate and reactions, S.F, B.M, rotations and deflections anywhere can be
found .
.\ 7.2. STRAIGHT MEMBERS WITH VARIABLE' CROSS - SECTION.
EXAMPLE NO. 6:- Detennine the flxed-end moments for the beam shown by the method of colllIIUl analogy
SOLUTION:- BDS is a simple beam.
190kn
~ 3kn/m ~<E-- 4m ~
A ~B
1=2 1=1
-
2 .
~P~9 ¥=~96;
. -
MSdia.due ~! ~!~/m
EI toU.D.L. ~ __
~ (reactions due to UDL)
only. 0a C 0
. j<l--- 8m 8m :-:-t>! 24kn Sm 10m 24kn
P P1 90x12x4 M=24x6-3 x (6)2
4 135 16 2
. Ms dia due = 27-0 =90kn-m 190kn
B to point 124m (reactions due to
load only. t m t concentrated load)
67.5kn
90x4=225kn
16 .
M=22.5x6 =135kn-m
1/2 I
Analogous
column
x-section.
The above two ~; diagrams will be taken full first and then load corresponding to areas of these
diagrams on left 6m distance will be subtracted. (P2 and P4 will be subtracted from PI and P3 respectively).
In this solution, two basic determinate structures are possible.

(l)a ~imply supported beam.
(2) a cantilever beam.
':1
320 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES ··1·····',·
This problem is different from the previous one in the following respects.
I
(a) Ms - diagram has to be divided by a gi~en value ofI for various portions of span.
(b)' The thickness of the analogous column X - section will also vary with the variation of
inertia. Nonnally, the width lIEI can be set equal to unity as was the case in previous
problem, when EI was set equal to unity. .
(c) As the dimension of the analogous'column X - section also varies in this case, we will have
to locate the centroidal axis"ofthe column and detennine its moment of inertia about it.
(I) SOLUTION:- By choosing a simple beam as a B.D.S.

2 -
PI = 3" x 16 x 96 = 1024 KN ( Load corresponding to area of entire ~MD due to UDL) '-.1
6
f MdX f (24X
::0 - 1.5 Xl) dX (Simply supported beam moment due to UDL ofleft 6! portion)
o
6
= I 12X2 - 0.5x3 1 = 12 x 36 - 0.5 x 216 = 432 - lOS = 324
o
area of abc = 324
6
2
f MXdX = f (:24X - .1.5X ) XdX
o .'
J
6
= f (24X2 - 1.5X3) dX
o
6
= I 24 X 3 _ U x41 = 8 x 63 _ U X 64
. 3 . 4 0 . 4
= 1242
- fMxdX 1242' I . .' ..
X = f MdX = 342 = 3.83 m from A. (ofleft 6 portIOn ofBMD)
1 324
Pz = -( area abc) = - = 162 kN( To be subtracted from Ms diagram)
.22
1 . : .
P3 ~2x 16 x 270 = 2160 KN (Area ofBMD due to concentrated Load)
. P4 = t .x (i x 67.5 ,:= 2025 KN ( To be subtracted from Ms diagram)

GOLUMN ANALOGY METHOD 321
Properties of Analogous column x - section.

1 .
Area = A = 1 x 10 + 2' x 6 = 13 m 2
x= fXdA = (l x 10) 5 + (112 x 6 x 13)

fromR.H.S.
.. A 13
= 6.85 m ( From point B) . It is the loca' ion of centroidal axis Yo~ Yo.
1 X 10 3 , 0.5 X 63 , . 4
=-1-2- + 1O(1.85t + 12 + (0.5 x 6) x (6.15)- = 240 m
by neglecting the contribution of left portion about its own centroidal axis.
Total load to be applied at the centroid of analogous column x - section.

\
t
f·
= 1024 + 2160 - 162 -'202.5
= 2819.5 KN
I.
I
Applied Moment about centroidal axis = M = + 1024 (1.15) - 2160 (0.18) - 162 (5.32) - 202.5 (5.15)
II = - 1116 KN~m, clockwise (Note: distance 5.32 = 9.15 - 3.83 (and 5;15 = 9.15 - 4)
! The ("':'ve) sign indicates that the net applied moment is clockwise.
l P Me
I (Mi)a = A ± -1- ( subtractive reactions at A)
II 2819.5
= -1-3-
1116 x 9.15
240
Mc.IS downwards so negatIve.
(Preserve at A due to -I- . )
I = + 174.34 KN-m
(Ms)a = 0
l-
I
,~ Ma = (Ms -: Mi)a = 0 - 174.34
= - 174.34 KN~m
.. 2819.5 1116 x 6.85 .. .. d

(Mi)b == -1-3- + 240 ' (Note the dIfference III the values ofC for pomts A an B.)
= + 248.74 KN-m
(Ms)b = 0
Mb = (Ms - Mi)b
= 0 - 248.74
= - 248.74 KN-m
The -ve sign with Ma & Mb indicates that these cause compression on the inside when applied of these points.
lI
I
I
EXAMPLE NO.7;- Determine the F.E.Ms. by the method of column analogy.

SOLUTION;-
1. Choosing a simple beam as a B.D.S.
90kn
I
i
. I
Ms 'diagram due to U.O.L.

a e f Er
i:l---6.5 m ~
90~~X4 =249.23
Ps 249.23 P6 Ms diagram due to point load.
~
832m
124.62 2.6i' Er
~
r----x ~
%~ c=:==~r-r----;~M"M6kn-m ,*1/2A~alogous column

m-~I4<-- 6.66~ x-section
~.34 '" '"
Yo
3KN/m
~ (8DS underUDLJ
19.5~19.5
(M3)L = 19.5 x 3 - 1.5(3)2 = 45 KN-m (3m from A)

3 ,
(M4)R =19.5 x 4-2' (4t =54 KN-m(4mfromB)
r
27.69
9m
r 62.307
(80S under point load)
(M3)L = 27.69 x 3 = 83 KN-m( 3m from A)

(M4)R = 62.307 x 4 = 249.22 (4m from B)
3
JMdX = area abc = J (19.5 X - 1.5 X2) dX
o
h¢
1
II
I!
I! 19.5, 1.5 3
= 1-2-x- - 3X3 1= 74.25
o
3 3
19 5 3
JMXdX = f (19.5 X2 - 1.5 X 3) dX = 1 . X _ .!.l. X41
o 3 . 4 0
= 145.12
145.12
X = 74.25 1.95.m ( From point A as shown)
4
Area def = j MdX = f (19.5X - 1.5 x 2) dX = 124
o
4
JMXdX = f (19.5 X2 - 1.5 x3) dX
o
= 320
I
I X = 320 ( .)
124 = 2.58 m Fr6m pomt B
I
I PI =~ x 63.4 x 13 = 549.5 KN( Due to entire BMD due to UDL)
1
I 1 1
P2 =2 (area abc) = 2" (74.25)=37.125 KN (To be subtracted)
I
J~\ 1 · 1 ·
P3 = 2 (area def) = 2" (124) = 62 KN ( To be subtracted)
1
P4 = 2 x 249.23 x 13 = 1620 KN (Entire area ofBMD due to point load)
1
Ps = 2 x 41.5 x 3 = 62.25 KN ( To be subtracted)
1
P6 ="2 x 4 x 124.62 = 249.23 KN ( To be subtracted)
324 THEORYOF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES i~";:l·":.'"~
'--'
,"
Properties of Analogous column x - section.
A = 2'1 x 4 + 1 x 6 + 2'1 x 3 = 9.5rrr
x _ (0.5x4)x2 + (1 x6)x7 + (0.5 x3) x (11.5)

- 9.5
X = 6.66 ( From point B) meters
0.5 X 4 3 ? 1 x 6} ,
12 + (0.5 x 4)(4.68)- +---u-+ (1 x 6)(0.34t
0.5 X 32 ,
+ 12 + (1.5)(4.84)-
=101.05 'W'\4,
Total concentric load on analogous column x - section to be applied at centroidal column axis)
P = PI - P 2 - P 3 + P 4 - Ps - P 6 = 549.5 - 37.125 - 62 + 1620 - 62.25 - 249.23

= 1759 KN ~
"
.
Total applied moment at centroid of analogous column due to above six loads is
= 549.5 (0.16) + 37.125 (4.39);".62(4.08) + 1620 (0.99) + 62.25 (4.34) - 249.2 (3.99)
= + 877.6 clockwise .
.) P MC
(Ml a = A ± -1- ( Reactions due to P and M are subtractive at A)
1759 877.6 x 6.34

- 9.5 10l.05
=+ 130KN-m
(Ms)a = 0
Ma = (Ms - Mi)a =0 - 130 = - 130 KN-m .
P MC.
(Mi)b = -+-
A - I
1759 877.6 x 6 x 6;66

=--+ ( Reactions due to P and M are additive at B)
9.5 101.05
=+ 243 KN~~'"
(Ms)b = 0
Mb = (Ms - Mi)b
= 0 -243
Mb = - 243 KN-m
Now the beam has become determinate.
EXAMPLE NO. 7:- (2) Choosing cantilever supported at B as a .B.D.S .. Let us solve the loaded beam
shown below again.
A~8 21
3m 6m
I 21
4m
.
i
P1=1098.5
bh
A =""fi+1
P = 13x253.5
1 3
=1098.5 P2= 126.75
6.75 e
3x 13x13/2
X': ~= II =3.25 Ms/EI diagram due to u.d.l 9 =253.5
. n+2 4 (2nd degree curve)
p =A= ~ = 4x360 =720·

4 n+ 1 2
X'= ~=
n+2
-±-
3
=133
. Ms/EI diagram due to point load 180
1/2 yo 360
1 od9. 75Kn Ps=360KN 1.33m
:r 1..-------': :' 43894K~fl~m====:::I1 :r 1/2
~ 6.34m~~ 6.66m --1

yo
Analogous column section
3KN/m 4m
80S under UOL ,A ~ B J

~
253.5
. .3m 10m j39
326 THEORY OF lNDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
X33
= 1- 1.53"1 = 0.5 x 33 = - 13.5 ( Upwards to be subtracted)
0" "
3
3
1 5X43
fMXdX =f (1.5X )ldX = 1 - 4 1
o 0
= -30.375
Location of centr.oidal axis from Bo U/2 x 3 + .1 x 6+ 112 x 4)X' =( 112 x 4 x 2+ 1 x 6>: 7+ 112 x 3 x 11.5) .
or
9.5X'= 63.25 Or X' = 6.66m from B' 6.34 m from A. (already done also)
- 30.375
10catio!1 of centroid of area abc = X = _ 13.5 '= 2.25 m (From A)
4
Area defgo = f MdX = f (39X - 253.5- l.5X2)dX
o
Moment expression taken from B considering BDS under UDL.

x, 15 4
= 139 2- - 253.5 X - X3 1 3" o
= -734 (Area is always positive).
4"
f MXdX = J(39X2 - 253.5X - 1.5X3)dX
o
= -1292
- 1292
X = -7j4
X = + 1.76 m From B (Centroid of area d:efg)
PI = 1098.5 KN (Area of entire BMD due to UDL)
1 1
P2 = 2" (area abc) = 2" (13.5) = 6·75 K( To be subtracte~)
1 1 '
P3 =2"tarea defg) = 2" (734) = 367 KN( To be subtracted)
P4 := 720 KN( Area of entire BMD due to point Load)
P s =tX180x4=360KN
Total concentric load on analogous column X - section is
= - 1098.5 + 6.75 + 367 - 720 + 360

= - 1084.75 KN( It is upward so reactions due to this will be downward)
Total applied moment at centroid of column
= - 6.75 (6.34 - 2.25) + 1098.5 (6.66 -'- 3.25)

- 367 (6.66 - 1.76) + 720 (6.66 -1.33) - 360 (6.66 - 1.33)
= 3894 KN-m (antic10ckwise)
Properties of Analogous column X - section.

1 1
A= 2" x 4 + 1 x 6 +"2 x 3 = 9.5
X = 6.66 meters From B as in previous problem.
as in previous problem.
(M 1') a = A MC ( R
P ± -1- '
eactIOns are su b ' at A )
tractive
- 1084.75 3894 x 6.34

9.5 + 101.05
(Mi)a = + 130 KN-m ( Same ans\yer as in previous problem)
(Ms)a = 0
Ma = (Ms - Mi)a
Ma = (0-130) =- 130 KN-m
·M··)b = P ± -1-
A MC C ReactIOns
. are add'Itlve
. at B )
C 1
- 1084.75 3894 x 6.66

9.5 101.05
= - 370.83 KN-m
(Ms)b = -253.5 - 360 = - 613.5 KN-m
Mb = (Ms - Mi)b = - 613.5 + 370.83

Mb = - 243 KN-m
Now beaw,,,:i"s. de~~rminate. Please note that the final values of redundant moments at supports
remain the same for two BDS. However, amount of effort is different.
7.3. STIFFNESS AND CARRYOVER FACTORS FOR STRAIGHT MEMBERS

WITH CONSTANT SECTION:-:-
For the given beam, choose a simple beam as BDS under Ma and Mb
1 Ma=K8a Mb={COF)Ma B
A (~ _______ P
EB"\
~ i.
Ma r~",-:-----~7\.
BDS under Ma ~
..• ~ EI=Constt:
J~ L . ~--
~~~_________________7\.~B ~Mb
~
Ma BDS under Mb ~ )
EI
O. 0
1 MlEI Loading on the
x L xMa = ~~~ conjugate beam for a
2 EI MbL single BDS.
k~213L~U3---?j. Reaction on the

o 0 Mb conjugate
aa ~i - EI beam.
tlZZZZZ71ZZWz;;~;7Z1Z1771XI ~I ~I~I~~OUS
I( L ~ section.
I( Vii<" >I
By choosing a B.D.S. as simple beam under the action ofMa and Mb, we can verify by the use of
conjugate beam method that eb = O. In this case, we are required to find that how much rotation at end A is
required to produce the required moment Ma. In other words, ea (which is in terms of Ma and Mb can be
considered as an applied load on the analogous column section). The moments computed by using the
formula ~ ± ~C will give us the end moments directly because in this case Ms diagram will be zero.
S,o, M = Ms - Mi = 0 - Mi = - Mi.
Properties of an~logous column section:-

L I L3 L3
A= EI ' 1= EI 12 12EI
factor
Downward load on analogous column = ea at A.
Accompanying moment = Sa x ~ ( About centroidal column axis)
and C= ~ for use in above formula.
... _ - - - - - - - _ .._--... __ ._- - - -------------~------

P MC
Ma=- + -
A I
Sa EI Sa x L x L x 12EI . ..
- L + 2 x 2 X L3 ( ReactIons are addItIve at A and are upwards)
Sa EI 3Sa EI
=--r,- + -L-
Ma = 4EI Sa
L
4EI
Where- = Ka
L
Where Ka = stiffness factor at A.
· P Me ( R .. b· . )
M b = A ± -1- eactlOns are su tractIve at B
8aEI 3Sa EI
=-L- ---
L
-ZSaEI
L
-2EI
=-L- ea
The (-ve) sign with Mb indicates that it is a (-ve) moment which gives us tension at the top or
compression at the bottom.
. Mb 2 1
(COP) a ~ b Carry-over factor from A to B = Ma = 4 = + 2"
"BY PUTING eA EQUAL TO UNITY, MA & MB WILL BE THE STIFFNESS FACTORS AT

THE CORRESPONDING JOINTS". STIFFNESS FACTOR IS THE MOMENT REQUIRED TO
PRODUCE UNIT ROTATION.
In the onward problems of members having variable X-section, we will consider Sa = 8b = I

radians and will apply them on points A & B on the top of the analogous column section. The resulting
moments by using the above set of formulas will give us ·stiffness factor and COP directly.
EXAMPLE NO. 8:- Detennine the stiffness factors at A & at B and the carry~over factors from A to B
and from B to A for the straight members with variable X-sections shown in the figure below..
SQLUTION:-
Draw analogous colwnn section and determine its properties.
A --------~-----------
21 21 B
. I( 4m qm 6m )I
1 rad
7.73
B 1
1 f------....,X 2EI Analogous column section
EI
IE--- 7.73m *:~ Centroidal axis

8.27~
Taking moments of areas about point B.
- (0.5 x 6) x 3 + (6 x 1) x 9 + (4 x 0.5) x 14
X-= .
,. 11
X = 8.27 meters from B.
0.5 X 63 . . 1X 6
3
I = 12 + (0.5 x 6) x (5.27)2 + IT"' + (1 x 6) x
3
2 0.5 X 4 2
(0.73) + 12 + (0.5 x 4) x (5.73)
I =181.85 ~
EI
. Consider loads acting at centroid of analogous column and detennine indet~nninate moments at A and B.
P MC
Ma= A ± -I-
P MC· 1xEI
--..L.-----'!-
7.73x7.73xEI
- A' I - 11 181.85
EI
Ma = 0.419 EI= 0.419 x 16 L' (by multiplying and dividing RHS by L)
. EI
Ma = 6.71L'
I Ka = 6.71 I
.EI 7.73 x 8.27 x EI 16

Mb = IT - 181.85 xT (by multiplying and dividing by L)
EI
=-4· 17 T
Mb 4.17
(COF)A~B = Ma = 6.71 = 0.62
I (COF)A~B = 0.621
Now applying unit radian load at B. This eccentric load can be replaced by a concentric load Plus
accompanying moment.
1 rad
-+-. 8 27 .11 rad
-1.::: . -
}-7.73 + 8.27 ~
Considering eccentric 1 rad load to be acting at centroid of section alongwith moment.,
_[EI (8.27X7.73XEI)]16
Ma - 11 - 181.85 L ' (multiplying and dividing by L)
EI
Ma = - 4.17"1
Mb =[EI. (8.27 x 8.27 x EI)] ~

11 + 181.85 L (mUltiplying and dividing by L)
. Mb = 7.47 ~I
Ma 4.17
(COF)b-:+a Carry-over factor from B to A = Mb = 7.47
I (COF)b~a = 0.561
7.4. APPLICATION TO FRAMES WITH ONE AXIS OF SYMMETRY:-

EXAMPLE NO. 9:- Analyze the quadrangular frame shown below by the method of column analogy.
Check the solution by using a diffetentB.D's.
,
SOLUTION:-
Axis of Symmetry w.r.t. geometry
B :} C
----7
12KN 5
6m 21 218m
A D
I" 10m
~I
The term "axis of symmetry" implies that the shown frame is geometricaIly symmetrical (M.O.1. and
support conditions etc., are symmetrical) w.r.t. one axis as shown in the'diagram. The term does not include
the loading symmetry (the loading can be and is unsymmetrical).
Choosing the B.D.S. as a cantilever supported. at A.
B C
~ ..------~---,
12KN 51
21 6m
10m
Ms-diagram
51 C
601 21
Force= 108
2 EI
36 D
A Ei
~ - Diagram
EI
- - - _ .. ,._----_ ...._ . _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
According to our sign convention for column analogy, the loading arising out of negative ~: giving tension
on outside will act upwards on the analogous column section. Sketch analogous colunm section and place
load.
y
C 1
,.------/-------,:r "5
(1) Properties of Analogous Column Section:-
A = ('1
2 x 6) x 2 + 5"1 x 10 = 8
EI
_ 10) x 1.,.,'
5"1x 1 10 + 2 [1'2 x 6 x 3] EI
1] . .
[(
y = ~I = 2.27 ma~out line BC. (see diagram) .
31.51 4
= ""Elm
Iyy =
0.2 X
12
10
3
+ 2 [6 X 0.5
12
3
+ (6 x 0.5) x (5t 'J'
167 4
= EI m
187 I .
Mxx = 108 xl. 73 = EI c oc\<.wlse .
.8x5
Myy = 10 540
EI c1oc kwise.
.
Applying the formulae in a tabular form for all points. Imagine the direction of reactions .
at exterior frame points due to loads and moments.
Ma = ( Ms- Mi)a,i
. pM.v M X
(MI)a= - + =z.....I.. + ~
A - Ix - Iy
'.
POINT Ms PIA Mx y My X Mi M=
Ix Iy Ms-Mi
A -72 -l3.5 - 22.14 - 16.17 - 51.81 - 20.19
B 0 -l3.5 + 13.47 - 16.17 - 16.20 + 16.20
C 0 - l3.5 + l3.47 + 16.l7 + 16.14 - 16.14
D 6 - l3.5 - 22.14 + 16.17 -19.47 + 19.47
·:t,·
Note:. Imagine the direction of reaction due to P, Mx and My at all points A, B, C and P. Use
appropriate signs. Repeat the analysis by choosing a different BDS yourself.
EXAMPLE NO. 10:- Analyze the quadrangular frame shown by the method of column analogy.
8 ,f3KNhn
C
51
6m 21 2[ 6m
,A 0
10m
14 ~I
Choosing B.D.S. as a cantilever supported at A.
3KN/m
150K n-m
o
80S under loads

Draw Ms-diagram by parts and then superimpose for convenience and clarity.
Free Body Diagrams

30 11~ /3 KN/m C
1 150 1~.
~ 150~
30B C c
150
150
150
o
30
150 j' 3KN/m

B ,.=:::::c;:x=cc:c:x::::g;;:l, C
150
A 150 D
MS-Diagram
100
2.5
B 75 C
30 For Portion BC
bb 10 x 30 300
Area = - = = - = 100
6m ..M.i
EI
- Diagram
.. n+l 2+1 3
b 10 10
X' = n+2 = 2 + 2 = 4" = 2.5 from B.
3mI 75
A D
10m
104 ~
Note: As BMD on portions BC and AB are negative the loads equal to their areas will act upwards.
Now sketch analogous column section carrying loads arising from ~ contributions.
C
r--;---i-~-----'I1/5
Properties of analogous column section:-
. A = 2 [12" x 6] + 5'1x 10 EI8 (as before) .

=
_ G
Y =
x 10) x 10 + 2[(6 x t) x 3]
8 ~ 2.275 about Ii~e BC (as before)
=EI
31.51 m 4 (as bef6r.e)
3 3
6 X 0.5 2J 0.2 X 10
Iy = 2[ 12 + (6 x 0.5) x 5 + 12
= -166.79
- m4
EI
(as before)
Mx = 450 x 0.725 - 100 x 2.275 = 95.75 KN-m Clockwise
My = 450 x 5 + 100 x 2.75 = 2525 KN-m clockwise.
P = -100 + 450 = 550 KN
Now this eccentric load P and Mx and My are placed on column centroid.
Applying the formulae in a tabular form.
Ma = ( Ms- Mi)a
COLUMN ANALOGY METHOD 337 '
and ( Mi)a= 1: + Mu,+ Myx

A - Ix - Iy
POINT Ms PIA Mx.y My.x Mi M=

Ix Iy Ms-Mi
A -150 - 68.75 - 11.32 -75.69 - 155.76 5.76
B -150 -68.75 + 6.91 -75.69 - 137.53 -12.47
'",;
C 0 -68.75 + 6.91 + 75.69 13.85 -13.85
D 0 -68.75 -11.32 + 75.69 -4.38 4.38
EXAMPLE NO. 4:- Detennine stiffness factors corresponding to each end and carry-over factors in both
directions of the following beam.
SOLUTION:-
A. . . . r-__~..ar--~_____ B
51 21 41 31
~ 2m 1.5m 2m 1m ,," 2m fIj
Sketch analogous column section.

Yo
1/5:t ===C]~~I+*I.'HI
C:::::!
4.74m 3.76m
~
7:
Yo
Properties of Analogous Column Section :-

1 1 1 1
A=-x2+-xI5+-x2+1xl+-x2
5 2' 4 3
A = 3.32
EI
Taking moment about B of various segments of column section.
1 1 1 ' 1
'3 x 2 x 1 + 1 x 1 x 2.5 + 4' x 2 x 4 + '2 x 1.5 x 5.75 + '5 x 2 x 7.5
X= 3.32
x = 12.4725
3.32
x = 3.76 m from B.
338" THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
(1')
4 (2) (1.). "
x.
3 (1)2" (1,5) . x
3
+ 12 + 4 2 (0.24)2 +
x 12
.(1. .) . 2
+ 2 x 1.5 (1,99) + -12
(~) X (2i (1.)
+ 5 x 2 (3.74)
2
19.53
="EI
1. Determination of stiffness factor at A (ka) and carry-over factor framA to B. Apply unit load at
A and then shift it along with moment to centroidal axis of column a~shown below:
1 rad
1
A 8.5m B
A ~:.74 B
T T
4.74 3.76
P MC
Ma= A± -1-
" EI EI
= 1 x 3.32 + 4.74 x 4.74 19.53
= 1.45 EI , multiply and divide by L
EI EI
Ma= 1.45 x 8.5 x L"= 12.33 L"
I Ka= 12.331
Mb = EI _ 4.74 x 3.26 x EI
3.32 19.53
. EI EI
=- 0.61 EI= - 0.61 x 8.5 xL"=- 5.19 L" (multiply and divide by L)
EI
Mb=-5.19L"
Mb 5.19
(COF)a -4 b = Ma = 12.33 = 0.42
I (COF)a ~ b = 0.42 I
._•........•.... _ - -
2. Detennination ofstiffuess factor at B (Kb) and carry-over from B to A. Apply a unit load at Band
them shift it along with moment to centroidal axis of column as shown below:
P Mc
Ma =A--+I-
1 rad
A 8.5m
1 B
A ~·376 B
f I. ~
i
.1
4.74 3.76
EI 3.76 x 4.74 x EI
.Ma . - 3.32 19.53
= -0.6IEl mUltiply and divide by L.
EI EI
=-0.61 x 8.5 xL =-5.l9"[
P Mc
Mb =A--+I-
EI 3.76 x 3.76 x EI
=-+
3.22 19.53
EI
=1..03 EI == 1.03 x r:; x 8.5 multiply and dividing by L.
EI
Mb =8.76 "[
I Kb=8.76 I
. Ma 5.19
(COF)b --+ a= Mb = 8.76 = 0.6
I (COF) b --+ a= 0.6 I

EXAM:rLE NO.12:- Analyze the following gable frame by column analogy method.
SOLUTION :-
3kN/m
x !~"
D 3m
7m
A E
14-
14m- . t
Choosing a simple frame as BDS
, • .. i3KN/m
1.67. C
D
B D
A E
t
21
l'
21 A E
B.D.S under loads Ms-diagram
Ms diagram E
EI
-
Taking the RD.S. as a simply supported beam.
Mx =21X-1.5X" taking X horizontally.
Mx =McatX=7m
Mc = 21 x 7 - 1.5 X 72
= 73.5 KN-m
3
Sin e = 7.62 = 0.394
7
Cos e = 7.62 = 0.919
2
PI = P2 ="3 x 24.5 x 7.62 = 124.46
= 7 X 73 - 41 5 X
.
74 = 1500.625
- _ f (Mx) X dX _ 1500.625 V· " I '

X - f Mx dX - 343
x = 4.375 Horizontally from D or B. Shift it on the inclined surface.

Cos e =4.375
--
a
4.375 4.375
a=-- = - -
Cos e 0.919
a= 4.76
Now draw analogous eolunm section and place loads on top of it.
PROPERTIES OF ANALOGOUS COLUMN SECTION

A = 2(lX7)+2(tx7.62)=19.08m2
_ 2[(1 X7)X3.5]+2[(tX7.62)X 8.5J 49 + 43 - 18

Y= 19.08 19.08
Y = 4.83 m from A or E
Ix = 2 [1 ~2i + (1 x 7)(4.83 - 3.5)2J
+2. [G) X (7.62)3

12
, 1 ,]'
x (0.394t+3(7.62){ l.5+2.17t
J
. setond square brae k
the first term m et 'IS bL S·m-'s
12
=154.17
So Ix == 154 m4
Now Iy = 2[7~213 + (7x l)xiJ
t X (7.62)3 (1)]
+2 [ 12 x (0.919)2+ 3x7.62 x(3.5)2
1,
1
bL3 1
the first term in second square bracket is - cos-e
12.
=770.16
So ly =770m4
Total load on centroid of analogous column
P = PI +P1 = 124.46 + 124.46 = 248.92 KN
Mx = 2 x [124.46 x 4.05], 4.05 = 2.17 + 4.76 Sine = 2.17 + 4.76 x 0.394.

Mx = 1007 (clockwise).
My = 0 (because moments due to two loads cancel O\1t)
Applying the general formulae in a tabular form for all points of frame.
Ma = ( Ms- Mi)a
. . P M,y My X
( Ml)a = - + . + - -
A - Ix - Iy
Point Ms PIA Mx.Y My.X (B)=Mi M=

- - Col (A)-(B)
(A) (1) Ix Iy . (1)+(2)
(2) (3) +(3)
A 0 + 13.05 - 31.58 0 - 18.53 + 18.53
B 0 + l3.05 + 14.19 0 + 27.24 - 27.24
C + 73.5 + 13.05 + 33.81 0 + 46.86 +26.64
D 0 + l3.05 +14.19 0 + 27.24 - 27.24
E 0 + l3.05 - 31.58 0 - 18.53 + 18.53
EXAMPLE NO. 13:- Analyze the frame shown in fig below by Column Analogy Method.
10kN
B c
31
2kN/m 21
A
3m
Choosing the B.D.S. as a cantilever supported at A.

4
M A = lOx 1.5+2x4x'2
M A =31 KN-m
10 kN
B~· ______~______~C
2kN/m
A( ~8 o
31~ t 10 B.O.S
Draw Free Body Diagrams and sketch composite BMD:-

10
15
10 (
.Bj
. 1.5
1 1.5
c
t
~
15
15
10
c
B c;::;::::>
15
2kN/m
4m no B.M.O
A
31~8 o
l'
10
10 10
7.5
15 5
15.5
Ms-diagram Ms diagram
El
.-.~------ ----- .... _----._------------------------

-
Properties Of Analogous Column Section :-

Sketch analogous column section and show loads on it. BMD along column AB is split into a rectangle and
other second degree curve.
A= G x 4) x 2 + G x 3) = 5 m"
y_ (3x5)x(~)+2[GX4)x2J
- 5
Y= 1.63 m From line Be
3
3x GY (1) 0 [°.51; 4 + (0.5 x 4) x (0.37)2]

Ix= 12 + 3"x3 x (1.63)- +2 12
. = 8.55 ril4
(1) [4 120.5 +(4x0.5)x(1.5t~J

3
x
Iy= 3" x(3) 3 +2
= 9.83 m4
P, y
0.5 1.0
l~
B
1.63 m
P2",
4m
x x
i"- 1 0 37
.
P3
",
[\. 2.37 m
1 '---
~
y.
11
i '--- D
~
y.
1
y
IE 3m
>{
3'46 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
Total load on top of analogous column section acting at the centroid.

P ~ 3.75 + 30 + 10.67 = 44.42 KN upward.
1 4 x 7.5
Pl= -2x 1.5x5=3.75, P2=7.5x4=30, P 3 = - - = 10
2+ 1
, 4
X' = 4" = 1 meters for A.
Mx = - 3.75 x 1.63 + 30 x 0.37 + 10.67 x 1.37

= 19.61 KN-m clockwise.
My = 10.67 x 1.5 + 30 x 1.5 + 3.75 x 1 = 64.76 clockwise.
Applying the general formulae in a tabular form for all points offrame.
'Ma = (Ms- Mi)a
.!,
( M 1.) a = 1: + M, y + My X ,
A - Ix - Iy 'I
Point Ms PIA Mx Mz Mi M
(1) h' y Iy . X (l )+(2) Ms-Mi
C2) (3) + (3)
A - 31 -8.88 .::. 5.44 - 9.88 -24.2 -6.8
B -15 - 8.88 + 3.74 - 9.88 -15.02 + 0.02.
C 0 - 8.88 + 3.74 + 9.88 + 4.74 -4.74
D 0 - 8.88 - 5.44 + 9.88 -4.44 +4.44
EXAMPLE NO. 14:- Analyze the following beam by column analogy method.
SOLUTION :-
~hoosing B.D.S as cantilever supported at B
A1T
~f"L~~~~~~~rv____~____~~
"" 2m ., 2m" 4m
~B
...'
Ms-diagram
due to u.d.l. only
96
4m 2m 2m
1['
J
----------- -_._._------_. ------------------

- COLUMN ANALOGY METHOD 347
~ 40 Ms diagram due to concentrated load only

Slectch analogous column section and determine its proteins
P, 2.14
a b d
-- - - - 24 .
72
3.21m
P3=18.. 67 Ms-diagram
EI due to u.d.l
P4=80
~ 40
~f diagram due to point load.
Slectch analogous column section and determine its properties.
P3
Yo
I
1/3#:
:
~~=:~~~~:t:::::::::J
1/1.5
4.78
1 column
Analogous
section
3.22 1.33
I 24 x 4 48 x 4
K
3.21
>! Yo
! PI = - 3 - + - 2 - + 24 x 4 == 224 KN. Corresponding to full Ms diagram, due to u.d.!.

Location of PI from B
I 224 x X = 96 x 1.33 + 96 x 2 + 32 x 5
X = 2.14 meters
. 1
P4 = 2x 4 x 40 = 80 KN, Corresponding to full Ms diagram due to point load.
Note: Area of32 and its location ofMs diagram due to u.d.!. has been calculate d by formula e used in
moment - area Theorems.
2
area (abc) == JMxdX == J-1.5X- dX =
0 1_ 1.53 X312 =-4
o 0
J(M x) X dX = J2 -:-1.5X3dX = 1- 1.5

4
X412 = - 6 .
o 0
- -6
X =_4 = l.5m from A
4 2
area (bcdc) = J (Mx) dX == J - 1.5X 2dX - J- 1.5 X2 dX
o o
348
X314 I X312
THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES.
.
T
i
=
I
- 1.5
4
3" 0 - -
~
1.5 3" 0 =- 28 ;
J(Mx)X dx = J- 1.5 X3dX '- j - 1.5 )(3 dX = - 90

o
-90
X=-
-28 .
= 3.21 meters from A (centroid of area bcde)
P4= 80 KN
Total concentric load on analogous column section.
= - 224 + 1.33 + 18.67 - 80
= - 284 KN (upward)
Total applied moment = M = - 224 x 1.68- SO x 1.89 - 18.67 x 1.57 - 1.33 x 33 x 3.28
= - 426.79 KN-m(It means counter clockwise)
T~is total load P and M will now act at centroid of analogous column section.
Properties of Analogous Column Section.

, 1 1
A=-x2+--x2+1x4=6
3 1.5
_ . . ( 1)
(1 x 4) x 2 + 2 x 1:5 ?< 5 + (1).
3' 2 7x x
X= 6
= 3.22 from B.
1 x 4"
.
?
(-1.51) x?3- (1 ) ,
Iyoyo = 12' + (1 x 4)(1.22t +:: 12 + IS x 2 (l.78t
I:' ~
r-
i
i COLUMN ANALOGY METHOD 349
+
G X 2)
3
1 ?
12 +(3X2)C3.78t
12
= 25.70 m 4
.) . P Me
(M! a= A ±-r-
- 284 426.79 x 4~ 78
=-6- +. 25.7
= + 32.05 KN-m
(Ms)a = 0
Ma = (Ms - Mi)a = 0 - 32.05
I Ma = - 32.05 KN-m I
(Mi)b = R. _ Me
A r
. - 284 426.79 x 3.22
=-6- 25.7
=-100.81
(Ms)b = - 72 - 40 = - 112
Mb = (Ms - Mi)b
=-112+100.81
I Mb = - 11.19 KN-m I
The beam has been analyzed. It is now statically determin,ate.
CHAPTER EIGHT
8. PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF STEEL STRUCTURES

8.1. Introduction:
Although the terms Plastic analysis aJid design normally apply to such procedures for steel
structures within the yield flow region, at almost constant stress. however the Idea may also be applied
to reinforced concrete structures which are designed to behave elastically in a ductile fashion at ultimate
loads near yielding of reinforcement.
The true stress-strain curve for a low grade structural steel is shown in fig. 1 while an idealized
one is shown in fig. 2 which forms the basis of Plastic Analysis and Design.
(B,C) Plastic 0
f
f Stress
Stress
i
AB-Elastic
BC-Yeild points
CD-Plastic Strain fiow
DE-Strainhardening
i
EF-Failure
A --7 Strain E A
----7 Strain E
Fig 1: Fig 2:.
8.2. Advantages of Plastic Analysis
1. Relatively simpler procedures are involved.
2. Ultimate loads for structures and their components may be determined:
3. Sequence and final mode of failure may be known and the capacity at relevant stages may be
determined.
8.3. Assumptions in Plastic bending
1. The material is homogeneous and isotropic.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Member Cross-section is symmetrical about the axis at right angles to the axis of bending.
Cross-section which were plane before bending remain plane (lJter bending.
The value of modulus of Elasticity of the material remains the same in tension as well as in
compression.
Effects of temperature, fatigue, shear and axial force are neglected.
Idealized bi-linear stress-strairi curve applies.
I
\
8.4. NUlnber of Plastic Hinges
"The number of Plastic Hinges required to convert a structure or a member into a mechanism is
one more than the degree of indeterminacy in terms of redundant moments usually. Thus a determinate
structure requires only one more plastic hinge to become a mechanism, a stage where it deflects and
rotates continuously at constant load and acquires final collapse.
So Mathematically
N = n+l
where N = Total number of Plastic hinges required to convert a structure into a mechanism.
and n = degree of indeterminacy of structure in terms of unknown redundant moments.
PLASTIC ANALYSIS METHOD 351
8.S. Plastic Hinge.

It is that cross-section of a member where bending stresses are equal to yield stresses
cr=cry=fy. It has finite dimensions.
From bending equation cr = ~ or cry = I M£ so Hp = Zp cry
MpC
or cry Zp
M crI I
From elastic bending y or
Y
M where = Z y
So M = crZ and Z is elastic section modules and is equal to the first moment of area about N. A
Z = fA ydA.
8.6. Plastic moment of a rectangular section.

Consider a simple rectangular beam subject to increasing bending moment at the centre. Various
stress-strain stages are encountered as shown below.
B
a< 0" Y E < E Y O"=O"y E =EY O"=O"Y E >E y O"=O"Y E»Ey
C
D
12
2
T
'--_--', ,
O"=O"Y ,
0" >O"Y 0"=0", E ~> E y
case A: M<My case B: M=My case C case 0
Various Stress-strain distributions
Case A - Stresses and strains are within elastic range.
Case B - Stresses and strains at yield levels only at extreme fibers
Case C - Ingress of yielding within depth of section.
Case D - Full plastification of section.
On the onset of yielding cr = cry and M = My = cry.Z.
On full plastification cr = cry and M = Mp = cry.Zp.
fJr Zp = fA yda (First moment of area about equal area axis).
All compact sections as defined in AISC manual will develop full plastification under increasing
loads realizing Mp. However local buckling of the compression flange before yielding has to be avoided
by providing adequate. lateral support and by applying width / thickness checks as was done during the
coverage of subject of steel structures design.
Case B. Stresses and Strains at yield at extreme fibres only.

Consult corresponding stress and strain blocks.
M = Total compression x la = Area x cr x la
where . Area· Area in compression (from stress block).
cr Average compression stress.
la = Lever arm i.e. distance b/w total compressive and tensile forces.
So M (B~) (cry 2+ 0) . ~ D
In general
M = Cjd or Tjd , where C and T are total compressive and tensile forces respectively
which' have to be equal for internal force equilibrium.
BD2 BD!"[' I
or My = cry 6 but 6 =Z "Z =Elastic Section modules =C
So My = cry.Z.
Case D: Full plastitication, cr = cry upto equal area axis.
M CIa = (B. ~) (cry)~ where la is lever arm
BD2 BD! ,
cry. 4 or Zp = 4 ' where ZP = Plastic section Modules.
A
or Mp = cry. Zp or Zp = 2 [y1 + y2] (first moment of areas about equal area axis)
and y1 + y2 =D/2 (distance from equal area axis to the centroids of two portions of area.)
Case C: Moment Capacity in Elasto - Plastic range. Extreme fibres have yielded and the yielding
ingresses in the section as shown by the stress - distribution.
C1
D where
"2 la1 =.lever axis b/w C1 andri
z la2 =lever axis blw C2 arid T2
C1 =Av.stress X area of element No.1
C2 =Av-stress acting on element; N()f,2; x
area of element 2.
D
"2 z
L Ie
i cr 1
" Y
case C : Stress-Distribution
M c, . 1.,] (A) • 1. 1 ~ ~ ~ ~~ +
[ Z+ Z2] Z
2
=(crY)B(~-Z) 2 ] ' 4
laz = [ '3 x Z x 2 = '3 x Z
Cz (cry 2+ 0) Z. B = cry 2ZB "and so, putting values Of C. , C2 lal and laz in equation A above.
-- ---~---'--------------
...
4
M x - Z Simplifying
3
M BZ"
Mr where Mr is moment of resistance.
Mp =Mr=cry.B (
3D\; 4Z',\) For rectangular section.
Calculating on similar lines, Plastic moment for various shapes can be calculated.
8.7. Shape Factor(y)

It is the ratio of full plastic moment Mp to the yield moment My. It depends on the shape of
Cross-section for a given material.
. ME. cry. Zp
Shape Factor = y =
My
= cry. Z- or y = ¥-
(Ratio of Plastic section modulus to
Elastic Section Modulus).
8.8. Calculation of Shape Factor for different Sections.
B J' B
.AU ;t
2 dy
D
(1) •
y1 1y
(2) • y2
8.8.1 For rectangular section.

BD) I D
= 12 ' C = Z , C = "2
BD) x 2 BD2
12 x D =
So Z
6
Zp
A
= "2 [YI + Y2] -
-
BD
2
l-D4 + DJ
4 or alternatively, Zp = fA ydA.
DI2
= 2 f y. Bdy
0
D/2
~ BD2x 6 6
y
Z = 4 X BD' 4 = 1.5 2B f ydy ..
0
BD'
y 1.5 so [Mp is 1.5 times My) or Zp = 4
8.8.2 For Circular Cross-section

1tD4
I = 64 , A = 2!.
4
D1
I 1tD4 2 1tD3
Z = C = 64 x D = 32 ,
A
Zp = 2 [YI + y1]
(a) Cross-Section (b) Strain (c) Stress at full

Distribution plastification Distribution
1tD~ [2D D 4r 4xD
-2D
8 3n + 2DJ
31t ' r =
2
, yl =
31t = 31t x 2 = 31t
D3 ~ D3 x 32 ' 32
Zp - 1.7
= 6 Y = Z 6 X 1tD' = 61t -
Y 1.7, [Mp is 1.7 times My]
8.8.3 Hollow Circular Section
Td
D X--+--Ir-----r-t- 31t
.NI§.
.
-----::-
\I ',]"
'!2Q..
31t
'" d I'
<l t>
D
I = 61t~ (D4 - d4 )
I 1t 2 '\
C - .;lrilin=' 64 (D4 - d4). D
Zmin =3~D (D4 - d4)
Zp =~ [yl + Yi] , putting values. putting values

it ' r 2 (D' - d')]
= '8 (D1 - d1) l2 X 31t (D2 _ d2)
J
Zp (DJ ~ d)
i PLASTIC ANALYSIS METHOD 355
3
= (D3 - d ) X 32D Puttinb(] Z and Zp
---..L
(D) - dl )
y
\ 6 (D' - d4 ) rr Y= 12rr (DZ - d2)
32 D(D3 - dl ) 2 (D) - d3)
y Y = 3rr DZ -d::
6rr (D4 - d4)
for N-A or equal area axis.
For D = 10"
d = 8"
y 1.403
For I - Section:
B
~~v------------~x
1
b/2
o d
~t-i>T1
stress strain
distribution distribution
I D
As = Z = C and C ~ "2
(BD3 - bdl ) (BDl - bd3)
I = 12 My cry. Z cry 6D ' Putting value of Z from (1)
I (BD3 - bd3) 2
Z C = 12 D
•
Z [BD~~ bd] (1) lal= [2"d+ (D-d)
2 1/2J 2 =(D+d)/2,
la2 = [~ - (D~d)T/2 X 2= ~
(D - d) (D + d) d d
Mp= cry. B - 2 - 2 + cry. 2" (B - b) 2"
B ., d2 ]
Mp = cry [ "4 (D- - d2) + 4" (B - b)
= ME.
cr~(BD2 - bd 2) BD
y
My = 4
x
cry(BDl - bd J )
3D ~BDl - bdl 2
y = 2 (BDl - bd l ) if B = 4"
I b = 3.75"
D = 8" , shape factor y. = 1. 160
d = 7.5"
\
356 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES l'
Similarly for T-section, Equilateral Triangle and hollow rectangular section the values of shape-
factor are 1.794,2.343 and 1.29 respectively. For diamond shape its value is 2.0. I
8.9. Significance of Shape Factor
1.
Zp is First moment of area about equal area axis.
It gives an indication of reserve capacity of a section from on set of yielding at extreme fibres
I
to full plastification.
2. If My is known" Mp may be calculated. I
3. A section with higher shape factor gives a longer warning before collapse.
4. A section with higher shape factor is more ductile and gives greater deflection at collapse.
5. Greater is the. y value, greater is collapse load factor '}...,
8.10. Collapse load of a structure.

Collapse load is found for a structure by investigating various possible collapse mechanisms
of a structure under conceivable load systems. For any given mechanism, possible plastic hinge locations
are determined by noting the types of loads and support conditions remembering that under increasing
loads, the plastic hinges would form in a sequence defined by corresponding elastic morpents at the
possible plastic hinge locatioris. "Collapse loads are usually the applied loads multiplied by collapse
load factor A.C • A.C is defined as the ratio of the collapse load to the working load acting on any
structure 1 element". The value of AC may indicate a margin of safety for various collapse mechanisms
and steps can be taken in advance to strengthen the weaker structural elements before erection. Benefit of
'strength reserve' is obtained due to increased moments of resistance due to plastification. The reserve
of strength is large if the section widens out near the vicinity of neutral surface.
8.11. Assumptions made in Plastic Theory.

The plastic analysis is primarily based on following assumptions.
1. For prismatic members" the value of Mp is independent of magnitude of bending moment.
2. The length of plastic hinge is limited to a point.. ,\ .
3. Material is very ductile and is capable of undergoing large rotations / curvatures at the
constant moment without breaking.
4. The presence of axial force and shear force does not change the value of Mp.
5. The structure remains stable until the formation of last plastic hinge and serviceability would
not be impaired till s u c h ' t i m e . · .
6. Loads acting on structure are assumed to increase in proportion to each other.
7. Continuity of each joint is assumed.
8.12. Fundamental Theorems of Plastic Collapse.

When degree of redundancy increases beyond 2 or 3 in situations where coJlapse mechanism is
not very clear, we try to pick up coJlapse load with the help of three fundamental theorems.
a. Lower bound theorem or static theorem.
b. Upper bound theorem or kinematic theorem.
c. Uniqueness theorem.
co
II
i 8.12.1 Lower Bound theorem

"A Load computed on the basis of bending moment distribution in which moment nowhere
j exceeds Mp is either equal to or less than the true collapse load".
,
8.12.2 Upper bound theorem

" A load computed on the basis of an assumed mechanism is either equal to or greater than true
collapse load". When several mechanisms are tried, the true collapse load will the smallest of them ..
8.12.3. Uniqueness theorem

"A load computed on the basis of bending moment distribution which satisfies both plastic
moment and mechanism conditions is true plastic collapse load".
Moment
i Kinematic
Theorems.
True
Mp
~ Curvature.
8.13. Methods of analysis

Basically there are two methods of analysis.
a. Equilibrium Method.
b. Mechanism Method.
8.13.1. Equilibrium Method
Normally a free bending moment diagram on simple span due to applied loads is drawn and ..
B.M.D due to reactants is superimposed on this with due regard to their signs leaving the net moment
distributed. Then by making the moment values equal to Mp values at the known potential plastic hinge
locations, a revised diagram can be drawn. Then by splitting the simple span moment due to applied
loads in terms of relevant Mp, the values of collapse load can be determined.
8.13.2. Mechanism Method
In this approach, a mechanism is assumed and plastic hinges are inserted at potential plastic
hinge locations. At plastic hinges the corresponding rotations and defiections are computed to write work
equations which may be written as follows.
Work done by external loads ,; Actual loads x Average displacements = Work absorbed at
Plastic hinges (internal work done) = Mp. 8
Typically L W. 8 = L: Mp . 8.
358 THEQRY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
In both methods, the last step is usually to check that M < Mp at all sections.
8.14. Values of Collapse loads for different loaded structures.

Beam Under loads Collapse load Pc or We
r r U2
ITOn
4 ME
L
U2 lp ·ME
~ ~-
- '.,
8 L .
.~~. ME
16 U
, ,~
,
y.
~
2/3L·
r ~ 9 ME
L
U2 ~P 6 ME
~ ITOn L
L lp
~ lME
L
~~. ME
11..65 U
~
~~.
. 8. ME
U··
l
lt3 i f
p
. ~
t:
6MI!
L
Pl
./
L/3 6 ME
~ ITOn
L
8.15. In order to explain the above procedure, Let us solve examples.

Analysis of a Continuous beam by Mechanism Method.
EXAMPLE NO. 1:- Consider the beam loaded as shown. Three independent possible collapse
mechanisms along with potential plastic hinge locations are shown:
SOLUTION: degree of indeterminacy in terms .
of moments = n = 2 ( moments at A and B)
No of Plastic hinges required = 2 + 1 =_ 3
A~ 4
r c:- 2QK
8
f7U7
1 4.
. .1'
C
.~
~V ______~____~k~______~v
'r 12
,,?r 8/
?f
First possible beam mechanism for span AB.
8/2
Second possible beam mechanis'm for span AB.
~
Possible beam mechanism for span Be
. 8e
38
Write work equations for all mechanisms and findcorresponding Mp.values.
Mechanism (1)
. 8
20 x 48 + 20 x.28 = Mp. e + Mp.1.5e + MP2"
120 e 3 Mp e
Mp = 40 K-ft.
Mechanism (2)
20 x 48 + 20 x 8 6 = Mp. e+ Mp.38 + Mp : 26
240 e 6 Mp e
Mp .- 40 K-ft
~
I
Mechanism (3)
20 x 4 8 = Mp. 8 + Mp . 2 8 +0x8
808 = :3 Mp. 8
Mp = 26.67 K-ft.
Minimum Collapse load or Max. Mp will be the collapse mechanism
So Mp = 40 K-ft.( Corresponding to mechanisms land 2)
8.16. EXAMPLE NO.2:-Find the collapse load for the following continuous beam'loaded as shown.
SOLUTION: Do elastic analysis by three mOment equation to find Mb and Mc. Apply the equation
twice to spans AB and BC and then BC and CD. (In this case, noting symmetry and concluding that
Mb = Mc, only one application would yield results).
2T/m
B C D
~
It 8m " v 6m It 8m It
~~--------~~r---~--~~r-------~~
~
6 9" "
4m 3m
(Simple span B.M.D. due to loads)
By using three-moment equation
(~) Ma +2Mb (~+ f) +Mc (V = - 6 x 8~.33 x 4 - 6 x;6 x 3
Ma = 0 , 34 Mb = 364 So Mb = Mc = 10.70 T - m (By symmetry)
8.17. Maximum bending moment in a member carrying UDL
M W=wL M
L R .
r~~
tv U2
(,
U2 t:(,
~R 1 1R
1 2
++
Yo
.
~/
Xo Zo
~c ¥
Consider a· general frame element subjected to Udl over its span alongwith end moments plot BMD.
After derivation We find the location of maximum moments Xo, Yo and Me.
•
PLASTIC ANAL YSIS METHOD 361
In some books, plastic huge is stated to form in the centre of span. However, the formulae given below
are very precise and give correct location of plastic huges due to u.d.l.
Where, ML = Moment at left of element
MR = Moment at right of element
MC = Moment at centre of element
Xo , Zo , yo = Location of max. moment from left, right and centre respectively as shown on BMD.
10.70-0
2x8
= 0.6687 m (1)
Me =
WL2
8 +
(MR - ML)
2
= 2~)2 + COi70)
Me = 21.35 T-m (2)
WL. y02 2 x 8 (0.6687)~
Mmax = Mc + 2L 21 .35 + 2 X8
Mmax = 21.79 T-m
4Me - 3MR - ML 4 (21.35) - 3 (10.7) - 0
Xo WL = 2x8 = at 3.313.m from A and D.
Plastic hinges"would form first at a distance Xo = 3.313 m from points A and D and then at
points B and C.
Now determine collapse load by mechanism method.
_SOLUTION: No internal work is absorbed at real hinges.
B 2T/m C 0
~~V--~8-m--~~~V-----6----~~V----8-m--~f
First possible collapse mechanism of span AB.
Real Hinge 313m .

~I<' ..
~079
1.7076
Second possible collapse mechanism of span AB.
e 38
For first Mechanism
· 8 3.313'e
(2 x) 2 = MP x 1. 707 e +.7
0 07 e Mp + 0
,So Mp = 10.98 T - m
For second Mechanism

Mp . e + Mp . e + Mp . 2 e = (2 x 6) (~O)
Mp = 4.5 T-m
So . Mp = 1O.98T-m or Load factor A. ~
10.98
8.18. Types of Collapse
Three types of collapses are possible as described below.

1. Complete collapse
2. Partial collapse
3. Over complete collapse.
8.18.1. Complete Collapse
If in a structure, there are R redundancies and collapse mechanism contains (R + 1) plastic'

hinges; it is called a complete collapse provided the structure is statically determirtateat collapse.:.. J.,
8.18.2. Partial Collapse:
If in a structure, the number of plastic hinges formed at collapse do not render the structure as
statically determinate it is called a partial collapse.
8.18.3. Over Complete Collapse
If in a structure there are two or more mechanism~ which give, the same value of collapse load
(or collapse, load factor Ac) then this type of collapse is known a~ overcomplete collapse.
8.19. Analysis of Frames

In portal frames, three types of mechanisms are possible.
1. Beam Mechanisms (due to gravity loads)
2. Sway Mechanisms (due to lateral loads).
3. Combined Mechanisms (both loads).
Step 1:
Draw frame in thicknes~ in two lines i.e., solid lines and broken lines. Solid lines are "outside"
of frame and broken lines are "inside;' of frame.
Step 2: Nodal moments creating compression on out sides are positive or vice-versa.
-8 +8
rrp /fl'
Outside . i . Inside i Outside
+8
v'i.
1, 1
o 0-e
Step 3: Hinge cancellation at joints occur when rotations of different signs are considered and
mechanisms are combined.
EXAl\lPLE NO. 3:- Analyse the frame shown below

SOLUTION:
1, 2, 3, 4 <;J,nd 5 are possible plastic Hinge locations. Three independent mechanisms are
possible Beam mechanisms, Sway mechanisms and Combiried mechanisms· are possible.
20A
/
2r-__5~__~__~~__~ ·5 15A
3 4
/
5
1; Beam Mechanism
Write work equation ( Fig A )
201..058= M2 (- e) + M3 (28) + M4 (- 8)
100 A = - M2 + 2M3":' M4 by taking 8 as common above. (1)
RemembertIiat work is always positive ...
putting M2 = Mp· M3;'" hlp· M4.= Mp in equation· (1), we have
100 A = 4 Mp or [A 0.04 Mp]
1 5
(a) Beam mechanism of element 2-4
20A
59 .
~4
·~----~-----r~-+15A
(b) Sway Mechanism of Columns
59
,f--;f
2r"--
!
!
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(c) = a + b combined mechanism
2. Sway Mechanism:
IS A..S e = Ml(- 8) + M2 8 + M4 ( - 8) + MS (8)
7S A. = - Ml + M2 :.... M4 + oMS (2)
MI, M2, M4 and M5 are all equal to Mp
7S A. = 4 Mp or [A. = 0.OS3 Mp]
3. Combined M~chanisIil:
20 A. . 58 + 15 A. . S 8 =0 MI (-8) + M2 (0) + M3 (28) + M4 (- 28) + MS (8)
175 'A. = - Ml + 2M3 - 2 M4 + MS (3)
all these moments are equal to Mp
17SA. = 6Mp, [A. = 0.034Mp] or Mp = 29.1511..
Keeping in. mind the definition of a true mechanism [one giving highest value of Mp in terms of
°pc or lowest value of Pc in terms of Mp or A. ]
Combined mechanism is the true collapse mechanism.
So A.C = 0.0343 Mp
It will bea. complete collapse if the structure is statically determinate and moment anywhere
does not exceed Mp value since there are n + 1 plastic hinges in the true collapse mechanism
Note: "Moment checks are normally applied at those plastic hinge posi~ions which are
not included in the true collapse mechanism". In the true collapse mechanism which is combined
mechanism in this case, moments at points 1, 3, 4 and 5 are equal to Mp, we need to find and check
moment value at point 2 only in this case.
The generalized work equations and 2 in terms of moments may be used for the purpose
alongwith their signs.
100 A. = - M2 + 2M3 - M4 (1)
75 A. = - Ml + M2 - M4 + M5 (2) Noting that A. = 0.0343 Mp
eqn (1) becomes
100 x 0.0343 Mp= - M2 + 2Mp + Mp so M2 = - 0.431 Mp < Mp - O.K.
eqn (2) becomes
75 (0.0343 Mp) = +; Mp + M2 + Mp + Mp so M2· = - 0.42755 Mp < Mp - O.K.
Net value of M2 = algebraic sum of equations 1 and 2 as combined mechanism is
combination of case A and case B.
M2 = (- 0.431 - 0.427) Mp = - 0.858 Mp < Mp - O.K.
If at this stage a higher load factor is specified by the designer, there is no need to revise the
frame analysis and following formula can be applied to get increased Mp value.
specified new collapse load factor

(Mp) new present calculated collapse load factor x (Mp Present)
S.20.EXAMPLE NO. 4:- Partial or incomplete collapse:
Find collapse load factor for the following loaded frame. Mp is 80 KN-M for all members.
37.5A t2.5A
2 7.5m 3 4
-- ... - ---- .... -_ ...... -- -- -- -- -- -- _... -- -- -----.
·····
5m
.Mp=80KN-m ·i·
l 5
SOLUTION: Draw three possible independent collapse mechanisms. Write work equation and find I,
2, 3, 4 and 5 possible plastic hinge locations.
1. Beam Mechanism:
(35.5 A) 7.5 8 = -M28+M328+M4(-8)
281.25 A = - M2 + 2M3 - M4 (1)
moment at 2, 3 and 4 is equal to Mp. so
281.25 A. = 4 Mp (work is always +ve)
or A = 1.l377
2. Sway Mechanism:
(12.5 A) 5 8 = + Ml (- 8) + M2 (8) + M4 (-8) + M5 (8)
62.5 A = - Ml + M2 - M4 + M5 (2), Moment at 1,2,4 and 5 is Mp.
4
62.5 A 4 Mp or A. = 62.5 x80 = 5.12
A = 5.12
(e) Combined mechanism '

(a) Beam mechanism (b) Sway Mechanism
3. Combined Mechanism':
(37.5 A) (7.59)+(12.5 A) (59)=Ml (-9) + M2 x 0 + M3 (29)"+ M4 (-29) + M5 (9)
343.75 A = - Ml + 2M3 - 2M4 + M5 (3) Moment at 1,3,4 and 5 is Mp
6 x 80
343.75 A = 6 Mp or A = 343.75 = 1.396
A = 1.396. __.
Theref6"te, according to kinematic theorem, beam mechanism containing 3 Plastic hinges (cine
less than required) is the collapse mechanism for this frame with 3 redundancies. (N=n+1)=3+1=4
are reguired.; ,
Note: In partial or incomplete collapse, only a part of the structure becomes statically
determinate.
Check moments at locations (1) and (5) with A = 1.1377, M2 , M3 , M4 . = Mp
substituting is eqn (2).
62.5 A = -Ml + M2 - M4 + M5 or 62.5 (1.1377) = ,.. Ml + Mp + Mp + M5
- 88.937 = M5 - M1 (4) or Ml - M5 = 88.937 (4)
Putting same values in eqn (3)
343.75 (1.137) = - Ml + 2Mp + 2Mp + M5
:::: - Ml + M5 + 4 x 80
70.84 = M5 - Ml (5)
Values of Ml and M5 cannot be found from either of equations (4) and (5) as this is incomplete
or partial, collapse. Instead of a unique answer on values of M1 and M5 which do not violate yield
criteria, different pairs of possible values of M1 and M5 can be obtained satisfying equations 4 and 5.
Therefore, according to Uniqueness theorem beam mechanism is the true collapse mechanism, it is a
partial collapse case.
8.21. EXAMPLE NO. 5:- Overcompiete collapse

Determine AC for the following loaded frame.
- ,
2 3m 3
r--------------@--~-;------------------l
,
·
..
·!@ @!.
6m
:· .:
• I
5
SOLUTION: Sketch possible independent-collapse mechanisms. Notice that locations where beam and
column meets, plastic huge is formed in weaker member near the joint.
36 A
+8
1 (a) Beam mechanism (b) Sway mechanism
- (8 +4» +(9+4»
(c) Combined mechanism (d) Another Combined mechanism
(a + b) (b+c)
1. Beam Mechanism: Fig A
(36),,) 3$= - M2 eI> + M3 (2e1» - M4 4>

108 A = - M2 + 2M3 - M4 (1) All are equal to respective Mp. Putting values.
1081.. 42 + 2 x 63 + 42
).. 1.944
2. Sway Mechanism Fig B.
(24),,) 68=. Ml (-8) + M2 (8) + M4 (-8) + M5(8)

144)" =...; Ml + M2 - M4 + M5 (2)
1441.. 42+42+42+42 or).. = 1.166
3. First Combined Mechanism Fig C
(24 t.) (6¢) + (36/.) (34)) = Ml (-4» + M2 (0) + M3 (24)) + M4 (-24» + M5 (4))
252 A - MI + 2M3 - 2M4 + M5 (3)
294
252 ).. = 1.166
4. Second Combined Mechanism Fig D
(36 A.)3~+24A. (8+~)6=MI (-8 --~)+M2 (8)+M3 (2~) + M4 (8 + 2~) + M5 (8 + ~) ~ == 8

396 A. = - Ml + M2 + 2M3 - 2M4 + 2M5
396 A. = 2(42)' + 42 + 2(63) + 3 x 42 + 2 x 42
462
A. = 396 = 1.166
A. = 1.166.
Note: In overcomplete collapse,more than one mechanism give the same value of collapse load
factor. Any or both of the collapse mechanisms can contain extra number of plastic hinges than those
required for complete collapse. So in this case fig c and d mechanisms give the same value. This was
the case of over complete collapse.
Space for notes:
( ,.
:'
+
THE THREE MOMENT EQUATION 369
CHAPTER NINE
9. THE THREE MOl\1ENT EQUATION

Most of the time" we are concerned with the classical analysis of statically determinate
structures. In this chapter we shall consider the analysis of statically indeterminate (externally) beams
due to applied loads and due to settlement of supports. It must be remembered that supports for beams
may be walls or columns. As we know that for the analysis of statically indeterminate systems,
compatibility of deformations is also essential requirements in addition to considerations of equilibrium
and statics. By compatibility it is understood that deformations produced by applied loads should be
equal to those produced by redundants. It has been already mentioned that reactions occur at supports in
various directions if
(i) There is some action (applied load) in that direction.
(ii) There is restraint offered by support in that directions
Action and reactions are equal iii magnitude but opposite in direction. In the structural analysis
it is sometimes customery to think that rotations are generally associated with moments and deflections
or translations are associated with loads. It must also be kept in mind that we never analyze actual
structural systems or sub-systems, it is only the idealized ones which are analyzed" Representing beams
and columns by just a straight line located on their centroidal axis is also a sort of idealization on the
structural geometry. Reactions and loads are, therefore, also idealized and are shown by a sort of line
loads acting on a point.
The three-moment equation is a good classical analysis tool in which support moments produced
by the loads as well as by the differential settlements can be easily calculated by using second-moment
"area theorem which states that
"The deviation of a point A on the elastic curve w.r.t any other point B on the elastic curve is
1 "
equal to EI multiplied by the moment of area of B.M.D's between those two points." The moments of
B.M.D's are taken about a line passing through the point of loaded beam where deviation is being
measured.
The method is essentially based on continuity (equality) of slopes on the either side ofa support
by reducing an indeterminate system to its determinate equivalents as follows by using supperposition.
An indeterminate beam under applied loads and redundant moments is equated to corresponding
detemrinate system carrying these two effects separately" Let-us derive the three-moment equation.
Consider a generalized two-span beam element under the action of applied loads and redundant
support moments acting on BDS.
•
.A'·LI' . . .. c'
~
1
. . ,, '"
",'" I
.
A, ' .... , ",'" '" I
.'
.... ...... I
I I ". .",. ., I
A. rl______~~~~--~~~~~~~------------~__il C
Fig (a)
). 12
. I I ./ /
1~----------------~~7~----~------------~7
L1 L1
BMD due to
Fig (b)
applied loads
on simple spans
',I I
Generalized
. Ma
-- .... A, A,
_----- I
--1 Me
redundant moment
diagram
: A3 ...... _ - - -
....
-- .
--- --- All fig (c)
~I ~I
Fig(a) is .an indet~r.minate beam subjected to applied load (udl ill this case) which has shown
seitlement ~uch that support i3 'is at a lower elevation than support at A and C and difference of elevation
'\;V.r,t intermediate support B is h. and he. The angle aB on either side .of support B must be equal. Fig(b)
is·RM.D. -due to applied load on silllple spans where AI is Area of B.M.D. on span LI and Az is area of
B.M.D. on span Lz: al and a2 are the locations of centroids of B.M.D's on LI and Lz from left and right
supports respect.iveiy. Sp invoking continuity of slopes and knowing that for small angels e = tane.
CCI
= Lz
Evaluate AAI by second Moment Area Method. We know that
ha - deviation of point AI on the elastic curve from the tangent drawn at

point B on the elastic curve.
expressing A3 and A4in terms of moments
1 r
AAI ha -
.
m: LI
AlaI + :3 x
1 2
2" MaLI + 3" LI X 2" MbLI
1 ] .
divide by LI
ha __1_ [AlaI + MaLI + MbLIJ

(1)
LI Ell LI 6 3
CCI
Nowevaluate Lz on similar lines. We have from geometry
CCI = CIC I - CC I
= (deviation of point C from tangent at B) - he .
lr 2 L2].
= EIt Azaz + As 3" Lz + A6
X X :3. - he
expressing As and A6 in terms of Moments
1 r 2 1 L2 1 ]
CCI EIt A2az + 3" L2 x 2" MbL2 + :3 x 2" MCL2 - he
1
= EIt r Ll L2Z]
Azaz + Mb 3" + Me 6 - he divide by Lz
cel _
-EIt
I rAzaz Mb Lz Me L2]·he
L2 + 3 + 6-L2 (2)
L2
Equating (1) and (2), we have
1
Eit
rAzaz Mb L2 . Me L2]
L2 +-3-+-6- -Lz
he
Multiply by 6E and simplify. we have after re-arrangement
(it b)
Ma - t) + 2Mb -+- +Mc - (b)
~ =- 6-Alai
- -6-A~a~
- + 6-LI
Eh.
- +6-L2
Ehe
-
,II ,II 12 12 IILI hb
The above equation is called three-momeilt equation.
9.1. Analysis of Continuous Beams by three-Moment Equation.

We apply three moment equation to two spans ata time which gives us one equation. With the
successive applications, the required member of equations are obtained and are solved simultaneously.
EXAMPLE: Analyze the continuous beam shown below by three-Moment equation.

Take E = 20 X 106 KN/m~ and Ie = 40 X 10.6 m4.
12 KN 32 KN
A B 9.6 KN/m C
3m
D
~ ~"L~"~DO
~'1~4-----:-:----~~~14~~--:-:-----~~1~4--~--:~-C----+~ll~4~~_:_=_OC~~
Fig (a)
9.6x8' =76.8 32x6 '=48

8 4
~
BMD
A, =0 Fig (b)
409.6 144
SOLUTION:
When a fixed support at either end is encountered, an imaginary hinged span of length La and
Interia 10 = 00 is added to conform to acted support conditons and to make the method applicable in
similar situations. '
The same has already been dop.e in Fig(a). Fig (b) is the BMD's on simple spans, their Areas
and its locations.
Apply three-moment equation to spans AB and BC at a time. We have
6) . ( 6 8) ( 8) 6 x 409.6 x 4
Ma ( 2Ie + 2Mb 2Ic + 41c + Me 4Ie =- 6 x 0- 4Ic x 8
Simplify and multiplying by Ie both sides of equation, we get.

3Ma + 10 Mb + 2 Mc = - 307.2 put Ma = - 24 KN-m
10 Mb + 2 Mc = - 235.2 divide by 10
Mb + 0.2 Mc = - 23.52 (1)
Now apply three-moment equation to spans BC and CD

8J ( 8 6J (6) 6 x 409.6 x 4 6 x 144 x 3
Mb ( 4lc) + 2 Mc 4Ie + 3Ie) + MD 3Ie = - 4Ie x 8 - 3Ic x 6
Simplify and multiply by Ic, we have,
2 Mb + 8 Mc + 2 MD = - 307.2-144 = - 451.3 divide by 2
Mb + 4 Mc +, MD = - 225.625 (2)
Now apply three-moment equation to spans CD and DDo
6) . ( 6
Mc ( 3Ic + 2 MD 3Ic
LO)
+ -;- + Mdo
(LO) 6 x 144 x 3
-;- = - 3Ic 6 x
Simplify and multiply by Ie both sides of equation.
2 Mc + 4 MD = - 144 divide by 2
Mc + 2 MD = - 72 (3)
We have obtained three equations from which three-Unknowns Mb, Mc and MD can be calculated.
Subtract equation (2) from (1)
Mb + 0.2 Mc = - 23.52
Mb + 4 Mc + MD = -225.625
- 3.8 Mc - MD = ,202 ..105 (4)
Multiply equation (4) by (2) and add in equation (3)
-7.6 Mc - 2MD = 404.21
Mc + 2 MD = -72
- 6.6 MC = 332.21
So Mc = - 50.3 KN-m
put Mc in equation (1), we get Mb = - 13.46 KN-m
put Mc in (3), we get MD =- 10.85 KN-m.

Finally
Mb = - 13.46 KN-m'
Mc = - 50.3 KN-m
MD = - 10.85 KN-m .
Checks:
The above calculated values of moments are correct if they satisfy the continuity of slope
requirements. Slopes at any intermediate support point can be calculated from the two adjacent spans by
using conjugate beam method. While applying checks, it is assumed that reader is well conversant with
the conjugate beam method. Before we could apply checks, it is necessary to plot reactant moment
diagram (support-moments) to get their contribution in slope calculation. Here is the statement of
conjugate beam theorem number one again. .
"The shear force at any point on the conjugate beam loaded with ~i diagram is the slope at the
corresponding point in the actual beam carrying applied loads." In applying the conjugate -beam method,
we must use the original sign convention for shear force as applied in strength of Materials subject. (i.e.,
. "left up, right-down, positive)
374 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURE~
6m Sm 6m
A4
+ A6
+ AS
A B C 0
o : . . 0
___________________
•~_t AS 13.~:__________________ .; ____. '10.S5
r~--t----------.--------
24
--
A7 t .A9
Fig (c)
BMD divided into convenient shapes.
50.3
Fig(c) is the reactant moment diagram

The areas of positive BMD's act as loads in downward direction to which reactions are
upwards. The areas of negative BMD's act as loads in upward direction to which support reactions are
downwards. The direction of reaction is accounted for in the' signs appropriately.
A4 = 13.45 x 6 = SO.7 A7 = S(50.3 ~ 13.45) = 146.2
A5 = 6(24 -213 .45) = 31.65 AS = 1O.S5 x 6 = 65.1

- 6(50.3 - 1O.S5) ~ S' 35
A6::::i 13.45 x S = 107.6 A9 - 2 - 11. .
Checks. SPAN AB
1 [A4 2 ] 1 [- 80.7 2 .' ]
S.F at A= 9a' = EI -2-'3 A5 = 2Elc -Z.--'3 x 31.65
30.725
9a = -EfC (There is no check on this value as, it is nota coIitimiQussupport)
_1_[SO.7 31.65J
9b 2EIc 4 + 3
25.45 .
= EIc Clockwise.
SPAN BC
1 [409.6 107.3 1 ]
9b 4EIc -2-""-2--'3 x 147.5
25.46 '.
9b EIC Clockwise
9c =
1 [- A2
4EIc -2-
A6
+""2 + '3 A7
2 J' =
1 [- 409.6
4EIc 2
107.3 2
+ -2- + '3 x 147.5
]
i . THE THREE MOMENT EQUATION 375
I
I
- 13.18
ec EIc
SPAN CO
13.16
ec =- Elc
_1_ [144 65.1 118'.33J

eo = 3Elc - 2 + 2 + ,3
eo = 0 (Fixed end)
All slope values have been satisfied. This means calculated support moment values are correct.
Now bea~ is statically determinate we can construct SFD and BMO very easily. We have seen that·
numerical values of E and I are required in this case only if one is interested in absolute values of e.
However, these values are required while attempting a support settlement case. Determine reactions and
plot SFD and BMO.
12 KN 32 KN
l A B 9.6 KN/m C
l 3m
D
~
2m
6 6m
~ 6m
t
13.76
t i
32.031 KN 69.203
i
5.B06
33.79 26.194 KN
1.76
-+-
0 0
SFD 5.B06
12
43.009
BMD .~--------------~--------~__-+----~.
50.30B
~
-I
-[
EXAMPLE~2: Analyze the continuous beam shown below by three moment equation if support at B
sinks by 12 mm. Take E = 20 x 106KN/m2; Ie = 40 X 10.6 m4.
A B c D
•••••••~DO
12mm
Sm
21c
B'
8m
41c
Sm
31c
Lo
"10 = ex:.
"'"
.' A,}.8
~
2:~
A· A,'
,
A"'""
1....
C · · ·,·;·- . .
o ----~--.-.-+---'00:::::-.-+---'-"0;:.....--"""'T"~-""'7",-'
"'.......... ,#,,*,:,,
-.--;;.1.----------. 0
..... "
·A. •••• •••• A, .
Fig (b) . ~~. .
Reactant moment diagram

A, to A~ are areas of adjusted BMD.
SOLUfION:
As the extrerrle right support is fixed, an imaginary Hinged span of length Lo and Ic = 00 has
already been added to make the method applicable and to conform to the support characteristic at D.
Now it is a sort of continuous support. Only analysis due to differential settlement at B is required. Had
there been some applied loads also, those could have been considered at the same time also.
. . Now EI = 20 x 106 X 40 X 10-6 = 800 KN-m2 •
we also know that Ma = 0 and MDo = 0 being extreme hinge supports.
Spans AB and Be
When we consider these spans and compare them with the derivation, we find that situation is
similar so both ha and he terms are positive and equal to 12 mm using three-moment equation.
3
6) ( 6 8) ( 8) 6E x 12 x 10.3 . 6E x 12 x 10-
Ma ( 21e + 2Mb 2Ic + 4Ic + Mc' 41e = 6 + 8 .
put Ma = 0, simplify and multiply by Ie
2Mb (3+2) + Me (2) = EIc x 12 x 10-3 + 0.75 EIc x 12 x 10-3
put EI = 800
10 Mb + 2 Me ~. 9.6 +7~2 = 16.8 divide by 10
Mb + 0.2 Me =_1.68 (1)
Spans BC and CD
Comparing these two spans with the derivation, we notice that ha term is equal to - 12mm and
he term·is zero. .
8) (8 6) (6) 6E(-12x1O"3)
Ma ( 4Ic + 2Me 4Ic + 3Ic + Md 3Ic = 8 + 0
Simplify and multiply by Ie
2 Mp + 8 Me + 2 Md = - 7.2 divide by 2
Mb + 4 Me + Md = - 3.6 (2)
Spans CD and DDo
I
There is no load and settlement on these two spans so right handside of equation is zero
(
j
Me (3~e) + 2Md (3~e + ~) + Mdo (~) = 0
Ij .We know that Mdo = O·,

Lo
-00 = 0
Simplify an~ multiply by Ie
2 Mc + 4 Md = 0 divide by 2
I Mc + 2 Md = 0 (3)
I
! Above three linear simultaneous equations which are solved. Subtract (2) from (l)
I
I Mb + 0.2 Mc = 1.68
Mb + 4 Mc
Ij ~ 3.8 Me - Md
+ Md = - 3.6
= 5.26 (4)
Now multiply equation (4) by 2 and add to equation (3)

II
-7.6 Mc - 2 Md = 10.56
I
Me + 2 Md = 0
1 - 6.6 Me = 10.56
Mc =- 1.6 KN-m
Me
Md = -T = + 0.8
Mb = 2 KN-m
Plot end moment diagram. Add and subtract equal areas on spans BC and CD and apply
conjugate beam method. .
1 .
Al = '2 x6x2 =6
1
A2 = '2 xSx2 =S
1 . I
A3 = '2 x 6 x O.S = 2.4
1
A4 = '2 x S x 1.6 = 6.4
1.
AS = '2 x 6 x 1.6 = 4.S
Compute slopes at supp<;>rts.
ea = Slope due to settlement (configuration) + due to end moments
=
12 x 10-
3
_1_ [AI] ~ 12 x 10- , _1_
6 .' + 2EIc 3 - 6
3
-3 [§.] _
+ 1600 3 - 3.2S x 10 rad ..
Span AS
eb =
12 X
6
10-
3
1 [2
+ 2EIc -3 Al
J= 12 X
6
6
10- 1 [2
+ 1600 -3 x 6
]
= -s X 10-4 rad.
Span BC
9b =
12 X
s·
10-3 1 [2 1 ]
+ 4Eic 3 A2 - 3 A4 =
12 X 10-3
S
1
+ 4 x SOD
[''32 x 8,'73.
. t'x 6.4,.']
eb = - S X 10-4 rad.
12 X 10-3 1 [1 . 2 ]
ec = 8 + 4EIc -3 A2 + 3 A4
ec = - 1 X 10-3 rad.
Span CD
1 [1
ec = 0 +3EIc 3 A3 '-23 AS] 1
= 3 x 800
[1
3 x 2.4 - 32 x 4.S]
ec -1 x 10-3 rad.
ed = 0 + 3EIc
1 [2-3 A3 + 31AS] = 0 + 3 x 1.800 [2.
-3 x 2.4 + 31x 4.S]
ad o (Fixed end)
Checks on slopes have been satisfied so computed moment values are correct. Now beam is
determinate. SFD and BMD can be plotted.
Resolve same problem, for a differential sinking of 12 mm at support C. we get the following equations.
Mb + 0.2 Mc = - 0.72 (1)

Mb + 4 Mc + Md = 8.4 (2)
Mc + 2 Md = -4.8 (3) .
Solution gives
Mc = + 3.49
Md = - 4.145
Mb = - 1.418
apply continuity checks and plot SFD and BMD.
Unsolved Examples:
Solve the following loaded beams by three-moment equations.
70KN
A~~_ _ _ _ _ _!_3m~B_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~C

8m zs: . EI = Constt.
12m
Final equations:
Ma + 0.5 Mb = - 90.312 (1)
Ma + 5 Mb + 1.5 Me = - 213.12 (2)
Mb + 2 Mc =0 (3)
End Moment Values:

Mc = i6.41
Mb = - 32.82
Ma = -73.91
SOKN
. I Sm 72 KN 24 KN
. 24 KN/m 1S KN/m. . .... ..
! !
A~
4m
C
ZS Lo E
B o
14
Sm
3Jc
+
12m
10lc
+
Sm
21c +. 1.Sm
Final Equati0t.ls:
2Ma+Mb = - 216 (1)
2 Ma + 6.4 Mb + 1.2 Me = - 1555.2 (2)
1.2 Mb + 8.4 Mc =- 1495.2 (3)
380 THEOl3-YOFn~DETERM"INATE STRUCTURES
End moment values:

Ma = - 0.361 KN-m
Mb =- 215.28 Kn-m
Me "= - 147.25 Kn-m
~A B C D
3-------ZS-,...--:--~Q'----~
! .15mm E = 200 x 10' KNlm2
Ie = 400 x 10" m'
31e 10le 21e
Final Equations:
6m 12m
+ 6m "
2Ma+Mb = -600 (1)

2 Ma + 6.4 Mb + 1.2 Me = 1800 (2)
1.2 Mb + 8.4 Me = - 600 (3)
End moment values:

Ma = - 537.69 KN-m
Mb = 475.38
Me = - 139.34 KN-m
15KN 3 KNlm 20KN
A B C
!
Q ~
-~
5m 8m 8m
End moment values:

21
+ + 21
Ma = - 75" KN-m
Mb = 21.75
Me = - 60KN-m
12KN 9.6 KNlm 32KN
!2m A B C ! 3m 0
~ "~
I~
6m 8m 6m
21
+ 41c
+ 31e -I
-
. THE THREE MOMENT EQUATION 381
Final equations:
10 Mb + 2 Me = - 235.2 (1)
2 Mb + 8 Me = - 451.2 (2)
End moment values:

Ma = ~24 KN-m
Mb = - 12.88
Me = - 53.18
Md = 0
12 KN 9.S KN/m 32KN
tzm A B C
! 3m
0
z:;; ~ ~
I~
Sm
21
+
8m
·He
+ 3Ic
Sm
,
Final equations:
10 Mb + 2 Me = - 235.2 (1)
2 Mb + 8 Me + 2 MD = - 451.2 (2)
2 Me + 4 MD = -144 (3)
End moment values:

Ma = -24KN-m
Mb = - 13.455
. Me = -50.33
Md = - 10.835
A B C ! 3m 0
4.Smm
~
I. 2m + Sm
21e
+
8m
41c
+
6m
31c ~I
Final equations:
10 Mb + 2 Me = 6.3 (1)
2 Mb + 8 Me + 2 Md = -2.7 (2)
2 Me + 2 MD =0 (3)
· 382 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
End moment values:

Ma = 0
Mb = 0.7714
Me = - 0.707
Md =0.707
64KN .
A 3 ~ 3m B C
~ 9m ~
EI = Constt.
Final equations:
2 Ma + Mb = - 144. (1)
2 Ma + 10 Mb + 3 Me = - 288 (2)
Mb + 2 Me =0 (3)
End moment values:

Mb = -19.2
Me = 9.6
Ma = - 62.4
A B C D
I 3mm
4.Smm I
.~ E = 200 x10· KN/m'

Ic=400 x 10" m~
I~ ~I
6m· 8m Sm
Final equations:
21e 4fe
+ ·3Ie
Mb + 0.2 Me =5.4 (1)

Mb + 4Me + MD = -1.5 (2)
Me +·2 MD = -12 (3)
End momentvalues:
Ma = 0
Mb = 5.45
Me = -0.27
MD = -5.86
r INFLUENCE LINES 383
CHAPTER TEN
10. INFLUENCE LINES

This is also another very useful technique in classical structural analysis. Influence lines are
plotted for various structural effects like axial forces, reactions, shear forces, moments and thrust etc. As
structural members are designed for maximum effects, ILD's help engineer decide the regions to be
loaded with live load to produce a maxima at a given section.
" An influence line is a graphical representation of variation of a particular strucrural effect at a
given section for all load positions on its span. "
Two methods, viz, static method and virtual displacement method are used for the construction
of ILD's. Mostly it is the later method which is prefered. All structures in general and Railway and
Highway bridges in particular are frequently subjected to various types of moving loads. As influence
lines describe variation at a particular section for all load positions on span, the effects of moving loads
can be calculated very easily. It must be remembered that a system of moving loads moves as a unit. For
Railway bridges standard cooper's E-60 and E-72 loadings are used whereas for highway bridges
AASHTO lane loadings and truck loadings or sbmetimes tank loadings are used. When dealing with
calculations regarding moving loads the problem is how to place the system so as to produce maximum
effects at a given section. Sometimes mathematical criteria are used for the live load purpose and
sometimes simple inspection is made. In each case influence lines help us simplify the things.
10.1. Statical Method of Constructing Influence Lines
In this method, a load may be placed at several positions within span/(s) and a mathematical
expression for a particular structural effects at a section is set-up. By placing limits of X (the distance),
the shape and ordinates of influence lines (called influence co-efficients also) can be determined.
For example consider the cantilever loaded below and let moment at fixed end A be represented
by its influence line.
For a generalized load position as defined by distance X in the diagram, moment at A is.
p
L X •
A~:it-_ _t,,--4---:-- B
4
LL.D. for Ma
Ma = - P (L - X) O<X<L
Minus sign with P shows a negative moment at A for all load positions (consider sign
convention for moments)
For X = 0 (load at point B) moment at A is - PL. Influence co-efficieJ;lt is L at B. If X = L

load is at A so moment at A is zero. Influence co-efficent is zero. In between A and B, moment at A
varies linearly, joining the points, ILD for Ma is obtained. Now even if several loads are placed on the
cantilever, Ma is simply the sum of all loads when multiplied by correspoJ.?ding ordinates.
If a cantilever supports a ud.l, the above I.L.D for Ma is applicable. Consider a strip of width
dX located at a distance X from free end,
wdX I
III
..
'" b
w
~
A~ III LoX :fl?7?

dX
b b
Ma = J WydX = w JydX
o o
b
Where J ydX is area of I.L.D between limits zero to b.
o
10.2. Influence Lines for beam Reactions:
ILD's for reactions in case of simple beams and compound beams (determinate beams resting':
over several supports) can be drawn by using the already described procedure. Consider a simple beam .
with a single load sitting at any moment of time as shown
From statics it can be shown that
x ~.
At L
Ra=-
PX
L
I~ I.L.D. for Ra
~ yl I
I.L.C. for Rb
Ra PX
= TandRb = P (L-X)
-L- O<X<L
»
INFLUENCE LINES 385
When X = 0 (load at B); Ra = 0 and Rb = P (by putting limits in above expressions)

When X = L (load at A); Ra = P and Rb = 0 (by putting limits in above expressions)
Instead of maximum co-efficients equal to P it is costomary to have them equal to 1 so that these
could be evaluated by the product of loads and respective ordinates and these diagrams become valid for
several loads. So algebraically .
Ra=IPiyi
Rb == I Pi yi
10.3. Principal of Virtual Displacements:
Consider a simple beam under the action of load P as shown. Ra can be found by virtual
displacements by imagining that support at A has been removed and beam is under the action of load P
and Ra. Under the action of Ra, beam is displaced as AlB. The virtual work equation is
AI
: ····.....
A'
~......
: y.
p
i~
.............
X ~
'
•••••• B
ZSL ~
tRa
RaxAA'-Py=O (Force x displacement)
So Ra = ~ where y is the displacement due to Ra under P.

If AA' = 1, Ra = Py A result already obtained.
This procedure of drawing ILDs' is more useful for the complicated cases.
10.4. Reactions for Compound Beams:
I-
I
A beam resting over several supports which has been made determinate by the availability of
I inserted hinges at suitable points is called a compound beam. The following Rules must be kept in mind
while constructing ILD's for such cases.
1. Points of I. L. D corresponding to supports should show zero displacement except where
virtual displacement is given (in case of reactions).
2. Portion of the beam between hinges. which are straight before virtual displacements
should remain straight after virtual displacement.
3. If a beam is continuous over two consecutive support and there is a hinge after these two
supports, that portion of beam behaves a unit in case the virtual displacement is given
els~where.
. .
4. Portions of beam between pins which is straight before virtual displacement, shall remain
straight after virtual displacement.
Considering these guidelines given, draw influence lines for reactions for the following beam.
·A F B G C H 0 E
-IS
I. L. 0 for Ra
I. L. 0 for Rb
I. L. 0 for Rc
.~
I. L.·O for Rd
+ I. L. 0 for Re
If positive areas of above diagrams are loaded, upward reactions at corresponding support will
occur or vice-versa.
Construct Influence lines for reactions for the following compound beam by .virtual
displacements.
i INFLUENCE LINES 387
A G 8 H C o E J F
I. L. 0 for Ra
I. L. 0 for I~b
I. L. 0 for Rc
I
I. L. 0 for Rd
.. ~
. _ .. .. -
<::::-
II --- I. L. 0 for Re
! o :~I
I
I /I1.L.DfOrRf
[ Evaluation of maximum upward and down reaction due to concentrated loads and udl can be
done by using the basic principles described already.
I oIf several moving loads, from right to left direcotion, approach left hand support of a simple
beam, the left reaction continues to increase and becomes maximum till leading wheel is at the left
support. This corresponding first maxima will decrease immediately if the load falls off and leaves the
I span from left upon further advance, reaction at left suppOrt will start increasing and will become
maximum again when second wheel is at the left support. So there will be as many maxima as is the
number of loads .
. Evaluation of reactions due to live load udl is rather simple as th°e span portion required to be
\ loaded for maximum upward and downward support reactions are obvious by the simple inspection. Of
course positive areas if loaded will give maximum upward reactions and vice-versa.
10.5. Influence Lines for Shear Force:

In structural analysis, normally we develop the methods by considering simple cases and some
generalized conclusions are drawn which can then be applied to more complicated cases. So consider the
following simple beam wherein a moving load (right to left) occupies the position shown at any instant of
time.
Using left-up and write-down as sign convention for positive shear force.
p
X
~~ ~
IC
AS
Z a b
rmrr
i-~ ~I~ {
Ra Rb
For all load positions to right of point C, the shear force for at C (V c) is 'equal to + Ra.
Vc= Ra
It means that for load position between point Band C, the Shape of ILD for SF at C will be the
same as the shape of ILD for + Ra.
For all load positions to left of point C, the shear force at C (V c) is equal to - Rb.
Vc = - Rb
It means that for load position between point A and C, the shape of ILD for SF at C will the
same as shape of ILD for -Rb. Knowing that positive ILD is drawn above the reference line and
negative ILD is drawn below the reference line, we obtain the ILD for Vc as shown below with the help
ofILD's for reactions (+ Ral - Rb)
p
X
C ~~ ~
I
Zi~~4--a--~+---~------------------~1;
b
•~
~/" L
Ra Rb
--. -. -
b/L I. L. D. forVc
r
[
INFLUENCE· LINES 389
Mathematically
PX
Ra L O<X<L
(L- X)
Rb = P L O<X<L
Pb b.
At X=O, load is at Band Vc is zero. At x=b, load is at C and Vc = + Ra = Lor L If P= 1.
a b
The ordinates Land L can be obtained by using similar triangles. Now inspect the ILD for Vc.
For a right to left advance of load system, Vc keeps on increasing till the "leading load is at the
section", when leading load just crosses the section, Vc drops by the magnitude of load and this process
continues. So we can write that for maximum SF at a section, "the load should be at that section". This
is the first criterion of calculation of Vmax. Now the question comes to mind that which load among the
moving load system should be placed at the section? To address this question, we have noted, that
change in SF at a section, t.V, is equal to change in Ra (Ll.Ra) minus the load leaving the Section. (Pn)
So, .1.V=.1.Ra-Pn
If W is sum of all the loads on the span L before advance of a, it can be shown that
Wa
.1.Ra = T
Wa
So, .1.V=T-Pn
Any load which reverses this expression, should be brought back and placed at that section to
realize· the maximum SF at that section. So a change in the sign of above expression can be regarded as
the second criterion for maximum shear force at a section.
It can also be shown that loads entering or leaving the span as a result of any particular advance
do not affect the above expression very significantly.
. .
The above method is called the statical method. The same shape of ILD for Vc can be obtained
by virtual displacement method also.
:&. a ilr b
1:
71l7TT
V V
Ra
1·
4
·1-
l
1
•
Rb
.blL~.I.L:O.fO'V'
-=::::::::::J. all . . .
Now imagine that resistance t() vertical displacement at C has been destroyed (imagine a sort of
cut at the section) and the vertical shear force as shown (opposite to sign convention for positive shear
force). Th~ area enclosed between the original position before virtual displacement and the deformed
position after virtual displacement is the ILD for Vc.
10.6. Influence Line Diagrams for Bending Moment:
Again we consider the simple beam under the action of a simple moving load as shown. Let it
be required to construct ILD for Mc.
P
~<II X .•
c.
I
is R
mm-
t~.. ~
a b
·1 .. L
Ra Rb
a
IG.._ _- ' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---'=~ I. L. D. for Me
If the load is between points Band C.

PX
Mc = Raxa = Txa 0< X < b
at X = O·, load at B, Mc = O.
If X = b', ], ~ I
Mc = P~b (= ~ if P= 1)
It means that for portion BC, the shape of ILD for Mc is the same as the shape of ILD for Ra
multiplied by distance' a.
If the load is between points A and C .
P(L- X)
Mc Rbxb= L xb b<X<L
At X = b, load is at C; Mc = Rb x b
Ai- ab
So Mc = LPab (= L if P = 1
)
It means that for portion AC, the shape of ILD for Mc is the same as the shape of ILD for Rb
multiplied by b.
INFLUENCE LINES
At X = L;
Load at A; Mc = 0
The same shape of ILD for Mc can be obtained by virtual displacements also.
p
X
c ~~ ~ .
I
~B
LS
Ra
t4 a
.,- b
{
... ,r
Rb
.
: boe
~
I
-- __ ~ ....
. ~., ··oe· . ~
•
.
o.
alie:
.£.._ _......L._ _ _ _ _- "
_ - l..-_ _
-_ -==-...J:: L L. D~ for Me
Idealized section at C Section at C after virtual

before virtual displacements displacement
The virtual work equation is

work done by loads = work done by the moments.
pxy = M x &e.
Or M=.b:
&e
So, if &e = 1; the moment at Section C for a single load system will be load multiplied by
corresponding influence ordinate (influence co-efficient) while constructing ILD's by virtual
displacements, loads are not considered. Now construct ILD for Mc by virtual displacements.
At Section C, we imagine that the beam resistance to moments which produce rotations has been
destroyed while resistance to shear; and axial loads is intact. This situation is obtained by considering that
at Section C; there is a sort of tinge (one degree of freedom system). On this hinge the moments are
applied on two sides of hinge as shown alo~e·. The segments of beam rotate and the displaced beam
position is ILD for Mc. . .
The one-degree of freedom system such as a hinge is further explainediri diagrams shown
which illustrate the movement. Thi~·· procedure ca.n now
,
pe applied to more complicated cases where
) J ".'," '" , ..
statical approach may be laborious.
The method of virtual displacements can be applied to more complicated cases like compound
beams etc., by considering the basic ideas established in this chapter.
2 3.
A E B C F 0
• •
5 1
.Q.
2
Q;
3
Q;
ILD for M1-1 ~
ILD for M2· 2
ILD for M3 - 3
10.7. Evaluation of Mm.. at a Section
In case of a simple beam supporting a moving load system, the maximum moment at a section is
obtained when
1. One of the loads is at the section.
2. In case of several moving loads, that load shall be placed at the Section, for producing"
maximum moment a,t that Section, which reverses the average loading on two portions of
span adjacent to Section.
. . . sum of all loads on that portion

Average loadmg on any portIOn = length of portion '.
INFLUENCE LINES 393
10.8. Absolute Maximum bending Moment

In case of a series of moving loads trqverse on a beam, the absolute maximum bending moment
occurs near the mid span .under the adjusted position of that load which gave us maximum bending
moment at mid span. Procedure is as follows:
1. Apply the criteria of maximum bending moment at mind span to find the load which is to
be placed at mid span.
2. For this position of loads find the position of resultant of all loads on span.
3. Move the system slightly so that mid-span is bisected by the resultant of all loads on span.
and the load which gives us maximum bending moment at mid-span.
4. Find absolute maximum bending moment. It will occur under displaced position of that
load which gave us maximum bending moment at mid-span.
Considering that invariably loads would be magnified for design purpose and appreciating that
the numerical difference between the values of maximum mid-span bending moment and absolute
maximum bending moment is insignificant, evaluation of absolute maximum bending moment for a given
moving load system appears to be of theoretical interest only. How interested students can evaluate it for
only moving load system by considering the above four points and guidelines contained in this chapter.
10.9. Girders with Floor beams (Panelled girders)
Normally in bridge construction, moving loads are hardly applied to the main girders directly
but instead following arrangement is used for the load transfer.
Floor beams Stringers
/ J
a b c d e
main girder
The moving load system comes on the stringers which transfer it to the main girder through
floor beams in form of concentrated loads (Reactions of floor beams). So main girder is subjected to
concentrated loads only. For large spans the main girder may be of steel, poured in~situ reinforced
concrete or pre-stressed concrete. Points a, b, c, .... F are called panel points and the distance between
any two panel points is called a panel. .
With the above mentioned load-transfer mechanisms, it can be easily seen that ILD's for main
reactions remain same as that for a simple beam as discussed already.
As there will be no load on .the main girder ~xcept floor beam reactions, it is stated that for a
given load position, the shear force within a panel remains constant so we can talk of shear force in
panels rather that shear force at a section (panel and becomes a section). Let us now construct ILD's
for shear force f()r various panels of girder already shown.
394 THEORY OF INDE;TERMINATE STRUCTURES
a b e l~d e f
f2<l Il1'l £«~ ~ !<~ ~

m ~
d •
Cit
A
a b C;;t B
t :1
~-.--' • 4
L = 5d
Ra~----~------+/~Rb
n
i"....... . . . .
~ ILO forVab
.~~."(').~ . " ' , '
.
,
. I:
I
ILO for Vef

~
. I
ILO for + Ra . ·I,LO Rb ' .• ••
or··
':
••••• '" •••• ~
:-................ ............... . .
........ .......
........ ......
.. ...........................0.4
ILp forVed
dx4d
5d
ILOfor Mmn
2-d
5
-- ~
5d
~
A five panels main girder is shown for which various ILD's have been sketched.
lLO for Me
INFLUENCE LINES 395
10.10. ILD For Vah (ILD for shear in end panel)

If a load P is placed at a distance X from panel point b, then reactions at panel points a and b
PX P(d -.X) .
will be d and d respectively ..
Px
Pa = Panel point load at a or reaction of floor beam at a=d' O<X<d
P(d - X)
.Ph Panel poiint load at b or reaction of floor beam at b = d o< X < d.
if X = 0, load P will be at b, then P~ = 0 and Ph = P
if X d; load P will be at a, then Pa = P and Pb = 0 So, Vah:= 0
In between a and b, shear force varies linearly.
Now inspect the shape of ILD for Vab, it resembles with the shape of ILD for moment at point
b considering the panelled girder as a simple beam. So to evaluate (Vab)max, criteria of max bending
moment at a section b (reversal of average loading expression) will be applied.
10.11. ILD for Vee (ILD for shear in,other ena panel)·
. The construCtion of ILD for Ver is same as that for Vab and same arguments apply. Inspecting
this diagram, it is clear that the shape resembles with ILD for bending moment at e if panelled· girder
was treated as a simple beam. So to evaluate (Vef)max, the criteria for maximum bending at point e shall
be applied.
10.12. ILD for Ved (ILD for shear in intermediate panel)
Considering the load P on panel cd acting at a distance X from panel point d.
P(d - X)
Pd = Panel point load at d or floor-beam reaction at· d = d 0 < X < d.
P(X)
Pc = Panel point load at c or floor-beam reaction at c = -d- 0 < X < d.
If load is to right of d; Vcd = + Ra So, ILD for Vcd for thiS region will be the same as that for
Ra. If load is to left of .C, Vcd = - Rb. So for this region shape of ILD for Vcd will be the. same as the
shape of ILD for - Rb. Now third possibility is load actinig on span CD itself as shown.
Inspecting the expressions for panel point loads at d and c stated above, we observe that the
shear Vcd within the panel varies linearly. So joining the ordinates under points C and D by a straight
line will complete ILD for Vcd. .
10.13. Evaluation of (Vcd)max (Maximum shear force in intermediate panel)
If a moving load is advanced. at point d· in a direction from right to left, considering Wi is
resultant of all loads on span CD, the following criteria can be easily developed as a consequence of
variation of shear force is panel CD due to an advance.
W Wi
- >-
L . d
Any load which reverses the above criteria shall give (Vcd)max.
396 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES·
-
10.14. ILD for MIDn
Section mn is located within panel bc. Same technique can be applied for constructing ILD for
Mmn. If load P is to right of panel point C.
Mmn = Ra x a.
It means that if load is between points c and f, the shape of ILD for Mmn will be the same as
shape of ILD for·Ra multiplied by a. If load P is to left of panel point b, then. ;
Mmn = Rb x b.
It means that if load is between points a and b, then shape of ILD for.Mmn will be the same as
shape of ILD for Rb multiplied by b. Now consider load within panel bc with P acting at a distance
X from c . · .
PX P(d - X)
Pb = d and Pc = d 0< X < d.
= PX + P(d-X)
then Mmn Pb yb + Pc yc = d yb d yc· 0< X < d.
So between the panel, the moment varies linearly. Therefore joing the ordinates of ILD for Mm.
at band c by a straight line, we complete the ILD for Mm •.
Now it is understood that SF is generally maximum near the supportwhiie;m6nient i~ generaIIy

maximum near the mid-span. So ILD for Mmn <;:an also be used to evaluate corresponding maxima. If
criteria of maximum bending. moment is applied at a section corresponding to bigge't ordinate, then
(Mmn)max can be calculated for a moving load system.
10.15. ILD for Me

At the panel PC!ints, the load is directly transmitted to the main girder and the panel girder
behaves as a simple beam at the panel points. So ILD for Mc will be drawn considering the girder as a
simple beam.
10.16. Influence Lines for axial forces in Truss Members:

As before, let us consider a simple case of parallel chord truss carrying loads at its lowei chord.
The conclusions obtained are general and can be extended to non-parallel chord trusses.
INFLUENCE LINES 397
2
e h
e
3
G C F E B
Tn1Tr
+-----------~--------~----------------------------------------~~rRb
Rai.4
L= 5d
MC/h
ILD for S1
Md/h
.¥'"
ILD for S3
0.4/- cose
ILD for S2
ILD·for S4
ILD for SI
When a moving load system traverses the bottom chord of this trussed bridge, it is known that
forces in top chord members will be compressive in nature while that in bottom chord will be tensile in
nature. The forces in chord members are a function of moment divided by truss height. For a chord
member take "moment at ~he point where other two members completing the same triangle meet divided
by height of truss.;' This has already been established in this book when discussing method of moments
and shears. So applying this SI is a compressive force, so assigned a negative sign, equal to moment at C
divided by the height of truss. So considering the truss as a simple beam, draw an ILD for Mc and
divide it by the height of Truss. (Sl)max can be evalutated by applying the criteria of maximum bending
moment (Average loadings) at point C considering the truss as a simple beam.
398 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE S:rRUCTURES
ILD for 83
It is a tensile force equal to moment at D divided by height of Truss. (S3)max can be evalautedby
applying the criteria of maximum bending mom.ent at point D.
ILD for 82
. .. ±V
It is known that axial force in an inclined member is _+ C os e' Minus before cose shall be taken
.
if the angle "between inclined member and vertical" is counterclockwise. Now if the load is right orn,
SF applicable to member 2 is + Ra. So corresponding portion of ILD for + Ra is taken. This is divided
by - cose. If the load is to left of C, SF applicable to member 2 is - Rb. So corresponding portion of
ILD for - Rb is taken. This is again divided by - cose. In between the panel SF varies linearly so we
can join the corresponding points.
The shape of ILD for S2 resembles with the shape of fLD for intermedi~te panel shear in a
panelled girder. So (S2)inax can be evaluated by applying the criteria of maximum intermediate panel
shear. .
ILD for 84
.. If the load is at E or right of E, Force in member 4 is zero and if load is at or to left of point C,
again the force in member 4 is zero. If the load is at F, the same will be the tensile force in member.
Using these boundary conditions, ILD for S~ is constructed. Now inspect its shape. It resembles with the
shape of ILD for moment at F (or D) in an equivalent simple beam of. span CEo So (S4)max can be
evaluated by applying the criteria of maximum bending moment (average loading criteria) atF (or Dj.
10.17. Influence lines for moptent and horizontal thrust in a three hinged arch.
H£.
We know that H = yc and
Mx = !lX - Hy.
Where y will be the rise of arch at a distance X from origin (usually a support).
INFLUENCE LINES 399
yc
),
i~'------L-----+li
Va Vb
ILD for H
ILD for Mx
Influence line for any structural effect can be drawn by following the formula for that structural
effect.
10.17.1. ILD for horizontal thrust H
Horizontal thrust H is developed at the springings (supports) of an arch. Examine the formula
for H (H = ~). So ILD for H will be obtained if ILD for moment at centre is drawn, considering the
arch to. be a simple bam, and is then divided by yc. The peak ordinate of ILD for H will be 1=..... (H)max
flYc
"'''due to a moving load system can be obtained by· applynig the criteria of maximum bending moment at
the centre.
10.17.2. ILD for Moment in the arch
From the Eddy's theorem we know that bending moment in the arch at a distance x from
support is
. Mx = flx ~ Hy
where flx = simple span bending moment at a distance X.
So as a first step, we construct ILD for simple span bending moment at a distance X. Then we
subtract the ILD for Hy. The net area between these two diagrams is the ILD for moment in the arch as
shown.
10.18. Standard Leadings
For the design of Railway bridges standard Cooper's E-60 and E-72 loadings consisting of two
locomotives each weighing 213 tons on 18 axles each followed by infinite udl representing compartments
is considered. Structural affects obtained for a E loading can be used to get the same for another E
loading by simply mUltiplying them with the ratio of E loadings.
Original E-60 ·or E-72 loadings are in kip-ft. system as follows:
31ft
15· 30 30 30· 30 4 of 19.5 15 40f30 4 of 19.5 IIYII
,J,. 8/ ,J,. 5' ,J,. 5' ,J,. 5' ,J,. 9' ,J,. 5 ,J, 6 ,J,. 5 ,J,. 8'·,J,. 8' ,J,. 5',J,. 6',J,. 5',J,. 5'
Above wheel loa~s are in kips per rail or tonnes per track. (1 Ton == 2 Kips; small ton)
Converting E-72 loading in SI Units w~ have IK = 5 KN approximately.
80 KN 4 of 160 KN . 4 of 104 KN 80
,J,. 2.44,J,. 1.52 ,J, 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 2.74-1, 1.52 ,J,. 1.83 ~, 1.52 ,J,. 2.44,J,. 2.44
4 of 104 KN 40004 KN 53 KN/m

,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 2.42 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.83 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 o::r=:t:J
Cooper's E-72 loading in SI-units is shown above and E-60 below:

66.75 4 of 133.5 KN 4 of 86.77 KN 66.75
,J,. '2.44 ,J,. 1.52,J,. 1.52,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 2.74 ,J,. 1.52,J,. 1.83,J,. t52,J,. 2.44,J,. 2.44
4 of 133.5 KN 4 of 86.77 KN 43.8 KN/m

,J,. 1.52,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 ,J, 2.74 ,J,. 1.52 ,J,. 1.83 ,J, 1.52 ,J,. 1.52 o::r=:t:J
Distance between loads is in meters.
For highway bridges AASHTO HS24-44 loading is internationally considered and it consists of
a Tractor and Semi-trailer with three axles carrying 0.2W, O.4W and O.4W respectively. These loads
when converted into kips are 16k, 32k and 32k. Standard AASHTO lane loading is probably 100 Ibs/frZ.
However, in our country, due to circumstances 70 ton tank loading or Truck-train loading
described in Pakistan Highway code can be used.
We shall use railway loadings only. Let us solve some typical problems now.
Example No.1: In a girder with Floor beams having five equal panels of length 9 meters each.
Determine (a) Maximum positive· and negative end panel shears. (b) Maximum Shear in the first
intermediate panel from left hand end. The live load is Coopers E-72 loading.
INFLUENCE LINES 401
A~~a------_W_b--------~--L=-5@-9m----m_d________~ ______~~B
Ra r 0 . 8 0 1 Rb
(+). '. . .
ILD for Vab
ILD for Vef
0.6 0.80
ILD for Vbc
0.2
SOLUTION: 1. Maximum positive End Panel Shears (Vab)max

. Wi W
Advance loads at section B and use criteria d <L
Portion ab Portion bf
80 2498.87
9 < 45 after 1st advance.
240 2338.87
9 < 45 after 2nd advance
400 2178.87
9 < 45 after 3rd advance
560 2018.87
9 > 45 after 4th advance.
It means that once 3rd load of 160 KN crosses point b, the criterion is reversed so for maximum
end panel shear, 3rd load of 160 KN should be placed at point b. Now place the system of loads
accordingly and compute corresponding ordinates.
4 of 160 4 of 104 4 of 160 4 of 104
y1
Ordinates Under Loads:

YI = 0.3128 y2 = 0.5297 y3 = 0;6648
y4 = 0.80 ys = 0.766 y6 = 0.7053

y7 = 0.6715 yB = 0.6308 y9 = 0.597
ylO = 0.5428 yll = 0.488 yl2 = 0.4548
y13 = 0.421 ' yl4 = 0.387 yu :::; 0.333
yl6 = 0.299 y17 = 0.2586 ylB = 0.2248

yl9 = 0.191
(Vab)max = 80 x 0.3128 + 160 (0.5297 + 0.6648 + 0.8 + 0.766)

+ 104 (0.7053 + 0.6715 + 0.6308,+ 0.597)
+ 80 x 0.5428 + 160 (0.488 + ,0..4548 + 0.421 + 0.387)
" 1 .
+ 104 (0.333 + 0.299, + 0.2586 + 0.2248) + 2' x 8.6 x 0.191 x 53
= 25.024 + 441.68 + 271.62 + 43.42 + 280.128 + 116 + 43.52

= 1221.4 KN.
Similarly (Vef)max = -1145 KN (Do the Process yourselO
We have to observe a similar Process for evaluation of (VeOmax as was used for (Vab)max. The
loads will be advanced at point e and average loadings on portions ae and ef will 'be compared. The
load which produces reversal after advance should be brought back and placed at section e for (VeOrn." '
INFLUENCE LINES 403
Evaluation of (Vbc)ma."
4 of 160 4 of 104 4 of 160 4 of 104
BOKN _ - -_ _ 80
111111111111111111
2, 3'
~ 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
"
, O.S
t,
a b
0 . 2 _...
_-----_
2.25 6.75m
Once loads are advanced from right to left at C, the following criteria shall be used to evaluate
maximum intermediate panel shear (Vbc)max '
W Wi
L > d
Portion bc portion cf
80 2064
240 2168
400 2272
9 < 45 after 3rd advance
560 2315.46
9 > 45 after 4th advance.
So maximum positive SF in panel bc will be obtained when 3rd wheel pf 160 KN is placed at
point c. Now place loads as shown above and determine corresponding ordinates of ILD. Multiply loads
and ordinates by giving due care to signs of ILD, we obtain (Vbc)max.
Now from similar triangles, influence co-efficients yl, ...... YIS are:
Y.l=0.113 y2 = 0.33 y3 = 0.465
y4 = 0.6 ys = 0.566 y6 = 0.505
Y7 = 0.472 y~ = 0.431 y9 = 0.397
ylO = 0.343 yll = 0.289 y12 = 0.255
y13 = 0.221 y14 = 0.187 Yl5 = 0.126
yl6 = 0.093 y17 = 0.0t2 ylB = 0.018
:
-'-"-"--
So, (VbC)max = 80 x 0.113 + 160 (0.33 + 465 + 0.6 + 0.566)
+ 104 (0.505 + 0.472 + 0.431 + 0.397) + 80 x 0.343
+ 160 (0.289 + 0.255 + 0.221 + 0.187)
+ 104 (0.126 + 0.093 + 0.052 + 0.018)
(Vbc )max = 720.34 KN
EXAMPLE NO.2: DetermiI.le the maximum bending moment at a cross-section 9.1 m from left hand for
a beam of span 27 .3m. The moving live load is 117 KN/m having a length of 6m.
SOLUTION:
Sketch ILD for moment at the indicated section.
702
!.3m
. /\-
117KN/m :
A 1r'.~_ _ _ _ _-..l..co:::::::cc:r::-..l..-..l.......J.....:...
. .L-.l..-.l..-J.-L-.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---..:...:..-;.....---,. B
"/\ 4
fmJ. (9.1-X)
.~I.
x .:C 6-x 12.21 x fmJ.
r
+4----------..:+4----------------------~-~·f
9.1 m : 18.2 m
Ra Rb
: 6.06 KN/m
y1:·
··
: y2
o
ILD for Me
Now let us assume that the given position of Udl gives us(Mc)max at a distance X from C as
shown. Determine Ra for this position
L:Mb = 0
Ra x 27.3 = 702 (3 + 12.2 + X)

r
1
INFLUENCE LINES 405
Ra = 390.84 + 25.71 X
117 X 2
Moment at C = Me = Ra x 9.1 - -2-
117 X 2
Mc = (390.84 + 25.71) 9.1--2- -
Simplify
Mc = 3556.64 + 233.96 X - 58.5 X~
If BM at C is maximum, then
dMc
dX = Vc =0
233.96 X - 2 x 58.5 X =0
X = 2m
Now compute yl and y2 from similar triangles of ILD
18.2
27.3 = ..Y!...
7.1 ~ yl = 4.733 m
9.1 ~
27.3 = 14.2 ~ y2 = 4.733 m
So (Mc)max = ud.l x area of ILD Under UDL

. 1
= 117 (6 x 4.733 +"2 x 6 x 1.327)
= 3788.3 KN-m
EXA1\1PLE NO.3:
Calculate maximum bending moment at Section mn and pq of a five panel bridge. Each panel is
of9m.
Five loads of 160.KN each spaced at 1.52m travel from right to left.
a b c 'd e f
.1 m
k------"'----~----.----'--~iB
:n
~m m ~p
:q
m m ~
1mrT
t
5@9m
13.5
~ .. 9
~ ~~~--+I~'
. 22.5 m
160 160 160 160 160
11.521 u'l'·"l'·"l
B.1
5 of 160
11! 11
9 9
flO for Mpq
Evaluation of (Mmil)mox
It is recommended that criteria of maximum bending moment be applied at maximum ordinate
of 8.1 corresponding to Panel point C. Now comparing average .loadings on portion ac and cf, we find
that 3rd load reverses the. criterion as it crosses. So. it must be placed at point C. Determine ordinates
INFLUENCE LINES 407
8.1 ~ .
27 25.48 ~ y3 = 7.644, y4 = 7.188, yl = 6.3 + 1.496 7.796
= 6.3 + 1.192 = 7.492

yl
(Mmn)max = 160 (7.492 + 7.796 + 8.1 + 7.644 + 7.188) = 38.22 x 160
= 6115.2 KN-m
The reader is also suggested to calculate (Mmn)max. by coinciding the resultant of moving load
system .with the maximum ordinate. Place the loads accordingly. Compute influence co-efficients and
mUltiply loads with respective ordinates to compute (Mmn)max. Compare this value with the previous
one.
(Mpq)max
As ILD for Mpq is symmetrical about centre-line (mid span), Arrange the loads such that the
resultant falls on mid-span. All five loads shall be accommodated and will have an ordinate of 9.
(Mpq)max = 160 (9 + 9 + 9 + 9 + 9) = 7200 KN-m
Important:
The instructor is advised to work with lesser number of loads, usually five to seven, in the class
and Establish the procedure. The students can then be given assignments involvinig standard trains etc.,
for clarification of their concepts. .
EXAMPLE NO.4:
A simple beam has a clear span of 27.5 m. Construct ILD for SF at a section 6.1m from left
support. How should Coopers-E-60 loading be placed to calculate maximum shear force at this section?
SOLUTION:
. Draw ILD for Vc. Advance the loads at section C. We shall show the load position required for
(VC)max only.
4 of 133.5 4 of 86.77 3 of 133.5 1.28 m
A
TllllllllTllll~
:c 8
•~ ____~6.~1~m~__-+.:.~__________________________~21~A~m~__________________~__11T171
+. .
A
0.778
y12
y2: (+) : I
, '
ILD for Vc
0.222
Computing influence co-efficients yl. ..... yI2 from similar triangles.
yl = - 0.133, y2 = 0.722. yJ = 0.667,
Y4 = 0.612, ys == 0'.512 y6 .= 0.4566,
y7 = 0.3901, ys = 0.335, y9 = 0.246,
ylO = 0.157 yll: = 0.10, yl2 == 0.0466
In order to have (VC)max. at least one load should be at C. To decide which load should l?~,
placed at C, reversal in the sign of following equation is sought.
Wa
tN = -L - Pn
W = Sum of all the loads on span before advance.
a = any particular Advance
.L = Span
'I:.
Pn = magnitude of Load crossing the section due to an advance.
For the first advance ,.
. I:!.V = 1281.g~.; 2.44 _ 66.75 =+ 46.96 KN ..
It shows that SF at C has increased due to 1st advance.
For second advance.
AV' " 1415 x 1.524 5

ti 27.5 - 133. = - 55.08 KN.
It shows that if second advance at C is made, Vc decreases. So for (VC)max, position

before 2nd advance,*p.fter 1st ~dvance) is required. For this position above influence co-efficients have
been computed. . .
(VC)m.x = 66.75 (- 0.133) + 133.5 (0.778 + 0.722 + 0.667 + 0.612)
+ 86.77 (0.512 + 0.4566 + 0.3901 + 0.335)

+66.75 (0.246) + 133.5 (0.157 + 0.1 + 0.046)
=, 567.37 KN
INFLUENCE LINES 409
EXAMPLE NO. 5:- Calculate the maximum bending moment at the points C and D if five loads of
160 KN each spaced at 1.52 m cross-the bean from right to left.
5 of 160 KN
1· 1 1 1 1
1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52
A :c B
·· .
17T777
It • ~I
7m 7m 14m
11. 1 1 1
5.25
.:y4
. ..:y5
ILD for Me
1 1 11· 1
ILDfor Md
. Line-up all loads upto point C (theoretically slightly to right oiC). Give advances at point C
and compare average loading in portion AC and BC due to various advances.
Portion Ac Portion Bc
160 4 x 160
2 x 160 3x 160
7 > 21 after 2nd advance.
410 THEORY Of INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
So~ as the second load or 160 KN crosses ponit C, reversal is obtained. So for (Mc)max, this load
should be brought back and placed at C (position before 2nd advance or after 1st advance). Compute
influence co-efficients. .
yl = 4.11, y~ = 5.25, y3 = 4.87 _
y4 = 4.49, ys = 4.11
(Mc)max = 160 (4.11 + 5.25 + 4.87 + 4.49 + 4.11) = 3652.8 KN-m'
(Md)m,x
This section is mid span 'of beam. Clearly applying the criteria of maxim:um bending moment at
D (comparing Average loadings on AB and BD), we get -
Span AD Span BD
160 4 x 160
14 < 14 after 1st advaJ;1ce
2 x 160 3 x 160
3 x 160 2 x 160
14 > 14 after 3rd advance.
So position before 3rd advance (or after 2nd advance) will give us (Md)max. Place the loads
accordingly and compute influence co-efficients.
yl = ys = 5.48 y2 = y4 = 6.24
So, (Md)max 160 (5.48 + 6.24 + 7 + 6.24 + 5.48)
= 4870.4 KN-m
EXAMPLE NO.6:
Calculate maximum axial forces induced in members 1, 2, 3 and 4 of truss already shown if five
loads of 150 KN each spaced at 1.52m corsses at the bottom chord from right to left. Take h = 2m and
. span = 5d = 10 meters. -
INFLUENCE LINES 411
SOLUTION:
The corresponding ILD's for SI. .... S4 have already been plotted. Now we will use those
diagrams to calculate maxima. See the Truss of article 9.16.
50f160KN
11.5211.5211.5211.521
Me = ~ =12
h 10 x 2 .
~
::(-):: . .
I I I I •
- . I L~~
D f o r 5 1
A G e FlO E B
5 of 160 KN
11.5211.5211.5211.521
Md = 4 x 6 '= 12
h x2 .10 .
. . . . .
~
. ' . : (+): • .
I I I •
I I I I , •
~.~~.
_~ILOfor53
L_,,_ -0.565 11. -Cos9 - -<l.707 -
IlO for 52
+0.565 160
11.5211.531
~
.
. . .
~ ILD for S4
·412 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
SI",.x.
,The shape of ILD for S 1 resembles with the shape of ILD for Mc in an eql+ivalent simple beam.
So giving advances at C (now forget the truss and play with ILD!s only). Apply the criteriQ!lfQr:
maximum moment at C. -
Portion Ac Portion Bc
160 4 x 160
4. < 6
after 1st advance.
2 x 160 3 x 160
6 after 2nd advance.
4
_ Considering equality as a reversal, Slmax will be obtained for position before second advance (or
after 1st advance). Place loads accordingly and compute influence co-efficients .
.~:,... yl = .744, y2 = 1.2 y3 = 0.896
r" '.
: y~= 0;592 )'5 = 0.288
So, SIma. = 160 (0:744 + 1.2 + 0.896 + 0.592 + 0.288)
= - 595.2 KN (It is a compres;sive force)
83m.,
. Inspect the -shape of ILD for S3. It resembles with the shape of ILD for moment at D
considering the truss to be a simple beam. So apply the criterion of maximum moment at D.
Portion AD Portion BD
160 3 x 160
6 < 4 (last load not on span) after 1st advance.
2 x 160 3 x 160
6 < 4 After 2nd advance.
3 x 160 2 x 160
= After 3rd Advance.
6 4
SQ for S3max, position before 3rd advance is valid (After second advance). Place the loads
accordingly and compute influence co-efficients. .
yl = 0.592~ y2 = 0.893, y3 = 1.2,
)'4 = 0.744, ys = 0.288 -
(S3)mnx = 160 (0.592 + 0.893 + 1.2 + 0.744 + 0.288)
= 594.72 KN (It is a tensile f o r c e ) . " J
82m••
Inspect the shape of ILD for S2. It resembles with the shape of ILD for as shear force in a
intermediate panel of a panelled girder. So for evaluating S2max, we apply the criterion of maximum
intermediate panel shear. Advance is made at D or F.
Wi W.
d < L
160 5 x 160
= after 1st advance.
2 10
So for S2in•• , the leading load should be placed at maximum ordinate, only three loads will be
acting on portion BD.
INFLUENCE LINES 413
yl = - 0.565 y2 = - 0.3503 y3 =- 0.1356

(S2)max 160 (- 0.565 - 0.3503 - 0.1356)
= - 168.144 KN (It is a compressive force)
Slm""
yl = y3 = 0.24 yl =1
Slmax = 160 (0.24 + 1 + 0.24)
= 236.8 KN (It is atensile force)
10.19. Influence Lines for Statically Indeterminate Structures:
The same procedure can be adopted for constructing ILDs' for indeterminate structures.
However, compatibility and redundants have to be considered as demonstrated earlier.
INFLUENCE LINE DIAGRAM FOR INDETERMINATE BEAMS (By method of virtual displacement)
Influence line diagram for Shear.
In virtual work for shear the B.M. does not do any work only shear force does the work.
Case 1: Let us investigate ILD at a section of a simple beam. The section is at a distance a from A and
at b from B support.. This has already been done.
1
~
a
), P"10
b
IS
c"
bB,'
B,'
Ra j jRb
.~ c'
C" This is ordinate of ILD under load A
b/L
/
Y
c
RA
aIL
RB
C'
By Virtual Work:
Both the lines are parallel therefore, its work done by Moment is equal to zero.
e"! = 8"2 = e
Va e" + Vb e*
Virtual Work:
(Virtual displacement)
(i) total displacement equal to 1 unit.
ae" + be" = 1
(ii) . total B.M. equal to zero.
V(ae~ + be") - Me" + Me"- Py~ = 0 putae + be = 1
V(1*) - Py" 0
If we take P
V = y"
1
Or e=L
Case 2: I.L.D for bending moment at the same section. Write work equation and equate to zero.
Me"! + Me"2 - Va e"! + Vb e"2 - Py* = 0
or M (8"1 + e"2) - 0 - Py" = 0
M (e*) = Py" or M = ~ If P = 1 and e = 1 radian.

than M = y"
So ae"1 = be*2 Or e"1 + e"2 = 1
b
=> e"1 + ba e" = I 1 ::::> e"1 - L
a
e"2
L
v
P =1
RA M RB
'. ' .
... b
{-
ae," = be,·
iB
L
( )
INFLUENCE LINES 415
,,
.,
. .
. b
We have obtained ILD for B.M at X in a simple beam

Let us now consider the shown conjugate beam.
2m 4m
(
>1
1.0 = p
A c o B
• 7Q.
Rak-______________~~---------s-m--------~JRb
fRO
Sm
)(
4m Sm
< >I< >1
Applying same concepts we get following ILD
0110
0.61 0/10
~~~ __~r.~____~~~~______________~~B
0.4
416 . THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
Consider a propped canti·lever

P=1
MB
x (L-X)
A. B
~------------~--~--------------r--y
If support at Ais removed,

this will be deflected snape.
&aL
L-x B.M.D due to load on

BDS as cantilever
supported at 8.
Applying moment area thereon, deflection at part A due to loads is
AXL = ~I [~(l - X? (I - ~ (I - X»)]
~I
Ra =1 i (deflected shape) of BDS
Now consider load under
redundant Ra = 1
8.M.D. for Ra =1
-==:;;._ _ _ _ _ _ _(+_) \;:L=2/2==:;Jl
U3
Applying moment area thereon, deflection at A due to Ra =1

JXX = iI [~ (;9]
(1)2 = i~I
.Equation for compatibility
t!.ai - fXX Ra = 0 because A is a support. Net deflection should be zero.
INFLUENCE LINES 417
Sal P(l - X)2 (21 + X)

Ra = fxx Ra = 21 3 after putting values of Sal and fxx
Rb = 1 - Ra (equilibrium requirement)
So we get
We know
Mb Ra x L - P (l - x). Put value of Ra and simplify
pX(l2 - X 2 )1 This expression will help in plotted lLD for Mb

2[2
ILD for Ra
Mb
P=1
X (l -X)
A B
~l (
10m { Rb
P(l - X? (21 + X)
Ra = 213
\\'hen X = 0 => Ra = 1. 0 (put in above equation for Ra)
5
\\'hen X = 5 => Ra = 16 (put in above equation for Ra)
IlO for Ra 1.0

f,
L - - -__________J -__________ -=~=_ _____ O

Simplify lLD for Rb can be plotted as below:
_ - - - - - - - , Rb
1.0
flO for Rb
Putting boundary conditions in the Mb expression ILD for Mb is obtained.

3/161
_ PX (I' - X2)
Mb - 2t
ILD for Mb
Ral - P(l - X) + Mb = 0.,
Mb = 1(/- X) - Ral
10.20. ILD for shear at Section mn:
Mb
Load to rightof '

mn. Vmn = Ra x a
it mean ILD for Vmn
will be same as ILD
A
IE
x
m
f B
_~{ ~
n
~l<
for Ra multiplieci by
a for this portion ' a=4m
oE------:OO!,----_
[., 10m
___b_=6_m
"l
m
Mb
1.0 m
A B
Vmn c
n
Load on left of mn
Ral··..... /
' . I.~D. for Ra x a
1.0 ---
Vmn =Rbxb
for this portion, ILD for
Vmn is same is ILD
10-----
for Rbx b
~~.forRaxb 1.0
/'
---------~- ..........
.... _- ...... _- .. _- ---------
10.21. ILD for Mmn
Consider a hi:e where ILD If ~~ment deSired C
Ii IS Z
1~E______1_om________~__~~1~v~______6_m_______.~1
r
iI INFLUENCE LINES 419
i
ti ~=1 B
!
~
I z; ,7QO ~c
I
"
R'lK---(_ L 1 -+----1
~ _L2 ~~ R,
I~_~~r' _'_
, Primary structure or BOS
under load P = 1
and redundant Rb at B.
.,
~~IRb
1 ~
. ~
~
State-I
x
Compatibility equation at point B. ~~ .
Rb ebb- Py = 0
Rb
P= 1
=~
~ l~smt~1I Rb = 1.0
a b
1.0
c
ebb
B"
We know this is ILO for

moment at B in a
simple'beam.
y = PbX f _ b2 X2) (X =0 - a)
6EIl ( -
PaX f 2 2
(X =0- b)
Y = 6EIl ( - a - X)
hX(f -Ii - X2)

Y = 6EIl
12X ([2 - Il - 1I 2)
8bb .-
6EIl
8bb
2
1t b 2 1
i
3Ell
Rb = X ([2 _1I2 - X2)]
and [ 21I2 b
X = 0 - It with Origin at A
2
X ([2 - 1I - X2)
Rb = (2h 2 Ii) X=o to h
Origin at C
'i!
ri INFLUENCE LINES 421
I Now assume same values of spans and re-calculate.
B
r;;;,.c
We know
11 + 12 L =
1(~ _______
L_1_=_1_0_m__________ ,r______ L_2_=_6_m____~1
A111l1'~
lp =1
B
~c
Compatibility at A
Ra Baa - Py =0
Ra = .(.L)
oaa .---------~----------~~~------------~c
1.0
B
I.L.D. for Ra
x ([2 - 122 - X") X (16 2 - 6 2 - X2)

Rb 2 x 102 X 6 by putting values of Ld j and I,
(2 X ll2 /. 12)
X Rb Ra Rc
0 0
1 0.1825
2 0.36
3 0.5275
4 0.68
5 0.8125
6 0.92
7 ,0.997 Calculate' Calculate

<
8 1.04 yourself yourself
10 ,,'
0 Calculate
1 yourself
4
-
ILDfor Ra can be obtained from ILD for Rb. Taking moments about C is equality to zero.
R31 + Rb x 12 - P(l - X) = 0
SoRa = Pe~ X) _R~lz
and Rb . = . (l;Zz ~) (211 I - II X ...: X2)
INFLUENCE LINES 423
Ma
1p = 1.0
Mb
A~) (~ B
Ra~( X (L-X)
4'Rb
Ma
lp Mb
(~
BDS under
Al;;,) B State-I
redundant
moment.
Raj lRb
1.0
At fixed support,
Sa = 0
B State-II
4EI 2EI
1. -1-
4EI I~
(-) . ................•......' . " ..
.
1 '
~. 2EI
-1-
£lrD=D~~
~.~
424 THEORY OF INDETE.RMINATE STRUCTURES
CHAPTER ELEVEN
.,1
11. THREE HINGED ARCHES

These are Curved Structures which are. iIi use since ancient times. These were mostly used in
buildings and the abatements used to be very thick. As our analysis capacity increased due to faster
computers, it is now possible to understand behaviour of arches for various suppbrt. load and material
conditions. These days arch bridges. either in Reinforced concrete or the pre-str~ssed concrete are
becoming a common sight due to asthetics of curved surfaces. ..
Arches when loaded by gravity loads, exhibit appreciable compressive stresses. At supports;
horizontal reaction (thrust) is also developed which reduces the bending moment in the arch.
Aches can be built in stone, masonry, reinforced concrete and steel. They can have a variety of
end conditions like three hinged arches, two hinged arches and find arches. Considering the geometry
these can be segmental, parabolic and circular. An arch under gravity loads generally exhibits. three
structural actions at any cross-section within span including shear force, bending moment and axial
compressive force. The slope of centerline of arch keeps on varying along span so above mentioned
three structural actions also vary along span.
11.1. Eddy's theorem:
The bending moment at any point on the arch is the difference between simple span bending
moment and product Hy".
Where H is the horizontal thrust at supports (springings), y is the rise of arch at a distance X
from the origin. .
. Shape of simple span bending moment diagram due to applied loads is also called linear arch.
Hy may also be termed as equation of centerline of actual arch multiplied by a constant, (H).
Consider the following arch carrying the loads PI, P2 and P3. The shaded area is the BMD.
P2
Bending moment at X is
Mx = VaX - Hy - PI(X - a)
Mx = ).tX - Hy. (Eddy's theorem)
THREE HINGED ARCHES 425
Where Ilz = Va x x - PI(X - a) == Simple span bending moment considering the arch to be a
simple beam.
The inclined axial force (normal thrust) also contributes towards vertical shear force in addition
to applied loads and reactions.
11.2. Three-hinged arch:
If an arch contains three hinges such that two hinges are at the supports and the third one anywhere
within span, it is called a three hinged arch. This type of arch is statically detenninate wherein reactions,
horizontal thrust and all internal structural actions can be easily determined by using the laws of equilibrium
and statics. If the third hinge is provided at the highest point, it is called crown of the arch.
Consider a three hinged arch with third hinge at the crown, then
Mx = J.lX - Hy (1) becomes at center

A B
Mc = J.lc - Hyc = 0 H--"7 ~
SO H = Vc (2) i i
P 2
v
Cutting the arch as shown, and projecting forces
along axis 1-1 and 2-2 and putting V = Va - PI
we have. . L.
I ....••.......•
P= H Cos8 + VSin8 (3) along 1-1

H--"7
Q = H Sin 8 - Vcos 8 (4) along 2 - 2
i
Va
11.3. Parabolic Arch

If a three·hinged parabolic arch carries udl over its span, the arch will carry pure compression
and no SF or BM. This is because the shape of linear arch (BMD due to loads) will be the same as shape
of actual arch.
For a parabolic arch having origin at either of springings, the equation of centre line of arch at
a distance X from origin where rise is y will be.
y = C.X (L - X) (5) constant C will be evaluated from boundary conditions.
L
at X = 2" ' y = yc. we get
L L
Yc = C. 2".2" or
So y = 4L1c • X (L - X) (6)
!.§'
The slope ecan be calculated from
~ .~
dX = tan e =L2 (L - 2X) (7)
11.4. Circular Arch:

If arch is a part of Circle, it is convenient to have origin at the centre.
·c
Consider trjangle OEF
.................... : F
.
,
,
y .. ,
Or R2 = X2 + (R -yc + y? (8) , : D
. . . .J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( ... X ),
"
and we also have from triangle ADO

"L2 ??
"4 + (R - yc)- = R-
"
.
,
L2
R "
'(8] ..
yc (2R - yc) = 4' (9) ,
,
. ,
'II.
,
"
'
'
",
.. .'
,
.'
, " 'II ,I #
As span and central rise are usually known, Radius ~ ,t~ ~'
of ar{;h R can be calculated from (9) o
Equation (8) can bge written as y = ..JR2 - X 2 - (R - yc)

Now once the basic equations for parabolic and circular arches have been e&tablished, let us
solve some numericals.
EXAMPLE NO.1
Analyze a three-hinged arch of span 20m and a central rise of 4m. It is loaded by udl of 50
KN/m over its left half. Calculate maximum positive and negative moments if
(i) The arch is parabolic
(ii) The arch is circular
SOLUTION: 1. Arch is Parabolic 50 KN/m
l:Ma = 0
o:r:r::cr:o C
Vb x 20 = 50x 10 x 5
2500
Vb = W = 125 KN
Va + Vb = 50 x 10 = 500 KN
20
Vb=125
'::So
r;.
Va= 500 - Vb = 500 - 125
= 375 KN
H:. 125 x 10
H = yc == 4 = 312.5 KN
and Rh =-1Vb" + H2=-V1252 + 312.5"
H = 312.5 KN Rb = -V 15625 + 97656.25
R.a = -{Va2 + H2 Rb = -V 113281.25 = 336.57 KN
= -v3752 + 312.5 2 = -V 140625 + 9765.25

= -1238281.25 = 488.14 KN Vb 125
Tan8b = II = 312.5 = 0.4
Va 375
Tan8a == II = 3.12.5 = 1.2
8a == 50.19°
Maximum positive Moment
It is expected· in portion AC. Write generalize Mx expression.
50X"
. Mx = 375X --2-· - 312.5y
~ . 4x4. 0
Now y = L2 (L - X) =202 X(20 - X) = 0.04 (20X - X-)
y = 0.8 - 0.04X 2
So
Mx = 375X - 25X 2 - 312.5 [0.8X -,O.04X2]
== 375X - 25X 2 - 250X + 12.5X2 Simplifying
Mx = 125X - 12.5X2
dMx
d)( = Vx = 0 = 125 - 25X
X = 5m from A. Putting. Value of X in Mx expression above.
So
M';'ax = 125 x 5 - 12.5 X 52
= 625 - 312.5
Mmax = 312.5 KN-m

Maximum negative moment: .
It would occur in portion BC at a distance x from B.
Mx = 125X - 312.5y Putting equation of.y.
= 125X - 312.5 (0.8X - 0.04X2)
Mx = 125X - 250X + 12.5X2
I
! Mx = - 125X + 12.5X2
'1 dMx
II dX = V x = 0
X
=- 125
= Sm from B.
+ 25X
I
So putting value of X in Mx expression above .

. Mm•• = - 125 X 5 + 12.5(5i
= - 625 + 312.5
Ml1la~ = - 312.5 KN-m
SOLUTION: Considering Circular Arch
EXAMPLE NO.2: Now or Solve the following loaded three hinged Circular Arch
50 KN/m
ccr:r:ccr:J C
x
~----'~---------
va=375! !Vb=125
Step 1. Reactions:
As before reactions are same.
Step 2. Equation of Circular Arch
The general equation is (X - h)2 + (y - k? = r2
hand k areco"ordinates at tbe centre and r is radius of Circle. There are three t,mknown in
above equation, Viz, h, k and r and these can be determined from the following boundary conditions .
Origin is at point A . · . .
Boundary conditions
l. At X = 0, y =0 It gives (_h)2 + (_k)2 = r2
h2 + k2 = r2 (1)
2. At X=20, Y= 0 It gives (20 - hf + (_k2) = r2

400 + h2 - 40h + k 2 = r2 (2)
3. At X=1O, Y=4 It gives (10 -hf + (4-k? = r2

100 + h2 - 20h + 16 + k2 - 8k = r2
1 16 + h2 - 20h + k 2 - 8k = r2 (3)
Subtract (1) from (2) we get

400 - 40h = 0
Or h = 10
THREE HlNGED ARCHES 429
Put value of h in (1) and 3

100+k2=r2 (1)
116 + 100 - 200 + k" - 8k = r" (3)
or 16 + k2 - Sk = r2 (3)
16 + k2 - Sk = 100 + k" (by putting Value ofr2 from 1)
8k = 16 - 100 = - 84
-84
k = -S- = - 10.5
Putting k = - 10.5 in (3)we get

r2 = 16 + (- 10.5)" + 8 x 10.5
= 16 + 110.25 + S4 = 210.25
So r = 14.5 meters.
Putting Values of h, k and r in general equation, we get
(X - 1O)~ +(y + 10.5)2 = 14.5 2 Simplify it, we get.
y =- 10.5 + -.j14.5 2 - (X - 10)2
(y + 10.5)2 = 14.5 2 - (X - 10)2
= - 10.5 + -.j210.25 - X 2 - 100 + 20X

y =- 10.5 + -.j1l0.25 - X2 + 20X (4)
L2
We know, . yc (2r - yc) = "4 (5)
and
y = ~ r2 - (~ - X J- (r - yc) (6) These equations are same as were

used in derivation earlier.
Alternatively to avoid evaluation of constants each time, equations (5) and (6) can be used.
Equation (6) is the equation of Centre-line of Circular arch.
Step 3: Calculation of Maximum moment.
Maximum positive moment occurs in span AC. Write Mx expression
50X2
Mx = 375X - -2- - 312.5 Y put y from (4) above.
= 375X - 25X2 - 312.5 [- 10.5 + -.jIlO.25 - X2 + 20X]
Mx = 375X - 25X 2 + 3281.25 - 312.5 -J 110.25 - X 2 + 20X

New maximum mement eccurs where shear ferce is zero.. So.

dMx 312.5 (- 2X + 20)
-d- = Vx = 375 - 50X - = 0
x 2-..j 110.25 - X2 + 20X
312.5 (-X + 10)

375 - SOX = divide by 50
-..jllO.25- X2 + 20X
6.25 (10 - X)
75- X = multiply by - 1 We get
. -..j1l0.25 - X2 + 20X
X_ 75 = 6.25 (X - 10)
.. -..jUO)5 - X2 + 20X
(X - 7.5) './ 110.25 - X2 + 20X = 6.25 (X - 10) square both sides

(X - 7.5)2 (110.25 - X2 + 20X) = 6.252 (X - lW, Simplify
(X2- 15X + 56.25) (110.25 - X2 + 20X) = 39.0625 (X2 - 20X + 100)
er 1l0.25X 2
-
4
X + 20X 3
- 1653.75X + 15X 3
- 300X == 39.0625X2 - 781.25X +'3906.25
2
+ 6201.56 - 56.25X2 + 1125X

Simplifying
- X 4 + 35X 3 - 285.0615X 2 + 252.5X + 2295.3125 =0
er X 4 - 35X3 + 285.0625X 2 - 252.5X - 2295.3125 = 0
New it is censidered apprepriate to' selve this equatien by Medified Newtqn,- Raphsen iteratien
selutiens which in general is
f (Xn)
~n-1 = Xn + f (Xn) (A)
So. . f (X) =, X4 - 35X

.
3
+ 285.0625X 2 - 252.5X -. 2295.3125
And differentiate, fl (X) = 4X3 - 105X2 + 570. 125X - 252.5
In general, it is recommended that first roet Xn sheuld be always taken at 1 because it
cenverges very fast. Hewever, knowing that B. M will be maximum near the middle ef pertien AC, we
take Xn = 2 (to' reduce number of iteratiens possibly) and selve in the fellowing tabular ferm. Evaluate
f(X) and f/(Xn) expressiens. .
Iteratien Number Xn f(Xn) fl (Xn) Xn + 1 frem A abeve

1 2 -1924.06 499.75 5.85
2 5.85 147.251 290.1629 5.3425
3 5.3425 - 30.3142 '406.3845 5.417
4 5.417 - 0.58794 390.546 5.418
r THREE HINGED ARCHES
So we get Xn and Xn + 1 as same after 4th iteration.

So X = 5.418 m put this in MX expressions
431
Mma., = 375 (5.418) - 25 (5.418i + 3281.25 - 312.5 ...)110.25 - 5.418" + 20 x 5.418

= 280.066 KN-m
Maximum negative moment in the arch

Let us assume that it occurs in portion BC at a distance X from A.( 10 < X < 20)
Mx=125 (20 - X) - 312.5 (- 10.5 + ...)110.25 - X2 + 20X) Simplify
= 2500 - 125X + 3281.25 - 312.5...) 110.25 - X2 + 20X
or Mx = 5781.25 - 125X - 312.5 ...) 110.25 - Xl + 20X
Maximum moment occurs where SF is zero, So differentiate Mx expression w.r.t. X.
_dM_x =
dX··
°
= _ 125 _ --;3=12=.=5=(-=2=X=+=2=0::::)=
2..yllO.25 - Xl + 20X
or
o= _ 125 + 312.5(X - 10)
..y110:25- X2 + 20X
125 ...)110.25 - X2 + 20X = 312.5 (X - 10) squaring both sides. We have,
15625 (110.25 - X2 + 20X) = 97656.25 (X 2 - 20X + 100) Simplify
i 110.25 - X2 + 20X = 6.25 (X2 - 20X + 100)

I
.1
"1 = 7.2SX2 - 145X + 5i4.75 dividing by 7.25
I
Solve this quadretic equation.
I1
! 20 ± .y400 - 284
I X-
- 2
II 20 ± 10.77
I X = 2 = 15.385!l1 from A Put this v(lJue of X in Mx expression above.
I
,
1
~
i So Mmax = 5781.25 - 125 x 15.385 - 312.5...)110.25 - (15.385)2 + 20 (15.385)
i
I = 5781.25 - 1923.125 - 312.5..y181.257 =- 349.1l5KN.m
!
!
43i THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
11.5. Derivation for center-line of a parabolic arch with supports at different levels.
yc
U2 U2
1~<---------------7)I~<--------------~)1
The general form of a parabola is
y = aX 2 + bX + c
Evaluate constants a, b and c by putting boundary conditions in above equation
At X = 0; Y = 0, (Point B) So C=o (1)
AtX = L; Y = h, (Point A) So h = aL2 +bL (2)
L. Y = yc + h, (Point C) aL2 bL
AtX = '2; So yc +h = 4 + 2 (3) multiply by 4
h = aL2 + bL (2)
Equation (3) can also be written as

4(yc + h) = aL2 + 2bL (3) Subtract (3) from (2), we have
h - 4(yc + h) = - bL or 4 h
b = L (yc + h) - L
Put this value ofb in (2) and solve for a

2 h - 4(yc +h)
h = aL2 + 4 (yc + h) - h or a = U )
-2 h - 4yc
a = L2
Now all constant have been evaluated in general terms. Put Values of a, band c in general
equation; we have
- 2X 2 (h + 2yc) X (4yc + 3h) .. . . .
y = L2 + L . ThIS IS the generalIzed equatIon for a parabolIc arch
with supports at different levels. Test this derived equation and see whether boundary conditions are
satisfied.
- At X == 0; = 0, put this in above equation. It is satisfied
y
- AtX = L, y = h, put this in above equation. It is satisfied
L
- AtX = 2' y = h + yc, put this in above equation. It is also satisfied.
If supports are at the same level, h = 0 Put this in above equation, ·we get
Y= U
- 4ycX2 4 ycX
+ L or y =
4ycX
--v-
(L - X), after simplification .
. dy 4yc
and dX = L2 (L - 2X)
These two equations have already been used. Now we solve some Example.
EXAMPLE NO.3:-
Solve the following 3 hinged parabolic loaded arch with supports at different levels as shown.
40. KN/m
yc = 9ml
J
A
H~
3m
«-'-- H
Yc is the distance between hinges at A and C.

45m 45m tVb
~I<--------------~)I~(--------------~)I
IFy =0
VA +Vb = 40 (45) = 1800 KN (1)
IMc = 0, VA (45) - 9 H - 40 (45) (~) = 0 (2) Moments at C of forces on its left.
45VA - 9H - 40500 =0
45Vb - 12H =0 (3) Moment at C of forces on its right
Divide Equation (2) by 9
5VA - H - 4500 =0 (2)
Multiply this Equation by 12 and subtract equation (3) from it.

60 VA - 12H - 54000 ~O (2)
45VB - 12H =0 (3)
60 VA - 54000 - 45VB =0 (4)

MUltiply Equation (1) by 45 and add in equation (4)
45VA + 45V~ = 81000 (1)
60V A - 45Vs = 54000
"Adding we get.
105 VA = 135000
135000
or =105
== 1:285.7 KN put this value in equatioIi'(l)
so = 514.3 KN
We know, 45Vs - 12H =0 (3) from this "
45 X VB
H = 12
= 1928.63 KN (after putting value of Vb)

H = 1928.63 KN
New calculate (Mac)",., and (l\tlbc)m.,
Keeping "B" as origin, at a distance X from B in portion AC moment expression is
40 "
(Mac) = Va (90 - X) - H(y) - 2" (90 - X)2
X (4yc + 3h) 2X 2 (3 + 18)
y = L 90 2 This equation was derived in previous article.
X2
Ifh = 3m , y (A) If h = 0 y = O.4X - 225" (B)
(Mac) = 1285.7 (90 - X) - 1928.63 [O.4X - 2~~J - 2,0 (90 - Xf -(i)

after putting values of hand yc in above equation for y.
= 115713 - 1285.7X -771.45X + 8.57X2 - 20 (8100 + X2_ 180X)
"dMac
dX
= 0 = -1285.7-771.45
. + 17.14X-40X + 3600 Simplify
o = + 1542.85 - 22.86X
X = 1542.85122.86 = 67.5m (This value should be more than 45)
Putting this Value in Equation (i)
(Mac)max = 1285.7 (22.5) - 1928.63 (27 - 20.25) - 20 (22.5)2
= 5785 KN-m
(Mbc)max = 514.3X - 1928.63 x Y . Moment at a distance X from B.
X 7X2 ]
= 514.3X - 1928.63 x [ 2" - 1350 (After putting equation for y) and values
of yc, hand L and using equation A.
= 514.3X - 964.315X + lOX2

I
II
dMbc
dX - o = 514.3 - 964.315 + 20X
!
II = 20X = 450
! X = 22.5m , Mbc = -5062.68 KN-:m (after putting value of X above)
!
~ 11.6. Development of Generalized equation of three hinged circular arch with support at different
levels ..
c
~
A .... _._ .. _- ... -._--_ ...
j
!
!
~
~
t
,~
~
,! I
! U2=45 U2=45
~1(----~---------7)I+(--~----------~)1
t
1,
\
i I
.j
I
General Equation of Circle is
(X-W +.(y_k)2 = R2
= 0, y
I at X = 0
I! at X = 45 , Y = yc + 0 = 12
I!
Putting (45. - h)2 + (12 - k)2 = R2 Simplifying it.
i
II 2025 - 90h + h2 + 144 - 24k + k2 = R2
,r-.
1
f
~
436 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES· I
I
II
2025 + 144 - 90h - 24k + h2 + k2 = R2 (2) Simplifying
2169 - 90h - 24k +h 2
+ k2 (2)
at X = 90 , Y = 3 [ point A ]
(90 - h)" + (3 - = R~ ki Simplifying
Put these values, 8100 - 180h + h2 + 9 + k2 _ 6k = R2
8109 - 180h - 6k + h~ + k~ == R3 (3)
Equating (0 with (2) and multiply resulting equation by 2 and then equation (1) and (3)
2' [2169 - 90h - 24k = 0] - (4) or 4338 - 180h - 48k = 0 (4)
8109 - 180h - 6k =0 - (5)
Subtract (4) from (5), we have
3771 + 42k =Q
- 3771
k =42
k = -"-89.79
Put in Eq (4)
2169 - 90h - 24 (:- 89.79) =0

4323.86
h = 90
h = 48.04
Now froni (1)
(48.04)2 + (-89.79)2 = R2
R = 101.83m
Now write equation of center-line of arch.
y = -1R2 - (X - hi +k
= -1(101.83)2 - (X - 48.04? + (- 89.79)
Y = -1(10369.35 - X 2 - 2307.84 + 96.08X) - 89.79 (A)
Point B: At X - () ,y =0 (see diagram now)
Point C: At X = 45 Y = 12
Point A: At X = 90, Y = 3
So Eq ,(A) has been correctly derived.

EXAMPLE NO.4: Calculate maximum moments in portion AC & BC for the following 3-hinged
loaded Circular each.
40 KN/m
~
C
i 3m
y
1285.7
~_ _ _ _~ (1928.63
X B
t
514.3
SOLUTION: Reactions will be same as Previous.
1. Calculation of (Mac)max.
Write moment expression for use previously developed equation. Consider forces on left of section.
Mx = 1285.7 (90 - X) - ~O (90 - xi - 1928.63 <..)10369.35- X2 - 2307.84 + 96.08X - 89.79)
Mx = 1 15713-12S5.7X-20(SlOO-1S0X + X~+ 173171. 7-192S.63V(10369.35-X2-2307 .84+96.08X)
Mx = 126884.69 - 20X 2 + 2314.3X - 1928.63 (8061.51 - X2 + 96.08X)V2 - (B) differentiate w.r.t.

dMx 964.315 (-2X + 96.08)
dX = 0 =- 40X + 2314.3 - (8061.51 _)(2 + 96.08X)II2
(40X - 2314.3) (8061.51 - X2 + 96.08X),h = 964.315 (2X - 96.08)

(40X - 2314.3)2 (806151 - X2 + 96.08X) = (1928.63 (X - 48.04)f
Squaring and simplifying, we get.

(1600X 2 +(2314.3)":-185144X) (8061.51-X2 +96.08X)= 1928.6322 (X2 +2307.84-96.08X) Simplifying
1298416X2 - 1600X 4 + 153728X3 + 4.32 X 1010 - 5355984.5X2 + 514602989.8X
.
-1.49254021x10 9X + 185144X3-17. 78863xl06X2 =3719613.68X2 +8.5843x10 9-357380482.1X Simplifying'
- 13965812.2X2 - 1600X4 + 338872X3 - 620556738X + 3.46157 x 10 10 = 0

8728.63X2 + X4 - 211.8X3 + 387848X - 2163~12.5 = 0
f(X) = X4-211.8X3 + 8728.63X2 + 387848X-21634812.5 differentiate it.

fl (X) = 4X3 - 635.4X2 + 17457.26X + 387848
To cut-short, Let X = 55 (Because it is portion AC and X has to be more than 45)
438 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCT~S
So. f(X) = (55)~ - 211.8 x (55)3 + 8728.63 X (55)2 + 387848 (55) - 21634812.5
= 1333.25
f/(X) = 4(55)3 - 635.4(55)2 + 17457.26(55) + 387848
= 91412.3
fx
Xn - f/(x) = Xn+l
.13333.25
= 55 - 91412.3
=' 55- Q, 146

.= 54.85
Now X = 54.85 (use this update value now)
f(X) = ,-560.16
f/(X) = 93833.35
fen)
Xn+l = Xn - f/(n)
. (-560.16)
= 54.85 - 93833.35
Xn+l or x = 54.855~69. The value of Xhas converged now.

Putting this value of X in Equation B to find (Mac)max
(Mac)m.. = 126884.69 - 20 (54. 85596W + 2314.3 (54.855969)
~ 1928.63 (8061.51 - (54.85596W + 96.08 x 54.855969)';;
(Mac)max = 193552.7 KN-m
(MbC)ma,. Working on similar lines (Mbc)max can be calculated now.
Mx = 514.3X - 1928.63 Y putting equation of center line of arch y.
= 514.3X - 1928.63 [-V10369.35 - X2 - 2307.84 + 90.08X - 89.79] . (C)

dMx . 1928.63 .. (-2X + 96.08)
dX :;= 0 = 514.3 - 2 x (10369.35 _ X2 _ 2307.84 + 96.08X)'l'> =0
1928.63 (X - 48.04)
or 514.3 + (8061.51- X2 + 96.08X)Vz = 0 ,
- 514.3(8061.51 - X2 + 96.08X)1/2 = 1928.63 (X - 48.04)

Squaring hQtlHid~s;o.fequation. .',
264504.5 [ (8061.51 - X2 + 96.08X)II2]2 [1928.63 (X- 48.04)]2
we get.-
264504.5 (8061.51 - X" + 96.08X) = (1928.63)2(X2 + 2307.84 - 96,08X) Simplifying

2132305672 - 264504.5X 2 + 25413592.36X=37I9613.68X2 + 8584273228 - 357380482. IX
- 6451967556 - 3984118. I8X 2 + 382794074.1 on further simplification, we get
- X2 + 96.08X - 1619.422 = 0 (after dividing by 3984118.18)
or X - 96.08X + 1619.422 == 0
2
solving this quadretic equation where.
a = 1, b = -96.08, C = 1619.422
-b ± Yb" - 4ac
X = 2a
96.08 ± :1(96.08)" - 4(1) (1619.422)

X
2
96.08 ± 52.47
2
96.08 + 52.47 96.08 - 52.47

X 2 Or 2
= 74.24 or 1.80
Therefore, (X = 74.24 is not applicable so not accepted as a root.
X = 21.80m
Pu~ this value of X in equation(C), we have (Mbc)max.
Putting in (c)
(Mbc)max = 514.3X- 1928.63 './10369.35 - X2 - 2307.84 + 96.08X + 173171.69

= 11211.74-189698.0911 + 173171.69
= - 5314.67 KN-m
We have solved some representative problems. Using the guidance given in this . chapter a::i,.
student should be able to solve any problem on three hinged parabolic or circular arches, whether
supports are at the same level or not.
.1
APPENDIX - UNSOLVED EXERCISES

.1
This section contains solution of the unsolved problem. Readers should solve the questions
themselves.
EXERcISE'I:
Calculate Ra and Rb subjected to moving loads as shown below by using ILD.
90 KN 44 KN/m 45
5 1 5 1· I I I 1 5 15m 8
Ii
ANSWERS:
Ra = 302.5 KN Kb = 272.5 KN
EXERCISE 2:
Calculate (Ra)max for th~ beam subjected to moving loads (right to left) as shown:
36 72 72 108 134 KN
~~. ---30-m -----.Z/ 1 1 1 1 1

I 1.2 I 1.5 I 2.1 '1.8m
'
ANSWERS:
Ra(max) = 365.88 KN (after secona advance at A I before 3 rd advance)
EXERCISE 3:
In a girder with floor beams having five equal panels of length 9m each. Determine.
(a) Maximum positive and negative end panel shear.
(b) Maximum shear in the first intermediate panel from left hand end.
T~e live load is cqopers E-72 loading.
" .'
••• (. 0• •
1
m
c
m
b d e
L =5@9m
ANSWERS:
(Vab)max = 1213.71 KN (Vet)max 1145 KN (Vbc)max 720.34 KN
r APPENDIX - UNSOLVED EXERCISES 441
EXERCISE 4:
Evaluate max-reactions [(Ra)max] at point A due to loading as shown:
445KN 44.5 667 809KN 222KN
A
J\.-----'-------~
B
11111
Imit 12m
~ I I ! I
1m 1.2m 1.5m O.6m
I
ANSWERS:
EXERCISE 5:
Construct the ILD for S.F at a point 92 from L.R. Support of a simple beam of span 24m
Evaluate the max S.F. at this section if.
(a) Standard Cooper's "E 60" train moves from right to left ..
(b) Standard Cooper's "E 72" train moves from right to left.
i
I
A:C B
1S·-----9-.2-m----~:~.------------14-.a-m-----------~~.
!
I ANSWERS:
! Max S.F. due to Cooper's "E 60" train = 329.82 KN
1
Max S.F. due to Cooper's "E 72" train = 395.79 KN
I
I .,
EXERCISE 6:
A simply supported beam 9.1m long has a clear span of 7.3 m with 1.8m overhang at one end.
I, What ax.B.M. can. be produced by a standard train.
(a) at mid point of 7.3 m span.
(b) at the overhang support.
Ii 60.75KN 4 of 133.5 4 of 133.5

t
I 0
A C
I
B
~ 1 1~ 1I 1
1.8 m
3 7.3 m
~
@1.524
I 1.52 11.83 I 1.52 I
ANSWERS:
I MD = B.M at overhang =
. MC at overhang =
- 277.146 KN-m
558.5KN-m
1
I
442 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRljCTURES
EXERCISE 7:
A simply supported girder has a clear span of 6m. What max-Shearing force can be induced by
standard Cooper's "E 60" train and at what cross section this would occur.
ANSWERS: S.Fmax == 330.54 KN
EXERCISE 8:
A simple beam has a clear span of 27.5m. Construct IDL for shear force at a cross-section
6.1mfrom left support. Ho\v should Cooper's "E 60" loading be placed to evaluate max S.F. at this
section.
ANSWERS: VCmax = 567.37 KN
EXERCISE 9:
A simple beam with overall length of "13.4 m" has a clear span of 9.75 m, with 3.65m
overhang at one end. Construct LL.D. for S.F at X-sec. 6.7m from either end compute maxS.F. at this
section due to ,Cooper's "E 60" loading,
ANSWERS: (VC)max = 237.5 KN
EXERCISE 10;
Determine the max B.M. at a cross-section ~·9.1 m" from left hand end, if the beam has a span
"27.3 m" and live load is 117 KNlm having a length of 6m.
117 KN/m
!S. .
• J,.
~
A IC B
---9.-1m---+-------'-18-.2-m-------.-'-~
.. 601 ....
ANSWERS:
(Mc)max = 3788.3 KN-m.
EXERCISE 11:
A simple beam 7.3 m long carries a system of loads spaced" 1.524 ro" on centers. The loads
are 89 KN each. Calculate Max end shear and Max shear at a section "1.22 m" froill. the left end. Also
calculate the absolute Max b moment.
~~-_-~_-_-_-_-_-~)IC----~--~--------~-B
A
Ii 1.22m 7.3m IJW

ANSWERS:
Vamax = 259 KN
VCmax = 185.22 KN Mmax = 405 KN-m
· APPENDIX - UNSOLVED EXERCISES 443
EXERCISE 12:
A simple beam with overall length of "21.34 m" has a clear span of 16.76 m with 4.58 m
overhang at one end. Calculate max B.M. at X-sec 10.67 m from either end if the live load is standard
Cooper's "E 60" train.
A C B
D------4-.5-8--.---~~~====S=.0=9===~~)+11-S-.7-S-m--------~',h;
(MC)max 2134.47 KN-m

EXERCISE 13:
Find the absolute maximum binding moment due to moving load system as shown:
20 40f40 15
A
A
B
1 I 1r 11
IS 20m
ThTir I
2 I 1.5 1 1.5 I 2m 1.5m
I
ANSWERS: X = 4.14 m
Abs. Max B.M. = 783.6 KN-m
EXERCISE 14:
Analyze the continuous Indeterminate beams by three moment,equation.
E = 20 x 106 KN/ml
12KN 32 KN
I A B 9.S KN/m C I D
'"
~4-I~c~-L~.~--·-·~-3-IC--~~k
~----~~~·----21-C----~~~~· . 3m",
2m Sm 8m Sm
ANSWERS:
Mb = - 13.4546 KN-m, Mc = - 50.327 KN-m , MD =- 10.8365
-30.725 -25.45 8c = -13,16
8a = EIc
8b EIc EI
8D = 0
25.45
8b
EIc
444 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES'
EXERCISE 15:
Using three moment equation, analyze the following beam due to settleme'nts of 4.5 mm at B
and 3mm at C.
E = 20 X 106 KN/m2 Ie = 40 x 10-6 m4.
A 8 C 0
2m
Sm 8m Sm
21c 41c 31c
8'
Ltc'
ANSWERS:
MB = 3.954 5.45 Sa = 2.546 x 10-4
MC = 2.72 -0.27 Sb '= -4.86 x 10-4
MD = -7.36 -5.86 Se = -4.0 x 10-4
Sd = 0
EXERCISE 16:
Analyze the beam by three moment equation.
24 KN/m SO KN 1S KN/m 72 KN
.~ ~ ~
1
21e l::,e
Sm 812m C o
Sm Sm Sm 2m 4m
1 1.5m ~
ANSWERS:
MA = - 0.361 KN-m
MB = - 215.28 KN-m
MC = -147.25
MD - 36 KN-m
APPENDIX - UNSOLVED EXERCISES 445
EXERCISE 17:
Using the three moment equation, analyze the continuous beam shown in figure below for a 15
mm settlement of support B. Draw shear and moment diagrams sketch the elastic curve.
A
B c o
31c 10lc 21c
6m 12m 6m
ANSWERS: E = 200 X 106 KN/m2

Ie = 400 X 10-6 m4
MA - 537.7 KN-m MB 475.38 KN-m

MC - 139.34 KN-m
EXERCISE 18:
Solve the following statically indeterminate beams using the 3-moment equation. Draw S.F. and
B.M. diagrams. Also sketch the elastic curve.
3 KN/m
15 KN
! A
~21 !20KN
21
Z5
IE 5m 8m 8m 1 3m ~
E = Constant.
ANSWERS: MA -75 KN-m MC - 60 KN-m'
,
.~
MB = 2175 KN-m
EXERCISE 19:
Analyze the following beam using three moment equation. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagram. Also
sketch the elastic curve. '
9.6 KN/m
12 KN 32KN
~
! A B C
! 0
~
3m 3m
Zi 21e 31c
6
IE 2m 6m 1 8m 6m
)1
ANSWERS: MA = - 24 KN-m , MB - 12.88 KN-m MC = - 53.18 KN-m • MD=O
. EXAMPLE 20:
Solve the following beam using three moment equation. Draw SF. & B.I\L diagram. Also
sketch the elastic curve.
A B c o
31e
I< .2m 6m
)1
E = 20 X 106 KN/m2
Ie = 10-6 m 4
ANSWERS: MA = 0 MD = 0
MB 0.7342 MC =. -O.S211KN-m
EXERCISE 21:
Solve the following beam by using three-moment equation. Draw shear force, bending-Moment
diagrams. Also sketCh elastic curve.
c ·0
4Ie 31e
4.Smm
I~ 2_m__~____
6_m__-r_____8_m____~______6_m~~~
r ·"1
ANSWERS: MA = 0 MB 0.7719 KN-m MC - 0.707 KN-m
MD = 0.707 KN~:i:n.
EXERCISE 22:
Solve the following beam by using three moment equation. Draw shear force, bending-moment
diagram. Also sketch elastic curve.
64KN
~A l B
c~
. l£
3m 3m 9m
1< >1
ANSWERS: MA = - 62.4 KN-m MB = -19.2 KN-m Me = 9.6 KN-m.
r APPENDIX - UNSOLVED EXERCISES 447
j
EXERCISE 23:
I
I . Solve the following beam by using slope deflection method.
[
I
E = 200 GN/m 2
1
15m
1
~
2OK 40KN
:'-i B C 0
::zs::
7171TT 2m ~ Dr
1< )1
~ 3m 4m 5m ~
ANSWERS:
MBA = -23.676 KN-m , MBC 23.676 KN-m , MCB = -8.072 KN-m
MCD = 8.072 KN-m
EXERCISE 24:
Solve.the beam by using slope deflection method.
l.Sm
120 1 1
1
KN 40KN 20 KN
B C o
mm
::zs:
mm A
mm
~ 3m 4m I Sm
ANSWERS:
MBA = -16.21 KN-m MBC 16.21 KN-m
MCB -20.15 KN-m MCD 20.15 KN-m
EXERCISE 25:
Solve the following beam by using slope deflection method.
A B C 0
~~,------3-m------~~-----4-m----·~~b~»~·----s-m-----~~
""" ~2mm
ANSWERS:
MAB = 0 MBA = 56.26 KN-m MBC = -56.26 KN-m
MCB = -28.475 KN-m , MCD = 28.475 KN-m MDC = 0
EXERCISE 26: .
Solve the beam by using slope deflection method.
A B c
, 3111 4m ,4
771771
5m
~mm
ANSWERS:
MBA -10.251 KN-m, MBC = 10.251 KN-m MCB. = 11.878 KN-m
MCD = -11.878 KN-m, MAB = MDC = 0
EXERCISE 27:
Solve the following beam by using slope deflection method.
A B C D
.is..
tmtf
3m ,4
Tm1f
4m ::zs::
1fm1
5m
~,
l'mm lm~
ANSWERS:
MAB = 0 MBA = 45.88 KN-m MBc: = -45.88 KN-Ill '
MCB -16.59 KN-m MCD = 16.59 KN-m MDt = 0
EXERCISE 28:
Solve the following beam by using slope deflection.
3 KNlm 6 KNlm
fA ,,1 36
KN ~ ~
~ ~
EI = constant
ANSWERS:
MAB 24.324 KN-m , MBA = -18.852 MBC = 18.852 KN-m
MCB = -13.716 KN-m , MCD 13.716 KN-m MDC 0
.-
,
i
EXERCISE 29:
Analyze the following frame due to settlement of 12mm at support D.
E = 200 GN/m 2
EXERCISE30:
Analyze theJrame by M.Distribution method.
10 K..";
I.5m
21
10K~
I.5m
ANSWERS:
MAB 8.2745 KN-m MBA -2.651 KN-m , MBC = 4.013 KN-m
MBD -1.362 KN-m MCB -1.9985 KN-m , MDB 4.944 KN-m

EXERCISE 31:
Analyze the frame by M. Distribution metho<;l.
5KN
8 2m 5m c
41
1.5m
10 KN 1 3m
ANSWERS:
MAB = 4.62 KN-m MBA = -3.49 KN-m MBC = 3.49 K~-m
MCB = -2.08 KN-m MCD = 2.08 KN-m MDC = 1. 79 KN-m
EXERCISE 32:
Analyze the frame by M.D. Method.
10 KN
10 KN -.-;~ 2m B
_ _ _ _ _-=-_.;:-_ C
_ _ _ _X-.--=;
21 21 2m
5m
E
,,
D F
1<
7m
)J( >I
7m
ANSWERS:
MDA = 4.87 KN-m MAD = 4.45 KN-m MAB = -4.45 KN-m
MBA = -8.56 KN-m MBC = 5.61 KN-m MBE = 2.95 KN-m
MEB 8.31 KN-m MCB = -12:85 KN-m MCF = 12.85 KN-m
MFC = 9.07 KN-m
APPENDIX-UNSQL VED EXERCISES 451
EXERCISE 33:
Analyze the frame by Moment distribution method.
31
25 1in 21 3m
B E
31 21 3m
A r F
1
I< >1
ANSWERS:
MAB -0.524 KN-m MBA = -1.294 KN-m MBE = 4.025 KN-m
MBC = -2.715 KN-m MCB = -3.841 KN-m MCD 3.747 KN-m
MDC = -3.708 KN-m MDE = 3.708 KN-m MED 2.848 KN-m
MEB = -4.011 KN-m , MEF = 1.163 KN-m MFE = O.p72 KN-m
EXERCISE 34:
Solve the following frame by moment distribution method.
2~N/m
..
c~~~~~~~~ 0
! 1 0 KN --7f--'--'--'--L-.JL-.J'---1--1
51
\
6m
Bv-~
21
____ 50
24 KN/m
~ ____
21
~
E
6m
I
!
I
1 0 KN --7f--'--'--L....-JL-.J'---1'---1--1
6m
8m 21 21
Ii
I
I !
A
8m
>1
F
I
t-
I
·452 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES
ANSWERS:
MAB = 8.52 KN-m MBA = -10.29 KN-m MBL . = ~7.1l KN-m
MBC = -46.82 KN-m MEB = -56.22 KN-m MCD = 56.22 KN-in
MDC = -89.83 KN-m MDE 89.83 KN-m MEB = -137.68 KN-m
MEF = 64.44 KN-m MFE = 56.87 KN-m MED = 73.23 KN-m
1
EXERCISE 35:
Find vertical and horizontal deflection of Point C Determine for exercise in member due to
applied loads and then due to unit vertical and horizontal load at C. Use method of moments and shears
valid for parallel chord truss and inspection. Make a table. Draw SFD & BMD. Number the members.
8@5m
JE
Chord members = 12 x 10-3 m 2
Inclined and vertical members = 6 x 10-3 m2
E = 200 x 106 KN/m2
ANSWERS: !:J.Vc == 18.213 mm !:J.Hc = 3.328 mm
EXERCISE 36:
Analyze the truss by taking members force EF as redundant. Use consistent deformation
method.
E = 200 X 106 KN/m 2 . , A = 2x 1Q-3m 2 for all members.
E F
4.5 m
30KN 3@4.5 15KN
ANSWERS: FEF = -27.16 KN

EXERCISE 37:
A three hinged parabolic arch is loaded as shown. Determine reactions. Determine moments. at
6, 12 and 18m for left support.
6m
31m
I
1< )1 I
ANSWERS:
Va
M6
EXERCISE 38:
= 2005.96 KN
= -27 KN-m
Vb = 1853.54 KN
M12 = 61.44 Kn-m
H
M18
= 2639.41 KN
= -467.71 Kn-m
iI
A three hinged circular arch is loaded as shown. Determine max +ve and negative moments in
arch. Repeat the Exercise considering it as parabolic arch.
I
223 KN
3m
c
3m
21m
I( )1
ANS\YERS:
Va = 191.14 Kn Vb = 31.857 KN .H 111.50
Positive moment under load = 402.84 KN-m
Max. negative moment = -88 KN-m at 5.5 m from C in position BC.
~
I
Yl
For Parabolic Arch

Same Reactions
(M +ve) max under load = 410 KN-m
(M ~ve) max = -85.1 KN-m at 5.24 m from center.
EXERCISE 39:
A three hinged parabolic arch is loaded as shown. Calculate reactions and Max. moment at
15m. 27m from left springing. .
111 KN
334 KN
Sm
37m
IE >1
Sm S.Sm
IE >1 1< )1
ANSWERS:
N]
~C
. Ha = 82.79 KN Hb = 128.179 KN . . ' 1 Va ==' 136.76 i<n
- ," ... ' , ' ',or
Vb = 108.23 KN M15 = 165.1 KN-m M27 = 77.75 KN-m

d. If arch is circular
Va = 132.86 KN Vb = 112.13 Ha = 74.83
Hb 136.179 M9 = 216.25 KN M15 = 189.98 KN-m
M27 = 36.57 KN-m
EXERCISE 40:
Find plastic moment of the following loaded beam.
\.5 TIm
.r!
mT1T . mT1T.. mm
i!:RS ANSWERS:Mp = 8.28 T-m (This may be done as explained in the book)
SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Cross, H. F. "Analysis of continuous frames by distributing fixed end moments". Proc.

ASCE may 1930.
2. GirvIn, H. F. "A historical appraisal of mechanics". Scranton, International 1948.
3. Grinter, L..E. "Theory of modern steel structures". Vol. 1, N. Y. Macmillan, 1949.
4. Maxwell, J. C. "On the calculation of the equilibrium and stiffness of frames". Phil.
Mag.
5. Parcel, J. 1. and Maney, G. A. "Statically indeterminate stresses". N. Y. Wiley, 1936
6. Cross, H. "The relation of analysis to structural design". Trans. ASCE.
7. Heyman, J. "Plastic Design of beams and plane frames for minimum material
consumption". Quart: Applied Maths, Vol. 8, 1951.
8. Hill, R. "On the state of stress in a plastic-Rigid body at yield limit". Phil. Ser. 1955.
9. Newmark, N. M. "Numerical procedure for computing deflections, moments and
buckling loads". Trans. ASCE 180, 1943.
10. Philips, A. "Introduction to Plasticity". N. Y. Ronald, 1956.
11. Symonds, P.· and Neal, B. G "Recent progress in the plastic methods of structural
analysis". J. Franklin Inst. Vol. 252 1951 part 1 and 11.
12. Timoshenko, S. "Theory of elastic stability" N. Y. McGraw-Hill, 1936.
13. Wang. C. K. "Statically indeterminate structures". N. Y. McGraw-Hili 1953.
14. William, C. D. "Analysis of statically indeterminate structures". Scranton International
1943.
15. Parcel, J. 1. and Moorman, R.B.B. "Analysis of statically indeterminate structures".
N.Y. Wiley 1955.
16. Kinny, J. S. "Inderterminate structural analysis". N. Y. Oxford, Addison, Wesley.
17. Anderson, P. "Statically indeterminate structures". N. Y. Ronald 1953.
18. Freudenthal, A. "Deflection theory for arches". Publ. IABSE (Zurich) Vol. 3, 1935.
19. maugh, L. C. "Statically indeterminate structures". N. Y. Wiley, 1948.
20. Spofford. C. M. "The theory of continuous structures and arches". N. Y. McGraw-Hill,
1937.
j
i
INDEX
A
Articulated structures, 2 Evaluation, of max S. F, 407
Arches, 155,424, Evaluation ofma)(B.~, 409
Arches, types, 158,432
F
Assumptiol)s, plastic theory, 356
Ftahles, 74, 233, '2'40;246,249,295,332
Absolute maximum bending moment,393
Fixed ended beari.1, 33
Axial forces, in truss members 396, 410
Appendix,·440 G
Gable frame, 340
B Girders, panelled, 393, 402
Bending moment, by parts, 17,390
Gravity loads, '126, 161, 203, 281, 298,
Beam reactions, ILD for, 384 34~,363
"': t
Basic rules, column analogy, 307

H.
c .. . '. j,;~
Hinged, arches, 155, 159, 161, 169,424

.
Consistent Deformation method, '1, 25 Horizontal thrust, 398

Continuous frames, determinacy, 2
Conjugate beam method, 22 I
Castigliano'~ theorems, 25 Indeterminacy, 2, 3, 5, 138, 143
Carry-over factor, 260 Inversion of matrix, 40 ,
Column analogy method,. 30'6 Influence Lines, 383, 3841' 388, 390, 393,
396,398,413
Collapse load, 356
Collapse, types, 362 K
Circular arches, 426 Kani's method, 288,292
D L
Determinacy, 1 Linear arch, 158
Deflections, 15 Lateral loads, 281, 298, 363
Double storeyed frames, 249, 281, 298·
Distribution Factor, 260 M
Moment-area theorems, IS
E Moments and shears, method, 56
Ex.ternal, Indeterminacy, 2, 41, 47, 68 Mechanism method, 359
Elastic strain energy, 24
Eddy's theorem, 185
- _ . _ - - - - _.. _ - - -
INDEXES 457
N T
Non-Prismatic members, 346 Total indeterminacy, 5
Newton-Raphson Method, 430 Types of arches, 158
o Types of collapse, 362
Over-complete collapse, 366
Three-mom.ent equation, 369 .
p
Three-hinged arches, 424
Propped cantilever, 28
Parabolic arches, 182 u
Partial collapse, 365 Unit-load method, 138
Portal frame, 363
. Unsolved examples, 379,440
R
Rotation contribution method, 288 v
s Variable, Cross-section, 319
Stability, 1
Secant Vari3:tion, 174
Side sway, 249
Stiffness factor, 260, 328
Storey shear, 299
Shape factors, 353
Support settlement, 376
Standard loadings, 400
JI ~,
I.'
, .' ~ )
"',"

Theory of Indeterminate Structure by Syed Ali Rizwan PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Theory of Indeterminate Structure by Syed Ali Rizwan PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

· ....... -' _.........._.. __ ..__ . .

Syed Ali Rizwan

Prlt:~ lh, ~:50/= (R.UptH~s fW(J HUl1tlf@d tlhd Fifty Olily)

. Eflgf. ttl, {;ihulatft Hu§§aift

Ltlhof~ £it Ali Ijfiz Pfitttefl!

Ptlldstdtt BftgiHEl@fiflg e(}flgf~§§

Readers are requested to forward corrections and suggestions at the following

books of some prominent

Engr. Ch. Ghulam Hussain

Chapter 'One - Stability,.Determinacy o(Structures and Consistent

-} Sign Convention for Shear force and bending moment ............................................................. 18

Chapter Seven - Introduction to Column Analogy Method ............................. 306

{> Fixed ended beam by column analogy ...................... .- ............................................................ 308

{> Analysis of non-Prismatic fixed ended beam .......................................................................... 346

{> Support settlement case ................................... ,..................... ,............................................... 376

Chapter Eleven - Three hinged arches ........... ~ .............................................. ~ ... 424

1.1.1. ST ABLE STRUCTURE.:.

1.2. ARTICULATED STRUCTURES:

1.3. CONTINUOUS FRAME: . .,.,'-

It is c~n)~enient to consider stability and detenninacy..,as follows.

2 THEORY OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES

1.4.1. EXTERNAL INDETERMINACY:

No. of reactions possible = 5

Stable & Indeterminate to 1st degree. (Fig. 1.5)

Stable & externally indeterminate to 5th degree. (Fig. 1.6)

Remove any five suitable redundant reactions to make it statically determinate.

1.4.2. INTERNAL INDETF$MINACY:

The basic form of the truss is a triangle.

The truss of fig. 1.9 is stable and internally detenrunate.

. (i) External Stability And Determinacy:- .

External Stability and Determinacy.

Degree of indeterminacy of rigid jointed structure. (Fig. 1.16)

(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy :-

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

(ii) Internal Stability and Determinacy :-

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

(ii) Internal Stability and Determina,cy :-

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Example No. to:

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Example No; 11:

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

" (i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Example No. 13:

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Example No. 15:

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

Example No. 16:

(i) External Stability and Determinacy :-

1.5. METHODS FOR FINDING DEFLECTION AND ROTATION;-

1.5.1. MOMENT AREA THEOREM (1);-

e =~1 (Area of B.M.D.

Signs of Change of Slope:-

Fig 2.1 (b)

'r"' .... ,,'_"-0.. ............." •• ,

(a) _~os~;~ ~~~§~2L~.I.8,p,,~,8 AB iscolll1terc1ock\.",i~~J!:.o.,~l~"~ls!t.~I},e.at:; (F ig. 2. I a)

1.5.3. SIGN CONVENTION FOR DEVIA TlONS:-

tSA=Deviation of point S on elastic curve w.r.t.

tSA=Deviation of point.s on elastic curve w.r.t.

Fig 2.2 (b) Negative deviation

1.5.4. INEQUALITY OF tSA AND tAB

Reference tangent at B Reference tangent at A

· ....... -' _.........._.. .. . .